PHOENIX CONTACT | Automation

PHOENIX CONTACT | Automation - 2019 / 2020

Terminal blocks • Terminal blocks Sensor/actuator cabling and connectors • Sensor/actuator cabling • Cables and lines • Connectors Marking systems, tools, and mounting material • Marking and labeling • Tools • Installation and mounting material Surge protection, power supplies, and device circuit breakers • Surge protection and interference suppression filters • Power supplies and UPS • Protective devices 1 2 3 4 Interface technology and switching devices • Electronic switching devices and motor control • Measurement and control technology • Monitoring • Relay modules • System cabling for controllers Automation • PLCnext Technology • Industrial cloud computing • Software • PLCs and I/O systems • Functional safety • Industrial communication technology • HMIs and industrial PCs • Lighting and signaling Charging technology for electromobility • Charging technology for electromobility PCB terminal blocks and PCB connectors Use our E-paper for quick product selection. Web code: #1517 5 6 7 8 Find out more with the web code For detailed information, use the web codes provided in this brochure. Simply enter # and the four-digit number in the search field on our website. Web code: #1234 (example) Or use the direct link: phoenixcontact.net/webcode/#1234 You will find the latest information including all the new products directly in the product area of our website: phoenixcontact.net/products You can also use the Phoenix Contact catalog app interactively on your tablet.

Table of contents PLCnext Technology Industrial cloud computing Software Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers I/O systems Functional safety Industrial Ethernet Industrial Wireless Remote communication Fieldbus communication Industrial communication technology HMIs and industrial PCs Lighting and signaling Technical information / index 4 16 24 40 62 204 284 368 398 418 464 496 524

PLCnext Technology PLCnext Store and PLCnext Community PLCnext Control PLCnext Engineer 6 9 10 14 PLCnext Technology Open ecosystem for limitless automation Automation is currently experiencing an unprecedented global paradigm shift. Classic system structures are developing into globally interlinked production systems. The pace of innovation is increasing rapidly, technologies are converging, and products and infrastructures are becoming more intelligent. Young engineers and software developers are shaping new working methodologies and cloud computing is enabling the creation of future-oriented industrial business models. Future-oriented automation systems have to be flexible, adaptable, and networked. PLCnext Technology is the unique ecosystem for limitless automation: PLCnext Control – Open control platform PLCnext Engineer – Engineering software in accordance with IEC 61131-3 PLCnext Store – Software store for automation PLCnext Community – The expertise of a networked team. For global exchange with users. PHOENIX CONTACT 5

PLCnext Technology Open ecosystem for automation In a rapidly changing world, in which more things are now networked together than there are people, industrial automation is also undergoing a fundamental shift: classic system structures are developing into cyber physical systems. For this reason, Phoenix Contact has created PLCnext Technology – a new, unique ecosystem. This ecosystem enables developers to unleash their creativity when designing an automation solution. The digitalization, networking, and globalization of business and technical systems are generating new market requirements. Manufacturers of future- oriented automation systems must be ready to provide their customers with the ability to meet the standards of modern IoT applications. PLCnext Technology from Phoenix Contact is a unique, open ecosystem for modern automation that is capable of meeting all the challenges of the IoT world. The combination of open control platform, modular engineering software, and systemic cloud integration enables easy adaptation to changing demands and the efficient utilization of existing and future software services. With the PLCnext Store, Phoenix Contact provides the PLCnext Community with an open exchange platform for their software functions. PLCnext Technology Enhance your automation thinking www.phoe.co/plcnext 6 PHOENIX CONTACT

PLCnext Technology Open ecosystem for automation Connected coworking With PLCnext Technology, multiple developers from different generations can work on one control program independently of each other using different programming languages. This enables you to develop complex applications quickly by combining the advantages of the classic PLC world with the openness and flexibility of PLCnext Technology. Real-time execution across different programming languages Combine program sequences in different languages into tasks as desired. The task handling of PLCnext Technology (patent pending) enables program routines of different origin to be run as classic IEC 61131 PLC code – your high-level language programs automatically become deterministic. The platform ensures consistent data exchange and synchronous execution of the program code. Flexible integration of open-source software and apps PLCnext Technology enables you to combine independent program parts created in various environments and complete applications in any way you like. The use of open-source software and apps, e.g., from our PLCnext Store, increases the efficiency of your development processes. There are no limits when it comes to future expansions. Open interfaces and cloud integration Using your favorite programming tool PLCnext Technology enables you to integrate current and future interfaces and protocols for open communication in highly networked automation systems. Implement new IoT-based business models through direct connection to cloud-based services and databases. The openness of PLCnext Technology enables you to use your favorite programming language, be it IEC 61131-3 or high-level language. Develop your individual solution conveniently in a familiar development environment such as PLCnext Engineer, Matlab Simulink, Eclipse or Visual Studio. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 7

PLCnext Technology Open ecosystem for automation PLCnext Control Using controllers based on PLCnext Technology, multiple developers from different generations can work on one control program independently of each other using different programming languages. This enables you to develop complex applications quickly by combining the advantages of the classic PLC world with the openness and flexibility of PLCnext Technology. Further information: See page 10 PLCnext Engineer PLCnext Engineer is the modular software platform in accordance with IEC 61131-3 for the new controllers in the PLCnext Control family from Phoenix Contact. The software combines all of the basic functions needed for configuration, programming, visualization, and diagnostics. Additional functions and interfaces can be easily integrated into the software using add-in functions. The innovative software features an attractive design, object-oriented programming, and optimized user interfaces. Further information: See page 15 PLCnext Store The PLCnext Store provides software applications (apps) that enable you to easily and directly extend the functions of a controller from the PLCnext Control family. The open nature of the store also allows third-party providers to sell the apps that they have developed. In the PLCnext Store, you can get a wide range of apps for every possible application – from software libraries for accelerated programming through to completely programmed apps that can be used without any programming knowledge. Further information: www.plcnextstore.com PLCnext Community The PLCnext Community provides information on all aspects of PLCnext Technology. For example, discover application examples, instructions for use, further instructions, tutorials, training videos, and FAQs, as well as software and firmware downloads. Use our GitHub forum or the technical help available on YouTube. Become a part of the user community. Discuss your personal experiences with PLCnext Technology with other users. We look forward to your ideas and feedback. Further information: www.phoe.co/plcnext PROFICLOUD With digitalization on the increase, there is a need to integrate data analysis into company processes, for example. To implement the guiding principles of the IoT, machines and facilities around the world must be comprehensively networked, and field devices equipped with additional cloud services. By upgrading automation systems to include cloud solutions, new demands in automation can be met and new digital business models implemented. For this reason, Proficloud is a key factor for future success and a possible extension of the PLCnext Technology ecosystem. Proficloud from Phoenix Contact provides a comprehensive, professional cloud solution for automation – from cloud devices and the right platform through to cloud services. Thanks to PLCnext Technology, you can achieve a seamless transition from the control level to Proficloud. As to be expected, our controllers from the PLCnext Control family perform process-oriented data processing quickly and in real time. The selected and processed data is then securely transferred to Proficloud by the Edge controller. Further information: See page 17 8 PHOENIX CONTACT

PLCnext Technology Open ecosystem for automation PLCnext Store Creative ideas and innovative solutions for your application Accelerate your application development process and use solution apps. In the PLCnext Store, you can download finished solutions to your PLCnext Control device and create your application quickly – without any deep understanding of programming. This means that, thanks to the PLCnext Store, a PLCnext Control device can, for example, be transformed into a solar park PLC easily and without programming. Phoenix Contact already provides numerous software libraries for PLCnext Engineer which are now available to you as apps in the PLCnext Store for easy downloading. These libraries include, for example, data logger functions and remote control protocols. You therefore receive optimum support in the efficient programming of your PLCnext Control device. Become a contributor and benefit from the ecosystem Do you lack access to hardware distribution or the platform for your software solution? Become a contributor to the PLCnext Store and benefit from the unique ecosystem. Make your software solutions available to a huge range of potential customers. This will not only enable you to increase your income, but also boost your profile and visibility in a field of industry that is relevant to you. Become a part of the PLCnext community Along with a future-oriented system of hardware, software, and cloud solutions, users of the ecosystem also benefit from a growing community involved in all aspects of PLCnext Technology. Dialog with users is becoming increasingly important, and having access to specialists and a wide range of apps, code, and sample programs is a huge advantage for programmers. The PLCnext Community provides information on all aspects of PLCnext Technology. For example, discover application examples, instructions for use, further instructions, tutorials, training videos, and FAQs, as well as software and firmware downloads. Use our GitHub forum or the technical help available on YouTube. Become a part of the user community. Discuss your personal experiences with PLCnext Technology with other users. We look forward to your ideas and feedback. Join the community – become a part of PLCnext Technology For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 9

PLCnext Technology PLCnext Control High-performance PLC PLCnext Control AXC F 2152 combines the reliability and security of the classic PLC world with the openness and flexibility of smart devices. The controller makes it possible to implement automation projects without the limits of proprietary systems. Your advantages: – PLC-typical determinism and data consistency, also for high-level languages and model-based code – Unlimited adaptability, thanks to the quick and easy integration of open-source software, apps, and future technologies – Intelligent networking, thanks to cloud connection and the integration of current and future communication standards – Quick application development: multiple developers can work independently in different programming languages Additional features: – Inline modules can be aligned using a coupling disc – Trusted Platform Module for security – PROFINET – OPC UA – Direct connection to Proficloud Interfaces Axioline F local bus Ethernet AXIOBUS master Number of supported devices IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description PLCnext Control, complete with accessories (connector and bus base module) Program and configuration memory, Flash card for storing application programs and other files in the PLC file system Programming cable Function modules Engineering software 10 PHOENIX CONTACT     Ex:  Technical data Bus base module 2 x RJ45 socket max. 63 (per station) PLCnext Engineer Eclipse Arm® Cortex®-A9 2x 800 MHz 8 Mbyte 16 Mbyte 48 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage 32 (16 per processor core) Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 200 mA (without I/Os and UL = 24 V) W / H / D 45 mm / 126.93 mm / 75 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C up to 2000 m above mean sea level (observe derating) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXC F 2152 2404267 Accessories SD FLASH 8GB PLCNEXT MEMORY SD FLASH 2GB PLCNEXT MEMORY 1061701 1043501 CAB-USB C/ USB C/1,8M CAB-USB A/ USB C/1,8M 1021809 2404677 See page 55 PLCnext Engineer (see page 14) 1 1 1 1 1

High-performance safety PLC The RFC 4072S is the first high-performance controller based on PLCnext Technology. Use in applications with the highest safety requirements in accordance with SIL 3 or PL e is also possible. With PLCnext Engineer, standard and safety programming can be performed in a single engineering tool. Your advantages: – PLCnext Technology: preferred programming languages and programming environments, open-source software, apps, Proficloud, and also coming soon PLCnext Store with real-time execution – Safety: maximum safety of machinery, thanks to diversified processors and support for up to 300 PROFIsafe devices – Performance: the use of an Intel® Core™ i5 Dual Core processor and two powerful processors based on Arm architecture enables one of the best performance capabilities on the market Additional features: – PROFINET controller and device – Support for PROFIsafe profile V2.6.1 – M2M system networking with OPC UA – Communication in up to three separate subnets – Convenient operation via the touch display The RFC 4072S is able to satisfy the following requirements in safety-related applications: – SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 Interfaces Ethernet USB 2.0 PROFINET master Number of supported devices IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Real-time clock Power supply Power supply connection Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Description Safety controller PLCnext Technology PLCnext Control new Technical data 4 x RJ45 socket 1 x USB type A, male connector max. 256 PLCnext Engineer Eclipse Intel® Core™ i5-6300U 2x 2.4 GHz (Standard) Arm® Cortex®-A9 800 MHz (Safety) Arm® Cortex®-A8 600 MHz (Safety) 16 Mbyte 32 Mbyte 2 Mbyte Integrated (battery backup) Screw terminal blocks, plug-in 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 1 A W / H / D 122 mm / 182 mm / 173 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (from 40°C only with fan module) Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RFC 4072S 1051328 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB PLCNEXT MEMORY 1043501 RFC FAN MODULE 2404085 1 1 1 Program and configuration memory, Flash card for storing application programs and other files in the PLC file system Fan module for Remote Field Controller Engineering software PLCnext Engineer (see page 14) For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 11

PLCnext Technology PLCnext Control Adapter terminal for Inline I/Os The adapter terminal is used for all controllers from the PLCnext Control family in the Axiocontrol series. It provides an interface for Inline – the I/O system with fine granularity. Simply connect the terminal to a compatible controller on the right. Your advantages: – Inline I/O adapter terminal specifically developed for all PLCnext Control devices in the Axiocontrol series – A variety of functional I/Os create possibilities for flexible automation solutions – Convert existing machines and systems to the new, open PLCnext Technology control platform Additional features: – Up to 63 Inline local bus devices can be aligned – Automatic detection of the transmission speed – Diagnostic and status indicators new Local bus interface Designation Connection method Amount of process data Number of local bus devices that can be connected Number of devices with parameter channel Power supply for module electronics Main circuit supply UM Supply voltage range UM Power supply at UM Communications power UL Power supply at UL I/O supply voltage UANA Power supply at UANA General data Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Connection method Weight Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Technical data INTERBUS local bus (master) Inline data jumper max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS) max. 63 (observe current consumption) max. 24 24 V DC -15% / +20% (in acc. with EN 61131-2) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) max. 8 A DC (sum of UM + US) 7.5 V DC ±5% max. 0.8 A DC (observe derating) 24 V DC -15% / +20% 0.5 A DC (observe derating) W / H / D 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection 66 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Right-alignable Inline adapter terminal (INTERBUS master) for one PLCnext Control device for setting up a PLCnext Technology Inline station AXC F IL ADAPT 1020304 1 12 PHOENIX CONTACT

Additional Ethernet interface The module provides an extra Ethernet interface with an additional MAC address for controllers from the PLCnext Control family in the Axiocontrol series. Simply connect the module to a compatible controller on the left. Configuration is performed via PLCnext Engineer. Your advantages: – Individual expansion option for all controllers from the PLCnext Control family in the Axiocontrol series – Additional Gigabit-enabled Ethernet interface – Additional independent MAC address – PROFINET support Additional features: – Connection via RJ45 socket – One additional MAC address – Extended temperature range (-25°C ... +60°C) – Suitable for use in harsh environments in accordance with Axioline standard Starter kit – Easy introduction to automation with PLCnext Technology Do you want to try out the operation, handling, and performance of PLCnext Technology in a small-scale application first? Phoenix Contact can provide you with a starter kit based on PLCnext Control AXC F 2152 for your test applications. Your advantages: – PLC-typical real-time performance and data consistency, also for high-level languages and model-based code – Unlimited adaptability, thanks to the quick and easy integration of open-source software, apps, and future technologies – Intelligent networking, thanks to cloud connection and the integration of current and future communication standards – Quick application development: multiple developers can work independently in different programming languages – Convenient engineering with your favorite programming tools PLCnext Technology PLCnext Control new Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Technical data RJ45 socket 10/100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) W / H / D Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm -25°C ... 60°C (up to 2000 m above sea level) Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Left-alignable Ethernet interface, for connection to a compatible modular controller from the Axiocontrol range AXC F XT ETH 1TX 2403115 1 Technical data See AXC F 2152 on page 10 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLCnext Technology starter kit, including AXC F 2152 controller, voltage switch, digital and analog input and output modules, potentiometer, switch module, plus power supply unit, patch cable, country-specific adapter plug, and documentation AXC F 2152 STARTERKIT 1046568 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 13

PLCnext Technology PLCnext Engineer Optional expansion with add-in functions IEC 61850 SFC+ Visu: Alarming Safety FB´s Application Control Code Analysis Source Code Management Service Programs Visu: Trending Safety: Basics C# ... PLCnext Technology free of charge IEC 61131-3 Network configuration Hardware configuration Diagnostics Web visualization Optional expansion, thanks to add-in functions Programming in accordance with IEC 61131-3 Visualization Functional safety PLCnext Engineer is the flexible software platform for the new PLCnext Control family. It combines all the basic functions needed for configuration, standard and safe programming, visualization, and diagnostics. Standard and safe programming in accordance with IEC 61131-3 The software enables intuitive programming in accordance with IEC 61131-3. The software supports the following languages: – Structured text (ST) – Ladder Diagram (LD) – Function Block Diagram (FBD) – Sequential Function Chart (SFC) In the case of graphical programming languages, users can choose between network-oriented and free graphical programming, and can combine the various languages within Program Organization Units. Safe programming has been developed in accordance with IEC 61508 and certified by TÜV Rheinland. Network-oriented editors allow users to use function block diagram or ladder diagram as a limited variability language (LVL) and to combine the two. A verification function can be used to protect individual safety functions. The safe semantic code analysis that constantly runs in the background while code is being entered assists the user in positioning safety-related or standard signals and blocks. Web-based visualization PLCnext Engineer has been optimized for the creation of modern visualization solutions. Already familiar operating concepts from other editors make it easier to get started. With respect to the technology, the visualization integrated into PLCnext Engineer is based on open standards such as HTML5 and JavaScript. No web-based skills are required, the software offers numerous symbols and templates and can be extended as necessary to suit your needs. User-friendly configuration Configuring an automation solution is fast and intuitive. It includes basic controller settings as well as the ability to create networks such as PROFINET or to configure local I/O modules. For PROFINET networks, a convenient topology editor is also included. Diagnostics of the overall system From the central controller cockpit, users can determine the status of their overall application. They can determine whether enough reserves are present or whether limits have already been exceeded. PROFINET topology plans are checked online and errors or differences in the diagnostic archive of the controller cockpit are displayed. 14 PHOENIX CONTACT

PLCnext Technology PLCnext Engineer Engineering software in accordance with IEC 61131-3 PLCnext Engineer is a flexible engineering platform for programming in accordance with IEC 61131-3. In addition to standard programming, you can now perform all other engineering tasks using this platform, such as configuration, visualization, safe programming, and diagnostics of your overall system. Well-defined interfaces, object-oriented programming, and individually adaptable functions are just a few of the new features of PLCnext Engineer. Your advantages: – Time and cost savings, thanks to faster and fully integrated programming in a single interface – Less work and training involved, thanks to the optimized user interface – Flexible engineering, thanks to the integration of individual add-in functions in the free basic version – Simplified engineering process, thanks to improved workflow and object-oriented programming Add-ins for individual software solutions The new license model is based on a free software platform that already includes comprehensive functions for your engineering projects. By purchasing additional add-in functions, further functions and interfaces can be activated, for example. This provides you with an individual software solution that is tailored to your application requirements. Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Operating equipment Monitor resolution Software requirements Operating system Software platform Basic functions Languages supported Technical data Min. Intel® Core™ i5 min. 2 GByte min. 2 GByte Keyboard, mouse HD (1920 x 1080) Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-Bit) Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (64-Bit) Windows® 10 (64-Bit), ab Build 1709 .NET Framework 4.7.1 Programming an automation system in acc. with IEC 61131-3 Planning an automation system Setting of hardware and network parameters Network-oriented or fully graphical programming Web-based visualization based on open standards such as HTML5 and JavaScript German, English Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Engineering software platform for Phoenix Contact automation controllers. PLCnext Engineer is IEC 61131-3-compliant and its functionality can be extended using add-ins. PLCNEXT ENGINEER 1046008 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 15

Industrial cloud computing Open to the world, succeed securely – New market opportunities with Proficloud Proficloud from Phoenix Contact offers comprehensive cloud solutions that are tailored to your needs. Network your production and development operations worldwide beyond enterprise boundaries. As an open, scalable IoT platform, Proficloud offers intelligent communication, networked control technology, smart cloud services, and comprehensive data analysis. The platform delivers the highest level of security. Proficloud solutions meet the new requirements of automation and enable new digital business models. Make the right decisions today for your future and join us in the world of Proficloud. Professional cloud solutions Future-proof automation with Proficloud Software Development Kit TSD and PROFINET cloud services Cloud IoT Gateway Cloud credits Cloud controller for PROFINET service Cloud coupler for PROFINET service Cloud components for PROFINET 18 19 20 21 21 22 23 23 PHOENIX CONTACT 17

Industrial cloud computing Professional cloud solutions Future-proof automation with Proficloud To implement the guiding principles of the IoT, machines and facilities around the world must be comprehensively networked, and field devices equipped with additional cloud services. This is the only way to exchange data easily, safely, and reliably and to integrate external information into the overall solution. Implementation using the open and scalable Proficloud IoT platform ensures the required performance and flexibility in your automation solutions. Big data applications With Proficloud, you can capture your machine and system data from anywhere in the world and combine large volumes of data from different sources. Using modern data analysis as a foundation, you can make informed decisions, produce forecasts, and improve your operations process control. Integration of services Cloud services can be easily integrated into your automation solution. Extend your applications with services such as monitoring, reporting, energy data management, calculations, and predictive maintenance. You can do this using existing cloud services from our range, or create your own individual cloud services with our Software Development Kit. Consistent security concept A deeply integrated security concept provides you with maximum security. The Trusted Platform Module (TPM) for secure encryption management protects against unauthorized access to stored data. All data is transmitted with TLS 1.2 (Transport Layer Security) encryption and authentication. Cloud services With the Time Series Data (TSD) and PROFINET cloud services, Phoenix Contact provides you with cloud-based automation solutions that are perfectly tailored to your company’s requirements. You can thus benefit from rapid value creation and full cost transparency, thanks to pay-per-use billing. Your advantages: – Maximum availability, as you can access your data anytime, anywhere – Openness, as you can develop your own cloud services for Proficloud and operate them in Proficloud – Flexibility, thanks to the ability to integrate new functions and technologies quickly and easily – Scalability, thanks to dynamic IT services that can be quickly and individually adapted to your requirements – Secure and certified communication, thanks to TLS encryption 18 PHOENIX CONTACT

TSD and PROFINET cloud services Industrial cloud computing Professional cloud solutions Time Series Data (TSD) cloud service PROFINET cloud service Grafana web-based dashboard PROFINET Easily connect your existing PROFINET network to the cloud. Benefit from the advantages, e.g., for remote applications or when using services such as monitoring, reporting or calculation. Thanks to the innovative linking of proven automation standards and current IT technologies, Proficloud enables you to bring the PROFINET fieldbus system to the cloud. This means that you can now monitor the state of your remote systems distributed around the world no matter where you are. By evaluating the data that is collected, potential failures can be detected in good time, thereby avoiding unnecessary costs and work. Proficloud-capable controllers at distributed locations connect to Proficloud via the Internet. Thanks to the patented technology, the Proficloud coupler provides easy access to the distributed controllers from the local network – without the need for further configuration or additional programming. Time Series Data (TSD) Time Series Data enables you to capture, evaluate, and visualize the process data from your machines and systems. This forms the basis for predictive maintenance and other big data applications. Thanks to web-based dashboards, you have access to your data anywhere and at any time. The TSD service provides simple and user-friendly device management. In addition to the Cloud IoT Gateway, other devices from Phoenix Contact can be integrated into the solution and managed, e.g., the PLCnext Control AXC F 2152 controller. Using a UUID (Universally Unique Identifier), each component can be clearly identified and integrated into Proficloud. Once the devices have been added to Proficloud, the transmitted data appears in the cloud immediately. Just a click of the mouse takes you to the TSD Analytics application, which you can use to configure custom dashboards online. Phoenix Contact offers other devices with Modbus/TCP communication. These include small-scale controllers from the Inline product family and energy measuring devices from the EMpro series. When used in conjunction with the Cloud IoT Gateway, any data from the controller can be stored in Proficloud. You can then analyze the data there, in order to identify optimization potential in the system, for example. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 19

Cloud IoT Gateway  Technical data 2 x RJ45 COMBICON connector 1 x COMBICON connector 1 x USB type C Arm® Cortex®-A8 1x 600 MHz 24 V DC -20% / +15% 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 200 mA W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C up to 2000 m above mean sea level Ordering data Interfaces Ethernet RS-232 RS-485 USB 2.0 IEC 61131 runtime system Processor Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Cloud IoT Gateway for integrating new and existing systems into Proficloud without additional engineering effort CLOUD IOT GATEWAY 1031235 1 Industrial cloud computing Professional cloud solutions Cloud IoT Gateway The Cloud IoT Gateway connects new and existing systems to the Internet of Things without interfering with the automation logic. The Gateway collects and processes sensor and process data, and transmits it to Proficloud. This data can be used, for example, for machine monitoring or data analysis. Features: – Direct connection to Proficloud, the open IoT platform – Easy configuration, thanks to web-based management – Various protocols supported, e.g., Modbus/TCP – Robust hardware for use in the industrial environment – Secure transmission, thanks to TLS (Transport Layer Security) encryption – Dashboard for easy visualization of sensor and processor data 20 PHOENIX CONTACT

Industrial cloud computing Professional cloud solutions Software Development Kit Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Software Development Kit, for freely programming individual cloud services CLOUD SDK4J 2404475 1 Software Development Kit With Proficloud you can network your production systems across locations. The Software Development Kit (SDK) allows you to freely program individual cloud services. Your advantages: – The PROFINET network can be extended to include individual cloud services – Free programming possible with the SDK in Java Cloud credits Different cloud credits are available for using devices in Proficloud. The credits are simply activated in the cloud application. Thanks to the pay-per-use model, you have full control of costs and are not locked into a fixed contract. Cloud credits for Proficloud Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Cloud credits, for using devices in Proficloud - Credit: 8760 units - Credit: 17,520 units - Credit: 43,800 units - Credit: 87,600 units CLOUD CREDIT-1 CLOUD CREDIT-2 CLOUD CREDIT-5 CLOUD CREDIT-10 2402989 2402988 2402987 2402986 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 21

Industrial cloud computing Professional cloud solutions Cloud controller for PROFINET service The cloud controller is based on the modular Axiocontrol controller. It is connected to the Internet and links to Proficloud. Features: – Cloud controller for decentralized use of I/Os – Numerous protocols supported such as: http, https, FTP, SNTP, SNMP, SMTP, SQL, MySQL, DCP, etc. – Free engineering with PC Worx Express (IEC 61131-3) – Up to 63 Axioline F I/O modules can be aligned directly – Integrated UPS for targeted shutdown of the application – Configuration via USB – Web server HTML5 and JAVA – SD card up to 2 GB as optional plug-in parameterization memory – 2 x Ethernet interfaces (integrated switch) – Increased resistance to EMI 22 PHOENIX CONTACT Cloud controller for PROFINET service  Technical data Bus base module 2 x RJ45 socket 1 x Micro USB type B max. 63 PC WORX Altera Nios II 100 MHz 1.3 ms (1 K mix instructions) 90 µs (1 K bit instructions) 1 Mbyte 1 Mbyte 48 kByte (NVRAM) 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 125 mA W / H / D 45 mm / 125.9 mm / 74 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C Ordering data Interfaces Axioline F local bus Ethernet USB 2.0 AXIOBUS master Number of supported devices IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Processing speed Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axiocontrol for communication with Proficloud, for direct control of Axioline I/Os, with 2 Ethernet interfaces, programming options in accordance with IEC 61131-3, complete with connector and marking field Parameterization memory, Flash card without license - 2 GB - 512 MB - 2 GB - 512 MB Programming cable Function modules AXC CLOUD-PRO 2402985 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A 2988162 2988146 2701190 2701799 CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M 2701626 See page 55 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cloud coupler for PROFINET service The cloud coupler securely connects the local PROFINET network to Proficloud via the Internet. Furthermore, the cloud coupler protects the local PROFINET network against unauthorized access from the Internet by means of two independent network interfaces. Features: – Web-based management – Emulates up to 15 Proficloud devices – The PROFINET network can be extended to include cloud services, without requiring any additional specialist knowledge – Secure communication, thanks to TLS 1.2 encryption Cloud components for PROFINET With the help of cloud components for PROFINET, virtually all of the information provided via the cloud can be communicated directly to the field level. For example, you can transfer ERP task data directly from Proficloud to your production system via the PROFINET protocol. Taking the indirect route, via other levels in the automation pyramid, is no longer necessary. The system coupler cloud component connects two PROFINET networks via Proficloud. The calculation cloud component can be used to move complex calculations to the cloud. This takes the load off local hardware and reduces costs. The weather cloud component provides weather data from the cloud. This means that a physical weather station is no longer necessary, for example. Industrial cloud computing Professional cloud solutions Computer data Operating system Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Cloud coupler for PROFINET service  Technical data Linux 2x USB 2.0 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% W / H / D 155 mm / 145 mm / 49 mm IP20 0°C ... 50°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Cloud coupler, for connecting the local PROFINET network to Proficloud CLOUD COUPLER-PRO 2402990 1 Cloud components for PROFINET Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. License, for using a system coupler in Proficloud License, for performing calculations in Proficloud License, for using meteorological information in Proficloud CLOUD SERVICE/SYSTEMCOUPLER 2404449 CLOUD SERVICE/CALC 2403326 CLOUD SERVICE/WEATHER 2403325 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 23

Product overview Programming PC Worx and PC Worx Express PC Worx Target for Simulink Function blocks/libraries Visualization WebVisit Visu+ Visu+ Express Device parameterization Startup+ Configuration, monitoring, diagnostics Config+ Diag+ Drivers and interfaces OPC server Planning and configuration Project+ Remote control Portico Resy+ PLCnext Technology Software Software is the key to more efficient automation. Software tools from Phoenix Contact guide you through the entire value added process for your automation solution, from configuration to system operation. All products interact perfectly and impress with their innovative functions and intuitive, user-friendly operation. In addition, a wide range of ready-to-use block libraries is also available. Programming Software products for programming, from small to medium-sized applications with small-scale controllers to complex system automation with high-end PLCs. Visualization A good visualization software tool provides the basis for efficient automation, in the control room, production, as well as directly on the machine. Device parameterization Central and efficient – parameterize your field devices from the comfort of your PC. Configuration, monitoring, diagnostics Software tools for fast startup, constant monitoring, and reliable diagnostics. Drivers and interfaces Everything you need to connect additional systems to your automation solution. Planning and configuration Expert support with the planning and configuration of technical components. So that everything works together perfectly. Remote control Flexible solutions for controlling distributed automation units. System simulation Startup and testing made easy – in a completely virtual environment. Marking software Software tools for efficient marking – even in series production. 26 28 30 55 31 32 33 26 34 34 36 26 38 55 6 PHOENIX CONTACT 25

Software Product overview Programming PLCnext Engineer – Engineering software platform Page 14 PC Worx – Software package for conventional programmable logic controllers Page 28 PC Worx Target for Simulink – Firmware library Page 30 Logic+ – Intuitive programming software for quick and easy configuration  See Catalog 5 – relay modules section  Your web code: #1104 Network management SafetyProg – Programming software for PROFIsafe controllers Page 280 Functional and industry-specific software and drivers Page 55 Management software for network components Page 342 Visualization WebVisit – Development software for web-based visualizations Page 31 Visu+ – SCADA visualization, development and runtime licenses Page 32 Visu+ Express – Free development software for HMI visualization Page 33 Device parameterization Startup+ – Software for wiring checks on Axioline F I/O stations  Your web code: #1164 26 PHOENIX CONTACT IOL-CONF – Software for parameterizing IO-Link devices SAFECONF – Configuration software for PSR-TRISAFE and SafetyBridge modules  Your web code: #1164 Page 278 PSR-CONF-WIN – Configuration software for PSR-RSM4 with connecting cable Page 278

Configuration, monitoring, and diagnostics Software Product overview Config+ – Tool for INTERBUS configuration and diagnostics Page 34 Diag+ – Diagnostics software for INTERBUS, PROFINET, and Ethernet networks Page 34 Diag+ NetScan – Diagnostics software for cyclic INTERBUS diagnostics Order No. 2868075 Drivers and interfaces OPC UA – Communication interface for PC Worx programmable controllers Page 36 AX OPC server – Communication interface for PC Worx programmable controllers Page 37 FL SNMP OPC server – Monitoring/ configuration of SNMP-compatible devices in HMI and SCADA systems Page 37 Planning and configuration Remote control Project+ – Software for planning the I/O configuration  Your web code: #1161 Marking VL Portico server ... – Remote control of networked IPCs Page 38 Resy+ – Function blocks for extending standard control and I/O components with remote control protocols Page 55 System simulation PROJECT complete – Planning and marking software  See Catalog 3 – Marking and labeling section  Your web code: #1093 WinMOD AX ... – System software incl. INTERBUS/PROFINET IO simulation software Info: www.winmod.com IB Emulator – Hardware required to simulate INTERBUS configurations with the WinMOD software Order No. 2988638 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 27

In order to test the program code, there is a powerful simulation tool for all Intel®-compatible controllers. This shortens the startup times of the real system. All data configured in PC Worx can be reused for visualization purposes in an easy manner. This takes place via standard interfaces such as the AX OPC server or an integrated web server. The OPC and web server variables are selected with a mouse click. Worldwide use assured You can switch between numerous languages in the interface. Program comments can be exported and imported for translation. You can therefore save projects together with their comments in various languages. Integrated password handling supports various protection models: – Securing the project – Protecting individual program organization units (POUs) against writing or reading – know-how protection – Blocking of actions, e.g., starting/stopping the controller I/O configuration Network structures such as PROFINET, INTERBUS, PROFIBUS, and Modbus/TCP can be configured in PC Worx via an integrated bus configurator. A device catalog displays all components in clear groupings; the components can be transferred to the hardware configuration using drag & drop. In connection view, the program variables are connected to the inputs and outputs of the network components. The variables are addressed automatically. Diagnostics The integrated Diag+ diagnostics tool is used to handle the diagnostics of all system components in the INTERBUS and PROFINET network. This tool enables precise error localization in the entire system. Preventive diagnostic functions such as monitoring the transmission quality of fiber optic paths in INTERBUS systems increase system availability. Diagnostic data, causes of malfunctions, and solutions are displayed directly in plain text. Programming environment for small-scale controllers With PC Worx Express, Phoenix Contact provides you with a free software tool that can be used to easily program class 100, class 1000, and PC Worx SRT conventional programmable logic controllers. This is achieved, for example, thanks to the clearer user interface. PC Worx Express offers numerous proven functions such as project creation, fast application development, plus easy download, monitoring, and startup of the PLC program. Intelligent automated functions speed up programming. These include the automatic insertion of program instances in the task or simplified variable handling. PC Worx Express can be downloaded free of charge: phoenixcontact.net/products If the application requires the enhanced functions of PC Worx, the project created with PC Worx Express can be opened in the standard programming environment. You can transfer the configured data to PC Worx without any loss of data. Software Programming PC Worx and PC Worx Express Programming with PC Worx PC Worx is the consistent programming software tool for conventional programmable logic controllers in accordance with IEC 61131 from Phoenix Contact. PC Worx can be used in all areas of industry. The software includes all the programming languages defined in IEC 61131-3: – Instruction List (IL) – Function Block Diagram (FBD) – Ladder Diagram (LD) – Sequential Function Chart (SFC) – Structured text (ST) Efficient programming The PC Worx interface can be customized to your individual requirements with clearly arranged workspaces and toolbars. The basic languages of IEC 61131 (LD, FBD, and IL) can be directly and freely cross compiled. Structured text can be converted into any of the three basic languages. Wizards support and monitor the insertion of data types, function blocks, operator, and variable declarations in all editors. For text editors, another wizard is available for keywords and their command structures. Startup and maintenance During controller operation, the following functions round off IEC 61131 programming: – Cross-references for editing – Online and offline program comparison by all IEC editors and configuration data – Startup functions – Debug functions such as: - Logic analysis in real time - Breakpoints - Address debugging - Step-by-step mode - Overwriting and forcing of variables 28 PHOENIX CONTACT

Software Programming Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Optical drive Operating equipment Monitor resolution Software requirements Operating system Supported browsers Basic functions Languages supported Free software tool for class 100 PLCs Software package for conventional PLCs Technical data Technical data min. 2 GHz, x86 architecture min. 2 GByte min. 2 GByte DVD-ROM Keyboard, mouse SXGA (1280 x 1024) min. 2 GHz, x86 architecture min. 2 GByte min. 2 GByte DVD-ROM Keyboard, mouse SXGA (1280 x 1024) Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Professional (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Enterprise (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 10 (32-bit/64-bit), as of Build 1511 Internet Explorer Version 8 or later Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Professional (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Enterprise (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 10 (32-bit/64-bit), as of Build 1511 Internet Explorer Version 8 or later Configuring an automation system, parameterizing INTERBUS devices, operating INTERBUS, programming an automation system in acc. with IEC 61131-3, communication in acc. with IEC 61131-5 Planning an automation system, parameterizing the INTERBUS and PROFINET devices, operating INTERBUS and PROFINET, programming an automation system in acc. with IEC 61131-3. communication in acc. with IEC 61131-5 IEC 61131 includes the following programming languages: - Function block diagram (FBD), - Ladder diagram (LD), - Structured text (ST) Symbolic flowchart (SFC) Instruction list (IL) Ladder diagram (LD) Structured text (ST) Network configuration (functionality of Config+) Network configuration (functionality of Config+) Network diagnostics (functionality of Diag+) - - - Network diagnostics (functionality of Diag+) Unlimited amount of input/output data Machine Sequential Function Chart (MSFC) Fixed Format Ladder Editor (FFLD) German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PC WORX EXPRESS 2988670 1 Free programming version without license mechanism for class 100/1000 controllers and PC WORX SRT, 128 kbytes of I/O data Demo software with Quick Start Guide, 16 bytes of I/O data, Diag+ limited to 5 devices Basic license with 2048 bytes of I/O data, without MSFC compiler Full license with 128 kbytes of I/O data, with MSFC compiler included Low-cost upgrade of existing basic license to a full license PC WORX DEMO PC WORX BASIC LIC PC WORX PRO LIC PC WORX BASIC-PRO LIC 2985725 2985275 2985385 2985259 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 29

Software Programming PC Worx Target for Simulink The PC Worx Target for Simulink firmware library allows you to integrate the functionalities of MATLAB/Simulink into the PC Worx programming software. Use this firmware library to connect MATLAB/Simulink models to RFC 470 and RFC 470S compact controllers from Phoenix Contact. Your advantages: – Structured program implementation and simulation/verification in advance, thanks to model-based system design – Early-stage system simulation and startup by means of “hardware in the loop” – Quick and easy system testing by means of “Rapid Prototyping” – Maximized system performance by means of gradual tuning by optimized controls Software requirements Software requirements Firmware library for integration of Simulink applications Technical data MATLAB® andSimulink® R2012 and higher MATLAB® and Simulink® Coder Visual Studio 2008 Professional includes Compiler for x86 and Windows® CE, not necessary for PLCnext controllers PC WORX Version 6.30 or later or PC WORX ENGINEER Version 7.2 or later Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Firmware library, for connecting MATLAB/Simulink models for RFC 470/RFC 470S Remote Field Controllers Remote Field Controller Safety controller PC WORX TARGET FOR SIMULINK 2400041 Accessories RFC 470 PN 3TX RFC 470S PN 3TX 2916600 2916794 1 1 1 30 PHOENIX CONTACT

WebVisit Software Visualization WebVisit is the right solution for implementing your web-based visualization tasks. The software is flexible, inexpensive, and easy to operate. Thanks to HTML5, all you need to display your visualization application is a standard browser. This means that you can operate and monitor your system without having to install additional software. All Phoenix Contact controllers offer an integrated web server which forwards control data. Use this data and design visualization pages using WebVisit. Your project is then saved directly on the controller. Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Optical drive Operating equipment Monitor resolution Software requirements Operating system Supported browsers Basic functions Languages supported Your advantages: – Intuitive operation: user interfaces can Description Development software for web-based visualizations Technical data min. Intel® Pentium® 4 / Celeron® 1,6 GHz min. 2 GByte min. 2 GByte DVD-ROM Keyboard, mouse XGA (1024 x 768) Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Professional (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Enterprise (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 10 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Internet Explorer Version 8 or later The user interface has a functional design and even the basic version offers numerous graphic basic elements and functions. The variables needed for visualization are imported directly from PC Worx. German, English, French Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. be created quickly – No programming knowledge is necessary for the creation of visualization pages – Display of visualization pages in any standard browser, mobile browser, and all our web panels with integrated runtime environment – Pay once for engineering and create as many pages as you like – Optimum workflow integration, thanks to data coupling with PC Worx and PC Worx Express Development software for web-based visualizations WEBVISIT 6 BASIC Development software for web-based visualizations, with alarming, trending, and voice switchover WEBVISIT 6 PRO 2700948 2700949 Free development software for up to ten web-based visualization pages WEBVISIT 6 EXPRESS 2700954 Upgrade license for upgrading from WEBVISIT 6 BASIC to WEBVISIT 6 PRO Accessories WEBVISIT 6 BASIC-PRO 2700950 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 31

Software Visualization Visu+ Mobile visualization Extend your system visualization to smartphones or tablets with the Visu+ mobile visualization app from Phoenix Contact. You can design flexible operating and monitoring concepts, as the Visu+ mobile app allows you to access your system at any time and from any location. The Visu+ license option required for the app is already enabled on numerous devices. These include the touch panels from Phoenix Contact. Industrial PCs with a Visu+ runtime license simply need to be extended by adding the web license option. Your advantages: – Convenient: simply use smartphones or tablets for the visualization – SCADA functions such as trend display or alarm handling also available on mobile devices – Easy installation via Google Play Store or Apple App Store – High-performance, scalable Visu+ web server: up to 100 clients can be operated simultaneously in its maximum configuration – Easy handling: configuration only takes place in the Visu+ development environment The Visu+ 2 visualization software with SCADA functionality is suitable for every application: from a compact touch panel to an industrial PC. In addition to standard functions such as trend and alarm management, Visu+ offers comprehensive functions for alarm distribution and data logging with a link to external databases. Visu+ 2 runs on Windows PCs as well as embedded platforms (Windows CE). Touch panels from Phoenix Contact are already equipped with the runtime component for embedded devices. Your advantages: – Intelligent and intuitive editor for shorter development times – Flexible license model – Fully scalable process images for using one design on different devices and screen sizes – Comprehensive graphical object and A good visualization software tool provides the basis for efficient automation, in production as well as directly on the machine. The free Visu+ 2 Express software provides an easy introduction to the visualization of typical operating and monitoring tasks. Your advantages: – No license fees – Maximum flexibility, thanks to the wide range of driver interfaces for leading controller manufacturers – Time and cost savings, thanks to the simplified user interface – Fully scalable process diagrams for using one design on different devices and monitor sizes – Web access via the Visu+ mobile app – Connection via OPC Classic interface – Scalable and fully upward compatible with Visu+ software symbol libraries based on vector graphics – Ideal for HMI applications – Connection via OPC Classic interface – All data comprehensively recorded, archived, and immediately available, thanks to sophisticated data logger concept and connection to relational database systems – Numerous possibilities for generating reports using a powerful and integrated report designer – Web access via the Visu+ mobile app – High availability, thanks to integrated redundancy function – FDA-validated projects can be implemented easily, thanks to full support for the FDA CFR21 Part 11 specification – Maximum flexibility, thanks to the wide range of driver interfaces for leading controller manufacturers 32 PHOENIX CONTACT

Software Visualization Visu+ 2 – License models Find out more with the web code You can find further information about runtime licenses for Visu+ on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  Your web code: #1298 Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Optical drive Operating equipment Monitor resolution Software requirements Operating system Supported browsers Basic functions Options Languages supported SCADA visualization, development, and runtime licenses Free development software for HMI visualization Technical data Technical data Pentium/Celeron, 1.6 GHz min. 512 Mbyte (recommended: 1 GByte) min. 1 GByte (recommended: 2 GB) DVD-ROM Keyboard, mouse XGA (1024 x 768) Windows® XP (SP3) Windows® Vista Business Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8 Professional (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8 Enterprise (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® Server 2003 Windows® Server 2008 Windows® Server 2008 R2 Windows® 10 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher Pentium/Celeron, 1.6 GHz min. 512 Mbyte (recommended: 1 GByte) min. 1 GByte (recommended: 2 GB) DVD-ROM Keyboard, mouse XGA (1024 x 768) Windows® XP (SP3) Windows® Vista Business Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8 Professional (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8 Enterprise (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® Server 2003 Windows® Server 2008 Windows® Server 2008 R2 Windows® 10 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher Know-How protection and safety through encoding of projects Know-How protection and safety through encoding of projects Real-time database coupling with ODBC to MS ACCESS, MS EXCEL, and SQL server FDA CFR 21 Part 11 compatible FDA CFR 21 Part 11 compatible OPC Classic Interface and direct drivers German, English, French, Italian German, English, French, Italian Ordering data Ordering data Description Development license for Visu+ projects Development environment for all touch panels with integrated runtime of the Visu+ visualization software Type VISU+ 2 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2988544 1 VISU+ 2 EXPRESS 2402774 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 33

Software Configuration, monitoring, diagnostics Config+ / Diag+ Config+ from Phoenix Contact is the ideal software solution for configuring INTERBUS networks. Numerous functions for efficient configuration In Config+, you can use a wide range of functions to efficiently configure systems with INTERBUS networks. – Reading and comparing real and planned topology – Parameterization of several master boards and controller boards in one project – Configuration of subsystems, e.g., lower-level robot systems – Use of various (e.g., user-defined) device catalogs – Import and export of device catalogs – Non-proprietary device parameterization using the FDT (field device technology) concept – Monitoring function for wiring checks Comprehensive diagnostics for INTERBUS networks Reliable diagnostics are essential for high system availability. INTERBUS networks can be diagnosed reliably with the Diag+ diagnostics tool integrated in Config+. Comprehensive diagnostics for PROFINET and INTERBUS networks Diag+ is a special diagnostic software tool that has been adapted to PROFINET and INTERBUS, which indicates network errors as well as the current states of controllers and devices. Wide range of functions for reliable diagnostics Status information, operating functions, plain text messages, and overviews ensure fast startup, error localization, and easy orientation in PROFINET and INTERBUS systems. – Start and stop of INTERBUS data traffic – Acknowledgment of INTERBUS error messages – Display of error messages with tips for error removal and detailed information on the device type and device state – Display of color symbols for errors and device states – Generation of acceptance reports as PDF files – Integration in other software tools such as visualizations – Display of stored messages from the message archive of the controller – Overview for the topology of Ethernet/PROFINET devices in a 2D graphic – Specification of the accessibility of Ethernet/PROFINET devices – Management of individual rights of use for various users 34 PHOENIX CONTACT

Configuration, monitoring, diagnostics Software Tool for fieldbus and network configuration Diagnostics software for INTERBUS, PROFINET and Ethernet networks Technical data Technical data min. 2 GHz, x86 architecture min. 2 GByte min. 2 GByte DVD-ROM Serial interface, Ethernet, PCI Keyboard, mouse SXGA (1280 x 1024) Further controller boards on request. Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Professional (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Enterprise (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 10 (32-bit/64-bit), as of Build 1511 Internet Explorer Version 8 or later IBS S7 400 DSC/I-T 2719962 2719975 IBS S7 300 DSC-T 2730080 IBS PCI SC/RI/I-T 2730187 IBS PCI SC/RI-LK 2725260 IBS PCI SC/I-T 2700318 IBS PCI SC-LK 2862314 FL IL 24 BK-PAC 2862327 FL IL 24 BK-B-PAC 2985974 FL NP PND-4TX IB FL NP PND-4TX IB-LK 2985929 FLM BK ETH M12 DI 8 M12-2TX 2736916 IL ETH BK DI8 DO4 2TX-PAC 2703981 2812209 IBS USC4-2 Project planning of Ethernet configurations Planning of the address assignment Comparison between real and planned bus configuration min. 2 GHz, x86 architecture min. 2 GByte min. 2 GByte DVD-ROM Serial interface, Ethernet, PCI Keyboard, mouse SXGA (1280 x 1024) INTERBUS generation 4 controller boards, PROFINET controller (Phoenix Contact only) Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Professional (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Enterprise (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 10 (32-bit/64-bit), as of Build 1511 Internet Explorer Version 8 or later Reading in the installed bus structure Detecting/representing error states (plain text from knowledge database) Diagnostics of INTERBUS FO paths (transmission quality) Comprehensive diagnostic functions, including optical diagnostics with Diag+ Network diagnostics (functionality of Diag+) Reading out the Controller Diagnose Archive Numerous other diagnostic functions German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese German, English, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type CONFIG+ DEMO 2868046 2868059 1 1 DIAG+ DEMO DIAG+ 2730734 2730307 1 1 1 Accessories Accessories CONFIG+ CPY 2868062 1 DIAG+ CPY 2730404 Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Optical drive Interfaces Operating equipment Monitor resolution Supported controllers Software requirements Operating system Supported browsers Termination boards supported Basic functions Languages supported Description Config+ demo version with limited scope of functions (it is not possible to save projects) Config+ full version for configuration and diagnosis of networks CONFIG+ Diag+ demo, limited scope of functions (only valid for the first five stations) Diag+ full version, for INTERBUS diagnostics (ActiveX Control with programming interface) Copy license, allows you to install the software multiple times. A full version is also required. Please specify the number of licenses required when ordering. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 35

Software Drivers and interfaces OPC server Implement data exchange quickly and reliably between the following devices using OPC servers: – PC Worx-programmable controllers – SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)-compatible devices The standardized OPC UA (Unified Architecture) and OPC DA (Data Access) interfaces enable easy integration in OPC-compatible visualization and control systems. The PC Worx UA SERVER supports the PLCopen profile for controllers in accordance with the OPC UA standard. Variables and structures of PC Worx- programmable controllers are provided in a common address area. The AX OPC SERVER operates in accordance with the OPC DA standard and is used for data exchange between control systems, quality management systems or HMI stations with PC Worx-based controllers. The SNMP OPC SERVER V3 gathers device and network information which can be read via SNMP. In this way, you can integrate your SNMP-compatible devices into OPC-based process control systems (SCADA) or into HMI systems. 36 PHOENIX CONTACT OPC UA – communication interface for PC Worx-programmable controllers Technical data min. Intel® Core™ i3-2100 (2 GHz) min. 2 GByte - - - Windows® 7 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 10 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® Server 2012 Windows® Server 2016 PC Worx Version 6 or later Data exchange in accordance with DA profile spec 1.02 (2012) Security Policies: None, Basic128RSA15, Basic256 Message Security: Mode none, sign, sign&encrypt Communication profile in accordance with the PC-based server via binary protocol using TCP/IP Easy access to arrays and structures Variable mapping in accordance with PLCopen profile spec 1.00 English Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PC WORX UA SERVER-PLC 10 2402684 PC WORX UA SERVER-PLC 40 2402685 PC WORX UA SERVER-PLC 80 2402686 1 1 1 Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Optical drive Operating equipment General requirements Operating system Software requirements Basic functions Languages supported Description OPC UA server for communication with a maximum of 10 modular small-scale controllers - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx OPC UA server for communication with a maximum of 25 controllers - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx, AXC 3xxx, PC WORX RT BASIC/SRT OPC UA server for communication with a maximum of 200 controllers - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx, AXC 3xxx, RFC 460R, RFC 480S, PC WORX RT BASIC/SRT AX OPC SERVER, communication interface for OPC-compatible visualization with PC Worx-based controllers - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx, ILC 3xx, AXC 3xxx, RFC 4xx, PC WORX RT BASIC/SRT SNMP OPC server, for monitoring and configuring a maximum of 100 SNMP-compatible devices in HMI and SCADA systems Extension license for 100 devices

Software Drivers and interfaces OPC DA – communication interface for PC Worx-programmable controllers Monitoring/configuration of SNMP-compatible devices in HMI and SCADA systems Technical data Technical data min. Intel® Core™ i3-2100 (2 GHz) min. 1 GByte (2 GB for Windows Vista and Windows 7) PC Pentium > 266 MHz - min. 2 GByte - - Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Professional (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 Enterprise (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 10 (32-bit/64-bit), as of Build 1511 PC WORX Version 3 or later min. 20 Mbyte CD-ROM Keyboard, mouse recommended Windows® XP (SP3) Windows® 7 Windows® 10 Windows® Server 2008 Windows® Server 2003 Windows® Vista Business - Supports OPC standard functions and all the optional interfaces (in accordance with OPC spec. DA 1.0a and DA 2.04/2.05) Monitoring and configuration of 100 SNMP-compatible devices in HMI/SCADA systems Simultaneous support to several controllers Network monitoring with HMI/SCADA systems Integrated OPC testing and diagnostics client SNMP Version v1 and v2c supported - - OPC clients OPC Data Access 1.0A/2.0 or OPC Alarm and Events supported Integrated MIB browser Import/export and creation of device profiles supported, online and remote configuration possible via remote PCs German, English German, English Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 FL SNMP OPC SERVER V3 FL SNMP OPC SERVER V3 LIC 100 2701139 2701138 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 37

Remote control software Technical data Atom™ or above 512 Mbyte (minimum) 100 Mbyte (minimum (client and server)) Windows® 7 Windows® 10 Remote control software German, English, French, Spanish, Italian Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. VL PORTICO SERVER 1 CLIENT VL PORTICO SERVER 4 CLIENT VL PORTICO SERVER 16 CLIENT 2701453 2701455 2701456 1 1 1 Software Remote control Portico Optimally tailor your operating concept to the requirements of your system. With the Portico software, you can install up to 16 thin clients exactly where you need them. If multiple employees based in various locations need to access the machine, you can design individual solutions in this way. Portico is a remote control software tool that allows you to view and fully interact with the desktop of another industrial PC over a network. The software uses a client/ server architecture that either supports point-to-point connection between a server and client or allows communication to be established between a server and multiple clients. Thanks to the unique assignment of access rights, your system is also protected against unauthorized access. Portico can also be used in a production environment to visualize or control a machine or process at a remote location in the system. Your advantages: – Individual operation and monitoring concepts with up to 16 clients – Simultaneous display of IPC screen information at several operating stations without server operating system – Inexpensive, thanks to the use of thin clients – Configuration tool for user-friendly management of access rights – Fast screen and input response, thanks to communication via TCP/IP network protocol – Low memory usage by server and client System requirements: – CPU type/class: x86 – Minimum CPU clock rate: 1.0 GHz – Minimum RAM: 512 MB – Minimum memory required for server: 100 MB – Minimum memory required for client: 100 MB – LAN rate: 100 Mbps – Graphics requirements: unlimited Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Software requirements Operating system Basic functions Languages supported Description Remote control - 1 client - 4 clients - 16 clients 38 PHOENIX CONTACT

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Product overview Conventional PLCs Inline controllers Axiocontrol High-performance PLCs Software PLC Software for control technology Starter kits Programmable logic relay system Services for automation PLCnext Technology Industrial cloud computing Would you like to program in accordance with IEC 61131-3? In order to satisfy your requirements, we offer controllers in all performance classes. Use our PLCs, for example, in machine building and systems manufacturing, renewable energy or automotive applications. Utilize our PLC systems with the matching I/Os or select a high-performance controller for maximum performance. Axiocontrol – Fast, robust, easy Axiocontrol (AXC) controllers are designed for maximum performance, easy handling, and use in harsh industrial environments. All models support modular extension with the Axioline F I/O system. Inline controllers – Flexible and cost-effective Inline controllers (ILC) are the proven standard in the PLC portfolio. The controllers support all common communication paths, such as Ethernet and mobile communication. In addition, they can be easily extended with versatile Inline I/O terminals and provide optimum communication with an integrated, freely programmable web server. High-performance PLCs Redundant and safe controllers with maximum performance. Thanks to the powerful processor, comprehensive automation tasks can be processed at maximum speed. 42 44 48 52 54 55 56 58 60 6 17 PHOENIX CONTACT 41

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Product overview PLCnext Control COMPLETE line PLCnext Control AXC F 2152 – Controller for PLCnext Technology Page 10 PLCnext Control RFC 4072S – High-performance safety PLC for PLCnext Technology Page 11 Axiocontrol The comprehensive solution for your control cabinet: Easy planning, intuitive installation Page 522 Class 1000 Page 44 Class 3000 Page 45 PLC for the energy industry Page 46 Inline controller PLC for building infrastructure Page 47 Class 100 Page 48 Class 100 for machine building Page 50 Class 100 for remote communication Page 51 High-performance PLCs Software PLC Class 400 Page 52 42 PHOENIX CONTACT PC Worx RT Basic – Software PLC with real-time extension Page 54 PC Worx SRT – Software PLC without real-time extension Page 54

Starter kits Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Product overview Software for control technology Starter kit for automation with PLCnext Control Page 13 Starter kit for automation with small-scale controllers – PROFINET Page 56 Starter kit for automation with small-scale controllers – INTERBUS Page 57 Functional and industry-specific software and drivers Page 55 Software for control technology PLCnext Engineer – Engineering software platform Page 14 PC Worx – Software package for conventional programmable logic controllers Page 28 PC Worx Express – Free software package for class 100 programmable logic controllers Page 28 WebVisit – Development software for web-based visualizations Page 31 Programmable logic relay system Services for automation Programmable logic relay system Page 58 Services – Hotline, on-site service, startup support, professional workshops Page 60 Training – Individual training concepts, training courses Page 60 Engineering – Configuration, programming, visualization, coaching Page 60 I/O systems System cabling Charging controllers I/O systems for the control cabinet (IP20) Page 100 I/O systems for field installation (IP67) Page 166  See Catalog 5 – System cabling for controllers  Your web code: #0702  See Catalog 7 – Charging technology for electromobility  Your web code: #0501 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 43

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Notes: You can find matching I/O modules for these controllers from page 66 Axiocontrol small-scale controller          Technical data AXC 1050 AXC 1050 XC Bus base module 2 x RJ45 socket 1 x Micro USB type B max. 63 (per station) PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 1x 100 MHz 2 Mbyte 2 Mbyte 48 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 125 mA W / H / D 45 mm / 125.9 mm / 74 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C -40°C ... 70°C (observe derating as per user manual) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Interfaces Axioline F local bus Ethernet Parameterization/operation/diagnostics AXIOBUS master Number of supported devices IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Axiocontrol, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - with extended temperature range Parameterization memory, Flash card without license - 2 GB - 512 MB - 2 GB - 512 MB Programming cable Function modules AXC 1050 AXC 1050 XC Accessories SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A 2700988 2701295 2988162 2988146 2701190 2701799 CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M 2701626 See page 55 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Axiocontrol Class 1000 The AXC 1050 Axiocontrol controllers are fast, robust, and user-friendly, i.e., they are all designed for maximum performance, easy handling, and use in harsh industrial environments. Together with the Axioline I/O systems they form a high-performance, flexible, and particularly resistant automation system for every requirement. Thanks to the integrated UPS, you can respond promptly to any voltage failures. Push-in connection technology simplifies wiring noticeably and also saves time. Your advantages: – Maximum flexibility – numerous I/Os and function modules can be mounted side by side – Cost-effective solution, thanks to the excellent price/performance ratio with high function density – Optimum communication, thanks to integrated, freely programmable web server – Versatile use, as all common IT protocols are supported Additional features: – Continuous shock-resistant up to 10g – Increased EMC robustness – SD card slot: for quick memory expansion and easy enabling of software blocks – FTP server – Flash file system – Complete Axiobus master – Integration of IT standards: FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP, SMTP, SQL, ODP, OPC, and many more – Web-based management for easy diagnostics – Integrated PROFINET controller and integrated PROFINET device AXC 1050 (XC): – Modbus/TCP (client and server) is integrated in the firmware – this increases performance and simplifies configuration – Intuitive programming using PC Worx or using the free PC Worx Express software (IEC 61131-3) – Visualization with WebVisit software (HTML5, Java) 44 PHOENIX CONTACT

Class 3000 The AXC 3050 is the high-end controller in the Axiocontrol range. It offers all the EMC, shock, and vibration properties of the AXC 1050, as well as Push-in connection technology and intelligent functions for sophisticated automation. Thanks to the powerful processor and technology functions such as fast counters and event tasks, you can even implement complex applications reliably and efficiently. Your advantages: – Highly flexible, thanks to expansion with numerous I/O modules – Communication in real time via PROFINET – Optimum connection, with integrated web server and support for all common IT standards – Maximum performance, thanks to high processor speed Additional features: – Micro USB interface: for fast startup or changing the PLC settings without knowing the IP address – 3 integrated Ethernet interfaces for implementing different topologies – Modbus/TCP (client and server) is integrated in the firmware – this increases performance and simplifies configuration – USB A interface for easy firmware update using a USB stick – Integrated web server for visualization with WebVisit – FTP server – Flash file system – Numerous protocols supported such as: HTTP, FTP, SNTP, SNMP, SMTP, SQL, MySQL, etc. – Complete Axiobus master – Integrated PROFINET controller and integrated PROFINET device Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Axiocontrol Notes: You can find matching I/O modules for these controllers from page 66 Axiocontrol high-performance controller Interfaces Axioline F local bus Ethernet Parameterization/operation/diagnostics Service AXIOBUS master Number of supported devices IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note        Technical data Bus base module 3 x RJ45 socket 1 x Micro USB type B 1 x USB type A, socket max. 63 (per station) PC WORX Intel® Atom™ E660 1x 1.3 GHz 4 Mbyte 8 Mbyte 128 kByte depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 16 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC typ. 408 mA (without I/Os and UL = 24 V) W / H / D 100 mm / 125.9 mm / 74 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C (up to 2000 m above sea level) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axiocontrol, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Parameterization memory, Flash card without license - 2 GB - 512 MB - 2 GB - 512 MB Programming cable Function modules AXC 3050 2700989 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A 2988162 2988146 2701190 2701799 CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M 2701626 See page 55 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 45

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Axiocontrol PLC for the energy industry Notes: You can find matching I/O modules for these controllers from page 66 Now you can also use the robust AXC 1050 controller for applications in the energy industry. The license on the SD card enables you to activate the communication protocol and quickly develop IEC-61850-compliant interfaces. The APPLIC A extension also gives you a license for further function block libraries. Your advantages: – Direct use of the IEC 61850 data model – Flexible, thanks to freely programmable control functionality – Simultaneous communication via Modbus/TCP and PROFINET Additional features: – Communication in accordance with IEC 61850-5, MMS, and GOOSE – Automatic time stamping IEC 61850 solution          Technical data Bus base module 2 x RJ45 socket 1 x Micro USB type B max. 63 (per station) PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 1x 100 MHz 2 Mbyte 2 Mbyte 48 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 125 mA W / H / D 45 mm / 125.9 mm / 74 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Interfaces Axioline F local bus Ethernet Parameterization/operation/diagnostics AXIOBUS master Number of supported devices IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axiocontrol, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - with extended temperature range Program and configuration memory, Flash card with license key for IEC 61850 communication AXC 1050 AXC 1050 XC 2700988 2701295 - 2 GB - 2 GB, with license key for activating further function block libraries SD FLASH 2GB 61850 SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A 61850 2400435 2400436 Programming cable Function modules Accessories CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M 2701626 See page 55 1 1 1 1 1 46 PHOENIX CONTACT

PLC for building infrastructure Notes: You can find matching I/O modules for these controllers from page 100 Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Inline controllers You can use the ILC 2050 BI controller to automate different subsections in the building infrastructure, data centers, and distributed properties. The integrated Niagara Framework enables you to have IoT-based automation due to standardization of various data types. Your advantages: – Reduced startup costs, thanks to different protocols – Standardized integration of sensors and actuators – Easy programming using drag & drop – Web-based maintenance, monitoring, and programming from any location – Functionality can be extended with the Inline I/O range Additional features: – Integrated safety functions – Flexible licensing – Supports numerous protocols: BACnet IP, BACnet MS/TP, KNX IP, SNMP, M-Bus, DALI, Modbus Find out more with the web code You can find further information about engineering software for building infrastructure on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  Your web code: #1166 Interfaces Ethernet RS-485 USB 1.0/USB 2.0 USB OTG Other interfaces AXIOBUS master Number of supported devices IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Description Small-scale controller Programming cable IoT-based networking of infrastructures  Technical data 4 x RJ45 socket, shielded 2 x Spring-cage connection 1 x USB type A, socket 1 x Mini-USB 1 x microSD slot max. 63 Niagara 4 WorkPlace Arm® Cortex®-A8 1000 MHz 512 kByte (SRAM) 1.8 GByte (eMMC) 2 GByte (eMMC) Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 170 mA (at nominal voltage without local bus device) W / H / D 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ILC 2050 BI 2403160 Accessories CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M 2701626 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 47

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Inline controllers Class 100 Class 100 programmable logic controllers impress with their high function density. They support all common communication paths, such as Ethernet, mobile communication or fixed-line network. Thanks to integrated Modbus/TCP and PROFINET, the controllers communicate with numerous fieldbus devices without any additional programming, both passively as a Modbus server as well as actively as a Modbus client. As the interface between the control center and I/O level, they efficiently control the data flow within your system. In short, they are ideal for small to medium-sized applications, even in distributed systems. Your advantages: – Maximum flexibility – numerous I/Os and function modules can be mounted side by side – Quick and easy integration of additional user libraries with function blocks – Optimum communication – with integrated, freely programmable web server for visualization with the WebVisit software – Versatile use, as all common IT protocols are supported – High processing speed, thanks to the high-performance Altera NIOS II processor – Easy to integrate in existing PROFINET networks by means of PROFINET device functionality Additional features: – Maximum flexibility in I/O connectivity, thanks to integrated fieldbus master and Modbus/TCP (client and server) – SD card slot: for quick memory expansion and easy enabling of software blocks – FTP server – Flash file system – Numerous protocols supported such as: HTTP, FTP, SNTP, SNMP, SMTP, SQL, MySQL, etc. – Intuitive programming using PC Worx or using the free PC Worx Express software – The XC versions are also suitable for increased temperature requirements (-40°C to +60°C) 48 PHOENIX CONTACT Notes: You can find matching I/O modules for these controllers from page 100 Basic device       Ex:   Technical data ILC 131 ETH ILC 131 ETH/XC Inline data jumper 1 x RJ45 socket 1 x 6-pos. MINI DIN socket (PS/2) max. 8 max. 63 max. 2048 Bit (INTERBUS) max. 8192 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client) 8 4 PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 64 MHz 192 kByte 192 kByte 8 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 210 mA W / H / D 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Interfaces INTERBUS local bus (master) Ethernet Parameterization/operation/diagnostics INTERBUS master Number of devices with parameter channel Number of supported devices Amount of process data Digital inputs/outputs Number of inputs Number of outputs IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact controller, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - with extended temperature range - 2 GB - 512 MB - 2 GB - 512 MB Programming cable ILC 131 ETH ILC 131 ETH/XC Accessories SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A COM CAB MINI DIN 2700973 2701034 2988162 2988146 2701190 2701799 2400127 AX OPC SERVER, communication interface for OPC-compatible visualization with PC Worx-based controllers - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx, ILC 3xx, AXC 3xxx, RFC 4xx, PC WORX RT BASIC/SRT Function modules AX OPC SERVER 2985945 See page 55 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Inline controllers With remote bus support With two Ethernet ports With integrated floating-point arithmetic       Ex:         Ex:         Ex:   Technical data Technical data Technical data ILC 151 ETH ILC 151 ETH/XC Inline data jumper 1 x RJ45 socket 1 x 6-pos. MINI DIN socket (PS/2) Inline data jumper 2 x RJ45 socket 1 x 6-pos. MINI DIN socket (PS/2) max. 16 max. 128 max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS) max. 16384 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client) max. 24 max. 128 max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS) max. 32768 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client) 8 4 8 4 PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 64 MHz 256 kByte 256 kByte 8 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 210 mA PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 64 MHz 512 kByte 512 kByte 48 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 210 mA 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C -40°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Inline data jumper 2 x RJ45 socket 1 x 6-pos. MINI DIN socket (PS/2) max. 24 max. 128 max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS) max. 32768 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client) 8 4 PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 64 MHz 1 Mbyte 1 Mbyte 48 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 210 mA 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ILC 151 ETH ILC 151 ETH/XC Accessories SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A COM CAB MINI DIN 2700974 2701141 2988162 2988146 2701190 2701799 2400127 AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ILC 171 ETH 2TX 2700975 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A COM CAB MINI DIN 2988162 2988146 2701190 2701799 2400127 AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ILC 191 ETH 2TX 2700976 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A COM CAB MINI DIN 2988162 2988146 2701190 2701799 2400127 AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 See page 55 See page 55 See page 55 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 49

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Inline controllers Class 100 for machine building Notes: You can find matching I/O modules for these controllers from page 100 The ME versions of our small-scale controllers have been specifically developed for the requirements of machine building. For example, for addressing drives via step motor drivers or frequency converters. The compact controllers offer all the functions of the ILC 1x1 and come with pre-installed functions for machine building. This means that various drive types can be controlled and sensors can be connected without any additional external modules. Use analog input channels for position detection. With Modbus/RTU and Easy Motion function block libraries, you can use the RS-485 and pulse/direction interface for positioning on simple 1-axis applications. The function block libraries are available to download free of charge. Additional features: – PWM/pulse/direction interface, RS-485 – 2 analog inputs – 2 analog outputs 50 PHOENIX CONTACT For easy drive control   Ex:  Technical data Inline data jumper 2 x RJ45 socket 1 x 4-pos. for full duplex 1 x 6-pos. MINI DIN socket (PS/2) max. 24 max. 128 max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS) max. 32768 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client) 8 4 2 2 PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 64 MHz 1 Mbyte 1 Mbyte 48 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 310 mA W / H / D 164 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Interfaces INTERBUS local bus (master) Ethernet RS-422/RS-485 Parameterization/operation/diagnostics INTERBUS master Number of devices with parameter channel Number of supported devices Amount of process data Digital inputs/outputs Number of inputs Number of outputs Analog inputs/outputs Number of inputs Number of outputs IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact controller, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - Analog inputs/outputs Parameterization memory, Flash card without license - 2 GB - 512 MB - 2 GB - 512 MB Programming cable AX OPC SERVER, communication interface for OPC-compatible visualization with PC Worx-based controllers - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx, ILC 3xx, AXC 3xxx, RFC 4xx, PC WORX RT BASIC/SRT ILC 191 ME/AN 2700074 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A COM CAB MINI DIN 2988162 2988146 2701190 2701799 2400127 AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Class 100 for remote communication Notes: You can find matching I/O modules for these controllers from page 100 Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Inline controllers These small-scale controllers offer all the functions of our 1x1 controllers. In addition, they have an integrated mobile phone modem and more memory. This makes them the ideal solution for remote control and remote maintenance. The corresponding remote control software is: Resy+. Additional features: – Integrated GSM/GPRS modem, 16 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs – Modbus/TCP (client and server) is integrated in the firmware – this increases performance and simplifies configuration – SD card slot: for quick memory expansion and easy enabling of software blocks – FTP server – Flash file system – Complete fieldbus master (4096 I/O points) – Numerous protocols supported such as: HTTP, FTP, SNTP, SNMP, SMTP, SQL, MySQL, etc. – Intuitive programming using PC Worx or using the free PC Worx Express software – OPC functionality With integrated GSM/GPRS modem   Ex:  Technical data Inline data jumper 1 x RJ45 socket SIM card, SMA antenna connection max. 16 max. 128 max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS) 16 4 PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 64 MHz 512 kByte 512 kByte 48 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 210 mA W / H / D 85 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data Interfaces INTERBUS local bus (master) Ethernet GSM / GPRS INTERBUS master Number of devices with parameter channel Number of supported devices Amount of process data Digital inputs/outputs Number of inputs Number of outputs IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact controller, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Multiband antenna for UMTS and quad band GSM, with omnidirectional characteristics - 2 m antenna cable Parameterization memory, Flash card without license - 2 GB - 512 MB - 2 GB - 512 MB Programming cable AX OPC SERVER, communication interface for OPC-compatible visualization with PC Worx-based controllers ILC 151 GSM/GPRS 2700977 Accessories PSI-GSM/UMTS-QB-ANT 2313371 SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A COM CAB MINI DIN 2988162 2988146 2701190 2701799 2400127 - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx, ILC 3xx, AXC 3xxx, RFC 4xx, PC WORX RT BASIC/SRT Function modules AX OPC SERVER 2985945 See page 55 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 51

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers High-performance PLCs Class 400 Uninterrupted processes are vital in complex systems and large plants. Ensure the continuous operation of your automation – with the PROFINET redundancy controllers from Phoenix Contact. The high-performance PLCs establish a redundant system automatically, thanks to AutoSync technology. Your advantages: – Fast startup and automatic configuration of all redundancy functions, thanks to AutoSync technology – Uninterrupted process in the event of failure or when a controller is replaced – Optimum device integration, thanks to PROFINET standards; redundancy for your future-proof Ethernet network – A distance of up to 80 km between the controllers via fiber optics; cost-optimized thanks to plug-in SFP modules – High-resolution display for displaying status and error messages in plain text – Uninterrupted visualization, thanks to redundancy-capable OPC server Notes: Further information on safety versions can be found in the “Functional safety” section on page 275 More memory, more speed, more power. The class 400 PROFINET-compatible controllers are the most powerful programmable logic controllers available from Phoenix Contact. Control demanding automation tasks with maximum performance and intelligent features. Your advantages: – Highly flexible, thanks to expansion with numerous I/O modules – Communication in real time via PROFINET – Optimum connection, with integrated web server and support for all common IT standards – Maximum performance, thanks to high processor speed Additional features: – Control and fieldbus system status messages are easily read via the diagnostic display – Thanks to the powerful processor, comprehensive automation tasks can be processed at maximum speed – Integrated Ethernet interface – Integrated web server for visualization with WebVisit – FTP server – Flash file system – Numerous protocols supported such as: HTTP, FTP, SNTP, SNMP, SMTP, SQL, MySQL, etc. – Integrated INTERBUS master – Integrated PROFINET controller and PROFINET device – Intuitive programming with PC Worx (IEC 61131-3) The RFC 480S PN 4TX is equipped with an integrated safety controller for applications up to SIL 3. It supports the PROFIsafe protocol. 52 PHOENIX CONTACT Interfaces INTERBUS (Master) Ethernet Parameterization/operation/diagnostics Synchronization interface USB 2.0 INTERBUS master Number of devices with parameter channel Number of supported devices Amount of process data Digital inputs/outputs Connection method Number of inputs Number of outputs IEC 61131 runtime system Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note W / H / D Description Remote Field Controller - 3 x 10/100 Ethernet, PROFINET controller - 4 x 10/100/1000 Ethernet, PROFINET controller Parameterization memory - 256 MB - 512 MB - 2 GB Programming cable, for connecting the controller boards to the PC (RS-232-C), length: 3 m USB memory stick, memory capacity 8 GB RS-232 null modem adapter - 9-pos. female to 9-pos. male Fan module for Remote Field Controller AX OPC SERVER, communication interface for OPC-compatible visualization with PC Worx-based controllers - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx, ILC 3xx, AXC 3xxx, RFC 4xx, PC WORX RT BASIC/SRT

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers High-performance PLCs Remote Field Controller With integrated safety controller With redundancy function      Technical data Technical data Technical data 1 x D-SUB-9 female connector 2 x RJ45 socket 1 x D-SUB 9 plug - - - 4 x RJ45 socket - - 1 x USB type A, male connector - 3 x RJ45 socket - 1 x SFP port 2 x USB type A, socket max. 126 max. 512 (of which 254 are remote bus devices/bus segments) - max. 256 - - - - max. 8192 Bit (INTERBUS-Master) 14-pos. FLK pin strip 5 3 Intel® Celeron® 927 UE 1.5 GHz typ. 8 Mbyte 16 Mbyte 240 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 16 Integrated (battery backup) - - - - - - Intel® Core™ i5-6300U 2x 2.4 GHz (Dual-Core) typ. 16 Mbyte 32 Mbyte 2 Mbyte - - 16 Integrated (battery backup) Intel® Celeron® 927 UE 1.5 GHz typ. 8 Mbyte 16 Mbyte 120 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 1 Integrated (battery backup) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 1 A 1 A 1 A 124 mm / 185 mm / 190 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (from 45°C only with fan module) Class A product, see page 527 122 mm / 182 mm / 173 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (from 40°C only with fan module) Class A product, see page 527 124 mm / 185 mm / 190 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (from 45°C only with fan module) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RFC 470 PN 3TX 2916600 Accessories CF FLASH 256MB CF FLASH 2GB IBS PRG CAB USB FLASH DRIVE PSM-AD-D9-NULLMODEM RFC DUAL-FAN 2988780 2701185 2806862 2402809 2708753 2730239 AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 RFC 480S PN 4TX 2404577 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB 2988146 2988162 RFC FAN MODULE 2404085 AX OPC SERVER 2985945 RFC 460R PN 3TX 2700784 Accessories CF FLASH 256MB CF FLASH 2GB 2988780 2701185 USB FLASH DRIVE 2402809 RFC DUAL-FAN 2730239 AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 53

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Software PLC Software PLC for installation on IPCs Industrial PCs for visualizing and operating processes are often only utilized to a limited extent. Make use of these available resources and also transform your industrial PC into a full-fledged PLC. Depending on the performance requirements, choose between PC Worx SRT with statistically guaranteed response times for small to medium tasks and PC Worx RT Basic for complex automation with real-time requirements. Your advantages: – Stable and reliable, thanks to operating system expansion with PC Worx RT Basic – Easy and inexpensive visualization, thanks to integrated web server – Maximum Ethernet openness, as all common protocols are supported Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Interfaces Operating equipment Monitor resolution Software requirements Operating system Supported browsers Basic functions IEC 61131 runtime system Programmable under Processing speed Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Description Software PLC Software PLC with real-time extension Software PLC without real-time extension Technical data Technical data min. Intel® Core™2 Duo min. 2 GByte min. 1 GByte Ethernet port, USB port Keyboard, mouse recommended XGA (1024 x 768) Windows® 7 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® Embedded Standard 7 Windows® Embedded 2009 Windows® 10 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Internet Explorer Version 8 or later Complete PLC PROFINET controller and device functionality only in conjunction with a Valueline PC INTERBUS functionality only in conjunction with an INTERBUS master controller board Integration of Modbus/TCP in the firmware min. Intel® Atom™ min. 512 Mbyte min. 1 GByte Ethernet Port Keyboard, mouse recommended XGA (1024 x 768) Windows® 7 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® Embedded Standard 7 Windows® Embedded 2009 Windows® 10 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Internet Explorer Version 8 or later Complete PLC Non-real-time-capable software PLC for installation on a standard PC with integrated Modbus/TCP, plus PROFINET controller and device functionality PC WorX in IEC 61131 0.001 ms (1 K mixed instructions, Intel® Core™2 Duo 1.5 GHz) 0.7 µs (1 K bit instructions, Intel® Core™2 Duo 1.5 GHz) PC WorX in IEC 61131 5.5 µs (1 K mixed instructions, Intel® Atom™ Z510PT) 4 µs (1 K bit instructions, Intel® Atom™ Z510PT) 8 Mbyte 16 Mbyte 240 kByte depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 16 1 Mbyte 1 Mbyte 48 kByte depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 1 1 1 PC WORX SRT 2701680 Accessories AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 1 PC controller board AX OPC SERVER, communication interface for OPC-compatible visualization with PC Worx-based controllers IBS PCI SC/I-T AX OPC SERVER Accessories 2725260 2985945 PC WORX RT BASIC 2700291 Industrial PC See page 474 onwards See page 474 onwards 54 PHOENIX CONTACT

Function blocks/libraries Programmable logic controllers from Phoenix Contact can be adapted to any requirement quickly and easily using SD cards and function blocks. This means that you can install parameterization memories, licenses for function block libraries or fully tested applications at a later time, without the need for additional hardware. Industry-specific function blocks are tailored to the individual requirements of a particular industry and offer considerable advantages when it comes to engineering. Extend your system quickly and easily with the following functions: – IEC 61850 communication – Integration of SafetyBridge I/O modules – Energy measurement – Multiplexer function – webMI functionality of atvise® – Control technology – Network protocols – IT security – Network management – Databases – CAN bus – Motor management – Remote control protocols (Resy+) Your advantages: – Individual expansion of the controller solution with complete and tested applications – Activation of libraries and function blocks via license keys – Uncomplicated device replacement by transferring the data via SD card If the card is marked with the APPLIC A suffix, it contains a corresponding license for activating further function block libraries. These function block libraries can be downloaded from our website.  Your web code: #1390 Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Software for control technology SD memory card with function block license Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Program and configuration memory, Flash card with license key for IEC 61850 communication - 2 GB - 2 GB, with license key for activating further function block libraries SD FLASH 2GB 61850 SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A 61850 2400435 2400436 Program and configuration memory, Flash card with license key and user program for easy web-based configuration and startup of a SafetyBridge solution - 2 GB, for Inline - 2 GB, for Inline including communication via Modbus/TCP, PROFINET, and e-mail - 2 GB, for Axioline including communication via Modbus/TCP, PROFINET, and e-mail Program and configuration memory, plug-in, 2 GB with license key and user program for reading from measuring devices Program and configuration memory, Flash card with license key for multiplexer applications. For configuring two ILC 131 ETH devices as multiplexers - 512 MB Program and configuration memory, Flash card for using the webMI functionality of atvise® SD FLASH 2GB EASY SAFE BASIC SD FLASH 2GB EASY SAFE PRO 2403297 2403298 SD FLASH 2GB AXC EASY SAFE PRO 2403730 SD FLASH 2GB EMLOG 2403484 SD FLASH 512MB MODULAR MUX 2701872 - 2 GB - 2 GB, with license key for activating further function block libraries SD FLASH 2GB ATVISE SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A ATVISE 2400088 2400089 Program and configuration memory, Flash card with license key for controller function blocks with self-optimization for temperature control - 512 MB - 256 MB - 512 MB, extended with functions for process automation SD FLASH 512MB PDPI BASIC CF FLASH 256MB PDPI BASIC SD FLASH 512MB PDPI PRO 2701800 2700549 2701801 - 256 MB, extended with functions for process automation CF FLASH 256MB PDPI PRO 2700550 Program and configuration memory, Flash card with license key for function block libraries such as SNMP, SQL, wireless, and motion functions, remote control protocols (Resy+), etc. - 2 GB - 2 GB - 512 MB - 256 MB SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A CF FLASH 2GB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A CF FLASH 256MB APPLIC A 2701190 2701189 2701799 2988793 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 55

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Starter kits Starter kit for automation with small-scale controllers – PROFINET The PROFINET starter kit provides a cost-effective introduction that enables you to discover the advantages of PROFINET technology. Here, an automation station consisting of an Axiocontrol PLC and Axioline F I/O system is used to integrate the latest robust components. This allows you to build your own test and learning application. Your advantages: – Fast introduction to automation with PROFINET, thanks to step-by-step instructions for the test structure – Structure with the latest automation station based on Axiocontrol and Axioline components – Get started straight away with a set of all the necessary products Test setup for a fast introduction to PROFINET automation Technical data See AXC 1050 on page 44 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PROFINET starter kit, incl. AXC 1050 controller, bus coupler, I/O modules, power supply, and cables as well as PC Worx software with quick start guide and application example AXC 1050 PN STARTERKIT 2400361 1 56 PHOENIX CONTACT

Starter kit for automation with small-scale controllers – INTERBUS The ILC 131 starter kit provides an easy introduction to our controllers. Learn about control technology with the aid of a pre-assembled test structure with programmed examples. Then use the PC Worx Express programming software to create custom solutions. Begin by starting up the controller, configure it, and parameterize the bus structure. With the test structure, enter the world of IEC 61131-3-compliant programming. Controller performance data at a glance: – Supply voltage: 24 V DC – Integrated inputs /outputs: 8 / 4 – Processing time per 1000 instructions: 90 μs (bit data types), 1.7 ms (mixed data types) – Program / mass storage: 192 kB / 192 kB – Retentive mass storage: 8 kB Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Starter kits Test setup for a fast introduction to INTERBUS automation  Technical data See ILC 131 ETH on page 48 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ILC 131 starter kit, incl. ILC 131 ETH, analog input module, control panel, power supply unit, plus accessories and cables with test application set up Programming cable AX OPC SERVER, communication interface for OPC-compatible visualization with PC Worx-based controllers - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx, ILC 3xx, AXC 3xxx, RFC 4xx, PC WORX RT BASIC/SRT ILC 131 STARTERKIT 2701835 Accessories COM CAB MINI DIN 2400127 AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 57

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Programmable logic relay system Programmable logic relay system – PLC logic Stand-alone module   24 V 0 V V 0 V 4 2 0 N I 1 N I 2 N I 3 N I 4 N I 5 N I 6 N I 7 N I PLC-V8C/.../SAM 9 O I 0 1 O I 1 1 O I 2 1 O I 3 1 O I 4 1 O I 5 1 O I 8 O I Supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Maximum input current at UN Input data (digital) Number of inputs Input voltage Description of the input Input current 0-signal Input current 1-signal Input data (analog) Number of inputs 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 24 V 0 V Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC 160 mA 8 (2 configurable as analog) 24 V DC EN 61131-2, type 3 < 1 mA typ. 2.5 mA 2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog) Input voltage range Input resistance Input data (PLC-INTERFACE) Number of inputs Output data (for controlling PLC-INTERFACE) Number of outputs Nominal voltage Nominal current Real-time clock (basic module only) Buffer time (capacitor) Real-time clock accuracy General data Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Permissible humidity (operation) Air clearances and creepage distances between the power circuits 0 V ... 10 V > 3.5 kΩ 8 8 24 V DC 9 mA 96 h (capacitor) ±2 s/d -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C 95% DIN EN 50178 Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Insulation Mounting type Degree of protection Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG 50 V 0.8 kV Basic insulation can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks IP20 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-V8C plug-in logic modules with Push-in connection PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/SAM2 2907443 1 The PLC logic programmable logic relay system combines logic, interface, and field connection levels in a single unit. It processes digital and analog input signals as well as logic functions and timer modules. With the PLC logic logic relay system you can implement small automation tasks easily, flexibly, and in a way that is highly compact. You can therefore replace conventional switching and control devices. The system consists of the PLC-V8C logic modules, the PLC-INTERFACE relay system, and the Logic+ software. Up to 16 I/O signals can be processed using the stand-alone logic modules on an overall width of just 50 mm. If more I/O signals are required, a maximum of 48 I/O signals can be linked using the basic and extension modules. The logic modules are simply plugged into a row of eight PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks. Assemble each channel individually as an input or output with relay or analog modules, depending on the application requirements. Additional information: The complete product range for the PLC logic programmable logic relay system can be found in our Catalog 5 – Interface technology and switching devices. Find out more with the web code Detailed information on these products can be found on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  #0687 58 PHOENIX CONTACT

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Programmable logic relay system Basic module (can be extended) Extension module   24 V 0 V   24 V 0 V V 4 2 V 0 0 N I 1 N I 2 N I 3 N I 4 N I 5 N I 6 N I 7 N I PLC-V8C/.../BM 8 O I 9 O I 0 1 O I 1 1 O I 2 1 O I 3 1 O I 4 1 O I 5 1 O I 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 r o f g n i t c a t n o C l e u d o m n o s n e t x E i r o f g n i t c a t n o C r o c s a B i l e u d o m n o s n e t x E i V 4 2 V 0 0 N I 1 N I 2 N I 3 N I 4 N I 5 N I 6 N I 7 N I PLC-V8C/.../EM 8 O I 9 O I 0 1 O I 1 1 O I 2 1 O I 3 1 O I 4 1 O I 5 1 O I 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 1 A 2 A 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 3 1 B B 4 1 r o f g n i t c a t n o C l e u d o m n o s n e t x E i 24 V 0 V 24 V 0 V Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC 160 mA 8 (2 configurable as analog) 24 V DC EN 61131-2, type 3 < 1 mA typ. 2.5 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 26.4 V DC 65 mA 8 (2 configurable as analog) 24 V DC EN 61131-2, type 3 < 1 mA typ. 2.5 mA 2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog) 2 (IN6 and IN7 are configurable as analog) 0 V ... 10 V > 3.5 kΩ 8 8 24 V DC 9 mA 96 h (capacitor) ±2 s/d -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C 95% DIN EN 50178 0 V ... 10 V > 3.5 kΩ 8 8 24 V DC 9 mA - - -20°C ... 45°C -20°C ... 70°C 95% DIN EN 50178 50 V 0.8 kV Basic insulation can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks IP20 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 50 V 0.8 kV Basic insulation can be plugged onto 8 x PLC-INTERFACE terminal blocks IP20 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/BM2 2907446 1 PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/EM 2905137 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 59

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Services for automation Whatever your automation task: our specialists in the AUTOMATIONWORX Competence Center are available to answer any questions you may have. This is made possible by our flexible service concept. Based on the typical phases of a project, we work with you at each stage. With our expertise and years of experience we provide support that is tailored to your industry and the specific phase of your project. Your advantages: – Save time by transferring automation Services for functional safety can be found on page 282. tasks to Phoenix Contact – Optimum automation solution, thanks to comprehensive technology and product expertise – Sophisticated process management, thanks to the consistent consideration of all requirements – Target-oriented project management with optimally coordinated process steps – Traceable, legal protection, thanks to consistent documentation 60 PHOENIX CONTACT

Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Services for automation Service You can rely on our support for the smooth operation of your application. Our experts deal with queries encountered in practical applications every day. They draw on their experience of all sectors and knowledge of the components and technologies used. Our service specialists will be happy to support you with the following services: – Hotline – On-site service – Startup support – Professional workshops If queries arise during startup and operation, in addition to your local specialists you can also contact our free 24-hour hotline at any time: +49 5281 946-2888 Or send us an e-mail: automation-service@phoenixcontact.com We will be happy to answer general questions regarding the functionality of individual components or the system. If this is not sufficient, our startup support team and on-site service will be there to provide assistance. Training Discover the added value our individual training concepts and training services offer. With our tailor-made concepts, we help you and your employees to make optimum use of the control and I/O systems from Phoenix Contact. With our free consultation service, we can work together to arrange the contents, duration, location, and date of your individual training session. Should you have any queries regarding our training services and qualification concepts, please contact your local contact person or contact our Back Office Training team directly: +49 5281 946-2161 Or send us an e-mail: automation-training@phoenixcontact.com We will happily advise you on the implementation of your qualification requirements and work with you to create your own individual training program. Engineering Whatever your automation task: our engineering specialists are available to answer any questions you may have. Based on the typical phases of a project, we work with you at each stage. With our expertise and years of experience we provide support that is tailored to your industry and the specific phase of your project. Simply give us an outline of the applications you would like to implement and we will provide you with a technical concept that includes suitable hardware and software. – Configuration – Programming – Visualization – Coaching For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 61

I/O systems I/O systems from Phoenix Contact are the perfect solution for control cabinet engineering or field installation. I/O systems for the control cabinet Axioline F Axioline F is fast, robust, and easy. Open to all Ethernet-based communication protocols and PROFIBUS, Axioline F enables the shortest response times, fast installation, and is characterized by its particularly robust design and easy handling. Axioline P The Axioline P modular proxy can be used to connect PROFIBUS PA segments directly to a PROFINET network. Various redundancy mechanisms ensure high failsafe performance and process reliability. Inline Inline, our I/O automation kit, can be used to connect sensors and actuators with a maximum range of functions. These I/Os can also be found in safety applications or potentially explosive areas. Stand-alone IO-Link masters The stand-alone IO-Link masters for the control cabinet are used to easily and conveniently integrate IO-Link devices into higher-level networks. I/O systems for field installation Axioline E The I/O system features a fast response time, robust design, and easy handling. The comprehensive portfolio with optional plastic or zinc die-cast housing enables use in a wide range of environments. Fieldline Modular The devices in the Fieldline Modular product range with IP65/IP67 protection are optimized for use in machine building and systems manufacturing directly in the field. Product overview For the control cabinet (IP20) Axioline F Product overview I/O modules Axioline P Product overview I/O devices Inline Product overview I/O terminals Stand-alone IO-Link masters Inline Block IO Product overview INTERBUS Smart Terminals Product overview For field installation (IP65/IP67) Axioline E Product overview I/O devices Fieldline Modular Product overview I/O devices AS-Interface Product overview Ruggedline Product overview 64 66 68 97 98 100 103 162 164 165 166 168 186 188 202 203 PHOENIX CONTACT 63

I/O systems Product overview I/O systems for the control cabinet (IP20) Axioline F Page 66 Axioline P Page 97 Inline Page 100 Stand-alone IO-Link masters Page 162 Inline Block IO Page 164 INTERBUS ST Page 165 I/O systems for field installation (IP65/IP67) Axioline E – Devices in plastic and metal version Page 166 Fieldline Modular Page 186 AS-Interface Page 202 Ruggedline Page 203 PLCnext Control Conventional PLCs and small-scale controllers Functional safety Industrial Wireless PLCnext Control AXC F 2152 – Controller for PLCnext Technology Page 10 64 PHOENIX CONTACT Axiocontrol and Inline controllers Page 41 Safe I/Os Page 265 Wireless multiplexer with antennas Page 386

Sensor/actuator cabling Marking and labeling I/O systems Product overview  See Catalog 2 – Corresponding cabling for I/O systems  Your web code: #0564  See Catalog 3 – Marking and labeling section  Your web code: #0575 Software for device parameterization Software for planning and configuration Startup+ – Software for wiring checks on Axioline F I/O stations  Your web code: #1164 IOL-CONF – Software for parameterizing IO-Link devices  Your web code: #1164 Project+ – Software for planning the I/O configuration  Your web code: #1161 COMPLETE line The comprehensive solution for your control cabinet: Easy planning, intuitive installation Page 522 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 65

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Product overview 69 68 71 69 71 71 72 Bus couplers Modbus/TCP (UDP) Axiocontrol PLCnext Control Conventional PLCs Power module Power module 10 44 73 Digital input 8 - 64 channels 74 Analog input 4 - 8 channels 82 Input and output modules Digital output 4 - 64 channels 76 Analog output 4 - 8 channels 85 Temperature measurement RTD / UTH 86 Digital input and output 8 - 16 channels 80 Analog input and output 2 channels 84 Function modules Communication Power measurement PWM / counter Position detection Safe I/Os SafetyBridge Technology PROFIsafe RS-485/422/232 IO-Link 88 91 92 93 269 270 General accessories ZB 20,3 AXL UNPRINTED ZBF 10/5,8 AXL UNPRINTED Zack marker strip, for device marking, unprinted Zack marker strip, flat, for connector and slot marking, unprinted EMT (35x...)R AXL SHIELD SET AXL BS BK AXL F BS H AXL F BS F Marking label rolls, unprinted Shield connection set Bus base module for bus couplers Bus base module for housing type H Bus base module for housing type F phoenixcontact.net/products 66 PHOENIX CONTACT

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems -25°C ... +60°C -40°C ... +70°C 5% to 95% (non-condensing) in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 / IEC 60068-2-6 5g 30g in accordance with EN 60068-2-27 / IEC 60068-2-27 10g in accordance with EN 60068-2-27 / IEC 60068-2-27 IP20 Class B in accordance with EN 61000-6-3 In accordance with EN 61000-6-2 2 μs 1 μs General technical data Ambient conditions Temperature range (operation) - Extended (...-XC modules) Relative humidity (operation/storage/transport) Vibration Shock Continuous shock Degree of protection Electromagnetic compatibility Noise emission Noise immunity System times System bus cycle time Offset per module Housing types and dimensions Bus couplers RJ45 connection 45 74 , 4 2 2 1 , 1 6 2 1 I/O modules Housing type 1F Housing type 2F Housing type 1H Housing type 2H 53,6 54 53,6 54 35 54 35 54 , 4 2 2 1 , 1 6 2 1 , 4 2 2 1 , 9 9 2 1 , 4 2 2 1 , 1 6 2 1 , 4 2 2 1 , 9 9 2 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 67

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Bus couplers The Axioline F bus couplers are the link between the Axioline F system and the higher-level network. For startup tests, the Axioline F station can be started up independently of the higher-level network via either an Ethernet port or the local service interface on the bus coupler using the Startup+ software. EtherCAT® features: – Minimum cycle time of EtherCAT® is 50 μs – Supported mailbox protocols CoE, FoE – Automatic and manual addressing Sercos® features: – Sercos specification V1.3 – Minimum Sercos cycle time of 31.25 μs PROFINET features: – PROFINET RT and PROFINET in accordance with the latest PROFINET specification – MRP implemented – Web-based management Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Number Transmission speed Transmission distance Protocols supported Service interface Connection method Local bus interface Designation Connection method Transmission speed Number of supported devices Power supply for module electronics Supply of communications power UL Maximum permissible voltage range Communications power UBus Current supply at UBus Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description Axioline F bus coupler - For EtherCATR - For Sercos - For PROFINET (specification 2.3) - For PROFINET (specification 2.2) RJ45 connection      EtherCAT EtherCAT ® RUN ERR RDY D E S1 S2 UL 24 V DC (U )L + - 0 214 4 2 1 0 681 X10 0 2 4 689 X1 Technical data EtherCAT® RJ45 socket 2 100 Mbps (full duplex) max. 100 m CoE, FoE Micro USB type B Axioline F local bus Bus base module 100 Mbps max. 63 (per station) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 5 V DC (via bus base module) 2 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 177 g 45 mm / 126.1 mm / 74 mm W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) AXL BS BK 2701422 Accessories 68 PHOENIX CONTACT AXL F BK EC 2688899 1 5

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems RJ45 connection RJ45 connection RJ45 connection               Sercos Ethernet S SD RDY D E LNK ACT X1 X2 LNK ACT BF SF RDY D E Ethernet LNK ACT X1 X2 LNK ACT BF SF RDY D E S1 S2 UL 24 V DC (U )L + - 0 214 4 2 1 0 681 X10 DE C B A 89 X1 0 F 2 UL UL 4 6 24 V DC (U )L + - 24 V DC (U )L + - Technical data Technical data Technical data Sercos RJ45 socket 2 100 Mbps (full duplex) max. 100 m Sercos, TFTP Micro USB type B Axioline F local bus Bus base module 100 Mbps max. 63 (per station) PROFINET RJ45 socket 2 100 Mbps (full duplex) max. 100 m PROFINET, TFTP, PTCP, LLDP, SNMP, MRP, DDI, BootP (BootP only for the implementation of firmware updates) PROFINET RJ45 socket 2 100 Mbps (full duplex) max. 100 m PROFINET, TFTP, PTCP, LLDP, SNMP, MRP, DDI, BootP (BootP only for the implementation of firmware updates) USB type C Axioline F local bus Bus base module 100 Mbps max. 63 (per station) Micro USB type B Axioline F local bus Bus base module 100 Mbps max. 63 (per station) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 5 V DC (via bus base module) 2 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 5 V DC (via bus base module) 2 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 5 V DC (via bus base module) 2 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 177 g 45 mm / 126.1 mm / 74 mm Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 177 g 45 mm / 126.1 mm / 74 mm Class A product, see page 527 Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 177 g 45 mm / 126.1 mm / 74 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F BK S3 2701686 Accessories AXL BS BK 2701422 1 5 AXL F BK PN TPS 2403869 Accessories AXL BS BK 2701422 1 5 AXL F BK PN 2701815 Accessories AXL BS BK 2701422 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 69

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Bus couplers The Axioline F bus couplers are the link between the Axioline F system and the higher-level network. For startup tests, the Axioline F station can be started up independently of the higher-level network via either an Ethernet port or the local service interface on the bus coupler using the Startup+ software. EtherNet/IP™ features: – ACD (Address Conflict Detection) implemented – RPI (Request Packet Interval) of 5 μs – Device Level Ring (DLR) (for AXL F BK EIP EF) Modbus/TCP (UDP) features: – Two rotary encoding switches for address assignment – One or two MAC addresses – Software interfaces for access via TCP/IP: - Device Driver Interface (DDI) - High-Level Language Fieldbus Interface (HFI) SAS features (IEC 61850): – Communication in accordance with IEC 61850-5, MMS, and GOOSE – Time synchronization via SNTP – Web server 70 PHOENIX CONTACT RJ45 connection      EtherNet/IPTM NET MOD CO PP RDY D E S1 S2 UL 24 V DC (U )L + - 0 214 4 2 1 0 681 X10 0 F 2 DE C B A 89 X1 4 6 TM Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Number Transmission speed Transmission distance Protocols supported Service interface Connection method Local bus interface Designation Connection method Transmission speed Number of supported devices Power supply for module electronics Supply of communications power UL Maximum permissible voltage range Communications power UBus Current supply at UBus Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Technical data AXL F BK EIP AXL F BK EIP EF EtherNet/IP™ RJ45 socket 2 10/100 Mbps (half or full duplex mode (automatic detection, can be adjusted manually)) max. 100 m EtherNet/IP™, SNMP, HTTP, BootP, DHCP, FTP, TFTP EtherNet/IP™, SNMP, DLR, HTTP, BootP, DHCP, FTP, TFTP Micro USB type B Axioline F local bus Bus base module 100 Mbps max. 63 (per station) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 5 V DC (via bus base module) 2 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 177 g W / H / D 45 mm / 126.1 mm / 74 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F bus coupler - For EtherNet/IP™ - For EtherNet/IP™, extended functions - For Ethernet (Modbus/TCP) - For Ethernet (IEC 61850) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C AXL F BK EIP AXL F BK EIP EF 2688394 2702782 1 1 Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) AXL BS BK 2701422 5 Accessories

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems Modbus/TCP (UDP) Modbus/TCP (UDP) RJ45 connection RJ45 connection, two separate Ethernet ports RJ45 connection             Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet NET CO PP RDY D E NET CO PP RDY D E NET CO PP IED RDY D E 24 V DC (U )L + - S1 S2 UL 0 214 4 2 1 0 681 X10 DE C B A 0 F 2 4 6 89 X1 Ethernet 24 V DC (U )L + - S1 S2 UL 0 214 4 2 1 0 681 X10 DE C B A 0 F 2 4 6 89 X1 Ethernet 24 V DC (U )L + - S1 S2 UL 0 214 4 2 1 0 681 X10 0 F 2 DE C B A 4 6 89 X1 IEC 61850 Technical data Technical data Technical data Modbus/TCP (UDP) RJ45 socket 2 10/100 Mbps (half or full duplex mode (automatic detection, can be adjusted manually)) Ethernet (2 networks) RJ45 socket 2 10/100 Mbps (half or full duplex mode (automatic detection, can be adjusted manually)) Ethernet (IEC 61850, MMS, GOOSE) RJ45 socket 2 100 Mbps (full duplex) max. 100 m Modbus/TCP (UDP), SNMP, HTTP, BootP, DHCP, FTP, TFTP max. 100 m Modbus/TCP (UDP), SNMP, HTTP, BootP, DHCP, FTP, TFTP max. 100 m MMS, GOOSE, SNMP, HTTP, BootP, DHCP, FTP, TFTP, SNTP Micro USB type B Axioline F local bus Bus base module 100 Mbps max. 63 (per station) Micro USB type B Axioline F local bus Bus base module 100 Mbps max. 63 (per station) Micro USB type B Axioline F local bus Bus base module 100 Mbps max. 63 (per station) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 5 V DC (via bus base module) 2 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 5 V DC (via bus base module) 2 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 5 V DC (via bus base module) 2 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 177 g 45 mm / 126.1 mm / 74 mm Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 177 g 45 mm / 126.1 mm / 74 mm Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 177 g 45 mm / 126.1 mm / 74 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F BK ETH AXL F BK ETH XC 2688459 2701949 Accessories AXL BS BK 2701422 1 1 5 AXL F BK ETH NET2 2702177 Accessories AXL BS BK 2701422 1 5 AXL F BK SAS 2701457 Accessories AXL BS BK 2701422 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 71

Power module This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. Once the maximum load on a bus coupler has been reached for the Axioline F local bus supply, you can resupply the UBus communications power with the power module. For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems For supplying the UBus communications power       Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply of communications power UL Maximum permissible voltage range Communications power UBus Current supply at UBus Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note 24 V DC (U ) L + - Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 4 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 107 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F power module, complete with accessories (bus base module) AXL F PWR 1H 2688297 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 73

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Digital input modules These modules are designed for use within an Axioline F station. The digital input modules are used to connect 24 V DC sensors. Sensors with up to 4-conductor connection technology can be connected. Features: – Minimum update time of < 100 μs – Adjustable filter times – Maximum input frequency: 5 kHz – Stored device rating plate – Diagnostic and status indicators AXL DI 8/2... features: – Impulse withstand voltage: 5 kV – Developed in accordance with the requirements of IEC 61850-3 AXL DI 16/1 HS 1H features: – Minimum update time of 5 μs Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply of digital input modules UI Supply voltage range UI Current consumption from UI Protective circuit Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Nominal input voltage UIN Nominal input current at UIN Input filter time Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions with increased impulse withstand voltage 8 inputs, 16 inputs        00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 IN 4 +24 V DC IN 1 IN 5 +24 V DC +24 V DC +24 V DC 00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 IN4 +24 V IN16 +24 V IN1 +24 V IN13 +24 V +24 V Technical data Technical data AXL F DI16/1 1H AXL F DI16/1 HS 1H Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA - - - - 2-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 type 1 24 V DC 2.5 mA < 1 ms Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 20 mA Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 1-conductor 16 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 24 V DC 2.4 mA 3000 µs (default) 1000 µs < 100 µs 2.3 mA < 5 µs Polarity reversal protection of the inputs Polarity reversal protection of the inputs Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 173 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 133 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F digital input module, complete with accessories (bus base module) - 8 inputs, UIN = 24 V DC - 8 inputs, UIN = 48 V DC / 60 V DC - 8 inputs, UIN = 110 V DC / 220 V DC - 16 inputs - 16 inputs - 32 inputs - 64 inputs - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C AXL F DI8/2 24DC 1F AXL F DI8/2 48/60DC 1F AXL F DI8/2 110/220DC 1F 2702783 2702654 2700684 1 1 1 AXL F DI16/1 1H AXL F DI16/1 HS 1H 2688310 2701722 Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) AXL F BS F 2688129 5 AXL F BS H 2700992 Accessories Accessories 74 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 5

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems 16 inputs 32 inputs 32 / 64 inputs                       00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 IN4 +24 V IN16 +24 V IN1 +24 V IN13 +24 V 1 N I V 4 2 + 8 N I V 4 2 + +24 V +24 V 00 01 10 11 20 21 30 31 IN1 +24 V IN25 +24 V IN2 +24 V IN26 +24 V Technical data Technical data Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA AXL F DI32/1 1F AXL F DI64/1 2F Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA (up to HW 04) max. 60 mA (from HW 05) max. 120 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC max. 4 A (2 A or each group of 8 inputs) Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage max. 50 mA Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage max. 50 mA max. 60 mA Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 4-conductor 16 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 24 V DC 2.4 mA 500 µs (default) < 100 µs Polarity reversal protection of the inputs Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 231 g 53.6 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm 1-conductor 32 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 24 V DC 2.4 mA 3000 µs (default) 1000 µs < 100 µs Polarity reversal protection of the inputs Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 159 g 35 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm 1-conductor 32 64 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 24 V DC 2.4 mA 3000 µs (default) 1000 µs < 100 µs Polarity reversal protection of the inputs Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 231 g 167 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm 53.6 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F DI16/4 2F 2688022 AXL F DI16/4 XC 2F 2701224 Accessories AXL F BS F 2688129 1 1 5 AXL F DI32/1 2H 2702052 Accessories AXL F BS H 2700992 1 5 AXL F DI32/1 1F AXL F DI64/1 2F AXL F DI32/1 XC 1F 2688035 2701450 2701226 Accessories AXL F BS F 2688129 1 1 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 75

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Digital output modules These modules are designed for use within an Axioline F station. The digital output modules are used to output digital 24 V DC signals. Actuators with up to 3 conductors can be connected. Features: – Short-circuit-proof outputs – Output behavior can be adjusted for when local bus communication is aborted – Stored device rating plate 8 outputs, 2 A / 16 outputs 16 outputs, FLK20 connection for system cabling            00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 4 T U O 1 T U O 5 T U O 8 T U O FLK 20/... Technical data Technical data Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply of digital output modules UO Supply voltage range UO Current consumption from UO Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Output voltage Maximum output current per channel Maximum output current per module Behavior in the event of overload Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description AXL F DO8/2 2A 1H AXL F DO16/1 1H Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 150 mA max. 120 mA (up to HW 02) max. 60 mA (from HW 03) Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) max. 16 A (provide external protection; if the total current of 8 A is exceeded, connect the supply at the power connector parallel via both terminal points.) max. 8 A (provide external max. 8 A (provide external protection) protection) Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 2-conductor 8 2 A 24 V 1-conductor 16 500 mA 16 A (provide external protection) 8 A (provide external protection) FLK connector (20-pos.) 16 24 V 500 mA 8 A (provide external protection) Shutdown with automatic restart Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs Shutdown with automatic restart Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / Push-in connection Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 W / H / D 20 - 16 136 g 24 - 16 134 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Ordering data 108 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F digital output module, complete with accessories (bus base module) - 8 outputs - 16 outputs - 32 outputs - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) 76 PHOENIX CONTACT AXL F DO8/2 2A 1H AXL F DO16/1 1H AXL F DO8/2 2A XC 1H 2688381 2688349 1035427 Accessories AXL F BS H 2700992 1 1 1 5 AXL F DO16 FLK 1H 2701813 Accessories AXL F BS H 2700992 1 5

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems 16 outputs 16 / 32 outputs 32 / 64 outputs                   00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 1 T U O 8 T U O 00 01 02 03 OUT01 OUT04 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 OUT1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 OUT8 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 OUT08 OUT25 OUT32 Technical data Technical data Technical data AXL F DO16/2 2H AXL F DO32/1 2H AXL F DO32/1 1F AXL F DO64/1 2F Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA (up to HW 04) max. 60 mA (from HW 05) Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 60 mA Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA (up to HW 04) max. 60 mA (from HW 05) max. 120 mA (up to HW 02) max. 60 mA (from HW 03) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC max. 8 A (provide external protection) max. 8 A (provide external protection) max. 16 A (provide external protection; if the total current of 8 A is exceeded, connect the supply at the power connector parallel via both terminal points.) max. 8 A (up to HW 04, provide external protection) max. 16 A (provide external protection; if the total current of 8 A is exceeded, connect the supply at the power connector parallel via both terminal points.) Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 3-conductor 16 24 V 500 mA 8 A (provide external protection) 2-conductor 16 1-conductor 32 24 V DC 500 mA 8 A (provide external protection) 16 A (provide external protection) 1-conductor 32 24 V DC 64 24 V 8 A (up to HW 04, provide external protection) 500 mA 16 A (provide external protection) Shutdown with automatic restart Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs Shutdown with automatic restart Shutdown with automatic restart Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 234 g 53.6 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 160 g 161 g 35 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 191 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm 260 g 53.6 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F DO16/3 2F AXL F DO16/3 XC 2F 2688048 2701228 Accessories AXL F BS F 2688129 1 1 5 AXL F DO16/2 2H AXL F DO32/1 2H 1027904 1004925 Accessories AXL F BS H 2700992 1 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products AXL F DO32/1 1F AXL F DO32/1 XC 1F 2688051 2701230 AXL F BS F Accessories 2688129 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1 5 77

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Digital output modules This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. The digital output module is used to output digital signals in the wide voltage range between 12 V AC and 253 V AC. Connection is via 2- or 3-conductor technology. Features: – Output behavior can be adjusted for when local bus communication is aborted – Stored device rating plate Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply of digital output modules UO Supply voltage range UO Current consumption from UO Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Output voltage Maximum output current per channel Maximum output current per module Behavior in the event of overload Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions 4 outputs, 12 ... 253 V AC wide range  230 V AC L N a1 00 01 02 03 b1 10 11 12 13 b2 20 21 22 23 c1 30 31 32 33 5 N 4 T U O Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA 230 V AC 12 V AC ... 253 V AC (including all tolerances, including ripple, 50 Hz ... 60 Hz) max. 8 A (provide external protection) Surge protection of the supply voltage 3-conductor 4 (Triac outputs with zero voltage switch) 230 V AC 2 A AC 8 A AC (provide external protection) Output may be damaged External protection required Push-in connection 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 20 - 16 188 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F digital output module, complete with accessories (bus base module) Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) AXL F BS F 2688129 AXL F DO4/3 AC 1F 2702068 Accessories 1 5 78 PHOENIX CONTACT

Digital output modules This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. The digital output module is used to output digital signals via relays with floating N/O contacts. Connection is via 2-conductor technology. Features: – Impulse withstand voltage: 5 kV – Developed in accordance with the requirements of IEC 61850-3 – Output behavior can be adjusted for when local bus communication is aborted – Stored device rating plate For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems 4 relay outputs OUT 1 00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 OUT 4  230 V AC / 220 V DC N / GND Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus Relay outputs Contact type Output voltage range Switching current Switching capacity Switching rate Release time General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 280 mA (all relays pick up) 4 floating N/O contacts 24 V DC ... 220 V DC -20% / +15% 24 V AC ... 230 V AC -20% / +15% (50/60 Hz) max. 8 A AC (cos phi = 1) max. 2000 VA max. 6 (per minute) < 5 ms Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 206 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F digital output module, complete with accessories (bus base module) Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) AXL F BS F 2688129 AXL F DOR4/2 AC/220DC 1F 2700608 Accessories 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 79

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Digital input and output modules These modules are designed for use within an Axioline F station. They are used to acquire and output digital 24 V DC signals. You can adjust the filter times of the inputs to increase noise immunity. Features: – Connection of sensors or actuators in 1-, 2- or 3-conductor technology – Minimum update time of < 100 μs – Adjustable filter times – Maximum input frequency: 5 kHz – Short-circuit-proof outputs – Stored device rating plate Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Digital input and output module supply UIO Supply voltage range UIO Protective circuit Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Nominal input voltage UIN Nominal input current at UIN Input filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Output voltage Maximum output current per channel Maximum output current per module Behavior in the event of overload Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note 8 inputs and 8 outputs         00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 OUT2 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 OUT8 IN1 +24 V IN7 +24 V +24 V Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 1-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 24 V DC 2.4 mA 3000 µs (default) / 1000 µs / < 100 µs Polarity reversal protection of the inputs 1-conductor 8 24 V DC 500 mA 4 A (provide external protection) Shutdown with automatic restart Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 133 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F digital input/output module, complete with accessories (bus base module) - 8 inputs, 8 outputs - 16 inputs, 8 outputs - 16 inputs, 16 outputs - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C AXL F DI8/1 DO8/1 1H 2701916 AXL F DI8/1 DO8/1 XC 1H 2702017 Accessories 80 PHOENIX CONTACT Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) AXL F BS H 2700992 1 1 5

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems 8 inputs and 8 outputs 16 inputs and 8 outputs, 2 A 16 inputs and 16 outputs        00 01 02 03 00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 OUT1 OUT4 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 OUT8 +24 V DO8 70 71 72 73 +24 V IN1 60 61 62 63 50 51 52 53 40 41 42 43 DI8 +24 V IN8 +24 V IN4 10 11 12 13 OUT1 OUT4 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 OUT8 +24 V IN13 +24 V 70 71 72 73 60 61 62 63 50 51 52 53 IN16 +24 V IN1 +24 V 40 41 42 43 IN4 +24 V 00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 OUT01 OUT04 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 70 71 72 73 IN13 +24 V 60 61 62 63 IN16 +24 V 50 51 52 53 OUT13 OUT16 IN01 40 41 42 43 IN04 DO16 +24 V DI16 +24 V +24 V Technical data Technical data Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA 24 V DC Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA 24 V DC Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 3-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 24 V DC 2.4 mA 3000 µs (default) / 1000 µs / < 100 µs Polarity reversal protection of the inputs 1-conductor 16 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 24 V DC 2.4 mA 3000 µs (default) / 1000 µs / < 100 µs Polarity reversal protection of the inputs 1-conductor 16 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 24 V DC 2.4 mA 3000 µs (default) / 1000 µs / < 100 µs Polarity reversal protection of the inputs 3-conductor 8 24 V DC 500 mA 8 A (provide external protection) Shutdown with automatic restart Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs 2-conductor 8 24 V DC 2 A 16 A (provide external protection) Shutdown with automatic restart Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs 1-conductor 16 24 V DC 500 mA 8 A (provide external protection) Shutdown with automatic restart Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 159 g 35 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 159 g 35 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 159 g 35 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F DI8/3 DO8/3 2H 2702071 1 AXL F DI16/1 DO8/2-2A 2H 2702291 Accessories Accessories AXL F BS H 2700992 5 AXL F BS H 2700992 1 5 AXL F DI16/1 DO16/1 2H 2702106 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT Accessories AXL F BS H 2700992 5 81

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Analog input modules These modules are designed for use within an Axioline F station. They are used to acquire standard analog current and voltage signals. Connection is via 2-, 3- or 4-conductor technology and a shield connection. Features: – Up to 8 analog differential signal inputs – Current and voltage measuring ranges – Input filter selection – Minimum update time of 250 μs – 16-bit measured value representation – Integrated sensor supply – Stored device rating plate Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply for analog modules (UA) Protective circuit Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Voltage input signal Current input signal Characteristics Measured value representation Input filter Precision General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions 4 inputs Current signals          I I P GND I +24 V a1 00 01 02 03 I a2 10 11 12 13 b1 20 21 22 23 b2 30 31 32 33 Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 150 mA 24 V DC Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Transient protection 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 4 - 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 30 Hz, 12 kHz and mean-value generation (can be parameterized) 0.1% (of measuring range final value for active mean-value generation and 30 Hz filter) Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 145 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F analog input module, complete with accessories (bus base module) - 4 inputs - 8 inputs - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C AXL F AI4 I 1H AXL F AI4 I XC 1H Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET Accessories 2688491 2702007 2700992 2700518 1 1 5 1 82 PHOENIX CONTACT

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems 4 inputs Voltage signals 8 inputs                a1 00 01 02 03 U U a2 10 11 12 13 U P GND U +24 V b1 20 21 22 23 b2 30 31 32 33 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 UU 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 I I Technical data Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 150 mA Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 130 mA 24 V DC Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Transient protection supply voltage 24 V DC Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Transient protection supply voltage 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 4 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V - 2-conductor 8 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 30 Hz, 12 kHz and mean-value generation (can be parameterized) 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 30 Hz, 12 kHz and mean-value generation (can be parameterized) 0.1% (of measuring range final value for active mean-value generation and 30 Hz filter) 0.1% (of measuring range final value for active mean-value generation and 30 Hz filter) Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 145 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 204 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F AI4 U 1H AXL F AI4 U XC 1H AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET Accessories 2688501 2702008 2700992 2700518 1 1 5 1 AXL F AI8 1F AXL F AI8 XC 1F AXL F BS F AXL SHIELD SET Accessories 2688064 2701232 2688129 2700518 1 1 5 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 83

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Analog input and output modules This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. It is used to acquire and output standard analog current and voltage signals. Connection is via 2-conductor technology and a shield connection. Features: – 2 analog bipolar inputs and outputs each – Current and voltage ranges – Minimum update time of 250 μs – 16-bit output value – Overload and short-circuit protected – Stored device rating plate Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply for analog modules (UA) Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Voltage input signal Current input signal Analog outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Voltage output signal Current output signal Load/output load current output Protective circuit Characteristics Representation of output values Precision General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions 2 inputs and 2 outputs      00 01 02 03 UU 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 U 30 31 32 33 I I I Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 150 mA 24 V DC 2-conductor 2 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA 2-conductor 2 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA 500 Ω Short-circuit and overload protection Transient protection 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 0.1% (of measuring range final value for active mean-value generation and 30 Hz filter) typ. 0.1% (of output range final value) Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 200 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F analog I/O module, complete with accessories (bus base module) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C AXL F AI2 AO2 1H AXL F AI2 AO2 XC 1H Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET Accessories 2702072 1035429 2700992 2700518 1 1 5 1 84 PHOENIX CONTACT

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems Analog output modules These modules are designed for use within an Axioline F station. They are used to output standard analog current and voltage signals. Connection is via 2-conductor technology and a shield connection. Features: – Up to 8 analog bipolar outputs – Current and voltage ranges – Minimum update time of 250 μs – 16-bit output value – Overload and short-circuit protected – Stored device rating plate 4 outputs 8 outputs               00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 U 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 I 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 U 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 I Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply for analog modules (UA) Analog outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Voltage output signal Current output signal Load/output load current output Protective circuit Characteristics Representation of output values Precision General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Technical data Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 150 mA 24 V DC 2-conductor 4 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA 500 Ω Short-circuit and overload protection Transient protection 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) typ. 0.1% (of output range final value) Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 145 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 130 mA 24 V DC 2-conductor 8 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA to 500 Ω Short-circuit and overload protection Transient protection 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) typ. 0.1% (of output range final value) Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 260 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F analog output module, complete with accessories (bus base module) - 4 outputs - 8 outputs - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C AXL F AO4 1H AXL F AO4 XC 1H Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET Accessories 2688527 2702153 2700992 2700518 1 1 5 1 AXL F AO8 1F AXL F AO8 XC 1F AXL F BS F AXL SHIELD SET Accessories 2688080 2701237 2688129 2700518 1 1 5 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 85

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Temperature measurement modules These modules are designed for use within an Axioline F station. They are used to acquire data from resistive temperature sensors or thermocouples. Connection is via 2-, 3- or 4-conductor technology and an overall shielding braid. RTD features: – 0 Ω to 500 Ω and 0 Ω to 5 kΩ linear inputs – Programmable filters – Short-circuit-proof inputs – Stored device rating plate Features of UTH: – Linear voltages from -100 mV to +100 mV – 1 input from -5 V to +5 V – 4 Pt 100 inputs (external cold junction) – Configurable cold junction type – Stored device rating plate 4 RTD inputs 8 RTD inputs               a1 00 01 02 03 a2 10 11 12 13 b1 20 21 22 23 b2 30 31 32 33 U+ I+ I– U– RL RL RL RL ϑ RTD a1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 a2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 b1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 b2 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 U+ I+ I– U– RL RL RL RL ϑ RTD Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply for analog modules (UA) Protective circuit Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Protective circuit Technical data Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 140 mA Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 180 mA 24 V DC Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Transient protection 24 V DC Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Transient protection 2-, 3-, 4-conductor (shielded) 4 (for resistance temperature detectors) 2-, 3-, 4-conductor (shielded) 8 (for resistance temperature detectors) Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the inputs Transient protection of inputs Transient protection of sensor supplies Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the inputs Transient protection of inputs Transient protection of sensor supplies Sensor types that can be used (RTD) Pt, Ni, KTY, Cu sensors Sensor types that can be used (TC) Linear resistance measuring range Linear voltage range Characteristics Measured value representation Input filter time Accuracy General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions - 0 Ω ... 500 Ω / 0 kΩ ... 5 kΩ - Pt, Ni, KTY, Cu sensors - 0 Ω ... 500 Ω / 0 kΩ ... 5 kΩ - 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 40 ms / 60 ms / 100 ms / 120 ms (adjustable) typ. ± 0.1 K (Pt 100 with 3-conductor connection) 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 40 ms / 60 ms / 100 ms / 120 ms (adjustable) typ. ± 0.1 K (Pt 100 with 3-conductor connection) Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 144 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 215 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F analog input module, complete with accessories (bus base module) - For connecting resistance temperature detectors - For connecting thermocouple sensors AXL F RTD4 1H 2688556 - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C AXL F RTD4 XC 1H 1035430 Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET 2700992 2700518 Accessories 1 1 5 1 AXL F RTD8 1F 2688077 AXL F RTD8 XC 1F 2701235 Accessories AXL F BS F AXL SHIELD SET 2688129 2700518 1 1 5 1 86 PHOENIX CONTACT

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems 8 RTD inputs, high dynamic measuring range 4 UTH inputs 8 UTH inputs         a1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 a2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 b1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 b2 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 U+ I+ I– U– RL RL RL RL ϑ RTD a1 00 01 02 03 a2 10 11 12 13 b1 20 21 22 23 b2 30 31 32 33 a1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 a2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 b1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 b2 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Technical data Technical data Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 180 mA Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 160 mA Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 180 mA 24 V DC Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Transient protection 24 V DC Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Transient protection 24 V DC Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Transient protection 2-, 4-conductor (shielded) 8 (for resistance temperature detectors) Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the inputs Transient protection of inputs Transient protection of sensor supplies 2-conductor (shielded, twisted pair) 4 +1 (4 inputs for thermocouples or linear voltage, plus 1 input -5 V to +5 V) Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the inputs Transient protection of inputs 2-conductor (shielded, twisted pair) 8 +1 (8 inputs for thermocouples or linear voltage, plus 1 input -5 V to +5 V) Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the inputs Transient protection of inputs Pt, Ni, Cu sensors - 0 Ω ... 500 Ω - Pt 100 (2 external cold junctions, can also be used as a sensor input) Pt 100 (4 external cold junctions, can also be used as a sensor input) - - -100 mV ... 100 mV U, T, L, J, E, K, N, S, R, B, C, W, HK - -100 mV ... 100 mV 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 8 ms / 16 ms / 32 ms / 120 ms (adjustable) typ. ± 0.1 K (Pt 100 with 4-conductor connection) 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 40 ms / 60 ms / 100 ms / 120 ms (adjustable) typ. ± 0.19 K (thermocouple type K, plus tolerance of cold junction) 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 40 ms / 60 ms / 100 ms / 120 ms (adjustable) typ. ± 0.19 K (thermocouple type K, plus tolerance of cold junction) Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 215 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 144 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 203 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F RTD8 S 1F 2702120 1 AXL F UTH4 1H 2688598 Accessories Accessories AXL F BS F AXL SHIELD SET 2688129 2700518 5 1 AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET 2700992 2700518 1 5 1 AXL F UTH8 1F AXL F UTH8 XC 1F AXL F BS F AXL SHIELD SET Accessories 2688417 2702464 2688129 2700518 1 1 5 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 87

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Serial communication module This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. It is used to connect devices with a serial interface, e.g., bar code scanners. Features: – Baud rates of up to 250 kbaud – Communication via acyclic services or process data – Support of various protocols (e.g., end-to-end protocol) – 5 RS-232 hardware handshake signals with status indication via LEDs – Integrated RS-485/RS-422 termination resistor – Stored device rating plate Local bus interface Designation Connection method Serial port Interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus Serial input/output channel Input buffer Output buffer Transmission speed Data bits Stop bits Parity Transmission type General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions 1 serial input and output channel as RS-485/RS-422 or RS-232 version         00 01 02 03 00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 30 31 32 33 – D x R + D x R RS-485 RS-232 R T D S T C D x T D x R Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module RS-232, RS-485, RS-422 Push-in connection 5 V DC (via bus base module) typ. 200 mA 4 kByte 1 kByte 110 bps ... 250 kbps (can be parameterized) 5 ... 8 1 or 2 Even, odd or no parity Transparent mode, end-to-end mode, XON/XOFF, Modbus/RTU Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 135 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F communication module, complete with accessories (bus base module) - 1 serial input and output channel as RS-485/RS-422 or RS-232 version - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C AXL F RS UNI 1H AXL F RS UNI XC 1H Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET Accessories 2688666 2702006 2700992 2700518 1 1 5 1 88 PHOENIX CONTACT

IO-Link master module This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. The IO-Link master enables the operation of up to eight IO-Link devices. Alternatively, you can connect a standard sensor or actuator to each port. Connected IO-Link devices can be parameterized easily and conveniently using the IOL-CONF parameterization software. Features: – Connection of eight IO-Link devices – Alternatively: connection of one digital sensor or actuator per port – Connection of IO-Link devices in 3-conductor technology – Connection of sensors in 3-conductor technology – Connection of actuators in 2-conductor technology – Parameter data storage on the master – IO-Link specification V1.1.2 – Stored device rating plate I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F new 8 IO-Link ports IOL01 C/Q L+ L- 00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 IOL04 C/Q L+ L- Technical data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus IO-Link ports Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per IO-Link port Digital inputs in the SIO mode Connection technology Number of inputs Nominal input voltage UIN Sensor current per channel Digital outputs in the SIO mode Connection technology Number of outputs Nominal output voltage Nominal current per channel General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 50 mA 3-conductor 8 ( Class A ) 24 V DC 200 mA (at C/Q) 1 A (at L+/L-) 3-conductor max. 8 (EN 61131-2 type 1) 24 V DC max. 1 A (from L+/L-) 2-, 3-conductor max. 8 24 V DC 200 mA Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 162 g 35 mm / 129.9 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F IO-Link master, complete with accessories (bus base module) Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) AXL F BS H 2700992 AXL F IOL8 2H 1027843 Accessories 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 89

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Pulse width module The module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. Two channels that operate independently of one another offer the option of pulse width modulation (PWM) for the output signals. The module supports PWM mode and pulse generator mode. Features: – 2 independent channels – Output of 5 V or 24 V signals – Push-pull output – Pulse generator – Nominal current per output: 500 mA for 24 V output – Resolution of the frequency output can be set: 1 Hz, 0.1 Hz, 0.01 Hz – Stored device rating plate Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus PWM output Connection technology Number of outputs Nominal output voltage Nominal current Frequency range Pulse duty factor General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Description Axioline F function module new Pulse width modulation, frequency generator or pulse/direction signal output 00 01 02 03 L01 10 11 12 13 Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 150 mA 2-conductor (shielded, twisted pair) 2 24 V (UO - 1.1 V) 5 V DC max. 500 mA (at 24 V DC) max. 10 mA (at 5 V DC) 0 Hz ... 65535 Hz 0% ... 100% Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 130 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F PWM2 1H 1007352 Accessories 1 5 1 Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET 2700992 2700518 90 PHOENIX CONTACT

Power measurement module The module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. The power measurement module is used for direct measurement of AC currents up to 5 A, including neutral conductor current and phase conductor voltages up to 400 V AC (phase to neutral conductor) or outer conductor voltages up to 690 V AC (phase to phase). The module is used to analyze AC networks. For example, you can use it in distribution systems to measure current, voltage, and power, and to identify distortions and harmonics. You can use the power measurement module in two operating modes. In “r.m.s. values” mode, the module acquires mains variables in three-phase mains. Mains variables are phase currents, neutral conductor current, phase and outer conductor voltages, real power, reactive power, and apparent power as well as the power factors of phases, energy flow directions, and frequency. In “instantaneous values” mode, the module acquires the instantaneous (scanning) values of a measuring signal. This measuring mode is used to analyze the waveform of the measuring signal. Features: – 4 inputs, 0 A AC ... 5 A AC for phase currents and neutral conductor current – 3 inputs for outer conductor voltages up to 690 V AC, direct connection supported – Harmonic analysis – Determination of maximum value – Power meter – Process data update < 500 μs – Stored device rating plate For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems Analysis of AC networks U1 U1 I1k I1I U2 U2 I2k I2I U3 U3 I3k I3I N INk INI  L1 L2 L3 N Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 200 mA 4 0 A AC ... 5 A AC 1.4 times continuous; 150 A for 10 ms 0.25% (of the nominal value) 8k samples/s 3 0 V AC ... 690 V AC (conductor-conductor, chained) 0 V AC ... 400 V AC (conductor to neutral conductor, not phase to phase) 1.2 times the nominal value 0.25% (of the nominal value) 8k samples/s Push-in connection 1.5 / 1.5 / 16 245 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 65.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus Current measuring input Number of inputs Nominal current range Overload Precision Scanning rate Voltage measuring input Number of inputs Nominal voltage range Overload Precision Scanning rate General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F power measurement module, complete with accessories (bus base module) Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) AXL F BS F 2688129 AXL F PM EF 1F 2702671 Accessories 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 91

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Function/position detection module This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. It is used for counting pulses and for position detection using incremental encoders. Features: – Two counter inputs (32-bit) – Two incremental encoder interfaces (32-bit) – Symmetrical or asymmetrical encoders can be connected – Maximum frequency of 300 kHz – Eight digital inputs (gate, direction signal, latch, home position switch) – Two digital outputs – 5 V and 24 V sensor/encoder supply – Encoder monitoring – Rotary axis function – Ten homing methods – Stored device rating plate Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply of digital input modules UI Supply voltage range UI Protective circuit Counter input Number of inputs Input frequency Input voltage Encoder inputs Number of inputs Encoder signals Input frequency Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Nominal input voltage UIN Nominal input current at UIN Digital outputs Number of outputs Output voltage Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Description Axioline F function module - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C 2 counter inputs, 2 incremental encoder interfaces         00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 20 21 22 23 24 V DC 30 31 32 33 A /A B /B Z /Z UE 2 2 2 2 Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 120 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC including all tolerances, including ripple Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage 2 (S1, S2) max. 300 kHz (1 channel wired) 24 V DC 2 (A1, /A1, B1, /B1, Z1, /Z1; A2, /A2, B2, /B2, Z2, /Z2) Symmetrical and asymmetrical encoders max. 300 kHz (1 channel wired) 1-conductor (optional: 2-, 3-conductor) 8 (CNT: G1, G2, Dir1, Dir2; INC: Ref1, Ref2, L1, L2) EN 61131-2, type 3 24 V DC 2.5 mA (per channel) 2 (Out1, Out2) 24 V DC 500 mA Short-circuit protection, overload protection of the outputs Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 205 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 92 PHOENIX CONTACT Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS F AXL SHIELD SET AXL F CNT2 INC2 1F AXL F CNT2 INC2 XC 1F Accessories 2688093 2701239 2688129 2700518 1 1 5 1

For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems 1 SSI interface for absolute encoder, 1 analog output   00 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 U, I AGND T /T 2 2 D /D SSI US GND U, I Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 140 mA 24 V DC Surge protection Reverse polarity protection Transient protection SSI interface 1 2 MHz 8 ... 56 bit 2-conductor (shielded, twisted pair) 1 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA max. 500 Ω Surge protection Short-circuit and overload protection Transient protection typ. 0.1% (of output range final value) 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 135 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F SSI1 AO1 1H 2688433 Accessories 1 5 1 Position detection module This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. This module enables you to record data from absolute encoders with SSI interface. Features: – Position detection using absolute encoders with SSI interface – Encoder resolution up to 56 bits – Transmission frequency of up to 2 MHz – Gray or binary code – Reversal of direction of rotation – Synchronized transmission of encoder values – Detailed encoder diagnostics – 16-bit resolution of the analog output value – D/A conversion time typically 5 μs – Stored device rating plate Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply UI Protective circuit Encoder inputs Input name Number of inputs Transmission frequency Adjustable resolution Analog outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Voltage output signal Current output signal Load/output load current output Protective circuit Precision Characteristics Representation of output values General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Description Axioline F function module Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET 2700992 2700518 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 93

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F Position detection module This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. It is used to evaluate magnetostrictive position sensors with a start/stop interface. Features: – 2 channels for magnetostrictive position sensors with start/stop interface – 5 stop events per channel – Automatic parameter upload – 4 digital inputs – Can be used under extreme ambient conditions – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) – Stored device rating plate 2 digital pulse interfaces for evaluating magnetostrictive position sensors  Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply of digital input modules UI Supply voltage range UI Protective circuit Input for magnetostrictive encoders Encoder length range Resolution (measuring length) Ultrasonic speed (gradient) Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Nominal input voltage UIN Nominal input current at UIN General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 150 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC including all tolerances, including ripple Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Transient protection 50 mm ... 10 m 1 µm 2400 m/s ... 3100 m/s 1-conductor 4 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 24 V DC 2.4 mA Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 135 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F position detection module, complete with accessories (bus base module) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C AXL F IMPULSE2 XC 1H 2702655 Accessories Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET 2700992 2700518 1 5 1 94 PHOENIX CONTACT

Strain gauge capture module This module is designed for use within an Axioline F station. The module is used to evaluate strain gauges that may be located in weighing cells or load cells, for example. The strain gauges can be connected using 6-conductor or 4-conductor technology. Features: – 2 high-precision inputs for strain gauges – Measuring ranges adjusted with nominal characteristic values upon delivery – Manual entry of characteristic values – Process data update can be parameterized in increments between 200 μs and 100 ms – Path adjustment in the process environment – 2-point adjustment – Advanced open-circuit detection – Sensor supply of up to 115 mA (8 load cells with 350 Ω per channel) – Each channel: low-impedance, floating N/O contact – The channels are parameterized independently of one another via the bus system – Stored device rating plate For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline F I/O systems 2 high-precision inputs a1 00 01 02 03 a2 10 11 12 13 b1 20 21 22 23 b2 30 31 32 33 R R RL R R RL Ud U0 UV +UV +U0 +Ud -Ud -U0 GNDUV FE Technical data Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 75 mA 24 V DC 6- or 4-wire, twisted pair shielded cable 2 Input channels for strain gauge Measuring range specified by selecting the characteristic 5 V Jumper supply 2 > 43 Ω (per channel) max. 115 mA (per channel) can be parameterized: 350 μV/V ... 6500 μV/V 32 bits can be parameterized: 200 µs, 500 µs, 1 ms, 2 ms, 5 ms, 10 ms, 12.5 ms, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 150 g 35 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply for analog modules (UA) Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Bridge difference Ud Bridge voltage U0 Analog outputs Description of the outputs Number of outputs Impedance Output current Characteristics Unipolar Measured value representation Process data update General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline F strain gauge capture module, complete with accessories (bus base module) Axioline F bus base module (replacement part) Axioline shield connection set AXL F BS H AXL SHIELD SET 2700992 2700518 AXL F SGI2 1H 2702911 Accessories 1 5 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 95

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline P Modular proxy The Axioline P modular proxy connects PROFIBUS PA power supply You can supply the PROFIBUS PA segment with power using a single fieldbus power supply module. High failsafe performance and process reliability can be achieved by installing two power supply modules in a single base and thus supplying a PROFIBUS PA segment redundantly. The local LED indicator on the power supply module provides the status of the module and redundancy. Cost-effective system modernization PROFIBUS PA sensors can be connected directly to the modular Axioline P proxy. Proven fieldbus technology, such as HART or Modbus/RTU, can therefore be integrated into PROFINET networks via PROFIBUS PA gateways that are connected to the modular Axioline P proxy. PROFIBUS PA segments directly to a PROFINET network. The modular station communicates with a PROFINET controller, e.g., a distributed control system (DCS), via a bus coupler. As an option, you can connect up to eight PROFIBUS PA segments to the individual proxy outlets in a compact way. To ensure the individual segments are immune to interference, appropriate shield connection technology is available. FDT/DTM technology simplifies the startup and device management of the proxy station, which is fully integrated into higher-level control systems, and of the connected PROFIBUS PA devices. PROFINET redundancy The AXL P BK PN AF PROFINET bus coupler supports the specification for the implementation of S2 system redundancy using a single bus coupler. Two bus couplers are required in order to satisfy PROFINET system redundancy R1 and R2. The hot-swap capability integrated in the bus coupler ensures high system availability. R A S U N I E D A M x x . x x . x x . x x : . r d d A C A M BF SF PRIM LNK1 ACT1 RDY DIAG ERR LNK2 ACT2 DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR T 2 X2 X1 U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O F A N P K B P L X A T 1 0 9 3 6 1 3 2 . o N . d r O X3 U P+ P- P+ P- R R R R R R R R Up to eight PROFIBUS PA segments per station R A S U N I E D A M x x . x x . x x . x x : . r d d A C A M F A N P K B P L X A A S U N I E D A M x x . x x . x x . x x : . r d d A C A M 0 9 3 6 1 3 2 . o N . d r O BF SF PRIM LNK1 ACT1 RDY DIAG ERR LNK2 ACT2 BF SF PRIM LNK1 ACT1 RDY DIAG ERR LNK2 ACT2 DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR T 2 X2 X1 X3 U P+ P- P+ P- X2 X1 U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O F A N P K B P L X A T 1 0 9 3 6 1 3 2 . o N . d r O X3 U P+ P- P+ P- Support of PROFINET system redundancy S2, R1, and R2 F A N P K B P L X A T 1 0 9 3 6 1 3 2 . o N . d r O X3 U P+ P- P+ P- A S U N I E D A M x x . x x . x x . x x : . r d d A C A M BF SF PRIM LNK1 ACT1 RDY DIAG ERR LNK2 ACT2 DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR T 2 X2 X1 U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O 0,5 A 0,5 A Up to two power supplies per PROFIBUS PA segment F A N P K B P L X A T 1 0 9 3 6 1 3 2 . o N . d r O X3 U P+ P- P+ P- A S U N I E D A M x x . x x . x x . x x : . r d d A C A M BF SF PRIM LNK1 ACT1 RDY DIAG ERR LNK2 ACT2 DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR DC OK RDNT STATUS ERROR T 2 X2 X1 U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O U P+ P- + - P+ P- S S R NC NC - + NC NC - + E S A B S P B F P L X A 3 9 3 6 1 3 2 : o N . d r O R PWR PA HART PA TRM HRT T R A H A P / L P W G PWR PA PA TRM MOD MOD TRM S U B D O M A P / L P W G 96 PHOENIX CONTACT 1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 1A 2B 2A Modbus RTU Integration of proven fieldbus technology in PROFINET networks

Product overview Bus coupler Fieldbus power supply base Fieldbus power supply For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline P I/O systems 98 99 99 General technical data Ambient conditions Temperature range (operation) Relative humidity (operation/storage/transport) Vibration Shock Continuous shock Maximum altitude (operation) Degree of protection -40°C ... +65°C 5% to 95% (non-condensing) 5g in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 / IEC 60068-2-6 30g in accordance with EN 60068-2-27 / IEC 60068-2-27 10g in accordance with EN 60068-2-27 / IEC 60068-2-27 2000 m IP20 Electromagnetic compatibility Noise immunity In accordance with NE 021 Housing types and dimensions Bus coupler Fieldbus power supply base Fieldbus power supply 45 75 35 52,5 17,2 97 , 1 1 6 3 2 1 , 3 9 6 2 1 , 2 6 2 1 , 2 2 9 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 97

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline P Bus coupler new In conjunction with a fieldbus power supply base and at least one fieldbus power supply, the AXL P BK PN AF Axioline P bus coupler for PROFINET creates a modular proxy for connecting PROFIBUS PA segments to a PROFINET network. The bus coupler supports PROFINET system redundancy S2, R1, and R2, and is hot swappable during operation with two bus couplers. Parameterization, configuration, and diagnostics of the modular proxy are conveniently carried out via FDT/DTM. Features: – 2 Ethernet ports with integrated switch – PROFINET RT support – Support of PROFINET system redundancy S2, R1, and R2 – Supports up to 8 PROFIBUS PA segments (in conjunction with a fieldbus power supply base and at least one fieldbus power supply) – Supports PROFIBUS PA profile 4.0 – Alarm behavior in accordance with NE 107 98 PHOENIX CONTACT RJ45 connection  Ex:   24 V DC (U )L + - Technical data PROFINET RJ45 socket, auto negotiation and auto crossing 2 100 Mbps (full duplex) max. 100 m PROFINET Axioline P local bus Bus base module 24 V DC 10 V DC ... 32 V DC 5 V DC (via bus base module) 2 A Surge protection of the supply voltage Polarity reversal protection of the supply voltage Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 249 g 45 mm / 126.93 mm / 75 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Ordering data Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Number Transmission speed Transmission distance Protocols supported Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply of communications power UL Maximum permissible voltage range Communications power UBus Current supply at UBus Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline P bus coupler - For PROFINET, extended functionality Axioline P bus base module (replacement part) Axioline P local bus terminator (set) AXL P BK PN AF 2316390 Accessories AXL P BS 45 AXL P TERM PAIR 2316397 2316402 1 1 1

Power supply In a modular topology, you can connect up to eight PROFIBUS PA segments to the Axioline P modular proxy. Power is either supplied individually in simplex mode using one power supply module or redundantly using two power supply modules on a power supply base. Features: – Redundant power supplies, hot swappable I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Axioline P new new Fieldbus power supply base Fieldbus power supply Technical data Technical data Axioline P local bus Bus base module - - Interface Designation Connection method Input data Nominal input voltage range Nominal current range Output data Output voltage range Output current Max. power dissipation Signaling Signaling DC OK Signaling alarm Redundancy indication OK Status indication General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada - - - - - - - - - W / H / D 35 / 130 / 125 mm IP20 -40°C ... 65°C (mounting position: wall mounting on horizontal DIN rail) -40°C ... 85°C 18.5 V DC ... 30.5 V DC 500 mA ... 1.35 A 28 V DC ... 30 V DC (on the trunk) 500 mA 2.5 W (typical) Green LED Red LED Green LED Green LED 17 / 92 / 97 mm IP20 -40°C ... 65°C -40°C ... 85°C  II 3 G Ex ec IIC T4 Gc IBExU 18ATEXB018X Ex ec IIC T4 Gc IECEx IBE 18.0023X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4  II 3 G Ex ec IIC T4 Gc Ex ec IIC T4 Gc Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Axioline P fieldbus power supply base Axioline P fieldbus power supply AXL P FBPS BASE 2316393 Axioline P bus base module (replacement part) AXL P BS 35 2316396 Accessories 1 1 AXL P FBPS 28DC/0.5A 2316394 1 Accessories For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 99

100

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Product overview 102 103 Modbus/RTU Bus couplers Modbus/TCP (UDP) 103 103 105 106 107 108 109 109 Inline controllers Adapter terminal Class 100 48 For connecting Inline I/Os to PLCnext Control AXC F 2152 12 Power, segment, and accessory terminals Power terminals 24 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC Boost terminals 110 111 111 112 114 115 Segment terminals Potential distribution terminals 24 V DC 24 V DC GND 115 Digital input Digital output Analog input Analog output Temperature measurement Function terminals 8 channels 4 - 8 channels 4 channels 4 channels 117 117 118 118 UTH / RTD 119 Communication 120 Inline ECO Input and output terminals Digital input Digital output Analog input Strain gauge Analog output Temperature measurement 1 - 32 channels 1 - 32 channels 2 - 8 channels 2 channels 1 - 8 channels UTH / RTD / TC 122 128 134 138 142 140 Intrinsically safe terminals (Ex i) Safe I/Os PWR 24 V 144 DIO AIO TEMP 4 / 4 channels 4 / 4 channels 145 145 4 channels (RTD/TC) 145 SafetyBridge Technology PROFIsafe 265 268 Function terminals Power-level terminals Branch Communication Counter / PWM and Position detection position controller 146 148 153 156 Servo amplifier Direct starter Reversing-load starter 159 General accessories IB IL FIELD … Marking fields ESL 62X… Marking sheets ZBF 6-... IL CP CLIPFIX 35-5 FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/… I-L ATP GN Zack marker strip labeling Coding profile Standard end bracket VARIOFACE front adapter End cover plate phoenixcontact.net/products 100 PHOENIX CONTACT

101

General technical data Ambient conditions Operating temperature range - ECO terminals - Extended (...-XC modules) Relative humidity (operation) Relative humidity (storage) Vibration Shock Degree of protection I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline -25°C ... +55°C 0°C ... +55°C -40°C ... +70°C 5% to 95% (non-condensing) 5% to 95% (non-condensing) 5g, 2 hours in each space direction in accordance with IEC 60068-2-6 25g, over 11 ms in accordance with IEC 60068-2-6 IP20 (in accordance with IEC 60529) Electromagnetic compatibility Noise emission Noise immunity EN 61000-6-3 EN 61000-6-2 Housing types and dimensions Bus couplers BK housing BK IO housing Container housing 40 71,5 80 71,5 85 71,5 , 4 9 1 1 I/O terminals Electronics base with standard and double signal connector 140,5 119,8 , 5 1 7 , 8 9 1 1 5 , 1 7 , 8 9 1 1 Electronics base with shield plug Terminal widths 136,8 119,8 12,2 24,4 48,8 , 8 9 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 101

102

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Bus couplers The Inline bus couplers are the link between the Inline I/O system and the higher-level network. Features: – Up to 63 terminals (maximum of 16 PCP devices) can be connected EtherCAT® features: – Automatic addressing – Station mapped as a modular EtherCAT® device using the Modular Device Profile (MDP) – Acyclic data communication with mailbox protocols – SafetyBridge V3 supported – Firmware can be updated EtherNet/IP™ features: – Version 1.2 – Web-based management Modbus/TCP (UDP) features: – Auto negotiation – Autocrossing – Software interfaces for access via TCP/IP: - Device Driver Interface (DDI) - High-Level Language Fieldbus Interface (HFI) – Web-based management Sercos® features: – Sercos specification V1.1.2 – Minimum Sercos cycle time of 250 μs – FSP-IO (Function Specific Profile-IO) for modular I/O devices – Maximum of 6 real-time connections 102 PHOENIX CONTACT RJ45 connection 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 + - 24 V DC (U )S + - 24 V DC (U )M Technical data  24 V DC (U )BK + - EtherCAT ® EtherCAT® RJ45 socket 100 Mbps (full duplex) Inline data jumper max. 63 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 0.9 A max. 0.8 A max. 0.5 A DC - - - - - - - - - W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 40 mm / 119.4 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Local bus interface Connection method Number of local bus devices that can be connected Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Max. current consumption Power supply at UL Power supply at UANA Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Typical response time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Bus coupler, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IL EC BK-PAC 2702507 1 Connector IB IL SCN-PWR IN-CP 2727637 10 Accessories

103

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Modbus/TCP (UDP) RJ45 connection, RJ45 connection, RJ45 connection, 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs  Ex:  24 V DC (US) 24 V DC (UBK) + - + -         Ex:      PWR 1 DO4 2 DI4 DI4 3 4 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 IN6 +24 V +24 V IN8 24 V DC (US) 24 V DC (UBK) + - + - PWR 1 DO4 2 DI4 DI4 3 4 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 IN6 +24 V +24 V IN8 24 V DC (US) 24 V DC (UBK) + - + - PWR 1 DO4 2 DI8 4 3 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 IN6 +24 V +24 V IN8 ETHERNET/IP - + 24 V DC (U )M 3 T U O 2 T U O MODBUS/TCP(UDP) - + 24 V DC (U )M 3 T U O 2 T U O - + SERCOS III 24 V DC 2TX (U )M 3 T U O 2 T U O Technical data Technical data Technical data EtherNet/IP™ RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps (half or full duplex (automatic detection)) Modbus/TCP (UDP) RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps Sercos RJ45 socket 100 Mbps Inline data jumper max. 61 (on board I/Os are two devices) Inline data jumper max. 61 (on board I/Os are two devices) Inline data jumper max. 61 (on board I/Os are two devices) 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 0.98 A max. 0.8 A DC max. 0.5 A DC 3-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 type 1 approx. 500 µs Reverse polarity protection 3-conductor 4 500 mA Short-circuit and overload protection Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 0.98 A max. 0.8 A DC max. 0.5 A DC 3-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 type 1 approx. 500 µs Reverse polarity protection 3-conductor 4 500 mA Short-circuit and overload protection Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 1.05 A max. 0.8 A DC max. 0.5 A DC 3-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 type 1 approx. 500 µs Reverse polarity protection 3-conductor 4 500 mA Short-circuit and overload protection Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IL EIP BK DI8 DO4 2TX-PAC IL EIP BK DI8 DO4 2TX-XC-PAC 2897758 2702131 Accessories IL BKDIO-PLSET 2878599 1 1 1 IL ETH BK DI8 DO4 2TX-PAC IL ETH BK DI8 DO4 2TX-XC-PAC 2703981 2701388 1 1 IL S3 BK DI8 DO4 2TX-PAC 2692380 Accessories Accessories IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 IL BKDIO-PLSET 2878599 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 103

104

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Bus couplers The Inline bus couplers are the link between the Inline I/O system and the higher-level network. Features: – Up to 63 terminals (maximum of 16 PCP devices) can be connected PROFINET features: – Conformance with PROFINET specification V2.3 – 2 RJ45 or 2 SC-RJ connections – IP parameters can be set via PROFINET controller – Electrical isolation between Ethernet interface and logic – Automatic data rate detection in the local bus (500 kbps or 2 Mbps) – Automatic speed detection of the system bus Additional features of IL PN BK-PAC: – Support for 3 branch terminals as remote bus branch (4 levels) – Compact station structure, thanks to 40 mm housing width, saves space in the control cabinet 104 PHOENIX CONTACT new RJ45 connection 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 + - 24 V DC (U )S + - 24 V DC (U )M 24 V DC (U )BK + - PROFINET Technical data PROFINET RJ45 socket, auto negotiation 100 Mbps (in acc. with PROFINET standard) Inline data jumper max. 63 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (via Inline connector) 0.91 A DC max. 0.8 A DC max. 0.5 A DC - - - - - - - - - W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.8 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.8 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 40 mm / 119.4 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C (observe derating) Ordering data Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Local bus interface Connection method Number of local bus devices that can be connected Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Max. current consumption Power supply at UL Power supply at UANA Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Typical response time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PROFINET bus coupler, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Connector IB IL SCN-PWR IN-CP 2727637 IL PN BK-PAC 2403696 Accessories 1 10

105

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline RJ45 connection, SC-RJ connection, 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs       Ex:    Ex:  24 V DC (US) 24 V DC (UBK) + - + - PWR 1 DO4 2 DI4 DI4 3 4 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 IN6 +24 V +24 V IN8 24 V DC (US) 24 V DC (UBK) + - + - PWR 1 DO4 2 DI4 DI4 3 4 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 IN6 +24 V +24 V IN8 PROFINET - + 24 V DC (U )M 3 T U O 2 T U O - + 24 V DC (U )M 3 T U O 2 T U O Technical data Technical data PROFINET RJ45 socket, auto negotiation 100 Mbps (in acc. with PROFINET standard) PROFINET SC-RJ socket 100 Mbps (in acc. with PROFINET standard) Inline data jumper max. 61 (on board I/Os are two devices) Inline data jumper max. 61 (on board I/Os are two devices) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (via Inline connector) 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 0.91 A DC max. 0.8 A DC (observe derating) max. 0.5 A DC (observe derating) 2-, 3-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 type 1 approx. 500 µs Reverse polarity protection 2-, 3-conductor 4 500 mA Short-circuit and overload protection Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C (observe derating) Class A product, see page 527 0.83 A DC max. 0.8 A DC (observe derating) max. 0.5 A DC (observe derating) 3-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 type 1 approx. 500 µs Reverse polarity protection 3-conductor 4 500 mA Short-circuit and overload protection Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C (observe derating) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IL PN BK DI8 DO4 2TX-PAC 2703994 Accessories IL BKDIO-PLSET 2878599 1 1 IL PN BK DI8 DO4 2SCRJ-PAC 2878379 Accessories IL BKDIO-PLSET 2878599 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 105

106

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Bus couplers The Inline bus couplers are the link between the Inline I/O system and the higher-level network. Features: – Up to 63 terminals (maximum of 16 PCP devices) can be connected CANopen® features: – Address can be set via DIP switches or software – Supports two SDO servers simultaneously – Trigger modes: event, timer, remote request – Node and life guarding – Heartbeat Features of INTERBUS: – Remote bus connections in copper or FO technology – Electrical isolation of the remote bus segments – Automatic configuration of the outgoing interface as a remote bus or local bus interface – Support for up to 15 connected terminals with remote bus branch Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed MINI COMBICON connection  1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 + - 24 V DC (U )S + - 24 V DC (U )M 24 V DC (U )BK + - CANopen ® Technical data CANopen® MINI COMBICON 1 Mbps, 800 kbps, 500 kbps, 250 kbps, 125 kbps, 50 kbps, 20 kbps, 10 kbps (can be set via DIP switch or automatic detection) Local bus interface Connection method Number of local bus devices that can be connected Maximum distance to the next remote bus device Inline data jumper max. 63 - Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Max. current consumption Power supply at UL Power supply at UANA General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 0.9 A max. 0.8 A max. 0.5 A DC W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 40 mm / 119.4 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Bus coupler, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C - 45° angled fiber optic connection - FO connection and FO remote bus branch IL CO BK-PAC IL CO BK-XC-PAC 2702230 2702635 1 1 Connector IB IL SCN-PWR IN-CP 2727637 10 Accessories 106 PHOENIX CONTACT

107

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Inline shield connector connection D-SUB connection 45° angled fiber optic connection       Ex:   1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 + - 24 V DC (US) 24 V DC (UM) + - + - 24 V DC (UBK) INTERBUS IN INTERBUS OUT      Ex:  REMOTE IN REMOTE OUT  + - 24 V DC (U )BK 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 FE Technical data Technical data INTERBUS Inline shield connector 500 kbps Inline data jumper max. 63 400 m INTERBUS D-SUB-9 female/D-SUB-9 male 500 kbps Inline data jumper max. 63 400 m BA RC BK-LK RD LD 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 + - 24 V DC (U )BK REMOTE IN 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 REMOTE OUT FO1 FO2 OUT IN OUT IN FE Technical data IBS IL 24 BK-LK/45-PAC IBS IL 24 BK RB-LK-PAC INTERBUS F-SMA connector 500 kbps Inline data jumper max. 63 400 m 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 1.25 A max. 2 A DC (observe derating) max. 0.5 A DC (observe derating) Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 48.8 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 1.25 A max. 2 A DC (observe derating) max. 0.5 A DC (observe derating) Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 85 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 1.25 A 1.3 A max. 2 A DC (observe derating) max. 0.5 A DC (observe derating) Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 85 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IBS IL 24 BK-T/U-PAC IBS IL 24 BK-T/U-XC-PAC 2861580 2701150 Accessories IB IL BK-PLSET/CP 2860374 1 1 1 IBS IL 24 BK-DSUB-PAC 2861593 1 Accessories Accessories IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 IBS IL 24 BK-LK/45-PAC IBS IL 24 BK RB-LK-PAC 2862165 2861506 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 107

108

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Bus couplers Notes: The Inline bus couplers are the link between the Inline I/O system and the higher-level network. Bus coupler features: – Up to 63 terminals (16 PCP devices) can be connected – Address can be set via rotary coding or DIP switches The field multiplexer, together with the connected I/O terminals, forms one station. A system consists of a station and remote station with complementary arrangement of the I/O terminals. MUX features: – Maximum of 32 terminals per station – Up to 512 digital or 32 analog I/Os (or a mixture) can be connected The digital and analog Inline I/O terminals which can be used on the field multiplexer are marked in this catalog with the adjacent logo. 108 PHOENIX CONTACT You will find a multiplexer application on an SD card for configuring two ILC 131 ETH modular small-scale controllers as multiplexers in this catalog on page 55 Modbus/RTU D-SUB connection, 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs       Ex:  24 V DC (US) 24 V DC (UBK) + - + - PWR 1 DO4 2 DI4 DI4 3 4 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 IN6 +24 V +24 V IN8 MODBUS - RTU - + 24 V DC (U )M 3 T U O 2 T U O Technical data Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Local bus interface Connection method Number of local bus devices that can be connected Modbus/RTU D-SUB-9 female connector 1.2 kbps ... 115.2 kbps (can be parameterized) Inline data jumper max. 61 (on board I/Os are two devices) Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Max. current consumption Power supply at UL Power supply at UANA Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Typical response time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 0.98 A max. 0.8 A DC max. 0.5 A DC 3-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 type 1 approx. 500 µs Reverse polarity protection 3-conductor 4 500 mA Short-circuit and overload protection W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 60°C Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Bus coupler, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C Connector set for bus coupler D-SUB connector, 9-pos. with two cable entries, termination resistor can be switched on via slide switch Adapter cable, Inline field multiplexer on PSI-MOS module IL MOD BK DI8 DO4-PAC 2878696 Accessories IL BKDIO-PLSET SUBCON-PLUS-MODBUS/IL/BK 2878599 2310808 1 1 1

109

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline D-SUB connection D-SUB connection, 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs Field multiplexer, copper connection   Ex:         Ex:    Ex:  1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 + - 24 V DC (U )S 24 V DC (U )BK + - 24 V DC (US) 24 V DC (UBK) + - + - PWR 1 DO4 2 DI4 DI4 3 4 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 IN6 +24 V +24 V IN8 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 ALARM 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 + - 24 V DC (U )M + - 24 V DC (U )S PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS - DP - + 24 V DC (U )M 3 T U O 2 T U O + - 24 V DC (U )MUX Master DATA /DATA Technical data Technical data Technical data PROFIBUS DP D-SUB-9 female connector 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps Inline data jumper max. 63 PROFIBUS DP D-SUB-9 female connector 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps Inline data jumper max. 61 (on board I/Os are two devices) RS-485 Inline shield connector - Inline data jumper 32 (without additional power terminal block, observe allowable total current consumption) 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 1.25 A max. 2 A DC max. 0.5 A DC - - - - - - - - - Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 85 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 0°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 0.98 A max. 0.8 A DC max. 0.5 A DC 3-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 type 1 approx. 500 µs Reverse polarity protection 3-conductor 4 500 mA Short-circuit and overload protection Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 60°C 1.25 A max. 2 A DC (observe derating) max. 0.5 A DC (observe derating) - - - - - - - - - Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 48.8 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IL PB BK DP/V1-PAC 2862246 Accessories IL BKDIO-PLSET SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB 2878599 2744348 1 1 1 IL PB BK DI8 DO4/EF-PAC IL PB BK DI8 DO4/EF-XC-PAC 2692322 2702132 Accessories IL BKDIO-PLSET SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB 2878599 2744348 1 1 1 1 IB IL 24 MUX MA-PAC 2861205 1 Accessories IB IL MUX-CAB PSI 2878476 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 109

110

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Power terminals Inline power terminals are used to supply, protect, and diagnose the individual voltage routing within an Inline station. Depending on the terminal type, various functions can be implemented. Supply of: – Main circuit (UM) up to 8 A – Segment circuit (US) for the I/O supply up to 8 A The IB IL DOR LV-SET-PAC distance terminal set creates the specified creepage distance when using AC terminals (gray housing). For example, when using IB IL 24/230 DOR 4/W-PAC relay terminals, the two end terminals interrupt all 24 V circuits as well as GND and functional earth ground. AC power terminals for 120 V AC or 230 V AC already include distance terminals. 110 PHOENIX CONTACT 24 V DC supply for UM and US       Ex:   24 V DC (UM) + - US 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V ... 30 V (including all tolerances, including ripple) max. 8 A (sum of UM + US; 4 A, maximum, when used in potentially explosive areas.) - - 24 V DC (via Inline connector) max. 8 A (Sum of UM + US; 4 A, maximum, when used in potentially explosive areas.) - - - 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection Surge protection Suppressor diode W / H / D 59 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Main circuit supply UM Supply voltage range UM Power supply at UM Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Segment circuit supply US Power supply at US I/O supply voltage I/O supply voltage range Fuse General data Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Connection method Protective circuit Weight Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline power terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - With fuse - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C - With fuse and diagnostics - With fuse and fuse diagnostics Inline distance terminal IB IL 24 PWR IN-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN-XC-PAC 2861331 2701161 1 1 Accessories

111

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 24 V DC supply for UM and US, with fuse and diagnostics 120 V AC supply for UL 230 V AC supply for UL, with fuse and diagnostics as an option          24 V DC (UM) + - 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 120 V AC (230 V AC) L N 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 120 V AC (230 V AC) L N Technical data Technical data Technical data IB IL 24 PWR IN/2-F-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/2-F-D-PAC IB IL 230 PWR IN-PAC IB IL 230 PWR IN/F-D-PAC Inline data jumper Inline data jumper Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V ... 30 V (including all tolerances, including ripple) max. 6 A (sum of UM + US) - - 24 V DC (via Inline connector) max. 6 A (sum of UM + US) max. 6.3 A (sum of UM + US; 4 A, maximum, when used in potentially explosive areas.) 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 25 mA 24 V DC max. 6.3 A (sum of UM + US; 4 A, maximum, when used in potentially explosive areas.) - - - - - - - - - SI 5 x 20 6, 300 AT (in scope of delivery) 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection Polarity protection, surge protection Surge protection Suppressor diode 59 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 120 V AC (via Inline connector) 108 V AC ... 135 V AC - 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection Surge protection 80 g 36.6 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data - - - - - - - 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 25 mA 230 V AC (via Inline connector) 207 V AC ... 253 V AC - 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection Surge protection - 80 g 36.6 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 24 PWR IN/2-F-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/2-F-XC-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/2-F-D-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/2F-DF-PAC 2862136 2701162 2862152 2863779 1 1 1 1 IB IL 120 PWR IN-PAC 2861454 1 IB IL 230 PWR IN-PAC 2861535 IB IL 230 PWR IN/F-D-PAC 2878971 Accessories Accessories Accessories IB IL DOR LV-SET-PAC 2861645 1 IB IL DOR LV-SET-PAC 2861645 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 111

112

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Boost terminal The IB IL 24 PWR IN/R-PAC Inline boost terminal is used to boost the following voltages: – Main circuit (UM) up to 8 A – Segment circuit (US) for the I/O supply up to 8 A – Analog supply (UANA) up to 0.5 A – Communications power (UL) up to 2 A 112 PHOENIX CONTACT Boost for UM, US, UL, UANA        Ex:  1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 + 24 V DC - (US) + - 24 V DC (UM) + - 24 V DC (UBK) Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) max. 8 A (sum of UM + US; 4 A, maximum, when used in potentially explosive areas.) 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 2 A DC 24 V DC max. 0.5 A DC 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) max. 8 A DC (sum of UM + US; 4 A, maximum, when used in potentially explosive areas.) electrical/thermal overload protection, included in scope of delivery 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection Surge protection (segment supply, main supply, 24 V supply) Input protective diodes (can be destroyed by permanent overload) Pulse loads up to 1500 W are short circuited by the input protective diode. Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Main circuit supply UM Supply voltage range UM Power supply at UM Communications power UL Power supply at UL I/O supply voltage UANA Power supply at UANA Segment circuit supply US Supply voltage range US Power supply at US Fuse General data Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Connection method Protective circuit Weight Dimensions Description W / H / D 192 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline power terminal or boost terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IB IL 24 PWR IN/R-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/R-XC-PAC 2861674 2701298 Connector set, for power terminal, color-coded IB IL PWR IN/R-PLSET 2860620 Accessories 1 1 1

113

Boost terminal The IB IL 24 PWR IN/R/L-0.8A-PAC Inline boost terminal is used to boost the following voltage: – Communications power (UL) up to 0.8 A I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Boost for UL       Ex:  24 V DC + - 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Power supply at UL Fuse General data Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Connection method Protective circuit Weight Dimensions Description Technical data Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 0.8 A DC electrical/thermal overload protection, included in scope of delivery 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection Surge protection Input protective diodes (can be destroyed by permanent overload) Pulse loads up to 1500 W are short circuited by the input protective diode. 65 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Ordering data W / H / D Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline boost terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - For communications power UL of 0.8 A IB IL 24 PWR IN/R/L-0.8A-PAC 2693020 Accessories Connector IB IL SCN-PWR IN-CP 2727637 1 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 113

114

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Segment terminals Inline segment terminals can be used to create several segment circuits (US) within the main circuit (UM). The signal and initiator voltages for digital I/Os are always tapped from the segment circuit US. Depending on the terminal type, various functions can be implemented: – Segmentation without fuse – Segmentation with fine fuse – Segmentation with fine fuse and diagnostics – Segmentation with electronic fuse and diagnostics When combined with the IB IL PD 24V-PAC potential distributor terminal, 24 V supplies with electronic fuse protection and remote diagnostics can be provided in the field, for example. However, the potential distributor terminals are also suitable for the economical return wiring of sensor and actuator cables when using digital Inline terminals with 1-conductor connection technology. 114 PHOENIX CONTACT 24 V DC segment circuit supply US   Ex:  1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 Technical data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Segment circuit supply US Supply voltage range US Power supply at US Fuse General data Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Connection method Protective circuit Weight Dimensions EMC note Inline data jumper - - 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) max. 8 A (nominal value) - 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection Overload protection Fuse 42 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data W / H / D Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline segment terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - With fuse - With fuse and diagnostics - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C Inline potential distributor terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - 24 V - GND IB IL 24 SEG-PAC 2861344 1

115

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 24 V DC segment circuit supply US, with fuse and diagnostics 24 V DC segment circuit supply US, with electronic fuse Potential distributor       Ex:    Ex:      U and U connected internally M S 1.1 2.1 via fuse 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 M U and U connected internally via fuse S Button for resetting the fuse 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 e.g. for single wire connection with IB IL 24 DI 32/HD 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.1 2.4 IB IL PD 24V-PAC Technical data Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper - - 24 V DC Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 30 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) max. 6 A (nominal value) SI 5 x 20 6, 300 AT (in scope of delivery) 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection Overload protection Fuse 59 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 max. 2.5 A (nominal value) 2.5 A (electronic) 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection Overload protection 44 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data IB IL PD 24V-PAC IB IL PD GND-PAC Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) - - - - - - 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Spring-cage connection - 44 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 24 SEG/F-PAC IB IL 24 SEG/F-D-PAC IB IL 24 SEG/F-XC-PAC 2861373 2861904 2701163 1 1 1 IB IL 24 SEG-ELF-PAC 2861409 1 IB IL PD 24V-PAC IB IL PD GND-PAC 2862987 2862990 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 115

116

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Inline ECO The Inline ECO terminals allow you to perform automation tasks easily and cost-effectively. Following the principle of “one terminal, one function”, you will always find the right function for your automation application in the range of Inline ECO terminals. No special terminal parameterization is required. Inline ECO terminals are approved for the temperature range from 0°C to +55°C. The electronics base and Inline connector are supplied as standard. Find out more with the web code Detailed information on these products can be found on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  Your web code: #1242 Can be freely combined The Inline ECO terminals can be combined with all Inline terminals and Inline components. No parameterization required Every Inline ECO terminal is particularly easy to handle. You don't need to preset any parameters. Functional safety in compact machines Integrate the safe I/O terminal by simply plugging it into your Inline I/O station. Digital output terminals with approval for the safety-related segment circuit are then installed to the right of the safe I/O terminal. When a sensor is activated, e.g., emergency stop, the actuator voltage supply for the connected output modules is shut down for safety reasons. Two dual-channel sensor circuits can be connected to one safe I/O terminal. All status and error messages are forwarded to the standard controller. Can be freely combined No parameterization required Easy integration of network safety solutions 116 PHOENIX CONTACT

117

Inline ECO – Digital input and output terminals The ECO digital input and output terminals are designed for use within an Inline station. They are used to acquire and output digital signals. The IB IL 24 DO4/EF-ECO output terminal is approved for applications with a safety-related segment circuit. Notes: You can find an overview of the standard versions of all digital input and output terminals from page 122 I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 8 digital inputs 4/8 digital outputs   1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 IN1 +24 V IN7 +24 V IN2 +24 V IN8 +24 V +24 V 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1 0 T U O D N G 3 0 T U O D N G D N G 2 0 T U O Technical data Technical data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Typical response time Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 30 mA 1-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 1 ms - - - W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 60 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 0°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IB IL 24 DO 4/EF-ECO IB IL 24 DO 8/HD-ECO Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 44 mA max. 45 mA - - - - 3-conductor 4 1-conductor 8 500 mA Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 60 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 0°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline ECO digital input terminal (with connector) - 1-conductor connection technology Inline ECO digital output terminal (with connector) - For the safety-related segment circuit - 1-conductor connection technology IB IL 24 DI 8/HD-ECO 2702792 1 IB IL 24 DO 4/EF-ECO IB IL 24 DO 8/HD-ECO 2702825 2702793 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 117

118

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Inline ECO – Analog input and output terminals The ECO analog input and output terminals are designed for use within an Inline station. They are used to acquire and output analog current and voltage signals. Notes: You can find an overview of the standard versions of all analog input and output terminals from page 134 4 analog inputs 4 analog outputs   I I 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 I 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 I Technical data Technical data IB IL AI 4/I/4-20-ECO IB IL AI 4/U/0-10-ECO IB IL AO 4/I/4-20-ECO IB IL AO 4/U/0-10-ECO Inline data jumper Inline data jumper 24 V DC max. 20 mA 7.5 V DC max. 70 mA 2-conductor 4 16 bits < 10 ms 0 V ... 10 V - - 4 mA ... 20 mA Standardized representation - - - - - - - - - - Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 60 g W / H / D 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 0°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data max. 85 mA max. 50 mA 24 V DC 7.5 V DC max. 45 mA max. 70 mA - - - - - - - 2-conductor 4 - - 4 mA ... 20 mA 0 V ... 10 V > 2 kΩ < 300 Ω - - Short-circuit and overload protection Transient protection 16 bits < 10 ms Standardized representation Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 60 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 0°C ... 55°C (see “Derating” table in the data sheet) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL AI 4/I/4-20-ECO IB IL AI 4/U/0-10-ECO 2702495 2702496 1 1 IB IL AO 4/I/4-20-ECO IB IL AO 4/U/0-10-ECO 2702497 2702498 1 1 Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics I/O supply voltage UANA Current consumption from UANA Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Voltage input signal Current input signal Measured value representation Process data update Data formats Analog outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Voltage output signal Load/output load voltage output Current output signal Load/output load current output Protective circuit Representation of output values Process data update Data formats General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Inline ECO analog input terminal (with connector) - 4 mA ... 20 mA input signal - 0 V ... 10 V input signal Inline ECO analog output terminal (with connector) - 4 mA ... 20 mA output signal - 0 V ... 10 V output signal 118 PHOENIX CONTACT

119

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Inline ECO – Temperature measurement terminals The ECO temperature measurement terminals are designed for use within an Inline station. They are used to connect resistive temperature sensors (Pt 100 and Pt 1000) or thermocouples (types J, K, L). Notes: You can find an overview of the standard versions of all temperature measurement terminals from page 140 4 RTD inputs 4 UTH inputs   1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 Technical data Technical data IB IL RTD 4/PT100-ECO IB IL RTD 4/PT1000-ECO Inline data jumper Inline data jumper 24 V DC typ. 7.3 mA 7.5 V DC typ. 56 mA 2-conductor - 4 (Pt 100) 4 (Pt 1000) Input for resistive temperature sensors Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) Pt 1000 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) - < 10 ms 24 V DC typ. 32 mA 7.5 V DC typ. 38 mA 2-conductor 4 (type J) typ. ± 1.9 K (reference junction) Differential inputs - Sigma/Delta process < 10 ms W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 60 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 65 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics I/O supply voltage UANA Current consumption from UANA Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Precision Description of the input Sensor types that can be used (RTD) Measuring principle Process data update General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline ECO analog input terminal (with connector) - For Pt 100 resistance temperature detectors - For Pt 1000 resistance temperature detectors Inline ECO analog input terminal (with connector) - For thermocouple type J in accordance with DIN EN 60584-1 - For thermocouple type K in accordance with DIN EN 60584-1 - For thermocouple type L in accordance with DIN 43710 IB IL RTD 4/PT100-ECO IB IL RTD 4/PT1000-ECO 2702499 2702501 1 1 IB IL UTH 4/J-ECO IB IL UTH 4/K-ECO IB IL UTH 4/L-ECO 2702502 2702503 2702504 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 119

120

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Inline ECO – Serial communication terminals The ECO serial communication terminals are designed for use within an Inline station. The IB IL RS 232-ECO terminal is used to operate standard I/O devices with serial RS-232 interfaces on a bus system. Notes: You can find an overview of the standard versions of all serial communication terminals from page 148 1 serial RS-232 interface  1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 S T C S T R D x T D x R Technical data Inline data jumper RS-232 Spring-cage connection 7.5 V typ. 70 mA 4 kByte 1 kByte 110 bps ... 38400 bps (configurable) 6 ... 8 1 or 2 Even, odd or no parity Transparent mode Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 60 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 0°C ... 55°C W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Serial port Interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Serial input/output channel Input buffer Output buffer Transmission speed Data bits Stop bits Parity Transmission type General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline ECO communication terminal (with connector) IB IL RS 232-ECO 2702795 1 120 PHOENIX CONTACT

121

Inline ECO – Serial communication terminals The ECO serial communication terminals are designed for use within an Inline station. The IB IL RS 485-ECO terminal is used to operate standard I/O devices with serial RS-485 interfaces on a bus system. Notes: You can find an overview of the standard versions of all serial communication terminals from page 148 I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 1 serial RS-485 interface  1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 , + D x T + D x R - D x T , - D x R Local bus interface Connection method Serial port Interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Serial input/output channel Input buffer Output buffer Transmission speed Data bits Stop bits Parity Transmission type General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Technical data Inline data jumper RS-485 Spring-cage connection 7.5 V typ. 70 mA 4 kByte 1 kByte 110 bps ... 38400 bps (configurable) 6 ... 8 1 or 2 Even, odd or no parity Transparent mode Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 62 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 0°C ... 55°C W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline ECO communication terminal (with connector) IB IL RS 485-ECO 2702141 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 121

122

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Digital input terminals Digital Inline input terminals are designed to connect digital signals, such as those supplied by buttons, limit switches or proximity switches. Features, depending on the selected device: – 2 to 32-channel – In acc. with EN 61131-2 Type 1 or 3 – 1-, 2-, 3- or 4-conductor connection technology – Maximum permissible load current per sensor: 250 mA Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Segment circuit supply US Current consumption from US Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Typical response time General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note 2 inputs 4 inputs       Ex:        Ex:   1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1 N I V 4 2 + V 4 2 + 2 N I 1.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.5 2.5 1.6 2.6 IN 1 +24 V 1 IN 3 +24 V 3 IN 2 +24 V 2 IN 4 +24 V 4 Technical data Technical data IB IL 24 DI 4-PAC IB IL 24 DI 4-ME Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 35 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 0.5 A 4-conductor 2 EN 61131-2 type 1 < 1 ms Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 40 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 1 A 3-conductor 4 EN 61131-2 type 1 < 1 ms Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 53 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 66 g 59 g 12.2 mm / 140.5 mm / 71.5 mm 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline digital input terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - 1-conductor connection technology - Machine Edition (ME version) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C Connector set Connector set for IB IL DI 16, color-coded IB IL 24 DI 2-PAC 2861221 1 IB IL 24 DI 4-PAC IB IL 24 DI 4-ME IB IL 24 DI 4-XC-PAC 2861234 2863928 2701152 1 4 1 Accessories Accessories Inline connector IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 IB IL SCN-12-ICP 2727611 10 122 PHOENIX CONTACT

123

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 8 inputs 16 inputs 32 inputs       Ex:       Ex:       Ex:  1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 1 N I V 4 2 + V 4 2 + 8 N I 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 1.6 2.6 3.6 4.6 5.6 6.6 7.6 8.6 IN 1 +24 V 1 IN 3 +24 V 3 IN 14 +24 V 14 IN 16 +24 V 16 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 IN1 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 +24 V 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.2 6.4 7.2 8.4 IN7 +24 V +24 V IN26 +24 V IN32 +24 V Technical data Technical data Technical data IB IL 24 DI 8-PAC IB IL 24 DI8/HD-PAC IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC IB IL 24 DI 16-ME Inline data jumper Inline data jumper Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) 7.5 V DC 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 50 mA max. 30 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 2 A 4-conductor max. 5.5 mA 1-conductor 8 EN 61131-2 type 1 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 < 1 ms 1 ms max. 60 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 4 A max. 90 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 50 mA 3-conductor 16 EN 61131-2 type 1 < 1 ms 1-conductor 32 EN 61131-2 type 1 2 ms Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 118 g 60 g Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 210 g 122 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 48.8 mm / 140.5 mm / 71.5 mm 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 185 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 24 DI 8-PAC IB IL 24 DI8/HD-PAC IB IL 24 DI8/HD-XC-PAC 2861247 2700173 2701212 1 1 1 IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC IB IL 24 DI 16-ME IB IL 24 DI 16-XC-PAC 2861250 2897156 2701154 Accessories Accessories IB IL DI16-PLSET/ICP 2860989 IB IL SCN-8 2726337 10 1 4 1 1 IB IL 24 DI 32/HD-PAC 2862835 Accessories IB IL DI/DO 8-PLSET 2860950 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 123

124

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Digital input terminals The digital Inline input terminals are used to acquire digital input signals. They are designed for use within an Inline station. NPN terminal features: – 2 to 32-channel T2 terminal features: – In accordance with EN 61131-2 Type 2 S0 terminal features: – Connection of S0 pulse encoders – 32-bit counter range Pulse counter: – Maximum counting frequency of up to 150 Hz Operating hours counter: – 1 s resolution – Counter enabled on active or inactive input (configurable) 2 inputs, NPN-wired 16 inputs, NPN-wired      Ex:      Ex:  1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1 N I V 4 2 + V 4 2 + 2 N I 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 I 6 1 N I V 4 2 + 4 1 N I 1 N I V 4 2 + 3 N I V 4 2 + Technical data Technical data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Segment circuit supply US Current consumption from US Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Typical response time General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 35 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 0.5 A 4-conductor 2 (NPN) EN 61131-2 type 1 < 1 ms Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 60 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 4 A 3-conductor 16 (NPN) EN 61131-2 type 1 < 1 ms Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 53 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 210 g 48.8 mm / 140.5 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline digital input terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - NPN-wired - Input in acc. with EN 61131-2/Type 2 - S0 counter Connector set Inline connector IB IL 24 DI 2-NPN-PAC 2861483 1 IB IL 24 DI 16-NPN-PAC 2863520 1 Accessories Accessories IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 IB IL SCN-12-ICP 2727611 10 124 PHOENIX CONTACT

125

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 32 inputs, NPN-wired 8 inputs, EN 61131-2/Type 2 8 S0 counter inputs        1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 IN1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 +24 V 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 IN7 IN26 +24 V IN32 +24 V 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 +24 V 1 N I V 4 2 + V 4 2 + 8 N I 1 N I V 4 2 + V 4 2 + 8 N I Technical data Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 90 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 100 mA 1-conductor 32 (NPN) EN 61131-2 type 1 < 1 ms Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 50 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 2 A 4-conductor 8 IEC 61131-2 Type 2 < 1 ms Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 55 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 2 A (incl. sensor supply) 4-conductor 8 (S0 counter inputs) IEC 62053-31 and DIN 43864 - Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 185 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 118 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 183 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 24 DI 32/HD-NPN-PAC 2878243 Accessories IB IL DI/DO 8-PLSET 2860950 1 1 IB IL 24 DI 8/T2-PAC 2862204 1 Accessories Accessories IB IL DI 8/S0-PAC 2897020 1 IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 125

126

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Digital input terminals The terminals are designed for use within an Inline station. They are used to acquire digital input signals in the 120 V AC or 230 V AC voltage range. Features: – Connections for one digital sensor – Maximum permissible load current: 500 mA 126 PHOENIX CONTACT   1 input, 120 V 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 N I V 0 2 1 + Technical data Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 30 mA 120 V AC (via voltage jumper) 3-conductor 1 IEC 61131-2 type 1 Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 39 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL I/O supply voltage Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline digital input terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - 120 V AC - 230 V AC IB IL 120 DI 1-PAC 2861917 Accessories Inline distance terminal IB IL DOR LV-SET-PAC 2861645 1 1

127

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline   1 input, 230 V 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 N I V 0 3 2 + Technical data Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 30 mA 230 V AC (via voltage jumper) 3-conductor 1 IEC 61131-2 type 1 Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 39 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 230 DI 1-PAC 2861548 Accessories IB IL DOR LV-SET-PAC 2861645 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 127

128

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Digital output terminals The digital Inline output terminals are designed for the connection of digital actuators, such as electromagnetic valves, contactors or visual indicators. Features, depending on the selected device: – 2 to 32-channel – Connection of actuators in 1-, 2-, 3-, and 4-conductor technology – Nominal current per output: 500 mA – Short-circuit and overload protected outputs 2 outputs 4 outputs       Ex:        Ex:   1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1 T U O V 4 2 + V 4 2 + X T U O OUT 1 1 1.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 OUT X 2( )14 OUT 3 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 OUT X 1.6 2.6 1.6 2.6 1.6 2.6 1.6 2.6 1... ...2( )8 3 4( )16 Technical data Technical data IB IL 24 DO 4-PAC IB IL 24 DO 4-ME Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Segment circuit supply US Current consumption from US Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 33 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 1 A 4-conductor 2 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 41 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 44 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 2 A 3-conductor 4 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 66 g 59 g 12.2 mm / 140.5 mm / 71.5 mm 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline digital output terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - 1-conductor connection technology - Machine Edition (ME version) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IB IL 24 DO 2-PAC 2861470 1 IB IL 24 DO 4-PAC IB IL 24 DO 4-ME IB IL 24 DO 4-XC-PAC 2861276 2863931 2701155 1 4 1 Accessories Accessories Connector set Inline connector IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 IB IL SCN-12-OCP 2727624 10 128 PHOENIX CONTACT

129

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 8 outputs 16 outputs 32 outputs       Ex:        Ex:        Ex:   1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 1 T U O V 4 2 + 8 T U O OUT 1 1 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 OUT 14 14 OUT 3 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 OUT 16 1.6 2.6 3.6 4.6 5.6 6.6 7.6 8.6 3 16 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 OUT1 OUT26 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 OUT7 OUT32 Technical data Technical data Technical data IB IL 24 DO 8-PAC IB IL 24 DO8/HD-PAC IB IL 24 DO 16-PAC IB IL 24 DO 16-ME Inline data jumper Inline data jumper Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 60 mA max. 45 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 4 A 4-conductor 1-conductor 8 500 mA 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 90 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 8 A 3-conductor 16 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 140 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 8 A 1-conductor 32 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 130 g 60 g Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 218 g 190 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 48.8 mm / 140.5 mm / 71.5 mm 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 195 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 24 DO 8-PAC IB IL 24 DO8/HD-PAC IB IL 24 DO8/HD-XC-PAC 2861289 2700172 2701213 1 1 1 IB IL 24 DO 16-PAC IB IL 24 DO 16-ME IB IL 24 DO 16-XC-PAC 2861292 2897253 2701156 1 4 1 IB IL 24 DO 32/HD-PAC 2862822 Accessories Accessories Accessories IB IL DI/DO 8-PLSET 2860950 IB IL SCN-8 2726337 10 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 129

130

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Digital output terminals The terminals are designed for use within an Inline station. They are used to output digital signals. NPN terminal features: – NPN-wired – 2 to 32-channel – Connection of sensors in 1-, 2-, 3-, and 4-conductor technology – Maximum permissible load current per actuator: 500 mA – Short-circuit and overload protected outputs 2 A module features: – 2 to 8-channel – Connection of sensors in 2-, 3-, and 4-conductor technology – Maximum permissible load current per actuator: 2 A – Short-circuit and overload protected outputs 130 PHOENIX CONTACT 2 outputs, NPN-wired   Ex:  1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1 T U O V 4 2 + V 4 2 + 2 T U O Technical data Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 32 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 1 A 4-conductor 2 (NPN) 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 42 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Segment circuit supply US Current consumption from US Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline digital output terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - NPN-wired - Outputs 2 A - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IB IL 24 DO 2-NPN-PAC 2861496 1 Connector set Inline connector IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 Accessories

131

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 32 outputs, NPN-wired 2 outputs, 2 A 8 outputs, 2 A        Ex:     1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 OUT26 +24 V OUT32 +24 V OUT1 +24 V OUT7 +24 V +24 V 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5.4 6.4 7.4 8.4 1 T U O V 4 2 + 2 T U O 1 T U O V 4 2 + 8 T U O Technical data Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 140 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 8 A Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 35 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 4 A Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 60 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 8 A 1-conductor 32 (NPN) 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs 4-conductor 2 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs 4-conductor 8 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 195 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 61 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 130 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 24 DO 32/HD-NPN-PAC 2878340 Accessories IB IL DI/DO 8-PLSET 2860950 1 1 IB IL 24 DO 2-2A-PAC IB IL 24 DO 2-2A-XC-PAC 2861263 2702133 1 1 IB IL 24 DO 8-2A-PAC 2861603 1 Accessories Accessories IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 IB IL SCN-8-CP 2727608 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 131

132

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Digital output terminals Digital Inline output terminals are designed for the connection of digital actuators, such as electromagnetic valves, contactors or visual indicators. Inline relay terminals make it possible to switch any I/O voltage up to a maximum of 230 V AC. Differing relay contact materials ensure low contact resistance for small loads and lamp loads in the ...W versions, while the ...W/PC versions are designed for capacitive loads. The IB IL 24/48 DOR 2/W-PAC module is a relay module for small signals. 132 PHOENIX CONTACT   1/4 outputs, 12 - 253 V AC 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1 T U O N 5 Technical data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note IB IL DO 1 AC-PAC IB IL DO 4 AC-1A-PAC Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 35 mA max. 45 mA 3-conductor 1 500 mA 4 1 A Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 130 g 45 g W / H / D 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline digital output terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - 1 output - 4 outputs 1 A - 1 SPDT relay contact - 2 SPDT relay contacts - 4 SPDT relay contacts - 4 SPDT relay contacts, 10 A, high inrush current - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C Inline distance terminal Connector for digital Inline terminals with AC voltage IB IL DO 1 AC-PAC IB IL DO 4 AC-1A-PAC 2861920 2861658 1 1 Accessories IB IL DOR LV-SET-PAC 2861645 1

133

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 1/4 relay outputs, 5 - 253 V AC, gold contacts 1/4 relay outputs, 5 - 253 V AC 2 relay outputs, 5 - 50 V AC, 5 - 120 V DC      Ex:       1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 N/C contact Main contact N/O contact 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 N/C contact Main contact N/O contact 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 N/C contact Main contact N/O contact Technical data Technical data Technical data IB IL 24/230 DOR1/W-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR4/W-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR1/W-PC-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR4/W-PC-PAC Inline data jumper Inline data jumper Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 60 mA max. 187 mA max. 60 mA max. 187 mA 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 30 mA 1 (floating contacts) - 3 A 4 (floating contacts) 1 (floating contacts) 4 (floating contacts) - Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 138 g 46 g 2.6 A 3 A Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 138 g 61 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data - 2 (floating contacts) 2 A Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 63 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 24/230 DOR1/W-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR4/W-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR4/HC-PAC 2861881 2861878 2897716 1 1 1 IB IL 24/230 DOR1/W-PC-PAC 2862178 IB IL 24/230 DOR4/W-PC-PAC 2862181 1 1 IB IL 24/48 DOR 2/W-PAC 2863119 IB IL 24/48 DOR 2/W-XC-PAC 2701214 1 1 Accessories Accessories Accessories IB IL DOR LV-SET-PAC IB IL SCN-8-AC-REL 2861645 2740290 1 10 IB IL DOR LV-SET-PAC IB IL SCN-8-AC-REL 2861645 2740290 1 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 133

134

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Analog input terminals Inline analog input terminals are suitable for connecting standard sensors for acquiring current and voltage signals. Terminals with 2, 4 or 8 channels are available. Features: – Single-ended and differential inputs – Connection of sensors in 2- or 3-conductor technology – Measured value acquisition with 13 or 16-bit resolution – High level of measuring accuracy – Excellent interference and common mode suppression – Overload-protected current inputs – Integrated short-circuit-proof sensor supply 134 PHOENIX CONTACT       Ex:  2 inputs 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 + - - + Technical data IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC IB IL AI 2/SF-ME Inline data jumper 24 V DC max. 18 mA 7.5 V DC max. 60 mA 2-conductor 2 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 13 bits (12 bits + sign bit) < 1.5 ms (the time includes the internal firmware runtime and the time for the analog-to-digital conversion. For system considerations (e.g., for the step response determination of sensors), please take into account additional times for latching and bus transmission as well as the status of mean-value generation.) IB IL, IB ST, IB RT, standardized representation Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 69 g 52 g W / H / D 12.2 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics I/O supply voltage UANA Current consumption from UANA Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Voltage input signal Current input signal Process data Measured value resolution Process data update Data formats General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline analog input terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - Machine Edition (ME version) - 8 inputs, initiator with supply outputs IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC IB IL AI 2/SF-ME 2861302 2863944 - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IB IL AI 2/SF-XC-PAC 2701157 Shield connector IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 Accessories 1 1 1 5

135

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 4 inputs 8 inputs 8 inputs, with initiator supply         Ex:        U U 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 I 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 I Active sensors Passive sensors 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 2-wire technology 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 3-wire technology 2-wire technology 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 Technical data Technical data Technical data + - - + N I N I V 4 2 N I S I U IB IL AI 4/U-PAC IB IL AI 4/I-PAC Inline data jumper Inline data jumper Inline data jumper 24 V DC max. 40 mA 7.5 V DC max. 65 mA 24 V DC max. 35 mA 7.5 V DC max. 60 mA 2-conductor 4 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V - - 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA 24 V DC max. 35 mA 7.5 V DC max. 55 mA 2-conductor 8 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA 2-, 3-conductor 8 - 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA 12 bits (11 bits + sign bit) 13 bits (12 bits + sign bit) typ. 250 µs (all channels) 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) bus-synchronous 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) bus-synchronous IB IL, S7-compatible IB IL, IB ST, IB RT, standardized representation, PIO format IBS IL, IBS ST, IBS RT, standardized representation, PIO format Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 66 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 213 g 48.8 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 125 g 48.8 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL AI 4/U-PAC IB IL AI 4/I-PAC 2700459 2700458 1 1 IB IL AI 8/SF-PAC 2861412 IB IL AI 8/SF-XC-PAC 2701159 Accessories Accessories IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 1 5 IB IL AI 8/IS-PAC 2861661 Accessories IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 135

136

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Analog input terminals Notes: The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. The IB IL AI 4/EF (EF...Extended Functions) analog Inline terminal is suitable for connecting standard sensors for acquiring current and voltage signals. Features: – 4 differential signal inputs – Connection of sensors in 2-, 3-, and 4-conductor technology – Measured value acquisition with 16-bit resolution – Sensor supply with channel-specific integrated short-circuit and overload protection – Short update time of < 1 ms, maximum for all channels – Bus-synchronous provision of input values with very low jitter (< 10 μs) 4 inputs, with extended functions       Ex:  Slot Channel 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics I/O supply voltage UANA Current consumption from UANA Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the input Voltage input signal Current input signal Process data Measured value resolution Process data update Data formats General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Voltage sensor at channel 1 V 4 2 + + 1 U - 1 U + 1 I - 1 I V 4 2 + Current sensor at channel 4 Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC max. 20 mA 7.5 V DC max. 100 mA 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 4 Differential input, including sensor supply (24 V DC) 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) < 1 ms (bus-synchronous) IB IL, IB ST, standardized representation, S7 compatible Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 210 g 48.8 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline analog input terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IB IL AI 4/EF-PAC IB IL AI 4/EF-XC-PAC 2878447 2701215 Accessories Shield connector IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 1 5 136 PHOENIX CONTACT

137

Analog input terminal with HART functionality The Inline terminal offers the option of communicating with intelligent field devices using the standardized HART communication protocol. It enables both analog and digital communication. The analog signal transmits the process information; the digital modulated signal also permits bidirectional communication with the HART-compatible sensor. Features: – Two differential signal inputs for current sensors – Sensor connection with 2-conductor connection technology – Measured value acquisition with 16-bit resolution – Point-to-point and multi-drop connections possible – Polling and burst modes – A maximum of 5 HART devices can be connected per channel – A hand-held operator panel can be connected – FDT/DTM support I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Notes: The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. 2 HART inputs  Ex:    Active sensors Passive sensors 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 N I N I V 4 2 Technical data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics I/O supply voltage UANA Current consumption from UANA Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Current input signal Process data Measured value resolution Process data update Data formats General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Inline data jumper 24 V DC max. 150 mA 7.5 V DC max. 110 mA 2-conductor 2 4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 25 mA 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) typ. 1 ms (bus-synchronous) IB IL, standardized representation, PIO Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 134 g 48.8 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data W / H / D Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline analog input terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - HART functionality IB IL AI 2-HART-PAC 2862149 Accessories Shield connector IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 137

138

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Strain gauge measurement terminals Notes: Inline strain gauge measurement terminals enable the connection of load cells, force transducers, mass force transducers, and similar instruments, based on strain gauges. IB IL SGI 2/F-PAC features: – 2 fast inputs for strain gauge – Bus-synchronous process data update with ≥ 1 ms (depending on the local bus cycle time) – Typical deviation of the measuring range final value of ±0.1% (unipolar) or ±0.2% (bipolar) – Optional: 16-sample mean-value generation IB IL SGI 2/P/EF-PAC features: – 2 high-precision and fast inputs for the strain gauges – Typical deviation of the measuring range final value of ±0.01% – Serial interface for external weight displays – Zero point, tare, and standstill display – Optional: 4, 16, and 32-sample mean-value generation The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module.  Ex:  R R 2 fast inputs Connector 1 2 3 4 Channel 1 2 RL R R RL Ud U0 UV +UV +U0 +Ud -Ud -U0 GNDUv FE Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC typ. 32 mA (with maximum load of 58.3 Ω when UV = 5 V) 7.5 V DC max. 85 mA 6- or 4-wire, twisted pair shielded cable 2 Input channels for strain gauge Measuring range specified by selecting the characteristic and the bridge voltage 3.3 V / 5 V Voltage output 2 > 58.3 Ω (typical; permissible total resistance of the strain gauge) typ. 55 mA (with UV = 3.3 V) / typ. 85 mA (with UV = 5 V) +1 mV/V, +2 mV/V, +3 mV/V, +4 mV/V ±1 mV/V, ±2 mV/V, ±3 mV/V, ±4 mV/V 15 bits + sign bit 1 x per local bus cycle at a bus cycle time 1 ms Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 190 g 48.8 mm / 136 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics I/O supply voltage UANA Current consumption from UANA Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Bridge difference Ud Bridge voltage U0 Analog outputs Description of the outputs Number of outputs Impedance Output current Characteristics Unipolar Bipolar Measured value representation Process data update General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline analog strain gauge input terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - Fast inputs - Fast and precise inputs IB IL SGI 2/F-PAC 2878638 Accessories Shield connector IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 5 138 PHOENIX CONTACT

139

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 2 fast and precise inputs  1 2 D TR CH1 CH2 P / 2 I G S +Uv1 GNDUv TxD+ TxD- +U01 -U01 GNDTxD GNDTxD +Ud1 -Ud1 Ka1 Kb1 FE FE FE FE RL RL Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC 32 mA (in case of typical load of 350 Ohm per channel) 7.5 V DC max. 95 mA 6- or 4-wire, twisted pair shielded cable 2 Input channels for strain gauge Measuring range specified by selecting the characteristic 5 V Jumper supply 2 > 43 Ω (per channel) max. 115 mA (per channel) - ±1 mV/V, ±2 mV/V, ±3 mV/V, ±3.33 mV/V, ±4 mV/V, ±5 mV/V, ±6 mV/V, manual characteristic value specification 16 bit, 20 bit, ASCII data record can be parameterized: 200 µs, 500 µs, 1 ms, 2 ms, 5 ms, 10 ms, 12.5 ms, 20 ms, 50 ms, 100 ms Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 220 g 48.8 mm / 136 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL SGI 2/P/EF-PAC 2702373 Accessories IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 139

140

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Temperature measurement terminals These Inline terminals can be used to connect thermocouples (UTH) and resistive temperature sensors (RTD). Features of UTH inputs: – Connection of thermocouples in accordance with DIN EN 60584-1 and DIN 43710 – Absolute and differential temperature measurement – Internal and external cold junction Features of RTD inputs: – Pt, Ni, Cu, KTY sensor types in accordance with DIN and SAMA The IB IL 24 TC Inline thermistor terminal is used for the evaluation of PTC thermistors. It makes it possible to monitor the temperature of motors and can be used in conjunction with Inline motor starters. Notes: The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics I/O supply voltage UANA Current consumption from UANA Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Precision Description of the input 8 inputs, UTH and RTD 2 UTH inputs       Ex:  1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 UTH RTD 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC typ. 24 mA 7.5 V DC typ. 90 mA 2-, 3-conductor 8 typ. ± 0.3 K (Pt 100 with 3-conductor connection) Inline data jumper 24 V DC typ. 11 mA 7.5 V DC typ. 43 mA 2-conductor 2 (thermocouples or linear voltage) typ. ± 0.6 K (sensor type K) Temperature sensor inputs Inputs for thermocouples or linear voltage Linear resistance measuring range - Sensor types that can be used (RTD) Pt, Ni sensors, linear resistors Sensor types that can be used (TC) Measuring principle Measured value representation Process data update General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U, mV input Successive approximation 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 20 ms (with filter time of 20 ms or 100 ms) 100 ms (with filter time of 400 ms or 1600 ms) - - U, T, L, J, E, K, N, S, R, B, C, W, HK Successive approximation 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) max. 30 ms (for both channels) Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 188 g 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 67 g 12.2 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline analog input terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - With extended functions - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IB IL TEMP 8 UTH/RTD-PAC 2701000 Shield connector IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 Accessories 1 5 IB IL TEMP 2 UTH-PAC IB IL TEMP 2 UTH-XC-PAC 2861386 2701216 Accessories IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 1 5 140 PHOENIX CONTACT

141

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 2 RTD inputs 4 or 8 RTD inputs 1 thermistor input       Ex:          1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 J J 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 J 1 T U O ) V 4 2 + ( Technical data Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC max. 18 mA 7.5 V DC typ. 43 mA 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 2 typ. ± 0.26 K (Pt 100 with 3-conductor connection) IB IL TEMP 4/8 RTD-PAC IB IL TEMP 4/8 RTD/EF-PAC Inline data jumper Inline data jumper typ. 28 mA typ. 75 mA 2, 3-conductor 8 typ. ± 0.5 K (Pt 100 with 3-conductor connection) 24 V DC 7.5 V DC typ. 6 mA typ. 95 mA 4-conductor 8 (for resistance temperature detectors) typ. ± 0.05 K (Pt 100 with 4-conductor connection) 24 V DC 0 A DC 7.5 V DC max. 60 mA 2-conductor 1 - Input for resistive temperature sensors Input for resistive temperature sensors Input for PTC thermistor 0 Ω ... 400 Ω / 0 Ω ... 4 kΩ 0 Ω ... 400 Ω / 0 Ω ... 20 kΩ 0 Ω ... 500 Ω / 0 Ω ... 5 kΩ 2.7 kΩ ... 3.5 kΩ (shutdown range, total resistance) / 50 Ω ... 2.25 kΩ (operating range, total resistance) Pt, Ni, KTY, Cu sensors, linear resistors Pt, Ni, KTY, Cu sensors, linear resistors PTC thermistor in accordance with DIN 44081 or DIN 44082 - Successive approximation 16 bit two's complement 32 ms (both channels in 3-conductor technology) 20 ms (one channel in 2-conductor technology and one channel in 4-conductor technology) 20 ms (both channels in 2-conductor technology) Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 67 g 12.2 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Successive approximation Sigma/Delta process - 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 6 ms (up to 230 ms possible depending on operating mode) 1.8 s (up to 3.3 s possible depending on operating mode) - - - - Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 190 g 48.8 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 50 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL TEMP 2 RTD-PAC IB IL TEMP 2 RTD-XC-PAC 2861328 2701217 Accessories IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 1 5 IB IL TEMP 4/8 RTD-PAC IB IL TEMP 4/8 RTD/EF-PAC IB IL TEMP 4/8 RTD-EF-XC-PAC 2863915 2897402 2701218 Accessories IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 1 1 5 IB IL 24 TC-PAC 2861360 Accessories IB IL SCN-6 SHIELD 2726353 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 141

142

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Analog output terminals These Inline terminals are used in applications in which analog actuators are to be controlled. With these terminals, common current and voltage output ranges can be configured individually and channel-specifically. Features: – Connection of sensors in 2-conductor technology – Measured value output with 16-bit resolution – Load of up to 500 Ω – Bipolar outputs – Short-circuit-proof current outputs – Short update time of < 1 ms Notes: The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. 1 output 2 outputs       Ex:   OUT 1 U 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 B2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 I OUT 2 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1 T U O Technical data Technical data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics I/O supply voltage UANA Current consumption from UANA Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Analog outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Voltage output signal Load/output load voltage output Current output signal Load/output load current output Protective circuit Characteristics Representation of output values Process data update General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Inline data jumper 24 V DC typ. 50 mA 7.5 V DC typ. 30 mA 2-conductor 1 0 V ... 10 V > 2 kΩ 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA < 500 Ω Transient protection of outputs 16-bit straight binary < 1 ms Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 126 g 24.4 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Inline data jumper 24 V DC max. 95 mA 7.5 V DC max. 45 mA 2-conductor 2 0 V ... 10 V > 2 kΩ 0.03% 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA < 500 Ω Short-circuit protection of outputs 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) < 1 ms Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 125 g 48.8 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data Inline analog output terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - Machine Edition (ME version) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C Connector set Shield connector for analog Inline terminals Connector IB IL AO 1/SF-PAC IB IL AO 1/SF-XC-PAC 2861315 2701219 Accessories IB IL AO/CNT-PLSET 2732664 1 1 1 IB IL AO 2/SF-PAC 2863083 Accessories IB IL SCN-6 SHIELD 2726353 1 5 142 PHOENIX CONTACT

143

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 2 outputs, bipolar 2 outputs, multifunctional 4/8 outputs, bipolar       Ex:      1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1 T U O 2 T U O U 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 I 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1 T U O 8 T U O Technical data Technical data Technical data IB IL AO 2/U/BP-PAC IB IL AO 2/U/BP-ME Inline data jumper Inline data jumper Inline data jumper typ. 18 mA (no-load) max. 35 mA 24 V DC 7.5 V DC max. 40 mA 2-conductor 2 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V > 2 kΩ > 2 kΩ 0.02% - - Transient protection of outputs 24 V DC typ. 24 mA (no-load) 7.5 V DC typ. 55 mA 2-conductor 2 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V > 1 kΩ 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA 450 Ω Short-circuit and overload protection Transient protection 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) 13 bits (12 bits + sign bit) < 1 ms 12 bits (11 bits + sign bit) bus-synchronous Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 70 g 48 g 12.2 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 66 g 12.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC typ. 72 mA 7.5 V DC typ. 80 mA 2-conductor 8 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V / 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V > 2 kΩ 0.05% - - Transient protection of outputs 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) < 2 ms (depends on operating mode) Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 215 g 48.8 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL AO 2/U/BP-PAC IB IL AO 2/U/BP-ME 2861467 2863957 Accessories IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2740245 1 1 5 IB IL AO 2/UI-PAC 2700775 1 IB IL AO 4/8/U/BP-PAC IB IL AO 4/8/U/BP-XC-PAC 2878036 2701164 1 1 Accessories Accessories IB IL SCN-8 2726337 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 143

144

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Intrinsically safe I/Os for the Ex area Connect intrinsically safe signals to the modular Inline I/O system. Features: – Disconnect terminal block for installation between non-intrinsically-safe I/O terminals and an intrinsically safe power supply – Power supply to the intrinsically safe blue I/O terminals with safe electrical isolation – I/O terminals for connecting intrinsically safe sensors or actuators in zone 1 and zone 0 of the Ex area – Four configurable channels with diagnostic LEDs per I/O terminal – Partition plate for installation between intrinsically safe I/O terminals and another intrinsically safe power supply – Fieldbus-independent diagnostics using FDT/DTM technology Power terminal for intrinsically safe terminals Ex:    1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 + - U24 V DC Technical data Inline data jumper 28 V DC ±5% max. 1000 mA - 5 V DC (via voltage jumper) 1000 mA (max.) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 48.8 mm / 119.9 mm / 70.4 mm -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply for main circuit UEx Power supply at UEx Current consumption from UEx Communications power UL Power supply at UL Current consumption from UL Digital inputs Connection technology Input circuit Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection technology Description of the outputs Analog inputs Connection technology Voltage input signal Current input signal Analog outputs Connection technology Current output signal Protective circuit Temperature input Sensor types that can be used (RTD) Sensor types that can be used (TC) Linear resistance measuring range Measured value resolution Data formats Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline terminal, Ex i, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Inline isolator terminal IB IL EX PWR-ISO-PAC 2869909 IB IL EX-IS PWR IN-PAC 2869910 Accessories 1 1 144 PHOENIX CONTACT

145

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline 4 selectable digital channels, input (also NAMUR) or output 4 selectable analog channels, 4 selectable temperature inputs, input or output RTD or TC Ex:    Ex:    Ex:     1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 2 3 4 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 OUT 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1 N I V 2 , 8 + V 4 2 + T U O _ + Technical data Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper 28 V DC - max. 190 mA 5 V DC (via voltage jumper) - max. 50 mA Inline data jumper 28 V DC - max. 187 mA 5 V DC (via voltage jumper) - max. 50 mA 2-conductor Floating contacts and 2-wire NAMUR proximity sensor (EN 60947-5-6) Polarity protection, surge protection 3-conductor Digital passive output - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-, 3-conductor 0 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA 2-conductor 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Polarity protection, surge protection - - - - - - Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 48.8 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Inline data jumper 28 V DC - max. 80 mA 5 V DC (via voltage jumper) - max. 50 mA - - - - - - - - - - - 2- and 3-conductor, Pt, Ni (DIN 100, 200, 500, 1000) J, K, E, R, S, T 0 Ω ... 800 Ω / 0 Ω ... 5000 Ω 16 bits (15 bits + sign bit) IB IL, S7-compatible Polarity protection, surge protection Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 48.8 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL EX-IS DIO 4/NAM-PAC 2869911 1 IB IL EX-IS AIO 4/EF-PAC 2869912 1 IB IL EX-IS TEMP 4 RTD/TC-PAC 2869913 1 Accessories Accessories Accessories For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 145

146

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Branch terminals The IBS IL 24 RB-T-PAC and IBS IL 24 RB-LK-PAC INTERBUS branch terminals make it possible to add more system levels to an INTERBUS network. To do so, you can choose between copper cable or fiber optics as the transmission medium. You can operate up to 15 levels in total in the network. The IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline branch terminal enables the direct connection of Fieldline Modular M8 and M12 local bus devices to an Inline station. The IB IL 24 FLM MUL-TI-PAC branch terminal enables the integration of several Fieldline Modular M8 local buses in an Inline station. It is possible to skip a row within an Inline station by using the IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline branch terminal in combination with the IB IL 24 LSKIP-PAC coupler terminal. This means that you can extend the Inline station onto another DIN rail without having to use a new bus coupler. 146 PHOENIX CONTACT Remote bus branch via copper cable       Ex:  1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 INTERBUS OUT Technical data Inline data jumper Inline shield connector Inline data jumper - - - - - - 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) typ. 29 mA - Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 67 g 12.2 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Ordering data Interface Connection method Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Max. current consumption Communications power UL Power supply at UL Current consumption from UL I/O supply voltage UANA Current consumption from UANA Power supply at UANA General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline branch terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) IBS IL 24 RB-T-PAC - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IBS IL 24 RB-T-XC-PAC 2861441 2701151 Accessories Inline segment terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Shield connector for analog Inline terminals IB IL SCN-6 SHIELD 2726353 1 1 5

147

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Remote bus branch via fiber optics Fieldline Modular extension Coupler terminal    Ex:    X1 OUT X2 IN INTERBUS OUT RB-LK IB IL 24 SEG-F-D-PAC IB IL 24 FLM-PAC 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 + - 24 V DC (U )S 24 V DC (U )M + - + - 24 V DC (U ) 24 V Technical data Technical data Technical data FLM OUT FLM IN BUS IN/OUT FSMA connector Inline data jumper - - - - - - 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) typ. 42 mA max. 51 mA - FSMA connector - 89 g 24.4 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IB IL 24 FLM-PAC IB IL 24 FLM MULTI-PAC Inline shield connector - Inline data jumper Inline shield connector Inline data jumper Inline shield connector Inline data jumper - - - 24 V DC (via Inline connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) max. 1.25 A (at nominal voltage; consisting of: 0.75 A DC for the communications power and 0.5 A DC for the analog voltage supply) 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) 110 mA 50 mA - - - - 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 2 A DC (observe derating) - 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) - max. 0.5 A DC (observe derating) Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 43 g 12.2 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 207 g 48.8 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IBS IL 24 RB-LK 2878117 1 IB IL 24 FLM-PAC IB IL 24 FLM MULTI-PAC 2736903 2737009 Accessories Accessories IB IL 24 SEG/F-PAC IB IL SCN-6 SHIELD 2861373 2726353 IB IL 24 LSKIP-PAC 2897457 1 Accessories 1 1 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 147

148

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Serial communication terminals The serial Inline communication terminal can be used to connect devices with a serial interface, (e.g., bar code scanners). Features: – RS-232 or RS-485/RS-422 communication – Baud rates of up to 250 kbaud – Number of data bits, stop bits, and parity can be set – Communication via process data – Process data width can be set using DIP switches 148 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 serial RS-485/RS-422 or RS-232 interface, process data communication   Ex:  – D x R + D x R 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 R T D S T C D x T D x R RS-485 RS-232 Technical data Local bus interface Connection method Serial port Interface Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Serial input/output channel Input buffer Output buffer Transmission speed Data bits Stop bits Parity Transmission type General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Inline data jumper RS-232, RS-485, RS-422 7.5 V typ. 78 mA 4 kByte 1 kByte 110 bps ... 250000 bps (configurable) 5 ... 8 1 or 2 Even, odd or no parity Transparent mode, end-to-end mode, XON/XOFF Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 135 g 24.4 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline communication terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - 1 serial input and output channel as RS-485/RS-422 or RS-232 version IB IL RS UNI-PAC 2700893 Accessories Connector set IB IL AO/CNT-PLSET 2732664 1 1

149

INTERFACE system bus master terminal The Inline terminal can be used to connect INTERFACE modules to the Inline station and thus the higher-level bus system via the INTERFACE system bus. Features: – Easy integration of up to 8 INTERFACE EMM and EEM modules with firmware 1.03 or later – User-friendly parameterization, configuration, and diagnostics using DTMs (Device Type Managers) – Serial interface (S port) including a memory stick for saving the configuration – Acquisition and output of up to 31 measured values and 16 manipulated variables – Application: motor and energy data management I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline INTERFACE system bus master  1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 a t a D s u B D N G s u B U D N G P I I N U Local bus interface Connection method Communication interface Interface Connection method Programming interface Interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Supply of the connected INTERFACE modules 9 V supply Voltage range Type of protection Max. current carrying capacity 24 V supply (EEM, EMM) Voltage range Type of protection Max. current carrying capacity General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Width Description Inline modular communication terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Technical data Bus base module INTERFACE system bus Inline shield connector Programming interface (S port) IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 7.5 V typ. 66 mA 8.1 V ... 9.9 V Short-circuit protection, electronic 300 mA 19.2 V ... 30 V (including ripple) Short-circuit protection, electronic and thermal 4 A Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 24.4 mm Type Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. - For connecting the INTERFACE system bus IB IL IFS-MA-PAC 2692720 Connector set Programming adapter with USB interface Multi-functional memory module for the Interface system IB IL AO/CNT-PLSET IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER IFS-CONFSTICK 2732664 2811271 2986122 Assembled connecting cable, IL-IFS, 2 m in length IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81SET IL IFS 2M 1784729 Accessories 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 149

150

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline DALI master terminals In addition to DALI communication, the DALI master also provides the DALI bus supply. You do not need an external DALI power supply unit. This terminal can be extended with up to three IB IL DALI-PAC devices, each of which represents another DALI master. Features: – Up to 64 DALI devices per master terminal – Safe electrical isolation of the DALI bus – Protection of the DALI bus against accidental connection of the mains voltage (up to 250 V AC) – Indication of diagnostics, transmission, and receipt – Function blocks for PC Worx are available The DALI multimaster is used to communicate with both DALI ballasts and DALI sensors. The DALI multimaster contains the DALI bus supply. IB IL DALI/MM-PAC features: – Up to 64 DALI devices – DALI supply can be switched off – Suitable for single and multimaster operation – Protection of the DALI bus against accidental connection of the mains voltage (up to 250 V AC) 150 PHOENIX CONTACT DALI master, multi-master-capable as an option  1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 DA + 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 DA - DALI- Bus Technical data IB IL DALI/PWR-PAC IB IL DALI/MM-PAC Inline data jumper 7.5 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 38 mA max. 75 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 441 mA max. 230 mA 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² Spring-cage connection 24 - 16 194 g / 24 - 16 180 g W / H / D 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Main circuit supply UM Current consumption from UM General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Description 1-channel DALI master, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - Integrated DALI power supply unit - Extension for IB IL DALI/PWR-PAC DALI master, with integrated DALI bus supply, suitable for single and multi-master operation, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) IB IL DALI/PWR-PAC IB IL DALI-PAC 2897813 2897910 IB IL DALI/MM-PAC 2700605 1 1 1

151

CAN master terminal Notes: I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline The Inline terminal can be used to connect a lower-level CAN network. Within the Inline station, the terminal acts as a CAN master for the CAN system. Any CAN frames with 11-bit or 29-bit identifier can be transmitted via the terminal by the PLC to all types of CAN devices, regardless of the CAN protocol present there. Features: – Transparent mode – CAN 2.0A (11-bit identifier; standard frame) – CAN 2.0B (29-bit identifier; extended frame) – Transmission speed of 10 kbps to 1 Mbps – Maximum data width: 126 bytes + 2-byte command/status word – User-friendly controller-independent software tool for configuring the CAN network – Serial interface (S port) including a memory stick for saving the configuration The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. CAN master       R = 124 Local bus interface Connection method Communication interface Interface Connection method Programming interface Interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Main circuit supply UM Current consumption from UM General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions CAN CAN CAN Technical data Bus base module CAN bus Inline shield connector CAN bus Inline shield connector 7.5 V typ. 110 mA 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 12 mA Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 W / H / D 12.2 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline modular communication terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - For connecting a CAN bus system - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IB IL CAN-MA-PAC IB IL CAN-MA-XC-PAC Shield connector Multi-functional memory module for the Interface system IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN IFS-CONFSTICK Configuration cable for IB IL CAN-MA-PAC IB IL CAN-MA CONF-CAB Accessories 2700196 2701160 2740245 2986122 2700620 1 1 5 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 151

152

PROFIBUS master/slave Local bus interface Connection method Communication interface Interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL General data Connection method Weight Dimensions Technical data Bus base module PROFIBUS DP V0 master/slave 9-pos. D-SUB socket 7.5 V typ. 98 mA 9-pos. D-SUB socket W / H / D 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline PROFIBUS master, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) D-SUB connector, 9-pos. with two cable entries, termination resistor can be switched on via slide switch IB IL PB MA-PAC 2700630 Accessories SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB 2744348 1 1 I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline PROFIBUS terminal The PROFIBUS terminal enables the connection of PROFIBUS modules to a PC Worx controller via INTERBUS or PROFINET. Likewise, a PC Worx controller can be integrated into an existing PROFIBUS system. The terminal supports both the master and slave functions. Features: – PROFIBUS DP V0 master for a maximum of ten PROFIBUS slaves with up to 48 data words of input and output data – PROFIBUS DP V0 master for a maximum of three PROFIBUS slaves with up to 56 data words of input and output data – PROFIBUS DP slave with a maximum of 56 data words – User-friendly parameterization via PC Worx – Local plug-in memory for backing up the configuration 152 PHOENIX CONTACT

153

Counter terminal Notes: I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline The Inline counter terminal detects and processes fast pulse sequences from sensors. Possible operating modes: – Event counting – Frequency measurement (time- or state-controlled) – Time measurement (period or pulse length) – Pulse generator Features: – 1 counter – 24 V sensor supply including monitoring – Processing of 5 V or 24 V signals – Input frequency of up to 100 kHz – Gate input – 24-bit counter value for event counting and frequency measurement – Frequency measurement resolution of up to 0.1 Hz – 16-bit counter value for time measurement – Time measurement resolutions: 2 μs, 1 ms, and 10 ms – 24 V onboard output switches when relation condition is met – Start and final value can be modified during counting The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. 1 counter input       1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 1 N I V 4 2 + 2 N I V 4 2 + 1 T U O Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 1 A 7.5 V DC typ. 40 mA Event counting, frequency/time measurement max. 100 kHz 24 V DC (nominal voltage) / 30 V DC (maximum) typ. 5 mA 2-, 3-conductor 24 V DC (nominal voltage) / 30 V DC (maximum) typ. 5 mA 1 2-conductor 24 V DC (nominal voltage) max. 0.5 A (nominal current) Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 130 g 24.4 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Segment circuit supply US Current consumption from US Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Counter input Operating modes Input frequency Input voltage Input current Control input Connection technology Input voltage Input current Digital outputs Number of outputs Connection technology Output voltage Output current General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline counter terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - For extended temperature range of -40°C ... +70°C IB IL CNT-PAC IB IL CNT-XC-PAC 2861852 2702134 Accessories Connector set IB IL AO/CNT-PLSET 2732664 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 153

154

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Pulse width terminal Notes: The Inline PWM terminal outputs signals; depending on the operating mode, either the pulse length, period length or frequency can be set. Features: – 2 independent channels – Output of 5 V or 24 V signals – Maximum frequency of 50 kHz – Pulse width modulation: Period length can be set in increments from 100 μs to 10 s, duty factor in 0.39% increments – Frequency output: can be set between 0 Hz and 50 kHz – Single pulse output: pulse length can be set between 10 μs and 25.5 s – Pulse/direction signal output without integrated ramp function to control step motor power sections The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. Pulse width modulation, frequency generator or pulse/direction signal output      1.1 2.1 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 1.4 2.4 2 T U O V 4 2 1 T U O V 5 Technical data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Segment circuit supply US Current consumption from US Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Digital outputs Number of outputs Connection technology Output voltage General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 1 A 7.5 V max. 130 mA 2 2-conductor (shielded) 24 V Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 130 g 24.4 mm / 136.8 mm / 71.5 mm W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline function terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Connector Shield connector IB IL PWM/2-PAC 2861632 Accessories IB IL SCN-8 IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN 2726337 2740245 1 10 5 154 PHOENIX CONTACT

155

Power measurement terminal This module is designed for use within an Inline station. The power measurement terminal enables you to analyze AC networks and is used in applications where conventional analog meters in distribution systems no longer meet growing requirements. This is particularly true in cases where it is important to analyze distortions and harmonics as well as measuring current, voltage, and power. Features: – 3 phases plus neutral conductor, connectable – Direct current detection, 1 A or 5 A – Line-to-line voltage up to 690 V AC (L-L) – Specification in accordance with EN 61010-1:2001: - Measurement category 3 (300 V AC (L-N)) - Measurement category 2 (400 V AC (L-N)) – Network variables: - Phase currents and neutral conductor current - Phase and phase conductor voltages - Real, reactive, and apparent power - Power factors of phases - Power flow directions - Frequency – Operating modes: - Basic measured values - Scanning measured values (64 scans/full wave) – Synchronization – Triggers for measurement intervals can be freely defined – Harmonic analysis up to 31st harmonic – Determination of maximum value – Operating hours counter – Power meter – Bimetal filtering Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Current measuring input Nominal current IN Overload Precision Scanning rate Voltage measuring input Nominal voltage UN Nominal voltage range Overload Precision Scanning rate General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Width Ambient temperature (operation) I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline L1 L2 L3 N Analysis of AC networks  Technical data Inline local bus Inline data jumper 7.5 V typ. 130 mA 5 A AC (1 A AC, depending on parameterization) 1.4 times continuous; 150 A for 10 ms 0.25% (of the nominal value) 22.4 k samples/50 Hz 400 V AC (nominal phase voltage) 0 V AC ... 690 V AC (conductor-conductor, chained) 1.2 times the nominal value 0.25% (of the nominal value) 22.4 k samples/50 Hz Spring-cage connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 200 g 48.8 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline power measurement terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Marking field, width: 12.2 mm Marking field, width: 48.8 mm IB IL PM 3P/N/EF-PAC 2700965 Accessories IB IL FIELD 2 IB IL FIELD 8 2727501 2727515 1 10 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 155

156

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Position measurement terminals Notes: The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. Input for incremental encoder with square-wave signal (symmetrical or asymmetrical)   Ex:  A /A B /B Z /Z 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 2 2 2 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 1.3 2.3 3.3 4.3 1.4 2.4 3.4 4.4 5V/24V GND 3.5 4.5 3.6 4.6 Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 1 A 7.5 V DC max. 70 mA 5 V DC / 24 V DC max. 250 mA Main circuit UM Main circuit UM 1 Symmetrical (RS-422) or asymmetrical (3.5 V to -27 V) 0 Hz ... 300 kHz - - - - - - 3 -30 V DC ... 5 V DC 15 V DC ... 30 V DC Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 143 g 24.4 mm / 140.5 mm / 71.5 mm W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Main circuit supply UM Current consumption from UM Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Encoder supply voltage Encoder supply current Drawing encoder supply voltage Drawing initiator supply Incremental encoder input Number of inputs Description of the input Input frequency (24 V) Absolute position encoder input Number of inputs Transmission frequency Adjustable resolution Input for magnetostrictive encoders Length measuring range Resolution (measuring length) Ultrasonic speed (gradient) Digital inputs Number of inputs Input voltage range “0” signal Input voltage range “1” signal General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Inline position measurement terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Connector Shield connector for analog Inline terminals IB IL SCN-12-ICP IB IL SCN-6 SHIELD 2727611 2726353 IB IL INC-IN-PAC 2861755 Accessories 1 10 5 The Inline position detection terminals allow you to record positions via incremental encoders, absolute encoders with SSI interface or magnetostrictive encoders with start/stop interface. IB IL INC-IN-PAC features: – Symmetrical and asymmetrical incremental encoders with or without Z trace can be connected – Shield connection – Maximum input frequency of 300 kHz – Single, double or quadruple evaluation – 25-bit actual position value – 5 V and 24 V encoder supply including monitoring – 3 digital inputs to connect two limit switches and one home position switch – 5 homing functions – Direction of rotation indicator via LED – Open circuit detection IB IL SSI-IN-PAC features: – 1 single or multi-turn encoder with up to 25-bit resolution can be connected – Transmission frequency of up to 1 MHz – 5 V encoder supply including monitoring – Gray or binary code – Parity monitoring – Reversal of direction of rotation – Shield connection IB IL IMPULSE-IN-PAC features: – 1 magnetostrictive encoder can be connected – Evaluation of the position of a magnet – Length measuring range of up to 3.85 m – Position resolution of 5 μm – Ultrasonic encoder speed of 2500 m/s to 2999.99 m/s – 24 V encoder supply including monitoring – Shield connection 156 PHOENIX CONTACT

157

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Input for absolute rotation or Input for magnetostrictive encoder travel measuring systems with SSI interface with start/stop interface  Ex:  1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 V 5 k c o C l a t a D V 0 a t a D / k c o C l / Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 66 mA 7.5 V DC max. 28 mA 5 V DC max. 250 mA Main circuit UM - - - - 1 100 kHz / 200 kHz / 400 kHz / 800 kHz / 1 MHz 25 bit (maximum) - - - - - -  - 1.1 2.1 1.2 2.2 1.3 2.3 1.4 2.4 V 4 2 I T N I P O T S - T R A T S V 0 I T N I / P O T S - T R A T S / Technical data 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 250 mA (short-circuit and overload protection) 7.5 V max. 70 mA - - - - - - - - - - 0 mm ... 3850 mm 5 µm 2500 m/s ... 2999.99 m/s - - - Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 71 g 12.2 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 - 12.2 mm / 135 mm / 71.5 mm Ordering data Ordering data IB IL SSI-IN-PAC 2819574 Accessories IB IL SCN-6 SHIELD 2726353 1 5 IB IL IMPULSE-IN-PAC 2861768 Accessories IB IL SCN-6 SHIELD 2726353 1 5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 157

158

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Positioning control terminals Notes: The Inline positioning control system is suitable for point-to-point positioning of binary-controlled drives, e.g., pole-changing AC motors, in accordance with the rapid motion/creeping motion principle and supports the positioning of rotary and linear axes. It can be used to perform simple positioning tasks, such as positioning: – Transportation equipment – Format adjustments (adjustable axes) – Tools It is not necessary to set control parameters here. After specifying a target position, the terminal automatically, and therefore independently of the bus, assumes control of the drive by specifying both the traversing rate (rapid motion/creeping motion) and the traversing direction via four binary outputs and signaling when the target point has been reached. Features: – Position detection using absolute encoders with SSI interface – 5 V and 24 V encoder supply including monitoring – 24 V sensor supply including monitoring – 3 digital inputs – 4 digital outputs – Software limit switch – Integrated monitoring functions – Gear ratio can be parameterized – Backlash and friction compensation – Startup using hand-held operator panel mode The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. SSI interface for absolute encoders   2 2 M Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 1 A 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 2 A 7.5 V DC max. 60 mA 5 V DC / 24 V DC 500 mA Main circuit UM Main circuit UM 1 400 kHz 26 bit (maximum) 3 -30 V DC ... 5 V DC 13 V DC ... 30 V DC 4 24 V DC 2 A Spring-cage connection 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.08 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 210 g 48.8 mm / 140.5 mm / 71.5 mm W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Power supply for module electronics Main circuit supply UM Current consumption from UM Segment circuit supply US Current consumption from US Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Encoder supply voltage Encoder supply current Drawing encoder supply voltage Drawing initiator supply Absolute position encoder input Number of inputs Transmission frequency Adjustable resolution Digital inputs Number of inputs Input voltage range “0” signal Input voltage range “1” signal Digital outputs Number of outputs Output voltage Output current General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Inline positioning terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) - Absolute encoder input IB IL SSI-PAC 2861865 Accessories Connector Shield connector for analog Inline terminals IB IL SCN-12-ICP IB IL SCN-6 SHIELD 2727611 2726353 1 10 5 158 PHOENIX CONTACT

159

Servo controller for EC motors The IB IL EC AR 48/10A Inline servo controller is a universal power output module with a 4 quadrant function for permanently excited DC motors with brushgears or electronically commutated DC motors (EC motors) with up to 450 W power output. Features: – Variable frequency drive with positioning function – Electronic commutation with Hall sensors – Point-to-point positioning function – Speed profile: trapezoid or S curve – Position, speed, and torque control – Position detection with incremental encoder – Homing – Max. 48 V/10 A – Overall width of 97.6 mm – Software tool for operation and startup including oscilloscope function – Cycle time of the position controller: 1 ms – For single- and multi-axis applications Applications: – Handling machines in the semiconductor industry, in small parts protection, in the electronics industry, and in test engineering – Assembly machines in small appliance production – Bearing and conveying technology for small loads – Format adjustment in processing machines and packaging machines – Laboratory technology Notes: The driver function blocks can be obtained free of charge on the Internet at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page of the corresponding module. 166 5 8 Interface Inline local bus Startup and diagnostics Power supply for module electronics Main circuit supply UM Current consumption from UM Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Power supply Connection method Supply voltage range Motor output Output name Connection method Nominal current range Nominal motor power Function Incremental encoder input Description of the input Input frequency (5 V) Description of the input Input frequency (5 V) Input frequency (24 V) Digital inputs Number of inputs Connection method Connection technology General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG front MSTB I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Servo controller for 24 V motors with positioning and homing function IN 1IN 1 IN 2IN 2 REF IB TR US ERR INC 1 INC 1 INC 2 / HALL INC 2 / HALL + - M1 M2 M3 FE US MOTMOT 1 N I V 4 2 + 2 N I V 4 2 + F E R V 4 2 + INC 1 HALL S U + M 3 Technical data Inline data jumper RS-232 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 150 mA 7.5 V DC typ. 30 mA 2-pos. COMBICON connector 12 V DC ... 48 V DC ±15% (surge voltage shutdown US > 60 V DC) 1 permanently excited DC motor with or without brushgear 4-pos. COMBICON connector with shield clip max. 10 A (starting/continuous current) 450 W (power consumption) 4 quadrant servo controller Symmetrical incremental encoders max. 1 MHz Asymmetrical incremental encoders max. 500 kHz (at 4 V voltage level) max. 100 kHz (at 20 V voltage level) 3 MINI COMBICON 3-conductor (signal, Us, GND) Screw connection 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG front MC 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Weight Width EMC note Description 880 g 97.6 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline variable frequency drive, including connector - For DC motors with brushgear and EC motors (without brushgear) IB IL EC AR 48/10A-PAC 2819587 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 159

160

224 I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Power-level terminals The single-channel power-level terminals for direct and reversing starters and the electromechanical version with electronic motor protection enable a three-phase asynchronous motor to be switched, protected, and monitored via a bus system. The power-level terminals are designed for use within the 24 V area of an Inline station. 9 0 1 Features: – Integrated electronic motor protection in accordance with IEC 60947-4 – Connection option for an external passive brake module – Manual local operation – Safe isolation between mains voltage and 24 V supply voltage in accordance with EN 50178 – Diagnostic and status indicators – Motor current monitoring – Motor control via OUT process data Interface Inline local bus Power supply for module electronics Segment circuit supply US Current consumption from US Communications power UL Current consumption from UL Motor starter, output Connection method Output voltage range Nominal current range Power factor Switching rate Motor monitoring Tripping class Overspeed tripping Output Maximum switching voltage Max. switching current Switch-off delay Switch-on delay General data Width EMC note Electronic direct or reversing load starter, up to 1.5 kW / 400 V AC  D E 1 M L1 L2 L3 N PE L1 L2 L3 N PE T1 T2 T3 PE Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 50 mA 7.5 V max. 45 mA COMBICON 200 V AC ... 400 V AC 0.2 A ... 3.6 A 0.3 Max. 30 per minute (observe derating) Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947-4: 1990 20 A (after 0.3 seconds) - - - - 63 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline power-level terminals, incl. motor circuit connector - Electronic direct starter - Electronic reversing load starter - Electromechanical direct starter Inline brake module, for brake control in conjunction with Inline power-level terminals - For 440 V AC/DC brakes IB IL 400 ELR 1-3A IB IL 400 ELR R-3A 2727352 2727378 Inline thermistor terminal, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Power connector for Inline power-level terminals IB IL 24 TC-PAC IB IL 400 CN-PWR-IN Power bridge for Inline power-level terminals IB IL 400 CN-BRG 2861360 2836078 2836081 Accessories 1 1 1 1 1 Motor-circuit connector for Inline power-level terminals GMVSTBW 2,5 HV/ 4-ST-7,62 NZIL 1893957 10 160 PHOENIX CONTACT

161

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Electromechanical direct starter, up to 3.7 kW / 400 V AC Extension module, for brake control of power-level terminals    D E 1 M L1 L2 L3 N PE L1 L2 L3 N PE 13 14 Brake rectifier + - M 3 T1 T2 T3 PE IB IL 400 BR Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper 24 V DC (via voltage jumper) max. 160 mA 7.5 V max. 50 mA COMBICON 200 V AC ... 600 V AC 0.2 A ... 8 A 0.3 max. 5 cycles per minute Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947-4: 1990 40 A (after 0.3 seconds) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 440 V AC/DC 300 mA AC/DC < 1 ms < 4 ms 63 mm Class A product, see page 527 55 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 400 MLR 1-8A 2727365 Accessories IB IL 24 TC-PAC IB IL 400 CN-PWR-IN IB IL 400 CN-BRG 2861360 2836078 2836081 1 1 1 1 GMVSTBW 2,5 HV/ 4-ST-7,62 NZIL 1893957 10 IB IL 400 BR 2727394 1 Accessories For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 161

162

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – IO-Link master IO-Link master – Stand-alone The IOL MA8 PN DI8 and IOL MA8 EIP DI8 IO-Link masters enable the connection of up to eight IO-Link devices in the control cabinet. Eight additional digital inputs for connecting standard sensors extend the possible applications of the devices. Parameterization and diagnostics of the connected IO-Link devices can be easily performed using the integrated web server. The IO-Link description files (IODD) of the IO-Link devices can be read in via the graphical user interface with cross-manufacturer compatibility. All terminal points of the device feature Push-in connection technology. This ensures quick and easy installation of the device. For future-proof communication, the IO-Link masters support the PROFINET, EtherNet/IP™, and Modbus/TCP network protocols. The IO-Link masters support the connection of IO-Link devices in accordance with IO-Link specification V1.1. Find out more with the web code Detailed information regarding our IO-Link products can be found on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  Your web code: #2074 Convenient configuration and diagnostics of the connected IO-Link devices Future-proof communication Fast installation, thanks to Push-in connection technology 162 PHOENIX CONTACT

163

IO-Link master The stand-alone IO-Link master is used to connect IO-Link devices. In addition, up to eight standard sensors can be connected to the IO-Link master via digital inputs. Features: – Convenient web server for the parameterization and diagnostics of IO-Link devices – Quick installation, thanks to Push-in connection technology – Future-proof communication, thanks to PROFINET, EtherNet/IP™, and Modbus/TCP – Compatible with IO-Link specification V1.1  I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – IO-Link master new new 8 IO-Link ports, 8 digital inputs 8 IO-Link ports, 8 digital inputs  Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Current consumption Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs IO-Link ports Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per IO-Link port Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions EMC note Technical data Technical data PROFINET RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) EtherNet/IP™ RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 3.7 A 3-conductor 8 3-conductor 8 24 V DC max. 200 mA (at C/Q) max. 200 mA (at L+/L-) Overload protection yes 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 3.7 A 3-conductor 8 3-conductor 8 24 V DC max. 200 mA (at C/Q) max. 200 mA (at L+/L-) Overload protection yes Push-in technology 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 225 g 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D Push-in technology 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 225 g 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Stand-alone IO-Link master - For PROFINET - For EtherNet/IP™ IOL MA8 PN DI8 1072838 1 IOL MA8 EIP DI8 1072839 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 163

164

I/O systems For the control cabinet (IP20) – Inline Block IO Inline Block IO Distributed I/O system with a block design Ordering data The space-saving extension to the modular Inline I/O system: compact and flat Inline Block IO modules. Pre-assembled devices with a block design can be used to integrate a fixed number of I/Os into your network or bus system. Significant benefits can be achieved in terms of handling and costs for low numbers of I/Os in particular, as I/O modules and bus couplers are combined in a single device. Your advantages: – Particularly space saving: just 55 mm tall and 95 or 156 mm wide – Manage low numbers of I/Os cost-effectively – Time savings as no configuration is required and installation is easy – Separate module, sensor, and actuator supply increases system availability Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Inline Block IO digital I/O module for Modbus/TCP - 16 fixed inputs, 16 freely selectable inputs/outputs ILB ETH 24 DI16 DIO16-2TX 2832962 Inline Block IO digital I/O module for PROFINET - 16 fixed inputs, 16 freely selectable inputs/outputs ILB PN 24 DI16 DIO16-EF 2702289 Inline Block IO analog and digital I/O modules for INTERBUS - 32 inputs - 16 outputs - 32 outputs - 16 inputs, 16 outputs - 16 inputs, 16 outputs, D-SUB bus connection Inline Block IO analog and digital I/O modules for PROFIBUS - 8 inputs, 8 inputs or outputs - 16 inputs, 16 outputs - 32 inputs ILB IB 24 DI32 ILB IB 24 DO16 ILB IB 24 DO32 ILB IB 24 DI16 DO16 ILB IB 24 DI16 DO16-DSUB ILB PB 24 DI 8 DIO8 ILB PB 24 DI16 DO16 ILB PB 24 DI32 2862343 2862356 2862369 2862385 2878625 2863562 2862411 2862398 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 164 PHOENIX CONTACT

165

INTERBUS ST For the control cabinet (IP20) – INTERBUS Smart Terminals I/O systems Distributed I/O system with a modular design Ordering data INTERBUS ST (Smart Terminal) modules are used for medium to high numbers of I/Os – they connect sensors and actuators to INTERBUS, either distributed in the terminal box or centrally in the control cabinet. Your advantages: – Different connection methods increase flexibility when selecting the transmission medium – Replaceable module electronics ensure reliable operation – Adaptation to your individual needs, thanks to the modular design and connecting the modules as desired Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. INTERBUS ST BK modules - D-SUB connector, 9-pos. - MINI COMBICON connector, 8-pos. - Fiber optic F-SMA connector, optical path diagnostics IBS ST 24 BK-T IBS ST 24 BKM-T IBS ST 24 BKM-LK-OPC - Additional remote bus branch, D-SUB connector IBS ST 24 BK RB-T - Additional local bus branch - D-SUB connector, 9-pos., 8 digital input and outputs each IBS ST 24 BK LB-T IBS ST 24 BK DIO 8/8/3-T INTERBUS ST digital modules - 16 inputs - 32 inputs - 32 outputs - 16 relay N/O contact outputs - 8 inputs, 8 outputs, 2 A INTERBUS ST analog modules - 4 inputs, 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 10 V, ±10 V - 8 inputs, 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 10 V, etc. - 4 inputs, RTD, Pt 100, Pt 1000, etc. - 4 outputs, 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 10 V IB ST 24 DI 16/4 IB ST 24 DI32/2 IB ST 24 DO32/2 IB ST 24 DO16R/S IB ST 24 DIO 8/8/3-2A IB ST 24 AI 4/EF IB ST 24 BAI 8/EF IB ST 24 TEMP 4 RTD IB ST 24 AO 4/EF 2754341 2750154 2728665 2753504 2753232 2752411 2754338 2754927 2754325 2721112 2753708 2700838 2700842 2700843 2700839 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 165

166

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E Product overview Axioline E I/O modules, M12 Robust metal housing Digital input Digital input/output 16 channels 16 freely configurable channels 8 / 8 channels 8 / 4 channels Digital input 8 IO-Link ports 4 channels Page 168 Page 170 Page 172 Page 174 Page 176 Page 178 Page 169 Page 171 Page 173 Page 175 Page 177 Page 179 Axioline E I/O modules, M12 Plastic housing Digital input Digital input/output 16 channels 16 freely configurable channels 8 / 8 channels 8 / 4 channels Digital input 8 IO-Link ports 4 channels Page 168 Page 170 Page 172 Page 174 Page 176 Page 178 Page 169 Page 171 Page 173 Page 175 Page 177 Page 179 IO-Link master for the control cabinet (IP20) Axioline F Stand-alone 8 IO-Link A ports Page 89 8 IO-Link A ports Page 162 Modbus/TCP (UDP) Modbus/TCP (UDP) 166 PHOENIX CONTACT

167

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E I/O systems Axioline E IO-Link devices, M12 I/O boxes IO-Link/analog converters Digital input Digital output Temperature measurement 1 IO-Link A port 1 IO-Link B port 8 / 16 channels 8 channels 1 IO-Link A port 4 channels TC, type K Page 180 Page 180 Page 181 IO-Link/analog converters in straight or angled format Analog input Analog output Temperature measurement 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel 1 channel Current input Voltage input Current output Voltage output 1 channel RTD Page 182 Page 183 General accessories UCT-EM (7X10) SACB-4/T-L-8FUSE DIAG CT AXL SACC-M12... SAC-4P... PROT-M12 SH Snap-in markers, unmarked M12 distributor for power connectors M12 POWER connectors M12 SPEEDCON power cable M12 locking screws phoenixcontact.net/products Page 184 Page 185 phoenixcontact.net/products General technical data Ambient conditions Temperature range (operation) Permissible humidity (storage/transport) Vibration Shock Continuous shock Degree of protection Electromagnetic compatibility Noise emission -25°C ... +60°C 95% 5g in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 / IEC 60068-2-6 30g in accordance with EN 60068-2-27 / IEC 60068-2-27 10g in accordance with EN 60068-2-27 / IEC 60068-2-27 IP65/IP67 in accordance with IEC 60529 Class A in accordance with EN 61000-6-4 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 167

168

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E EtherCAT Digital I/O devices – Stand-Alone The I/O devices with a block design are used to acquire and output various signals. Features: – Robust metal or plastic housing – Seamless connection via M12 connectors – SPEEDCON fast locking system – Maximum current carrying capacity of the supply: 12 A – Diagnostic and status indicators – Short-circuit and overload protection Additional features IO-Link master: – In accordance with specification 1.1 – 4 digital inputs, 4 IO-Link ports Class A, 4 IO-Link ports Class B on one device  EtherCAT Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 16 digital inputs 16 freely configurable inputs or outputs  EtherCAT Ex:  IN/OUT 6 +24 V IN 12 IN/OUT 5 IN 11 +24 V IN/OUT 12 IN/OUT 11 +24 V Technical data Technical data AXL E EC DI16 M12 6M AXL E EC DI16 M12 6P AXL E EC DIO16 M12 6M AXL E EC DIO16 M12 6P EtherCAT® M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) EtherCAT® M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply - - - - - - - - - - - M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 16 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - W / H / D 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g IP65/IP67 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E EC DI16 M12 6M AXL E EC DI16 M12 6P 2701526 2701521 1 1 AXL E EC DIO16 M12 6M AXL E EC DIO16 M12 6P 2701528 2701522 1 1 Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Input filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per IO-Link port Protective circuit General data Weight Dimensions Degree of protection Description Axioline E I/O device - Robust metal housing - Plastic housing 168 PHOENIX CONTACT

169

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E I/O systems 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 8 IO-Link ports, 4 digital inputs  EtherCAT Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5  EtherCAT Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 OUT 4 OUT 3  EtherCAT Ex:  DI L+ C/Q L- 32 X03 33 X04 OUT 2 UA X05 UA X06 +24 V L- C/Q L+ Technical data Technical data Technical data AXL E EC DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E EC DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E EC DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E EC DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E EC IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E EC IOL8 DI4 M12 6P EtherCAT® M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) EtherCAT® M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) EtherCAT® M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.5 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, X01 ... X04 have double occupancy 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 3-conductor 4 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 8 500 mA M12 connector, (A-coded) 3-conductor 4 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M12 fast connection technology 3-conductor 4 ( Class A ) / 4 ( Class B ) 24 V DC max. 150 mA (at C/Q (pin 4), maximum of 1.6 A over all 8 IO-Link C/Q and L+ cables) max. 200 mA (at L+/L- (pin 1 and pin 3), during startup, up to 1.6 A for short periods) max. 2 A (at UA (IO-Link B ports, pin 2 and pin 5)) Overload protection yes 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm IP65/IP67 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E EC DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E EC DI8 DO8 M12 6P 2701525 2701520 1 1 AXL E EC DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E EC DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P 2701529 2701523 1 1 AXL E EC IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E EC IOL8 DI4 M12 6P 2701531 2701524 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 169

170

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E EtherNet/IP Digital I/O devices – Stand-Alone The I/O devices with a block design are used to acquire and output various signals. Features: – Robust metal or plastic housing – Seamless connection via M12 connectors – SPEEDCON fast locking system – Maximum current carrying capacity of the supply: 12 A – Diagnostic and status indicators – Short-circuit and overload protection Additional features IO-Link master: – In accordance with specification 1.1 – 4 digital inputs, 4 IO-Link ports Class A, 4 IO-Link ports Class B on one device  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 16 digital inputs 16 freely configurable inputs or outputs  Ex:  IN/OUT 6 +24 V IN 12 IN/OUT 5 IN 11 +24 V IN/OUT 12 IN/OUT 11 +24 V Technical data Technical data AXL E EIP DI16 M12 6M AXL E EIP DI16 M12 6P AXL E EIP DIO16 M12 6M AXL E EIP DIO16 M12 6P EtherNet/IP™ M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) EtherNet/IP™ M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply - - - - - - - - - - - M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 16 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - W / H / D 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E EIP DI16 M12 6M AXL E EIP DI16 M12 6P 2701488 2701493 1 1 AXL E EIP DIO16 M12 6M AXL E EIP DIO16 M12 6P 2701489 2701494 1 1 Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Input filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per IO-Link port Protective circuit General data Weight Dimensions Degree of protection EMC note Description Axioline E I/O device - Robust metal housing - Plastic housing 170 PHOENIX CONTACT

171

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E I/O systems 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 8 IO-Link ports, 4 digital inputs  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 OUT 4 OUT 3  Ex:  DI L+ C/Q L- 32 X03 33 X04 OUT 2 UA X05 UA X06 +24 V L- C/Q L+ Technical data Technical data Technical data AXL E EIP DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E EIP DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E EIP DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E EIP DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E EIP IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E EIP IOL8 DI4 M12 6P EtherNet/IP™ M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) EtherNet/IP™ M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) EtherNet/IP™ M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.5 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, X01 ... X04 have double occupancy 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 3-conductor 4 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 8 500 mA M12 connector, (A-coded) 3-conductor 4 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M12 fast connection technology 3-conductor 4 ( Class A ) / 4 ( Class B ) 24 V DC max. 150 mA (at C/Q (pin 4), maximum of 1.6 A over all 8 IO-Link C/Q and L+ cables) max. 200 mA (at L+/L- (pin 1 and pin 3), during startup, up to 1.6 A for short periods) max. 2 A (at UA (IO-Link B ports, pin 2 and pin 5)) Overload protection Electronic Overload protection yes 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E EIP DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E EIP DI8 DO8 M12 6P 2701487 2701492 1 1 AXL E EIP DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E EIP DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P 2701490 2701495 1 1 AXL E EIP IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E EIP IOL8 DI4 M12 6P 2701491 2701496 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 171

172

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E Modbus/TCP Digital I/O devices – Stand-Alone The I/O devices with a block design are used to acquire and output various signals. Features: – Robust metal or plastic housing – Seamless connection via M12 connectors – SPEEDCON fast locking system – Maximum current carrying capacity of the supply: 12 A – Diagnostic and status indicators – Short-circuit and overload protection Additional features IO-Link master: – In accordance with specification 1.1 – 4 digital inputs, 4 IO-Link ports Class A, 4 IO-Link ports Class B on one device Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Input filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per IO-Link port Protective circuit General data Weight Dimensions Degree of protection EMC note Description Axioline E I/O device - Robust metal housing - Plastic housing 172 PHOENIX CONTACT Modbus/TCP (UDP) Modbus/TCP (UDP) 16 digital inputs 16 freely configurable inputs or outputs  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5  Ex:  IN/OUT 6 +24 V IN 12 IN/OUT 5 IN 11 +24 V IN/OUT 12 IN/OUT 11 +24 V Technical data Technical data AXL E ETH DI16 M12 6M AXL E ETH DI16 M12 6P AXL E ETH DIO16 M12 6M AXL E ETH DIO16 M12 6P Ethernet M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) Ethernet M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply - - - - - - - - - - - M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 16 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - W / H / D 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E ETH DI16 M12 6M AXL E ETH DI16 M12 6P 2701538 2701533 1 1 AXL E ETH DIO16 M12 6M AXL E ETH DIO16 M12 6P 2701539 2701534 1 1

173

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E I/O systems Modbus/TCP (UDP) Modbus/TCP (UDP) Modbus/TCP (UDP) 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 8 IO-Link ports, 4 digital inputs  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 OUT 4 OUT 3  Ex:  DI L+ C/Q L- 32 X03 33 X04 OUT 2 UA X05 UA X06 +24 V L- C/Q L+ Technical data Technical data Technical data AXL E ETH DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E ETH DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E ETH DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E ETH DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E ETH IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E ETH IOL8 DI4 M12 6P Ethernet M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) Ethernet M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) Ethernet M12 fast connection technology 10/100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.5 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, X01 ... X04 have double occupancy 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 3-conductor 4 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 8 500 mA M12 connector, (A-coded) 3-conductor 4 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M12 fast connection technology 3-conductor 4 ( Class A ) / 4 ( Class B ) 24 V DC max. 150 mA (at C/Q (pin 4), maximum of 1.6 A over all 8 IO-Link C/Q and L+ cables) max. 200 mA (at L+/L- (pin 1 and pin 3), during startup, up to 1.6 A for short periods) max. 2 A (at UA (IO-Link B ports, pin 2 and pin 5)) Overload protection yes 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E ETH DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E ETH DI8 DO8 M12 6P 2701537 2701532 1 1 AXL E ETH DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E ETH DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P 2701540 2701535 1 1 AXL E ETH IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E ETH IOL8 DI4 M12 6P 2701541 2701536 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 173

174

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E PROFINET Digital I/O devices – Stand-Alone The I/O devices with a block design are used to acquire and output various signals. Features: – Robust metal or plastic housing – Seamless connection via M12 connectors – SPEEDCON fast locking system – Maximum current carrying capacity of the supply: 12 A – Diagnostic and status indicators – Short-circuit and overload protection Additional features IO-Link master: – In accordance with specification 1.1 – 4 digital inputs, 4 IO-Link ports Class A, 4 IO-Link ports Class B on one device  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 16 digital inputs 16 freely configurable inputs or outputs   Ex:  IN/OUT 6 +24 V IN 12 IN/OUT 5 IN 11 +24 V IN/OUT 12 IN/OUT 11 +24 V Technical data Technical data AXL E PN DI16 M12 6M AXL E PN DI16 M12 6P AXL E PN DIO16 M12 6M AXL E PN DIO16 M12 6P PROFINET M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) PROFINET M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply - - - - - - - - - - - M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 16 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - W / H / D 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E PN DI16 M12 6M AXL E PN DI16 M12 6P 2701516 2701510 1 1 AXL E PN DIO16 M12 6M AXL E PN DIO16 M12 6P 2701517 2701511 1 1 Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Input filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per IO-Link port Protective circuit General data Weight Dimensions Degree of protection EMC note Description Axioline E I/O device - Robust metal housing - Plastic housing 174 PHOENIX CONTACT

175

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E I/O systems 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 8 IO-Link ports, 4 digital inputs  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 OUT 4 OUT 3  Ex:  DI L+ C/Q L- 32 X03 33 X04 OUT 2 UA X05 UA X06 +24 V L- C/Q L+ Technical data Technical data Technical data AXL E PN DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E PN DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E PN DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E PN DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E PN IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E PN IOL8 DI4 M12 6P PROFINET M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) PROFINET M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) PROFINET M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.5 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, X01 ... X04 have double occupancy 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 3-conductor 4 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 8 500 mA M12 connector, (A-coded) 3-conductor 4 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M12 fast connection technology 3-conductor 4 ( Class A ) / 4 ( Class B ) 24 V DC max. 150 mA (at C/Q (pin 4), maximum of 1.6 A over all 8 IO-Link C/Q and L+ cables) max. 200 mA (at L+/L- (pin 1 and pin 3), during startup, up to 1.6 A for short periods) max. 2 A (at UA (IO-Link B ports, pin 2 and pin 5)) Overload protection yes 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E PN DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E PN DI8 DO8 M12 6P 2701515 2701509 1 1 AXL E PN DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E PN DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P 2701518 2701512 1 1 AXL E PN IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E PN IOL8 DI4 M12 6P 2701519 2701513 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 175

176

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E Sercos Digital I/O devices – Stand-Alone The I/O devices with a block design are used to acquire and output various signals. Features: – Robust metal or plastic housing – Seamless connection via M12 connectors – SPEEDCON fast locking system – Maximum current carrying capacity of the supply: 12 A – Diagnostic and status indicators – Short-circuit and overload protection Additional features IO-Link master: – In accordance with specification 1.1 – 4 digital inputs, 4 IO-Link ports Class A, 4 IO-Link ports Class B on one device  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 16 digital inputs 16 freely configurable inputs or outputs  Ex:  IN/OUT 6 +24 V IN 12 IN/OUT 5 IN 11 +24 V IN/OUT 12 IN/OUT 11 +24 V Technical data Technical data AXL E S3 DI16 M12 6M AXL E S3 DI16 M12 6P AXL E S3 DIO16 M12 6M AXL E S3 DIO16 M12 6P Sercos M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) Sercos M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply - - - - - - - - - - - M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 16 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - W / H / D 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E S3 DI16 M12 6M AXL E S3 DI16 M12 6P 2701549 2701544 1 1 AXL E S3 DIO16 M12 6M AXL E S3 DIO16 M12 6P 2701550 2701545 1 1 Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Input filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per IO-Link port Protective circuit General data Weight Dimensions Degree of protection EMC note Description Axioline E I/O device - Robust metal housing - Plastic housing 176 PHOENIX CONTACT

177

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E I/O systems 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 8 IO-Link ports, 4 digital inputs  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 OUT 4 OUT 3  Ex:  DI L+ C/Q L- 32 X03 33 X04 OUT 2 UA X05 UA X06 +24 V L- C/Q L+ Technical data Technical data Technical data AXL E S3 DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E S3 DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E S3 DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E S3 DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E S3 IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E S3 IOL8 DI4 M12 6P Sercos M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) Sercos M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) Sercos M12 fast connection technology 100 Mbps (with auto negotiation) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.5 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, X01 ... X04 have double occupancy 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 3-conductor 4 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 8 500 mA M12 connector, (A-coded) 3-conductor 4 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M12 fast connection technology 3-conductor 4 ( Class A ) / 4 ( Class B ) 24 V DC max. 150 mA (at C/Q (pin 4), maximum of 1.6 A over all 8 IO-Link C/Q and L+ cables) max. 200 mA (at L+/L- (pin 1 and pin 3), during startup, up to 1.6 A for short periods) max. 2 A (at UA (IO-Link B ports, pin 2 and pin 5)) Overload protection yes 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E S3 DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E S3 DI8 DO8 M12 6P 2701548 2701542 1 1 AXL E S3 DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E S3 DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P 2701551 2701546 1 1 AXL E S3 IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E S3 IOL8 DI4 M12 6P 2701552 2701547 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 177

178

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E PROFIBUS DP Digital I/O devices – Stand-Alone The I/O devices with a block design are used to acquire and output various signals. Features: – Robust metal or plastic housing – Seamless connection via M12 connectors – SPEEDCON fast locking system – Maximum current carrying capacity of the supply: 12 A – Diagnostic and status indicators – Short-circuit and overload protection Additional features IO-Link master: – In accordance with specification 1.1 – 4 digital inputs, 4 IO-Link ports Class A, 4 IO-Link ports Class B on one device  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 16 digital inputs 16 freely configurable inputs or outputs  Ex:  IN/OUT 6 +24 V IN 12 IN/OUT 5 IN 11 +24 V IN/OUT 12 IN/OUT 11 +24 V Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Input filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per IO-Link port Protective circuit General data Weight Dimensions Degree of protection EMC note Description Axioline E I/O device - Robust metal housing - Plastic housing 178 PHOENIX CONTACT Technical data Technical data AXL E PB DI16 M12 6M AXL E PB DI16 M12 6P AXL E PB DIO16 M12 6M AXL E PB DIO16 M12 6P PROFIBUS DP M12 fast connection technology PROFIBUS DP M12 fast connection technology 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps (automatic baud rate detection) 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps (automatic baud rate detection) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 16 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply - - - - - - - - - - - M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 16 500 mA Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - W / H / D 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E PB DI16 M12 6M AXL E PB DI16 M12 6P 2701505 2701498 1 1 AXL E PB DIO16 M12 6M AXL E PB DIO16 M12 6P 2701506 2701499 1 1

179

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E I/O systems 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs 8 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 8 IO-Link ports, 4 digital inputs  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5  Ex:  IN 6 +24 V IN 5 OUT 4 OUT 3  Ex:  DI L+ C/Q L- 32 X03 33 X04 OUT 2 UA X05 UA X06 +24 V L- C/Q L+ Technical data Technical data Technical data AXL E PB DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E PB DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E PB DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E PB DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E PB IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E PB IOL8 DI4 M12 6P PROFIBUS DP M12 fast connection technology PROFIBUS DP M12 fast connection technology PROFIBUS DP M12 fast connection technology 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps (automatic baud rate detection) 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps (automatic baud rate detection) 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps (automatic baud rate detection) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 18 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 19.5 V DC ... 31.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, double occupancy M12 connector, X01 ... X04 have double occupancy 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 4-conductor 8 < 1000 µs 3-conductor 4 < 1000 µs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 8 500 mA M12 connector, (A-coded) 3-conductor 4 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M12 fast connection technology 3-conductor 4 ( Class A ) / 4 ( Class B ) 24 V DC max. 150 mA (at C/Q (pin 4), maximum of 1.6 A over all 8 IO-Link C/Q and L+ cables) max. 200 mA (at L+/L- (pin 1 and pin 3), during startup, up to 1.6 A for short periods) max. 2 A (at UA (IO-Link B ports, pin 2 and pin 5)) Overload protection yes 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 750 g 480 g 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 38 mm 60 mm / 185 mm / 30.5 mm IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E PB DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E PB DI8 DO8 M12 6P 2701504 2701497 1 1 AXL E PB DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E PB DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P 2701507 2701502 1 1 AXL E PB IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E PB IOL8 DI4 M12 6P 2701508 2701503 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 179

180

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E Digital IO-Link I/O boxes new The digital IO-Link I/O boxes are used to acquire and output digital signals. The devices are connected to an IO-Link master via their IO-Link port. Features: – Connection to an IO-Link master with M12 connectors (A-coded, 5-pos.) – IO-Link B port with additional power supply – IO-Link specification V1.1.2 1 IO-Link A port 8/16 digital inputs 1 IO-Link B port 8 digital outputs DI8 DI16 +24 V DC IN X01 X02 IN 4 IN 3 +24 V DC OUT X01 X02 OUT Technical data Technical data AXL E IOL DI8 M12 6P AXL E IOL DI16 M12 6P M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 ( Class A ) M12 connector, A-coded 5-conductor 1 ( Class B ) 24 V DC (is provided via the IO-Link interface of the IO-Link master.) 24 V DC (is provided via the IO-Link interface of the IO-Link master.) approx. 40 mA (15 mA no load + current consumption sensors) approx. 56 mA (16 mA no load + current consumption sensors) approx. 15 mA Reverse polarity protection yes Reverse polarity protection yes 4-conductor 8 16 EN 61131-2 types 1 and 3 Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply Polarity reversal protection of the inputs - - - - - - - M12 connector 270 g W / H / D 60 mm / 141 mm / 20 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 3-conductor 8 Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs Electronic M12 connector 275 g 60 mm / 141 mm / 20 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per device Protective circuit Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Protective circuit General data Connection method Weight Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Digital IO-Link I/O box - 8 digital inputs - 16 digital inputs Digital IO-Link I/O box - 8 digital outputs AXL E IOL DI8 M12 6P AXL E IOL DI16 M12 6P 2702658 2702660 Accessories 1 1 5 AXL E IOL DO8 M12 6P 2702659 Accessories PROT-M12 1680539 1 5 M12 screw plug PROT-M12 1680539 180 PHOENIX CONTACT

181

IO-Link/analog converter The AXL E IOL TC4/K M12 Axioline E IO-Link/analog converter is an IO-Link device that transfers analog signals from thermocouples (TCs) via the IO-Link protocol. The device supports standard type K thermocouples in accordance with DIN EN 60584-1. The measured values are depicted in standardized representation format. Features of IO-Link: – Connection to an IO-Link master using M12 connectors (A-coded, 4-pos.) – IO-Link A port – IO-Link specification V1.1.2 – Status indicators Features of TCs: – 4 differential signal inputs – Measuring range: -270°C ... +1372°C – Selectable resolution: 0.1 / 0.01 – Selectable unit: °C / °F – Connection of sensors in 2-conductor technology – Push-in connection technology – Diagnostic information in the process data word I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E new 1 IO-Link A port 4 analog TC inputs, type K TC +24 V DC (L+) GND (L-) C/Q 1_IN+ 1_IN- 2_IN+ 2_IN- 3_IN+ 3_IN- 4_IN+ 4_IN- Technical data M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 ( Class A ) 24 V DC (is provided via the IO-Link interface of the IO-Link master.) typ. 35 mA (±15% (at 24 V DC), max. 70 mA) Reverse polarity protection yes Short-circuit protection yes Overload protection yes Push-in technology 2-conductor 4 (type K) K 16 bits typ. ± 0.2% (of measuring range end value) max. ± 0.4% (of measuring range end value) Push-in technology 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 320 g 150 mm / 54 mm / 118 mm IP65 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data W / H / D Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E IOL TC4/K M12 2702983 1 IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per device Protective circuit Temperature input Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Sensor types that can be used (TC) Measured value representation Precision General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description IO-Link/analog converter For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 181

182

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E IO-Link/analog converter IO-Link/analog converters are used to convert analog input or output signals to the IO-Link interface. You can connect the converters directly in the field. Features: – Large variety of analog functions – Tailored combination of analog functions – High transmission reliability – Reduced cabling 1 analog input (0 ... 10 V) 1 analog input (4 ... 20 mA)  5 1 4 2 3 V 4 2 + V 0 1 . . . 0  5 1 4 2 3 V 4 2 + A m 0 2 . . . 4 2 3 1 4 - L + L Q C / 2 3 1 4 - L + L Q C / Technical data Technical data AXL E IOL AI1 U M12 R AXL E IOL AI1 U M12 S AXL E IOL AI1 I M12 R AXL E IOL AI1 I M12 S M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 24 V DC (this supply voltage is provided via the IO-Link interface 24 V DC (this supply voltage is provided via the IO-Link interface of the IO-Link master.) max. 100 mA Reverse polarity protection Short-circuit protection Overload protection M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor (optional: 4-conductor) 1 (voltage) 0 V ... 10 V - - - - - - - - - - - 34 g of the IO-Link master.) max. 100 mA Reverse polarity protection Short-circuit protection Overload protection M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 (current) - 4 mA ... 20 mA - - - - - - - - - - 34 g W / H / D 16.6 mm / 42 mm / 66.5 mm 16.6 mm / 29 mm / 79.5 mm 16.6 mm / 42 mm / 66.5 mm 16.6 mm / 29 mm / 79.5 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E IOL AI1 U M12 R AXL E IOL AI1 U M12 S 2700273 2700336 1 1 AXL E IOL AI1 I M12 R AXL E IOL AI1 I M12 S 2700275 2700338 1 1 IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply Nominal current per IO-Link port Protective circuit Analog inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Voltage input signal Current input signal Analog outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Voltage output signal Current output signal Temperature input Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Sensor types that can be used (RTD) Linear resistance measuring range General data Weight Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description IO-Link/analog converter - Angled version - Straight version 182 PHOENIX CONTACT

183

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E I/O systems 1 analog output (0 ... 10 V) 1 analog output (4 ... 20 mA) 1 RTD input  5 1 4 2 3 V 4 2 + V 0 1 . . . 0  5 1 4 2 3 V 4 2 + A m 0 2 . . . 4 2 3 1 4 - L + L Q C /  1 4 + U 2 3 1 4 - L + L Q C / 5 2 3 - +I - U I 2 3 1 4 - L + L Q C / Technical data Technical data Technical data AXL E IOL AO1 U M12 R AXL E IOL AO1 U M12 S AXL E IOL AO1 I M12 R AXL E IOL AO1 I M12 S AXL E IOL RTD1 M12 R AXL E IOL RTD1 M12 S M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 24 V DC (this supply voltage is provided via the IO-Link interface 24 V DC (this supply voltage is provided via the IO-Link interface 24 V DC (this supply voltage is provided via the IO-Link interface of the IO-Link master.) max. 100 mA Reverse polarity protection Short-circuit protection Overload protection - - - - - of the IO-Link master.) max. 100 mA Reverse polarity protection Short-circuit protection Overload protection - - - - - M12 connector, A-coded M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 (voltage) 0 V ... 10 V - - - - - - 34 g 3-conductor 1 (current) - 4 mA ... 20 mA - - - - - 34 g of the IO-Link master.) - Reverse polarity protection Short-circuit protection Overload protection - - - - - - - - - - M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor (optional: 4-conductor) 1 (for resistance temperature detectors) Pt 100, Pt 1000 0 Ω ... 500 Ω (IB IL format) / 0 Ω ... 5 kΩ (IB IL format) / 0 Ω ... 600 Ω (S7-compatible format) / 0 Ω ... 6 kΩ (S7-compatible format) 34 g 16.6 mm / 42 mm / 66.5 mm 16.6 mm / 29 mm / 79.5 mm 16.6 mm / 42 mm / 66.5 mm 16.6 mm / 29 mm / 79.5 mm 16.6 mm / 42 mm / 66.5 mm 16.6 mm / 29 mm / 79.5 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E IOL AO1 U M12 R AXL E IOL AO1 U M12 S 2700278 2700350 1 1 AXL E IOL AO1 I M12 R AXL E IOL AO1 I M12 S 2700282 2700351 1 1 AXL E IOL RTD1 M12 R AXL E IOL RTD1 M12 S 2700305 2700352 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 183

184

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E M12 POWER connectors, screw connection Further products related to the innovative M12 POWER cabling can be found on our website under web code:  Your web code: #0024 Metal knurl, 4-pos. Y distributor, T-coded, 4-pos. General data Degree of pollution Degree of protection Connection method Connection cross section [mm²] Electrical data Rated voltage Rated current Insulation resistance Material data Contact / contact surface material Contact carrier material Flammability rating in accordance with UL 94 Temperature data Male / female   3 IP67 Screw connection 0.75 mm² ... 1.5 mm² 63 V DC 12 A (when using 1.5 mm² conductors) > 10 GΩ CuZn / Au PA V0 [°C] -40 ... 85 Technical data Technical data 3 - - - 63 V DC 2x 12 A (at 40°C) 100 MΩ CuZn / Ni/Au PA HB -25 ... 80 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data Connector, cable diameter: 8 mm ... 10 mm Female, straight Male, straight Female, angled Male, angled Y distributor, unshielded, M12 male to 2 x M12 female SACC-M12FST-3PECON-PG11-M SACC-M12MST-3PECON-PG11-M SACC-M12FRT-4CON-PG11-M SACC-M12MRT-4CON-PG11-M 1404644 1404643 1408989 1408988 1 1 1 1 SAC-4PY-MT/2XFT VP 1410632 5 4 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 Pin assignment of M12 female, 4-pos., T-coded, Connector pin assignment of M12 male, 4-pos., T-coded, view of socket side view of pin side 184 PHOENIX CONTACT

185

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Axioline E I/O systems M12 POWER cables, 4-pos., T-coded, cable type: PUR Free end M12 male 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Free end Order No. M12 female, straight M12 female, angled 4 3 4 3 1 2 1 2 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 1408823 1408824 1408825 1408826 1408827 1408828 1408829 1408830 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m Order No. 1408812 1408813 1408814 1408815 1408808 1408809 1408810 1408811 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m Order No. 1408816 1408819 1408820 1408822 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 1415196 1415197 1415198 1415199 Cable description Cable type Color coding Pin assignment PUR, halogen-free – black PUR BN WH BK BU 1 2 4 3 Rated voltage Rated current Material contact M12 Material contact surface M12 Material handle M12 Material, knurls Degree of protection Temperature data Male / female [V] [A] Technical data M12 63 12 CuSn Ni/Au PA Zinc die-cast, nickel-plated IP65 / IP67 / IP68 [°C] -25 ... 85 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 185

186

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular Product overview Bus couplers – Modular 188 188 189 189 189 M12 I/O devices – Modular Digital input Digital input/output 8 channels 190 16 channels 4 / 4 channels 8 / 8 channels 190 191 191 Analog output 4 channels 192 M8 I/O devices – Modular Analog input 4 channels 192 Digital input 8 channels 194 Digital output 8 channels 191 Analog input 4 channels (RTD) 193 Digital input/output Digital output 8 channels 195 4 channels 195 8 channels 195 Accessories FLM ADAP M12/M8 IB IL 24 FLM …-PAC SAC-5P-M12MS … TR SAC-3P-M12Y/2XM12FS PE Fieldline Modular M12 / M8 adapters Inline branch terminal M12 termination resistor, M12 Y distributor PROFIBUS FLM MP… Mounting plates 196 196 197 197 196 PROT-M12 / M8 … ZBF 12 … / ZBF 8 … … SAC-4P-M … SACC-M12… / SACC-M8… Sealing caps Marking material Bus and power cables with M12 connector Bus and power cables with M8 connector M12 / M8 connectors for assembly 197 197 198 200 201 186 PHOENIX CONTACT

187

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular I/O systems General technical data Ambient conditions Temperature range (operation) Permissible humidity (storage/transport) Vibration Shock Degree of protection -25°C ... +60°C 95% 5g in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 30g in accordance with EN 60068-2-27 IP65/IP67 in accordance with IEC 60529 Electromagnetic compatibility Noise emission Class A in accordance with DIN EN 55022 Supply voltage Nominal value Permissible range 24 V DC 18.0 V DC ... 30.0 V DC, including ripple Housing types and dimensions Bus couplers M12 I/O devices M8 I/O devices 178 123 , 3 9 4 0 5 5 , 3 3 178 168 1 3 0 7 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 187

188

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular Bus couplers – Modular The bus couplers open a high-performance local bus with up to 16 devices. The following protocols are supported: – INTERBUS – PROFINET – PROFIBUS – EtherNet/IP™ – Modbus/TCP Notes: INTERBUS PROFINET A comprehensive range of installation materials for field installation can be found on page 196  Ex:    IN UL LD LB X1 L/A MD LB IB IN IB OUT BUS RC BA D OUT RD OUT U LS LB OUT U OUT LS 1 2 IN U INLS IN U LS US 1 N I V 4 2 + 2 N I Ethernet Port 1 Ethernet Port 2 U INLS NF RUN L/A BO OUT UL 2MBD U LS 1 2 IN US ETH X2 IN U LS LB OUT U OUT LS 1 N I V 4 2 + 2 N I Technical data Technical data INTERBUS M12 connector, B-coded 5 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) PROFINET M12 connector, D-coded 4 100 Mbps (auto negotiation) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) M12 connector M12 connector 500 kbaud/2 Mbaud, can be selected M12 connector, B-coded 16 20 m M12 connector 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 8 (double occupancy) IEC 61131-2 type 1 3 ms Reverse polarity protection 280 g 168 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D 500 kbaud/2 Mbaud, can be selected M12 connector, B-coded 16 20 m M12 connector 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 8 (EN 61131-2 type 1) IEC 61131-2 type 1 3 ms Reverse polarity protection 280 g 168 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Interface Fieldbus system Connection method Number of positions Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Local bus gateway Transmission speed Connection method Max. number of local bus devices Max. length of local bus Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Filter time Protective circuit General data Weight Drill hole spacing Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Fieldline Modular M12 bus coupler FLM BK IB M12 DI 8 M12 2736301 1 FLM BK PN M12 DI 8 M12-2TX 2736741 1 Ordering data Ordering data 188 PHOENIX CONTACT

189

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular I/O systems PROFIBUS EtherNet/IP™ Modbus/TCP  Ex:   Ex:   Ex:  IN UL LD LB X1 L/A MOD LB X1 L/A MD LB PB IN PB OUT BUS RC BA D OUT RD OUT U LS LB OUT U OUT LS 1 2 IN U INLS IN U LS US 1 N I V 4 2 + 2 N I Ethernet Port 1 Ethernet Port 2 U INLS NET RUN L/A BO OUT UL 2MBD U LS 1 2 IN US ETH X2 IN U LS LB OUT U OUT LS 1 N I V 4 2 + 2 N I Ethernet Port 1 Ethernet Port 2 U INLS NF RUN L/A BO OUT UL 2MBD U LS 1 2 IN US ETH X2 IN U LS LB OUT U OUT LS 1 N I V 4 2 + 2 N I Technical data Technical data Technical data PROFIBUS DP M12 connector, B-coded 5 9.6 kbps ... 12 Mbps 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) EtherNet/IP™ M12 connector, D-coded 4 10/100 Mbps (auto negotiation) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) Ethernet M12 connector, D-coded 4 10/100 Mbps (auto negotiation) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) M12 connector M12 connector M12 connector 500 kbaud/2 Mbaud, can be selected M12 connector, B-coded 16 20 m M12 connector 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 8 (double occupancy) IEC 61131-2 type 1 3 ms Reverse polarity protection 280 g 168 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 500 kbaud/2 Mbaud, can be selected M12 connector, B-coded 16 20 m M12 connector 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 8 IEC 61131-2 type 1 3 ms Reverse polarity protection 280 g 178 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 500 kbaud/2 Mbaud, can be selected M12 connector, B-coded 16 20 m M12 connector 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 8 (EN 61131-2 type 1) IEC 61131-2 type 1 3 ms Reverse polarity protection 280 g 178 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FLM BK PB M12 DI 8 M12-EF 2773377 1 FLM BK EIP M12 DI 8 M12-2TX 2773322 1 FLM BK ETH M12 DI 8 M12-2TX 2736916 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 189

190

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular M12 digital I/O devices – Modular Notes: A comprehensive range of installation materials for field installation can be found on page 196 The local bus devices are used to acquire and output digital signals in a Fieldline Modular station. Features: – Seamless connection via M12 connectors – SPEEDCON fast locking system – Flexible power supply concept – Diagnostic and status indicators – Short-circuit and overload protection Interface Designation Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit General data Weight Drill hole spacing Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note 8/16 digital inputs   Ex:  FLM DI 8 M12 FLM DI 16 M12 3 N I 5 N I V 4 2 + V 4 2 + I3 I5 I7 I8 I11 I12 7 N I V 4 2 + 1 1 N I V 4 2 + 8 N I 2 1 N I Technical data FLM DI 8 M12 FLM DI 16 M12 Fieldline local bus M12 connector, B-coded 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) 500 kbps / 2 Mbps 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) M12 connector M12 connector 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 8 16 IEC 61131-2 type 1 3 ms Reverse polarity protection - - - - - 290 g 310 g 168 mm W / H / D 70 mm / 178.5 mm / 50 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Fieldline Modular M12 digital input device - 8 inputs - 16 inputs Fieldline Modular M12 digital I/O device - 4 inputs, 4 outputs, 2 A - 8 inputs, 8 outputs Fieldline Modular M12 digital output device - 8 outputs FLM DI 8 M12 FLM DI 16 M12 2736288 2736835 1 1 190 PHOENIX CONTACT

191

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular I/O systems 4/8 digital inputs and 4/8 digital outputs 8 digital outputs   Ex:   Ex:  FLM DIO 4/4 M12-2A FLM DIO 8/8 M12 3 N I V 4 2 + 1 T U O I3 I7 I8 O1 O3 O4 7 N I V 4 2 + 3 T U O 8 N I 4 T U O 3 T U O 5 T U O O3 O5 O4 O6 4 T U O 6 T U O Technical data Technical data FLM DIO 4/4 M12-2A FLM DIO 8/8 M12 Fieldline local bus M12 connector, B-coded 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) 500 kbps / 2 Mbps Fieldline local bus M12 connector, B-coded 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) M12 connector M12 connector 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 4 8 IEC 61131-2 type 1 3 ms Reverse polarity protection M12 connector 2-, 3-conductor Short-circuit protection 8 500 mA 330 g 4 2 A 315 g 168 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data M12 connector - - - - - - M12 connector 2-, 3-conductor 8 500 mA Short-circuit protection 310 g 168 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FLM DIO 4/4 M12-2A FLM DIO 8/8 M12 2736369 2736848 1 1 FLM DO 8 M12 2736291 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 191

192

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular M12 analog I/O devices – Modular Notes: A comprehensive range of installation materials for field installation can be found on page 196 The local bus devices are used to acquire and output analog signals in a Fieldline Modular station. Features: – Seamless connection via M12 connectors – SPEEDCON fast locking system – Flexible power supply concept – Diagnostic and status indicators – Short-circuit and overload protection 4 analog inputs   Ex:  I1 - l a n g S i V 4 2 + A N A U + l a n g S i A N A U Interface Designation Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Analog inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Voltage input signal Current input signal Sensor types that can be used (RTD) Protective circuit for voltage input Process data update Analog outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Voltage output signal Current output signal Protective circuit General data Connection method Weight Drill hole spacing Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Technical data Fieldline local bus M12 connector, B-coded 500 kbps / 2 Mbps 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 2-, 4-conductor max. 4 (differential inputs, voltage or current) 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA / -20 mA ... 20 mA - Reverse polarity protection - - - - - - W / H / D M12 connector 280 g 168 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Fieldline Modular M12 analog input device - 4 inputs Fieldline Modular M12 analog output device - 4 outputs FLM AI 4 SF M12 2736453 1 192 PHOENIX CONTACT

193

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular I/O systems 4 analog outputs 4 temperature inputs for resistive sensors   Ex:   O1 I1 - / + t u p t u O A N A U V 4 2 + A N A U t u p t u O - 1 I + 1 U - 1 U + 1 I Technical data Technical data Fieldline local bus M12 connector, B-coded 500 kbps / 2 Mbps Fieldline local bus M12 connector, B-coded 500 kbps / 2 Mbps 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) - - - - - - - 2-, 3-, 4-conductor (shielded) max. 4 (for resistance temperature detectors) - - Pt, Ni, KTY sensors, linear resistors - Dependent on the connection method 2-, 4-conductor 4 0 V ... 5 V / -5 V ... 5 V / 0 V ... 10 V / -10 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA Short-circuit protection - - - - - M12 connector 280 g 168 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 M12 connector 280 g 168 mm 70 mm / 178 mm / 50 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FLM AO 4 SF M12 2736466 1 FLM TEMP 4 RTD M12 2736819 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 193

194

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular M8 digital I/O devices – Modular Notes: A comprehensive range of installation materials for field installation can be found on page 196 The slim local bus devices are particularly suitable for use on machines close to the process. Features: – Seamless connection via M8 connectors – Optimized for 30 mm mounting profile – Can also be connected to an Inline station – Diagnostic and status indicators – Short-circuit and overload protection 8 digital inputs  Ex:  I 1 I 2 1 N I V 4 2 + 2 N I V 4 2 + Interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit General data Weight Drill hole spacing Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Technical data Fieldline local bus M8 connector 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) M8 connector M8 connector 2-, 3-conductor 8 IEC 61131-2 type 1 3 ms Reverse polarity protection - - - - - W / H / D 137 g 133 mm 29.8 mm / 143 mm / 26.5 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Fieldline Modular M8 digital input device - 8 inputs, 500 kBD Fieldline Modular M8 digital I/O device - 4 inputs fixed, 4 inputs/outputs freely selectable, 500 kBD Fieldline Modular M8 digital output device - 4 outputs, 2 A, 500 kBD - 8 outputs, 500 kBD FLM DI 8 M8 2773348 1 194 PHOENIX CONTACT

195

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular I/O systems 4 digital inputs and 4 digital inputs or outputs 4 digital outputs 8 digital outputs  Ex:   Ex:  IN1 +24 V IN/OUT5 +24 V I 1 I 2 I 5 O I 6 O IN2 +24 V IN/OUT6 +24 V O 1 O 1 V 4 2 + 1 T U O V 4 2 + 1 T U O Technical data Technical data Technical data Fieldline local bus M8 connector Fieldline local bus 2 M8 connectors Fieldline local bus M8 connector 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) M8 connector M8 connector 2-, 3-conductor 8 (4 fixed, 4 freely selectable) IEC 61131-2 type 1 3 ms Reverse polarity protection M8 connector 2-, 3-conductor 4 (can also be used as an input) 500 mA Short-circuit protection 144 g 133 mm 29.8 mm / 143 mm / 26.5 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 M8 connector M8 connector - - - - - - M8 connector 2-, 3-conductor 4 2 A Short-circuit protection 137 g 133 mm 29.8 mm / 143 mm / 26.5 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 - - - - - - M8 connector 2-, 3-conductor 8 500 mA Short-circuit protection 137 g 133 mm 29.8 mm / 143 mm / 26.5 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FLM DIO 8/4 M8 2773351 1 FLM DO 4 M8-2A 2736932 1 FLM DO 8 M8 2736893 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 195

196

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular Coupling options Various adapters are available for connecting two systems. – Connection of Fieldline Modular M8 to Fieldline Modular M12 – Connection of Fieldline Modular M8 or M12 to the Inline I/O system Local bus interface Interface Connection method Local bus interface Interface Connection method Fieldline Modular M12/M8 adapter Inline branch terminal Technical data Technical data Fieldline Modular M12 local bus M12 connector, B-coded Fieldline Modular M8 local bus 2 M8 connectors Inline local bus Inline data jumper Inline local bus Inline shield connector Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Adapter piece for coupling Fieldline Modular M8 local bus devices to a Fieldline Modular M12 local bus FLM ADAP M12/M8 2736961 1 Inline branch terminal for connecting a Fieldline Modular M8 or M12 local bus at the end of an Inline station Inline branch terminal for connecting a Fieldline Modular M8 local bus at any point in an Inline station IB IL 24 FLM-PAC 2736903 IB IL 24 FLM MULTI-PAC 2737009 1 1 Mounting plates Up to seven Fieldline Modular M12 devices can be mounted on the mounting plates. General data Width Depth Height Hole diameter Note regarding dimensions Assembly instructions Material Weight For 5 Fieldline Modular devices For 7 Fieldline Modular devices Technical data Technical data 360 mm 11 mm 185 mm 8.5 mm For fastening the mounting plate For mounting 5 Fieldline Modular devices Chromated aluminum 650 g 502 mm 11 mm 185 mm 8.5 mm For fastening the mounting plate For mounting 7 Fieldline Modular devices Chromated aluminum 900 g Ordering data Ordering data Description Fieldline Modular mounting plate - For five Fieldline Modular M12 devices - For seven Fieldline Modular M12 devices Type FLM MP 5 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2736660 1 FLM MP 7 2736673 1 196 PHOENIX CONTACT

197

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular I/O systems System components Various system components with M12 connectors enable the easy creation of different topologies. – Termination resistor – Y distributor for signal connections Termination resistor Y distributor Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Termination resistor, M12 plug - PROFIBUS M12 Y distributor M12 plug to 2x M12 sockets SAC-5P-M12MS PB TR 1507803 5 SAC-3P-M12Y/2XM12FS PE 1683455 5 Installation material – Sealing caps with external or inner thread – Printed marking labels or marking labels without color print Sealing caps and marking material Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. M12 screw plug for unused M12 sockets of sensor/actuator cables, boxes, and device connectors As above, with SPEEDCON fast locking system for unused M12 connectors of sensor/actuator cables, device connectors, and I/O devices in the field M8 screw plug for unused M8 sockets of sensor/actuator cables, boxes, and device connectors Zack marker strip, flat, 5-section, without color print 5-section, for 50 terminal blocks Zack marker strip, flat, marked according to customer specifications 5-section PROT-M12 PROT-MS SCO PROT-M12 FS PROT-M8 ZBF 12:UNBEDRUCKT ZBF 8:UNBEDRUCKT ZBF 12 CUS ZBF 8 CUS 1680539 1553129 1560251 1682540 0809735 0808781 0825018 0825030 5 5 5 5 10 10 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 197

198

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular Bus and power cables with M12 connector Phoenix Contact offers a complete range of bus and power cables for the Fieldline system. Description Pre-assembled bus cable M12 pin, straight, shielded, free cable end Pre-assembled bus cable M12 socket, straight, shielded, free cable end Pre-assembled bus cable M12 pin, straight, shielded, M12 socket, straight, shielded Pre-assembled bus cable M12 pin, straight, shielded, M12 pin, straight, shielded INTERBUS bus cable PROFINET bus cable PROFIBUS bus cable Length of cable Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data 1517877 1517880 1517893 1517903 1517916 1517929 1517932 1517945 1517958 1517961 1517974 1517987 1517990 1518009 1518012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 0.3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 0.3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 1407495 1407496 1407497 1407498 1524336 1407528 1407529 1407530 1407531 1407553 1407554 1407555 1407556 1524349 1524352 1407524 1407525 1407526 1407527 1524404 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1518025 1518038 1518041 1518054 1518067 1518070 1518083 1518096 1518106 1518119 1518122 1518135 1518148 1518151 1518164 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 198 PHOENIX CONTACT

199

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular I/O systems Description Pre-assembled bus cable M12 pin, straight, shielded, free cable end Pre-assembled bus cable M12 socket, straight, shielded, free cable end Pre-assembled bus cable M12 pin, straight, shielded, M12 socket, straight, shielded Pre-assembled bus cable M12 pin, straight, shielded, M12 pin, straight, shielded Pre-assembled power cable M12 pin, straight, free cable end Pre-assembled power cable M12 socket, straight, free cable end Pre-assembled power cable M12 pin, straight, M12 socket, straight Ethernet bus cable Local bus cable Fieldline Modular power cable Length of cable Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data 1517877 1517880 1517893 1517903 1517916 1517929 1517932 1517945 1518478 1517958 1517961 1517974 1517987 1517990 1518009 1518012 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1407356 1407357 1407358 1407359 1569427 1407380 1407381 1407382 1407383 1407400 1407401 1407402 1407403 1569443 1407376 1407377 1407378 1407379 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 0.13 m 0.3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 0.13 m 0.3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 15 m 1518326 1518339 1518342 1518355 1518368 1518371 1518384 1518397 1518481 1518407 1518410 1518423 1518436 1518449 1518452 1518465 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 199

200

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular Bus and power cables with M8 connector The following assembled cables are available for connecting Fieldline Modular M8 devices: – System cables for the supply voltage and bus signal – Power cables for the actuator voltage Straight connector Angled connector Ordering data Ordering data Length of cable Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 2,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 5,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MS/10,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MS/20,0-950 SAC-4P- 2,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P- 5,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-10,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-20,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 0,13-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 0,3-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 1,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 2,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 5,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/10,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/20,0-950/M 8FS 1543249 1543252 1543265 1543281 1543294 1543304 1543317 1543333 1543346 1543511 1543537 1543359 1543362 1543375 1543391 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m 0.13 m 0.3 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m 0.13 m 0.3 m 0.5 m 1 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m 2 m 5 m 10 m 20 m SAC-4P- 2,0-PUR/M 8FS 0,34 SAC-4P- 5,0-PUR/M 8FS 0,34 SAC-4P-10,0-PUR/M 8FS 0,34 SAC-4P-20,0-PUR/M 8FS 0,34 1543582 1534818 1543595 1543618 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 2,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 5,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MR/10,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MR/20,0-950 SAC-4P- 2,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P- 5,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-10,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-20,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 0,13-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 0,3-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 0,5-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 1,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 2,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 5,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/10,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/20,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P- 2,0-PUR/M 8FR 0,34 SAC-4P- 5,0-PUR/M 8FR 0,34 SAC-4P-10,0-PUR/M 8FR 0,34 SAC-4P-20,0-PUR/M 8FR 0,34 1550850 1550863 1550876 1550892 1550902 1550915 1550928 1550944 1550957 1550960 1550973 1550986 1550999 1551008 1551011 1551037 1553077 1553080 1553093 1553116 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Pre-assembled system cable M8 pin, shielded, free cable end Pre-assembled system cable M8 socket, shielded, free cable end Pre-assembled system cable M8 pin, straight, shielded, M8 socket, straight, shielded Pre-assembled system cable M8 pin, angled, shielded, M8 socket, angled, shielded Pre-assembled power cable M8 socket, free cable end, 4 x 0.34 mm² 200 PHOENIX CONTACT

201

For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Fieldline Modular I/O systems M12 connector M8 connector  Type   Ordering data Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Connectors for assembly Connectors for assembly enable the flexible cabling of Fieldline devices. – M12 or M8 connection technology – Shielded or unshielded – QUICKON, spring-cage or insulation displacement connection Description M12 connector, shielded M12 pin, 5-pos., A-coded, QUICKON connection SACC-MS-5QO-0,75 SH SCO 1413991 M12 socket, 5-pos., A-coded, QUICKON connection SACC-FS-5QO-0,75 SH SCO 1413992 M12 pin, 5-pos., B-coded, spring-cage connection, INTERBUS SACC-M12MSB-5PL SH IB M12 socket, 5-pos., B-coded, spring-cage connection, INTERBUS SACC-M12FSB-5PL SH IB 1424674 1424676 M12 pin, 2-pos., B-coded, QUICKON connection, PROFIBUS SACC-MSB-2QO SH PB SCO 1413931 M12 socket, 2-pos., B-coded, QUICKON connection, PROFIBUS SACC-FSB-2QO SH PB SCO 1413932 M12 pin, 4-pos., D-coded, QUICKON connection, Ethernet SACC-MSD-4QO SH ETH SCO 1411066 M12 socket, 4-pos., D-coded, QUICKON connection, Ethernet SACC-FSD-4QO SH ETH SCO 1411069 M12 pin, 4-pos., D-coded, QUICKON connection, PROFINET SACC-MSD-4QO SH PN SCO 1411068 M12 socket, 4-pos., D-coded, QUICKON connection, PROFINET SACC-FSD-4QO SH PN SCO 1411071 M8 connector, shielded M8 pin, 4-pos., screw connection M8 socket, 4-pos., screw connection M12 connector, unshielded M12 pin, 4-pos., A-coded, QUICKON connection technology, cross section range: 0.14 - 0.34 mm², SPEEDCON fast locking system M12 socket, 4-pos., A-coded, QUICKON connection technology, cross section range: 0.14 - 0.34 mm², SPEEDCON fast locking system M12 pin, 4-pos., A-coded, QUICKON connection technology, cross section range: 0.34 - 0.75 mm², SPEEDCON fast locking system M12 socket, 4-pos., A-coded, QUICKON connection technology, cross section range: 0.34 - 0.75 mm², SPEEDCON fast locking system M12 socket, 5-pos., A-coded, Push-in connection, cross section range: 0.14 - 0.75 mm² M8 connector, unshielded M8 pin, 3-pos., insulation displacement connection M8 socket, 4-pos., insulation displacement connection SACC-MS-4QO-0,34-M SCO 1521575 SACC-FS-4QO-0,34-M SCO 1521588 SACC-MS-4QO-0,75-M SCO 1521591 SACC-FS-4QO-0,75-M SCO 1521601 SACC-M12FS-5PL M 1424652 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SACC-M 8MS-4CON-M-0,34-SH SACC-M 8FS-4CON-M-0,34-SH 1542897 1542910 1 1 SACC-M 8MS-3QO-0,5-M SACC-M 8FS-4QO-0,5-M 1441024 1441079 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 201

202

I/O systems For field installation (IP65/IP67) – AS-Interface AS-Interface I/Os and components for AS-Interface Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Digital I/O devices with M12 connection technology - 4 inputs - 4 outputs, 2 A - 2 inputs, 2 outputs, 2 A - 4 inputs, 3 outputs, 2 A - 4 inputs, 4 outputs, 2 A Digital I/O devices with M8 connection technology FLX ASI DI 4 M12 FLX ASI DO 4 M12-2A FLX ASI DIO 2/2 M12-2A FLX ASI DIO 4/3 M12-2A FLX ASI 3.0 DIO 4/4 M12-2A - 4 inputs - 4 inputs, 4 outputs, 1 A Digital I/O devices with COMBICON connection technology FLX ASI DI 4 M8 FLX ASI DIO 4/4 M8-1A - 4 inputs - 4 inputs, 3 outputs AS Interface (AS-i) Gateway for PROFIBUS DP with standard function, IP20 protection, in acc. with AS-i specification 3.0 AS-i Gateway for Inline, IP20 protection, color: green Power supply, primary-switched Manual addressing device, for AS-Interface devices - Cinch programming cable for manual addressing device ASI IO ME DI 4 AB ASI IO ME DIO 4/3 AB FLX ASI MA PB SF 2773597 ASI MA IL UNI ASI QUINT 100-240/2.4 EFD ASI QUINT 100-240/4.8 EFD ASI CC ADR ASI CC ADR CAB CINCH 2736628 2736686 2736699 2741338 2741341 2773429 2773458 2773432 2773445 2773474 2773403 2773416 2741671 2741668 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS-Interface devices make contact with the AS-Interface flat cable without using tools. This minimizes the installation time and reduces costs. Various designs are available – devices with M12 or M8 connections. The latter are extremely compact and ideal for handling machines or robot applications. Furthermore, corresponding accessories are available from Phoenix Contact, including gateways, power supplies, and cabling. Your advantages: – Save installation time, thanks to innovative connection technology – Everything from a single source, thanks to the comprehensive product range – Tool-free connection using the penetration technique Find out more with the web code Detailed information on these products can be found on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  Your web code: #0288 202 PHOENIX CONTACT

203

Ruggedline For field installation (IP65/IP67) – Ruggedline I/O systems Distributed I/O system for the automotive body shop Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ruggedline devices for PROFINET - 16 inputs, twisted pair connection - 8 inputs, 8 I/Os, twisted pair connection - 8 inputs, 8 outputs, FO connection Ruggedline devices for INTERBUS - BK module, FO connection - BK module, twisted pair connection - Monitoring device, FO connection - 16 inputs, FO connection - 16 inputs, twisted pair connection - 8 inputs, 8 outputs, FO connection - 8 inputs, 8 outputs, twisted pair connection RL PN 24-2 DI 16 2TX RL PN 24-2 DIO 16/8 2TX RL PN 24-2 DIO 8/8 2SCRJ IBS RL 24 BK RB-LK-LK IBS RL 24 BK RB-T-T IBS RL 24 OC-LK IBS RL 24 DI 16/8-LK IBS RL 24 DI 16/8-T IBS RL 24 DIO 8/8/8-LK IBS RL 24 DIO 8/8/8-T 2773665 2773652 2773513 2725024 2731063 2819972 2724850 2836463 2724847 2836476 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The robust I/O devices with a block design are ideal for use in harsh industrial environments. They are available for INTERBUS and PROFINET systems. The I/O system was specially developed for body shop requirements in the automotive industry. Your advantages: – Safe communication even in environments subject to high levels of electromagnetic interference, thanks to data transmission via fiber optics – Snap-in mounting plate assembly without the use of tools makes installation easier – Particularly resistant to welding splash and mechanical damage – Developed specifically for body shop requirements in the automotive industry For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 203

205

Functional safety Smart solutions for functional safety We make functional safety easy. From non-contact safety switches through to complex controllers, all safety products from Phoenix Contact are SIL-certified. You can install and configure the modules easily. Benefit from the comprehensive service offered by our certified safety experts. With our extensive range of services, we can help you meet all requirements regarding the safety of machinery. Safety switches Use our non-contact safety switches with RFID technology for intelligent safety door and position monitoring. Safety devices If you require just a small number of safety functions, you can choose from a large range of safety relays, coupling relays, and zero-speed and over-speed safety relays. Configurable safety modules The configurable and extendable PSRtrisafe modules can be adapted to your safety requirements. Safe I/Os With SafetyBridge Technology, the safety function is processed directly in the I/O modules. Safe controllers With the safety controllers, you can reliably integrate functional safety into PROFIsafe networks and operate these together with a standard controller in the same device. Software The safety software provides the highest level of convenience in starting up your safety products. Product overview Selection guide for safety relay modules and safety modules Non-contact safety switches Safety relay modules for machine building Safety relays – PSRmini Safety relays – PSRclassic Modular safety relay system – PSRmodular Multifunctional safety relays – PSRmultifunction Applications Safety relay modules for zero-speed and over-speed monitoring Zero-speed and over-speed safety relays – PSRmotion Safety relay modules – Safe coupling relays Coupling relays – PSRclassic Safety relay modules for the process industry Safe coupling relays – PSRmini Safe coupling relays – PSRclassic Termination Carriers for PSRmini and PSRclassic Applications Configurable safety modules – PSRtrisafe Master modules Extension modules Safe I/Os Logic modules Safe I/O modules Safe control technology Safe PROFINET gateway Safe PROFIsafe controller Control solution for functional safety Software Configuration software SafetyProg programming software Safe analog value processing Services for functional safety 206 208 212 215 229 233 234 236 242 245 248 254 257 258 261 262 265 266 273 274 276 278 280 281 282 PHOENIX CONTACT 205

206

Functional safety Product overview Safety switches PSRswitch – Non-contact safety switches with RFID transponder technology Page 212 Safety relay modules for machine building – Safety relays PSRmini – Highly compact safety relays for all common applications Page 215 PSRclassic – Safety relays for all common applications, with time function, extension modules Page 229 PSRmodular – Modular safety relay system with DIN rail connector Page 233 PSRmultifunction – Safety relay for three safety functions in a single device Page 234 Zero-speed and over-speed safety relays Safe coupling relays PSRmotion – Sensorless zero-speed monitoring of 1- and 3-phase AC and DC motors Page 243 PSRmotion – Zero-speed and over-speed safety relays that can be parameterized via software Page 243 PSRclassic – Safe coupling relays for universal applications Page 245 Safety relay modules for the process industry – Safe coupling relays PSRmini – Highly compact, safe coupling relays for failsafe controllers and F&G applications Page 249 206 PHOENIX CONTACT PSRclassic – Safe coupling relays for failsafe controllers Page 254 Termination Carriers for the alignment and easy mounting of coupling relays Page 257

207

Configurable safety modules Safe signal conditioners Motor starters Functional safety Product overview PSRtrisafe – Configurable master modules Page 261 PSRtrisafe – Safe extension modules Page 262 Power supplies Safe control technology  See Catalog 5 – Interface technology and switching devices  Your web code: #1135 CONTACTRON – Safe hybrid motor starters  See Catalog 5 – Interface technology and switching devices QUINT POWER – Safe power supplies  See Catalog 4 – Surge protection, power supplies, and device circuit breakers Safe I/Os Safe PROFINET gateway Page 273 High-performance safety PLCs Page 274 Control solution for functional safety Page 276 Logic modules for safe signal exchange using a SafetyBridge system Page 265 Inline – Safe I/O modules for common networks Page 266 Axioline F – Safe I/O modules for common networks Page 270 Axioline E – Safe I/O modules with IO-Link interface Page 272 Software Services for functional safety COMPLETE line Configuration and programming software Page 278 Services for the safety of machinery and systems Individual consultation and on-site process assistance Page 282 The comprehensive solution for your control cabinet: Easy planning, intuitive installation Page 522 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 207

208

Functional safety Selection guide Safety relay modules for machine building – Safety relays Application Output contacts Safety approval Overall width Page Reset A A M A M A M A M A A/M A/M A/M A/M A A/M A/M A/M A/M A A A/M A/M A/M A A A/M A/M A/M A/M A/M A/M A/M A/M A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 5 4 3 2 3 8 2 3 3 3 2 3 4 5 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 - - - - - - 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - 1 - - - - - - - - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 - 9 4 8 3 1 O S I N E h t i w . c c a n i L P c4) e c4) e e e e e e e 1 6 0 2 6 N E h t i w . c c a n i L C L I S 14) 3 14) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 c4) 14) e e e e e e e e c e 3 3 3 35) 3 3 3 3 1 3 c4) 14) e e e6) c4) c4) e e e e e7) e7) e e e e6) e6) e6) 3 3 36) 14) 14) 3 3 3 3 37) 37) 3 3 3 36) 36) 36) 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - in mm 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 12.5 12.5 22.5 12.5 22.5 22.5 12.5 17.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 17.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 45 22.5 45 45 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 215 219 215 216 216 217 217 218 218 219 220 221 221 222 222 223 223 224 224 225 225 226 226 227 228 229 229 229 229 229 230 230 230 231 231 232 232 232 232 X X X X X X - - X X X X X X X X X X - - X X X X X X X X X X X X - X - X - Coupling module for safe controllers X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X - - X X X X X X X X X X X X X - - - - - - - X - - X - - X X X - - - X X X X X X - - X X X X X X X X X X X X - - X X X Contact extension - - - - - X X X X - - - - - - X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X X - - - - - - - - - - - - X - - X X X X - - X - X X X X X X X - - - X X X - - - - - X X X X - Contact extension for OSSD signals Contact extension Contact extension Contact extension Type PSR-MS201) 24 V DC PSR-MS211) 24 V DC PSR-MS251) 24 V DC PSR-MS30 24 V DC PSR-MS35 24 V DC PSR-MS403) 24 V DC PSR-MS453) 24 V DC PSR-MS502) 24 V DC PSR-MS552) 24 V DC PSR-MS603) 24 V DC PSR-MC201) 24 V DC PSR-MC30 24 V DC PSR-MC32 24...230 V AC/DC PSR-MC34 24 V DC PSR-MC37 24 V DC PSR-MC38 24 V DC PSR-MC403) 24 V DC PSR-MC42 24 V DC PSR-MC502) 24 V DC PSR-MC608) 24 V DC PSR-MC629) 24 V DC PSR-MC70 24 V DC PSR-MC72 24 V DC PSR-MC73 24 V DC PSR-MC82 24 V DC PSR-ESA2-B 24 V AC/DC PSR-ESAM2/3X1-B 230 V AC PSR-ESAM4/2X1 24 V AC/DC PSR-ESAM4/3X1-B Voltage variants PSR-ESAM4/8X1 24 V AC/DC PSR-ESD-30 24 V DC PSR-ESD-300 24 V DC PSR-ESD-T 24 V DC PSR-ESL43) 24 V AC/DC PSR-THC49) 24 V AC/DC PSR-URML4 24 V DC PSR-URM4 42...230 V AC/DC PSR-URM4 24 V AC/DC PSR-URM4-B 24 V AC/DC i i n m R S P c i s s a l c R S P 1) 1-channel sensor circuit 2) Non-equivalent sensor circuit 3) Without cross-circuit detection 4) Depending on the application up to PL e/SILCL 3 possible 5) EN 81 approval 6) In conjunction with suitable evaluating device 7) Undelayed contacts: Cat. 4/PL e, SILCL 3 Contacts with dropout delay: Cat. 3/PL d, SILCL 2 8) Type IIIA in acc. with EN 574 9) Type IIIC in acc. with EN 574 A = Autostart M = Manual, monitored start 208 PHOENIX CONTACT

209

Safety relay modules for machine building – Safety relays Functional safety Selection guide Application Output contacts Safety approval Page Reset X X X X - X A/M Contact extension Contact extension Contact extension Contact extension X X X X X - X - - - X X - X - X - - - - - - X X A/M A/M A/M A/M 2 4 - - - 4 4 4 4 - - 4 4 4 - - - - 2 21) 21) 21) 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 - 9 4 8 3 1 O S I N E h t i w . c c a n i L P 1 6 0 2 6 N E h t i w . c c a n i L C L I S e e d d d e e e e 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 233 233 233 233 233 233 233 234 234 234 234 Type PSR-SDC4 24 V DC PSR-URM4/B 24 V DC PSR-URD3/3 24 V DC PSR-URD3/30 24 V DC PSR-URD3/T2 24 V DC PSR-SIM4 PSR-SACB... r a l u d o m R S P n PSR-MXF1 o i t c n u f i t l u m R S P 24 V DC PSR-MXF2 24 V DC PSR-MXF3 24 V DC PSR-MXF4 24 V DC 1) Delayed A = Autostart M = Manual, monitored start Safety relay modules for zero-speed and over-speed monitoring Application Output contacts Safety approval Page Type n = 0 n> maxn n PSR-RSM4 o i t o m R S P 24 V DC PSR-MM25 24 V DC PSR-MM30 24 V DC - X - X - X X - X X X X X - X 4 1 2 3 2 2 1 - 9 4 8 3 1 O S I N E h t i w . c c a n i L P e e e 1 6 0 2 6 N E h t i w . c c a n i L C L I S 3 3 3 244 243 243 Safety relay modules – Safe coupling relays for universal applications Application Output contacts Safety approval Page Type PSR-URM 24 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC PSR-URM/5X1 24 V AC/DC PSR-URM/3X1 24 V AC/DC PSR-URM/4X1 24 V AC/DC PSR-URM/2X21 24 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC c i s s a l c R S P Coupling relays for universal applications 5 5 3 4 - 2 1 3 2 - - - - - 2 1 - 9 4 8 3 1 O S I N E h t i w . c c a n i L P c c c c c 1 6 0 2 6 N E h t i w . c c a n i L C L I S 1 1 1 1 1 245 246 246 247 247 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 209

210

Functional safety Selection guide Safety relay modules for the process industry – Safe coupling relays Application Output contacts Diagnostics Safety approval Overall width Page k c o l r e t n i d e t a r g e t n i h t i w g n i r o t i n o m - f l e S - - - - X - - X - - - - - X 1 1 5 1 6 / 8 0 5 1 6 C E I h t i w . c c a n i L I S 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 31) 31) 3 3 2 3 6 5 1 0 5 C E I h t i w . c c a n i L I S 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 2 - 1 A a i v k c a b d e e f r o r r e e v i t c A X X X - - X - X e c i v e d e h t n o t n e m e r u s a e M X X X X - X X - D E L a i v l a u s i V X X X X X X X X X X X X X X - - - - - - - - X X X - 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1 - - - - - . 4 0 1 7 S - A S I / I S N A h t i w . c c a n i 3 G X X X X X X X X L G X X - - X X - X 2 e n o Z I s s a l C / x E C E I / X E T A X X X X X X X X in mm 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 12.5 17.5 12.5 249 249 250 250 251 252 252 251 X X X 17.5 253 - - - - - X - 17.5 253 - - - - X X X X 17.5 17.5 17.5 22.5 254 255 255 256 Highly compact, safe coupling relays for failsafe controllers: Type PSR-PS20 24 V DC PSR-PS21 24 V DC PSR-PS22 24 V DC PSR-PS23 24 V DC PSR-PS40 24 V DC PSR-PC20 24 V DC PSR-PC32 24 V DC PSR-PC40 24 V DC PSR-PC50 24 V DC For safety-related switch-off (ESD) i i n m R S P For safety-related switch-on (F&G) For safety-related switch-off (ESD) PSR-PC51/PC52 24 V DC PSR-FSP 24 V DC c i s s a l c R S P PSR-FSP/2X1 24 V DC PSR-FSP2/2X1 24 V DC PSR-ESP4 24 V DC 1) Low demand 210 PHOENIX CONTACT

211

Configurable safety modules Application Inputs/outputs Safety approval Page Functional safety Selection guide Type e f a s i r t R S P PSR-TRISAFE-S 24 V DC PSR-TRISAFE-M 24 V DC PSR-TS-SDI8-SDIO4 24 V DC PSR-TS-SDOR4 24 V DC OFF MAN AUTO Master module (not extendable) Master module (safely extendable) Safe digital I/O extension module Safe relay module s t u p t u o l o r t n o c e f a S 4 4 41) 43) s t u p n I 20 20 8 - 1) Configurable via software: outputs to inputs/signal outputs to clock outputs 2) Depending on connection, up to ... 3) Configurable via software: 4 x 1-channel or 2 x 2-channel Safe I/Os 8 0 5 1 6 C E I h t i w . c c a n i L I S 3 3 3 h t i w . c c a n i L C L I S 1 6 0 2 6 N E 3 3 3 1 - 9 4 8 3 1 O S I N E h t i w . c c a n i L P e e e e2) 32) 32) 6 5 1 0 5 C E I h t i w . c c a n i L I S 3 3 3 3 s t u p t u o k c o C l 2 2 21) - s t u p t u o l a n g i S 4 4 21) 4 261 261 262 262 s t u p t u o g n h c t i i w s d n u o r G 2 2 - - Application Inputs/outputs Protocol Safety approval Page Type IB IL 24 LPSDO 8 V2-PAC 24 V DC IB IL 24 LPSDO 8 V3-PAC 24 V DC AXL F LPSDO8/3 IF 24 V DC IB IL 24 PSDI 16-PAC 24 V DC IB IL 24 PSDI 8-PAC 24 V DC IB IL 24 PSDO 8-PAC 24 V DC IB IL 24 PSDO 4/4-PAC 24 V DC IB IL 24 PSDOR 4-PAC 24 V DC / 230 V DC IB IL SAFE 2-ECO 24 V DC AXL F SSDI8/4 1F 24 V DC AXL F SSDO8/3 1F 24 V DC AXL F PSDI8/4 1F 24 V DC AXL F PSDO8/3 1F 24 V DC OFF MAN AUTO Logic module with SafetyBridge Technology Input module 1) Input module Output module Output module (positive and negative switching) Relay module Input module with two sensor circuits Input module Output module Input module Output module AXL E IOL SDI8 SDO4 2A M12 6P 24 V DC Input and output module s t u p n i e f a S - - - 16 8 - - - - 8 - 8 - 8 s t u p t u o e f a S 8 8 8 - - 8 4 - - - 8 - 8 4 s t u p t u o k c o C l - - - 16 8 - - - - - - - - 8 s t u p t u o y a l e R - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - l y g o o n h c e T e g d i r B y t e f a S X X X X X X X X - X X - - e f a s I F O R P - - - X X X X X - - - X X X X 1 - 9 4 8 3 1 O S I N E h t i w . c c a n i L P e e e e e e e e e e e e e e c i g o L l s e u d o m s O / I e f a S e n i l n I F e n s O / I e f a S i l i o x A E e n i l i o x A h t i w . c c a n i L C L I S 1 6 0 2 6 N E 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 8 0 5 1 6 C E I h t i w . c c a n i L I S 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 n o i t c e t o r p f o e e r g e D IP20 265 IP20 265 IP20 269 IP20 266 IP20 267 IP20 267 IP20 267 IP20 268 IP20 268 IP20 270 IP20 271 IP20 270 IP20 271 3 IP67 272 1) Only compatible with IB IL 24 LPSDO V3-PAC For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 211

212

Functional safety Non-contact safety switches – PSRswitch Non-contact safety switches Smart diagnostic channel 24 V 2 x SDI Restart 0 V 2 x SDO PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany Smart sensor DIAG STATE 1 2 2 1 2 1 PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE Series connection up to PL e DI1L DI2L UL1 DI1H DI2H +I1 DI1 DI2 -I1 PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DO1 - M R S P U1 COM1 COM2 I1 NO1 NO2 1 NC1 NC2 A1 A1 A2 A2 24V 0V 00- 01- T0 T0 T1 T1 MO M1 M2 M3 M1 PSRtrisale-S R W P A T A D R R E F N O C PSRtrisale CONF STICK CONFIRM I0 I1 I2 I3 O0 O1 O2 O3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I12 I13 I14 I15 I8 I9 I10 I11 I16 I17 I18 I19 PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE Safe individual wiring Smart diagnostic channel PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE PSRswitch PSR-CT-C-ACT Ord.-No. 2702973 PSRswitch PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 Ord.-No. 2702976 PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Co. KG 32825 Blomberg Germany DIAG STATE DI1L DI2L UL1 DI1H DI2H +I1 DI1 DI2 -I1 PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DO1 - M R S P U1 COM1 COM2 I1 NO1 NO2 1 NC1 NC2 IO-Link SF RUN STOP STOP RUN STOP RUN 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Integrated diagnostic channel Sensor coding types The sensors are available in various coding types. When combined with the coded actuator, this results in a corresponding encoding level for the safety switch in accordance with EN ISO 14119. Fixcode: – Accepts one actuator – Single teach-in of one actuator – High encoding level in accordance with EN ISO 14119 Unicode: – Accepts one actuator – Multiple teach-in of actuators – High encoding level in accordance with EN ISO 14119 Multicode: – Accepts all actuators – No teach-in – Low encoding level in accordance with EN ISO 14119 SAC cabling PSRswitch safety switches enable convenient installation with M12 male connectors and SAC cables. Various Y distributors support the easy wiring of series connections, manual startup behavior, and integrated diagnostics. The compact PSRswitch is an electronic, coded safety switch for flexible safety door and position monitoring. Thanks to the integrated RFID technology and intelligence, it provides maximum tamper protection and the highest level of safety in accordance with EN ISO 13849 and EN ISO 14119. You receive a cost-effective comprehensive solution with compatible evaluation units and sensor/actuator cabling.  Your web code: #1940 Non-contact and smart The PSRswitch has the properties of a safety relay with two safe inputs, two safe outputs, and an integrated start circuit. LEDs indicate the current status of the sensor at all times. Integrated diagnostic channel Our safety switch system consists of the PSRmini evaluation unit and PSRswitch safety switches. Safe series connection has a two-channel design. Parallel to this, status information for the individual switches is transmitted to the PSR-MC42 PSRmini safety relay via the integrated diagnostic channel. The safety relay transmits the non-safety-related diagnostic data of the switch to the controller via IO-Link. The data can then be evaluated centrally there. Series connection up to PL e Up to 30 safety switches can be safely connected in series with PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849. You can wire the safety switches individually. PSRtrisafe and safe I/Os are also suitable evaluation units. 212 PHOENIX CONTACT

213

Non-contact safety switches – Tamper protection via RFID transponder technology – Safe series connection in accordance with EN ISO 14119 – Coding type depending on the sensor: Fixcode, Unicode or Multicode – Encoding level in accordance with EN ISO 14119 depending on the sensor – Design 4 in accordance with EN ISO 14119 – Start/reset input for autostart or manual monitored start – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 Functional safety Non-contact safety switches – PSRswitch Sensor and actuator  Functional safety START UB 0V FI1A FI1B F01A F01B DGN 8 2 7 6 1 3 4 5 7 8 1 6 5 4 3 2 Technical data 2 / FI1A, FI1B 24 V DC ±15% (PELV, controlled, residual ripple < 5% ) max. 40 mA min. 0.25 A (to be performed externally) max. 8 A (to be performed externally) 2 / FO1A, FO1B, Semiconductor outputs, p-wired 1 / DGN, p-wired min. 1 mA max. 50 mA -25°C ... 55°C M12 connector 8 IP65/IP67/IP69/IP69K IP67 (with SAC cabling) 2 LEDs 26.5 mm / 40 mm / 18 mm W / H / D Ordering data Safety inputs / power supply Number / description Supply voltage Current consumption Protection Safety outputs Number / description Alarm outputs Number / description Current General data Ambient temperature range Connection method No. of pos. Degree of protection Status indication Dimensions Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Safety sensor - Fixcode - Unicode - Multicode Actuator, coded, suitable for all sensor coding types PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 PSR-CT-C-SEN-1-8 PSR-CT-M-SEN-1-8 PSR-CT-C-ACT Accessories Y distributor Type 1, for series connection of PSR-CT safety switches SAC-8PY-M/2XF BK 1-PSR Type 2, for manual startup behavior of PSR-CT safety switches SAC-8PY-M/2XF BK 2-PSR 2702976 2702972 2702975 2702973 1054338 1054339 1054341 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Type 3, for integrated diagnostics via signal contact with PSR-CT safety switches Bridge plug - Dummy plug for every sensor circuit SAC-8PY-M/2XF BK 3-PSR SAC-5P-M12MS BK BR 1-2-4 1054366 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 213

214

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building Safety relays PSRmini safety relays PSRmini are the narrowest safety relays available on the market. With an overall width of just 6 and 12 mm, we provide you with proven safety, thanks to relay technology developed in-house with force-guided contacts. Thanks to an innovative DIP switch concept, appropriate settings can be made directly on the module. The needs-based design starting from a single enable path also ensures greater flexibility in your application without limiting performance. PSRmodular safety relay system With PSRmodular, you can design your safety system to meet your specific requirements. The modular safety relays are extended easily and flexibly based on the modular principle. The PSR-TBUS DIN rail connector connects the master safety relay to up to ten extension modules directly on the DIN rail. This eliminates the need for the usual cross-wiring and configuration.  Your web code: #1408  Your web code: #0495 PSRclassic safety relays The PSRclassic safety relays have a long proven track record. Thanks to the 2-channel wiring and force-guided contacts, they reliably switch functions such as two-hand control devices or light grids. Screw or spring connection technology ensures the fast wiring of contacts. Status LEDs enable easy diagnostics. PSRmultifunction multifunctional safety relays Three safety functions are combined in one narrow housing. This reduces your costs for warehousing and logistics, and saves space in the application. Safety functions already integrated into the device reduce potential wiring errors. Four device versions with three connection technologies are available for monitoring various types of sensors.  Your web code: #1409  Your web code: #1547 PSRmini safety relays PSRclassic safety relays PSRmodular safety relay system 214 PHOENIX CONTACT PSRmultifunction multifunctional safety relays

215

Highly compact safety relays for emergency stop and safety door monitoring – Single-channel control – 1 enabling current path, 1 digital signal output – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Activation depending on type: automatic or manual, monitored – Cat. 1/PL c in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 1 in accordance with IEC 62061 – Depending on the application up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Functional safety H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Automatic activation Manual and monitored activation       A1 S11 S12 S35 13 A1 S11 S12 S34 13 PSR-MS20 IN K1 K1/K2 K2 PWR 24V DC PSR-MS25 IN K1 K1/K2 K2 PWR 24V DC A2 M1 14 A2 M1 14 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 42 mA < 175 ms < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12) < 500 ms 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 42 mA < 175 ms < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12) < 500 ms 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop and safety door monitoring PSR-MS20-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC 2904950 1 PSR-MS25-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC 2904951 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 215

216

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Highly compact safety relays for emergency stop and safety door monitoring – Two-channel control – 1 enabling current path – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Cross-circuit detection – Activation depending on type: automatic or manual, monitored – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Automatic activation Manual and monitored activation       A1 S11 S12 S22 S35 13 A1 S11 S12 S22 S34 13 PSR-MS30 IN K1 K1/K2 K2 PWR 24V DC PSR-MS35 IN K1 K1/K2 K2 PWR 24V DC A2 14 A2 14 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 42 mA < 175 ms < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S22.) 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 42 mA < 175 ms < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S22.) < 500 ms < 500 ms 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop and safety door monitoring PSR-MS30-1NO-24DC-SC 2904952 1 PSR-MS35-1NO-24DC-SC 2904953 1 216 PHOENIX CONTACT

217

Highly compact safety relays for emergency stop and safety door monitoring – Two-channel control – 1 enabling current path, 1 digital signal output – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Activation depending on type: automatic or manual, monitored – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Functional safety H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Automatic activation Manual and monitored activation         A1 S12 S22 S35 13 A1 S12 S22 S34 13 PSR-MS40 IN K1 K1/K2 K2 PWR 24V DC PSR-MS45 IN K1 K1/K2 K2 PWR 24V DC A2 M1 14 A2 M1 14 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 42 mA < 175 ms < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S22.) 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 42 mA < 175 ms < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S22.) < 500 ms < 500 ms 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop and safety door monitoring PSR-MS40-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC 2904954 1 PSR-MS45-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC 2904955 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 217

218

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Highly compact safety relays for monitoring non-equivalent signal generators – Two-channel non-equivalent control – 1 enabling current path, 1 digital signal output – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Activation depending on type: automatic or manual, monitored – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Automatic activation Manual and monitored activation         A1 S12 S13 S35 13 A1 S12 S13 S34 13 PSR-MS50 IN K1 K1/K2 K2 PWR 24V DC PSR-MS55 IN K1 K1/K2 K2 PWR 24V DC A2 M1 14 A2 M1 14 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 42 mA < 175 ms < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S13.) 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 42 mA < 175 ms < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S13.) < 500 ms < 500 ms 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Monitoring of non-equivalent signal generators PSR-MS50-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC 2904956 1 PSR-MS55-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC 2904957 1 218 PHOENIX CONTACT

219

Highly compact safety relays – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Automatic activation – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 PSR-MS60: emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring – Two-channel control – 2 single-channel enabling current paths PSR-MS21: monitoring of failsafe controllers – Single-channel control – 1 enabling current path, 1 digital signal output Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Functional safety H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Automatic activation, 2 single-channel enabling current paths Automatic activation, 1 enabling current path       A1 S22 S12 13 23 A1 S11 S35 24V 13 PSR-MS60 PWR 24V DC A2 K1 IN K1/K2 K2 PSR-MS21 IN PWR 24V DC K1 K1/K2 K2 14 24 A2 M1 14 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 40 mA < 175 ms < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S22.) 24 V DC -20% / +25% (at A1) typ. 35 mA < 150 ms (automatic start) < 20 ms (when controlled via A1) < 500 ms < 500 ms 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) - - - 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA Yes -40°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path (13/14) and enabling current path (23/24) -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path (13/14) Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring Monitoring of failsafe controllers PSR-MS60-2NO-24DC-SC 2904958 1 PSR-MS21-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC 2702192 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 219

220

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Highly compact safety relays for emergency stop and safety door monitoring – Single-channel control – 3 enabling current paths, 1 digital signal output – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device – Cat. 1/PL c in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 1 in accordance with IEC 62061 – Depending on the application up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation H D W SILCL IEC 62061    3 enabling current paths A1 S11 S12 S34 13 23 33 PSR-MC20 IN K1 K2 PWR 24V DC A2 M1 14 24 34 Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 80 mA < 175 ms (automatic start) < 175 ms (manual, monitored start) < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12) < 500 ms 3 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no -40°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path (13/14) and enabling current path (23/24) and enabling current path (33/34) Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop and safety door monitoring with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-MC20-3NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC20-3NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2700466 2700467 1 1 220 PHOENIX CONTACT

221

Highly compact safety relays – Two-channel control – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 PSR-MC30: emergency stop and safety door monitoring – 2 enabling current paths, 1 digital signal output – Cross-circuit detection PSR-MC32: emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring – 3 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path – Wide-range input Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Functional safety H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 2 enabling current paths 3 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path       A1 S11 S12 S22 S21 S34 13 23 A1 S10 S11 S12 S13 13 23 33 41 PSR-MC30 IN 1/2 K1 PSR-MC32 IN 1/2 PWR 24V DC K2 PWR 24...230V AC / DC K1 K2 A2 M1 14 24 A2 S21 S22 S34 S35 14 24 34 42 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 65 mA < 175 ms (automatic start) < 175 ms (manual, monitored start) < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S22.) < 500 ms 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 24 V AC/DC ... 230 V AC/DC -15% / +10% typ. 103 mA (24 V DC) < 150 ms (automatic start) < 100 ms (manual, monitored start) < 20 ms (when actuation is via the sensor circuit) < 500 ms 3 enabling current paths 1 signaling current path AgSnO2 min. 5 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no 6 A (observe derating) min. 10 mA, max. 6 A min. 50 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) - - - -40°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path (13/14) and enabling current path (23/24) -40°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178; EN 60947-5-1 Basic insulation 4 kV between enabling current path (23/24) and enabling current path (33/34) and signaling current path (41/42) Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between all other circuits Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 117.4 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop and safety door monitoring with screw connection with spring-cage connection Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-MC30-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC30-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2700498 2700499 1 1 PSR-MC32-3NO-1NC-24-230UC-SC PSR-MC32-3NO-1NC-24-230UC-SP 2700524 2700525 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 221

222

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Highly compact safety relays – Two-channel control – 3 enabling current paths, 1 digital signal output H D W – Cross-circuit detection – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 PSR-MC34: emergency stop and safety door monitoring – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device    H D W SILCL IEC 62061 3 enabling current paths 3 enabling current paths, 1 confirmation current path, with elevator approval in acc. with EN 81-20   PSR-MC37: emergency stop, safety door, and elevator monitoring – Basic insulation – Manual and automatic activation in a single device – Approved for elevator applications in accordance with EN 81-20 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation A1 S11 S12 S22 S34 13 23 A1 S11 S12 S22 S21 S35 13 23 33 41 PSR-MC34 IN 1/2 K1 PSR-MC37 IN 1/2 K1 PWR A1 K2 K2 24V DC PWR 24V DC A2 M1 14 24 34 A2 Y32 14 24 34 42 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 84 mA < 175 ms (automatic start) < 175 ms (manual, monitored start) < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S22.) < 500 ms 3 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 24 V DC -20% / +25% typ. 70 mA < 100 ms (automatic start) < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12) < 500 ms 3 enabling current paths 1 signaling current path AgSnO2 min. 5 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no 6 A (observe derating) min. 10 mA, max. 6 A min. 50 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 1 (digital) max. 100 mA Yes -40°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Basic insulation 4 kV: Between input circuit and enabling current path (23/24/34) Between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV: Between input circuit and enabling current path (13/14) Between enabling current path (13/14) and enabling current path (23/24/34) -40°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 60664-1:2008 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 117.4 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop and safety door monitoring with screw connection with spring-cage connection Emergency stop, safety door, and elevator monitoring PSR-MC34-3NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC34-3NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2700540 2700548 1 1 with screw connection with spring-cage connection 222 PHOENIX CONTACT PSR-MC37-3NO-1NC-24DC-SC PSR-MC37-3NO-1NC-24DC-SP 2702411 2702412 1 1

223

Highly compact safety relays for emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring – Two-channel control – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 PSR-MC38: – 2 enabling current paths, 1 digital signal output – Connection of CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters and MINI POWER power supplies via DIN rail connector – Cross-circuit detection PSR-MC40: – 3 enabling current paths, 1 digital signal output Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Functional safety new H D W SILCL IEC 62061 2 enabling current paths 3 enabling current paths    SILCL IEC 62061  A1 TBUS S11 S33 S34 S35 Y1 S12 13 23 A1 S12 S22 S34 13 23 33 PWR PSR-MC38 24V DC A1 K1 K2 IN 1 IN 2 PSR-MC40 IN 1/2 K1 K2 PWR 24V DC A2 TBUS Y30 S10 S13 S22 TBUS K1/K2 14 24 A2 M1 14 24 34 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% (provide external protection) typ. 75 mA 200 ms (automatic start) 30 ms (manual, monitored start) 25 ms (when actuation is via the sensor circuit) 60 ms (when controlled via A1) < 500 ms 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 80 mA < 175 ms (automatic start) < 175 ms (manual, monitored start) < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S22.) < 500 ms 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 10 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 3 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A min. 10 mA / max. 6 A min. 100 mW 10 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 max. 100 mA - 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no -20°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path (13/14) and enabling current path (23/24) Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing -40°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path (13/14) and enabling current path (23/24) and enabling current path (33/34) Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 22.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 117.5 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring Screw connection Push-in connection Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-MC38-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC38-2NO-1DO-24DC-PI 1009831 1009832 1 1 PSR-MC40-3NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC40-3NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2700569 2700570 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 223

224

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Highly compact safety relays new – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 PSR-MC42: safety relay with IO-Link for PSRswitch – 2 sensor circuits – 2 enabling current paths – IO-Link interface PSR-MC50: monitoring of non-equivalent signal generators – Two-channel non-equivalent control – 3 enabling current paths, 1 digital signal output – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 2 sensor circuits, 2 enabling current paths 3 enabling current paths, for non-equivalent sensor circuits    L+ L- A1 A2 S11 S21 S12 S22 13 23 A1 S12 S13 S34 13 23 33 IO-Link 24V DC PSR-MC42 S0 COM PWR S1 K1 K2 PSR-MC50 IN 1/2 K1 K2 PWR 24V DC C/Q DGN S34 S32 S42 M1 14 24 A2 M1 14 24 34 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -20% / +25% (provide external protection) typ. 60 mA < 220 ms (automatic start) < 175 ms (manual, monitored start) < 20 ms (on demand via the sensor circuit) < 20 ms (on demand via A1) < 500 ms 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 80 mA < 175 ms (automatic start) < 175 ms (manual, monitored start) < 20 ms (when controlled via A1 or S12 and S13.) < 500 ms 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 3 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 max. 100 mA - 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA no -25°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 60947-1 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 4 kV between input circuit and enabling current path (13/14) and enabling current path (23/24) -40°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current path (13/14) and enabling current path (23/24) and enabling current path (33/34) Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 17.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 17.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Safety relay with IO-Link for PSRswitch with screw connection with spring-cage connection Monitoring of non-equivalent signal generators with screw connection with spring-cage connection 224 PHOENIX CONTACT PSR-MC42-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC42-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2702901 2702902 1 1 PSR-MC50-3NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC50-3NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2700553 2700564 1 1

225

Highly compact safety relays – 2 enabling current paths, 1 digital signal output – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Automatic activation PSR-MC60: For two-hand control devices in acc. with EN 574 Type IIIA – Single-channel control PSR-MC62: For two-hand control devices in acc. with EN 574 Type IIIC – Two-channel control Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Functional safety H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Type IIIA in acc. with EN 574, up to Cat. 1/PL c in acc. with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 1 in acc. with IEC EN 62061 Type IIIC in acc. with EN 574, up to Cat. 4/PL e in acc. with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in acc. with IEC EN 62061     A1 S12 S22 S35 13 23 A1 S12 S22 S35 13 23 PSR-MC60 IN 1/2 PWR K1/K2 PSR-MC62 IN 1/2 PWR K1/K2 24V DC 24V DC A2 S11 S21 M1 14 24 A2 S11 S21 M1 14 24 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -20% / +25% typ. 35 mA < 40 ms < 10 ms (when controlled via S12/S22) < 5 ms (when interrupted via A1; applicative deactivation via A1/A2 is not permitted) < 500 ms 24 V DC -20% / +25% typ. 40 mA < 50 ms < 10 ms (when controlled via S12/S22) < 5 ms (when interrupted via A1; applicative deactivation via A1/A2 is not permitted) < 500 ms 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 (enabling current path) min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 (enabling current path) min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA Yes 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA Yes -35°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV: between (A1, A2, S11, S12, S21, S22, S35, M1) and enabling current path (13/14) between (A1, A2, S11, S12, S21, S22, S35, M1) and enabling current path (23/24) between enabling current paths -35°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV: between (A1, A2, S11, S12, S21, S22, S35, M1) and enabling current path (13/14) between (A1, A2, S11, S12, S21, S22, S35, M1) and enabling current path (23/24) between enabling current paths Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Monitoring of two-hand control devices with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-MC60-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC60-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2700571 2700572 1 1 PSR-MC62-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC62-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2700574 2700575 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 225

226

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Highly compact safety relays with time function Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring – Two-channel control – 2 enabling current paths, 1 digital signal output – Release and on delay 0.2 s up to 60 s – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device – Can be retriggered Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Delay time range Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Up to Cat. 1/PL c in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 1 in accordance with IEC 62061 Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061     A1 S12 S22 S34 13 27 A1 S12 S22 S34 13 27 IN 1 IN 2 K1 IN 1 IN 2 K1 PWR PSR-MC70 24V DC K2 ton toff PWR PSR-MC72 (t) 24V DC K2 ton toff (t) A2 S11 S21 M1 14 28 A2 S11 S21 M1 14 28 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -20% / +25% typ. 50 mA < 35 ms (automatic start) < 30 ms (manual, monitored start) < 20 ms (when controlled via S12 (only for undelayed contact 13/14)) < 5 ms (when interrupted via A1; applicative deactivation via A1/A2 is not permitted) 24 V DC -20% / +25% typ. 60 mA < 35 ms (automatic start) < 30 ms (manual, monitored start) < 25 ms (when controlled via S12 (only for undelayed contact 13/14)) < 5 ms (when interrupted via A1; applicative deactivation via A1/A2 is not permitted) 0.2 s ... 60 s ±5% (can be set for 27/28) 0.2 s ... 60 s ±5% (can be set for 27/28) 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC (observe the load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA Yes 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA Yes -35°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Basic insulation 4 kV: between all current paths and housing -35°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Basic insulation 4 kV: between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV: between (A1, A2, S11, S12, S21, S22, S34, M1) and enabling current path (13/14) between (A1, A2, S11, S12, S21, S22, S34, M1) and enabling current path (27/28) between enabling current paths Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV: between (A1, A2, S11, S12, S21, S22, S34, M1) and enabling current path (13/14) between (A1, A2, S11, S12, S21, S22, S34, M1) and enabling current path (27/28) between enabling current paths 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-MC70-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC70-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2702094 2702095 1 1 PSR-MC72-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC72-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2702096 2702097 1 1 Ordering data Ordering data 226 PHOENIX CONTACT

227

Highly compact safety relays with time function Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring – Two-channel control – 5 enabling current paths, 1 digital signal output – Release and on delay 0.2 s up to 300 s – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device – Can be retriggered Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini new H D W SILCL IEC 62061 Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 A1 S12 S22 S34 13 23 47 IN 1 IN 2 K1 PWR PSR-MC73 24V DC K2 ton toff (t) A2 S11 S21 M1 14 24 34 48 58 Technical data 24 V DC -20% / +25% typ. 80 mA < 40 ms (automatic start) < 30 ms (manual, monitored start) < 25 ms (when controlled via S12 and S22 (only for undelayed contacts)) < 5 ms (when controlled via A1; applicative deactivation via A1/A2 is not permitted) 0.2 s ... 300 s ±5% (can be set for 47/48/58) 500 ms (following demand of the safety function) 5 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC (observe the load curve) 6 A min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 max. 100 mA Yes -35°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between (A1, A2, S11, S12, S21, S22, S34, M1) and enabling current path (13/14) and enabling current path (23/24) and enabling current path (47/48/58) Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Delay time range Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 117.5 mm / 114.5 mm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-MC73-5NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC73-5NO-1DO-24DC-SP 1015533 1015526 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 227

228

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmini Extension module – 5 enabling current paths, 1 confirmation current path – Basic insulation/reinforced insulation in part – In conjunction with a suitable evaluating device: Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC EN 62061 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation H D W SILCL IEC 62061   Contact extension A1 24V 11 23 33 43 53 63 24V DC PSR-MC82 K1 K2 A2 M1 12 24 34 44 54 64 Technical data 24 V DC -20% / +25% typ. 80 mA < 50 ms < 25 ms (when controlled via A1/A2) < 100 ms 5 enabling current paths 1 confirmation current path AgSnO2 min. 5 V AC/DC / max. 24 V DC (enabling current path 23/24) / max. 250 V AC/DC (all other enabling current paths, observe load curve) 6 A (observe derating) min. 10 mA / max. 6 A min. 50 mW 10 A gL/gG 6 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (digital, PNP) max. 100 mA Yes -20°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuits and enabling current paths 33/34, 43/44, and 63/64 Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 17.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 17.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Description Extension module with screw connection with spring-cage connection Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSR-MC82-5NO-1NC-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC82-5NO-1NC-1DO-24DC-SP 2702382 2702383 1 1 228 PHOENIX CONTACT

229

Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRclassic Functional safety Safety relays for emergency stop and safety door monitoring H D W Find out more with the web code Detailed information on these products can be found on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  Your web code: #1409 SILCL IEC 62061 H D W SILCL IEC 62061 Screw connection Spring-cage connection Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, basic insulation, single-channel control, activation: manual and automatic, 4 enabling and 1 signaling current path, nominal input voltage 24 V AC/DC, Cat. 1/PL c in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 1 in accordance with IEC EN 62061 Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, basic insulation, single-channel control, activation: manual, monitored, and automatic, 3 enabling and 1 signaling current path, nominal input voltage 230 V AC, Cat. 1/PL c in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 1 in accordance with IEC EN 62061 Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, basic insulation, single- and two-channel control, activation: manual, monitored, and automatic, 3 enabling and 1 signaling current path, up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC EN 62061 - Nominal input voltage 24 V AC/DC, - Nominal input voltage 42 - 48 V AC/DC - Nominal input voltage 120 V AC/DC - Nominal input voltage 230 V AC/DC Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, reinforced insulation, single- and two-channel control, activation: manual, monitored, and automatic, nominal input voltage 24 V AC/DC, up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC EN 62061 - 2 enabling and 1 signaling current path - 8 enabling and 1 signaling current path PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B 2963802 PSR-SCP-230AC/ESAM2/3X1/1X2/B 2901430 PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SCP-42-48UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2B PSR-SCP-120UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SCP-230UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B 2900509 2901416 2901422 2901428 PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESAM4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESAM4/8X1/1X2 2900525 2963912 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B 2963954 PSR-SPP-230AC/ESAM2/3X1/1X2/B 2901431 PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP-42-48UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2B PSR-SPP-120UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP-230UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B 2900510 2901417 2901425 2901429 PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESAM4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP-24UC/ESAM4/8X1/1X2 2900526 2963996 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 229

230

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRclassic Safety relay with time functions Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring – Single and two-channel control – 2 or 3 undelayed and 2 dropout delayed contacts – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device – Nominal input voltage 24 V DC – Up to Cat. 3/4 and PL d/e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Find out more with the web code Detailed information on these products can be found on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  Your web code: #1409 H D W SILCL IEC 62061 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring, adjustable release delay time 0.1 s ... 30 s with screw connection with spring-cage connection Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring, adjustable release delay time 0.2 s ... 300 s with screw connection with spring-cage connection Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring, fixed release delay time 0.5 s with screw connection with spring-cage connection Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring, fixed release delay time 1 s with screw connection with spring-cage connection Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring, fixed release delay time 3 s with screw connection with spring-cage connection Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring, fixed release delay time 5 s PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/4X1/30 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/4X1/30 2981800 2981813 PSR-SCP-24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/300 PSR-SPP-24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/300 2981428 2981431 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/0T 5 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/0T 5 2981101 2981130 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 1 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 1 2981143 2981156 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 3 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 3 2981224 2981237 with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 5 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 5 2981266 2981279 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 230 PHOENIX CONTACT

231

Safety relay for emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring – Single and two-channel control – 2 or 3 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path or digital signal output – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Safety relay for two-hand control devices – For two-hand control devices in accordance with EN 574 Type IIIC – Two-channel control – 2 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path – Automatic activation – Concurrence monitoring < 0.5 s – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Find out more with the web code Detailed information on these products can be found on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  Your web code: #1409 Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRclassic Functional safety Notes: Moreover, the PSR-SDC4 is also suitable for light grid monitoring, see page 233 H D W SILCL IEC 62061 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Light grid, emergency stop, and safety door monitoring, one and two-channel, activation: manually monitored and automatic with screw connection with spring-cage connection Master module for emergency stop, safety door, light grid, and magnetic switch with screw connection with spring-cage connection Two-hand controls and safety door monitoring, two-channel, with cross-circuit detection, activation: automatic PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESL4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESL4/3X1/1X2/B 2981059 2981062 PSR-SCP- 24DC/SDC4/2X1/B PSR-SPP- 24DC/SDC4/2X1/B 2981486 2981499 with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-SCP- 24UC/THC4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/THC4/2X1/1X2 2963721 2963983 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 231

232

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRclassic Extension modules – Single and two-channel control – 5 enabling, 1 signaling, and 1 confirmation current path – Option of basic insulation or reinforced insulation – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Find out more with the web code Detailed information on these products can be found on our website. Simply enter # and numbers in the search field.  Your web code: #1409 H D W SILCL IEC 62061 Contact extension Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Extension module, reinforced insulation, single- or two-channel control, 5 enabling, 1 signaling, and 1 confirmation current path with screw connection with spring-cage connection Extension module, basic insulation, single-channel control, 5 enabling, 1 signaling, and 1 confirmation current path with screw connection with spring-cage connection Extension module, basic insulation, for electrosensitive protective equipment such as light grids, single- or two-channel control, 3 enabling and 1 signaling current path with screw connection with spring-cage connection Extension module, basic insulation, with wide-range input (42 ... 230 V AC/DC), single- or two-channel control, 4 enabling, 1 signaling, and 1 confirmation current path PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2 2963734 2964005 PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2/B PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2/B 2981033 2981046 PSR-SCP-24DC/URML4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP-24DC/URML4/3X1/1X2/B 2903583 2903584 with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-SCP-42-230UC/URM4/4NO/2NC PSR-SPP-42-230UC/URM4/4NO/2NC 2702924 2702925 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 232 PHOENIX CONTACT

233

Modular safety relay system Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmodular Functional safety SILCL IEC 62061 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Master module for emergency stop, safety door, light grid, and magnetic switch with screw connection with spring-cage connection Extension module, with single-channel control with screw connection with spring-cage connection Extension module with dropout delayed contacts (adjustable up to max. 3 s), single-channel control with screw connection with spring-cage connection Extension module with dropout delayed contacts (adjustable up to max. 30 s), single-channel control with screw connection with spring-cage connection Interface module, for up to four safety sensors/switches with N/O or N/C contacts with screw connection with spring-cage connection Sensor box, with M12 slots and connected master cable, for magnetic limit switch with N/C contacts / N/O contacts, LEDs for signaling Length of cable: 5 m Length of cable: 10 m PSR-TBUS DIN rail connector, for supplying/controlling/monitoring (depending on the module) PSR-TBUS PSR TBUS dummy plug PSR-TBUS-TP PSR-SCP- 24DC/SDC4/2X1/B PSR-SPP- 24DC/SDC4/2X1/B 2981486 2981499 PSR-SCP- 24DC/URM4/4X1/2X2/B PSR-SPP- 24DC/URM4/4X1/2X2/B 2981677 2981680 PSR-SCP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2/3 PSR-SPP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2/3 2981732 2981745 PSR-SCP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2 2981512 2981525 PSR-SCP- 24DC/SIM4 PSR-SPP- 24DC/SIM4 PSR-SACB-4/4-L- 5,0PUR-SD PSR-SACB-4/4-L-10,0PUR-SD Accessories 2981936 2981949 2981871 2981884 2890425 2981716 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 The PSR safety relay system reduces planning effort, simplifies wiring, and minimizes storage costs. The PSR-SDC4 multifunctional master monitors the various safety-related signals. The PSR-URM4/B and PSR-URD3 extension devices can be used to integrate additional undelayed contacts and contacts with dropout delay via the PSR-TBUS DIN rail connector. The PSR-SIM4 interface module and PSR-SACB sensor box are suitable for wiring several safety switches with N/C or N/O contacts. – Single and two-channel control of the master – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device – With or without cross-circuit detection – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 – Extension modules with adjustable release time: Up to Cat. 3/PL d in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 2 in accordance with IEC EN 62061 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 233

234

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmultifunction Multifunctional safety relays H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Screw connection Spring-cage connection       A1 A2 S34 S35 S36 S37 13 23 43 53 A1 A2 S34 S35 S36 S37 13 23 43 53 POWER 24V DC Logic ERR I1/I2 I3/I4 I5/I6 Reset K1/K2 Reset K3/K4 Monitoring Monitoring OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT K1/K2 K3/K4 K 1 K1/K2 K 2 K 3 K3/K4 K 4 POWER 24V DC Logic ERR I1/I2 I3/I4 I5/I6 Reset K1/K2 Reset K3/K4 Monitoring Monitoring OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT K1/K2 K3/K4 K 1 K1/K2 K 2 K 3 K3/K4 K 4 I1...I6 S11 S21 32 62 14 24 44 54 I1...I6 S11 S21 32 62 14 24 44 54 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 125 mA (with actuated relays) / 55 mA (two-channel 24 V/0 V + max. 200 mA control (message outputs 32/62) with non-actuated relays) 24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 125 mA (with actuated relays) / 55 mA (two-channel 24 V/0 V + max. 200 mA control (message outputs 32/62) with non-actuated relays) 1 s (availability time after activation of sensor circuit: 100ms) 1 s (availability time after activation of sensor circuit: 100ms) 4 enabling current paths 2 semiconductor alarm outputs AgCuNi, +0.2 -0.4 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 10 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), max. 100 mA (alarm output (24 V DC)) 4 enabling current paths 2 semiconductor alarm outputs AgCuNi, +0.2 -0.4 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 10 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), max. 100 mA (alarm output (24 V DC)) 6 A / 10 mA 5 A (0.1 Hz; DC13; 24 V) 3 A (AC15; 230 V) 6 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (for low-demand applications) 6 A / 10 mA 5 A (0.1 Hz; DC13; 24 V) 3 A (AC15; 230 V) 6 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (for low-demand applications) -20°C ... 45°C (see derating curve) DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 4 kV/basic insulation (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit, enabling current paths and safety circuit 1 (13/14, 23/24) and safety circuit 2 (43/44, 53/54).) -20°C ... 45°C (see derating curve) DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 4 kV/basic insulation (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit, enabling current paths and safety circuit 1 (13/14, 23/24) and safety circuit 2 (43/44, 53/54).) You can easily implement three safety functions, such as emergency stop, safety door or light grid monitoring, with the PSR-MXF device range – and all using a single device. In total, there are four function versions available each with three connection methods. Features: – Single and two-channel control – 2 x 2 enabling current paths, 2 digital signal outputs – Basic insulation – Manual, monitored, and automatic activation in a single device – No software configuration required – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical current consumption (with reference to UN) Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max./min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max./min. inrush current Switching capacity (360/h cycles) Switching capacity (3600/h cycles) Short-circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Dimensions EMC note Description Multifunctional safety relay, three safety functions, single- and two-channel, two local shutdown levels W / H / D 22.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 22.5 mm / 117.4 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. - Emergency stop and safety door monitoring PSR-SCP- 24DC/MXF1/4X1/2X2/B 2902725 - Emergency stop and magnetic switch monitoring PSR-SCP-24DC/MXF2/4X1/2X2/B 2903254 - Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring PSR-SCP-24DC/MXF3/4X1/2X2/B 2903257 - Emergency stop, magnetic switch, and light grid monitoring PSR-SCP-24DC/MXF4/4X1/2X2/B 2903260 1 1 1 1 PSR-SPP-24DC/MXF1/4X1/2X2/B 2902726 PSR-SPP-24DC/MXF2/4X1/2X2/B 2903255 PSR-SPP-24DC/MXF3/4X1/2X2/B 2903258 PSR-SPP-24DC/MXF4/4X1/2X2/B 2903261 1 1 1 1 234 PHOENIX CONTACT

235

H D W SILCL IEC 62061    Push-in connection A1 A2 S34 S35 S36 S37 13 23 43 53 POWER 24V DC Logic ERR I1/I2 I3/I4 I5/I6 Reset K1/K2 Reset K3/K4 Monitoring Monitoring OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT K1/K2 K3/K4 K 1 K1/K2 K 2 K 3 K3/K4 K 4 I1...I6 S11 S21 32 62 14 24 44 54 Technical data 24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 125 mA (with actuated relays) / 55 mA (two-channel 24 V/0 V + max. 200 mA control (message outputs 32/62) with non-actuated relays) 1 s (availability time after activation of sensor circuit: 100ms) 4 enabling current paths 2 semiconductor alarm outputs AgCuNi, +0.2 -0.4 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 10 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), max. 100 mA (alarm output (24 V DC)) 6 A / 10 mA 5 A (0.1 Hz; DC13; 24 V) 3 A (AC15; 230 V) 6 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (for low-demand applications) -20°C ... 45°C (see derating curve) DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 4 kV/basic insulation (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit, enabling current paths and safety circuit 1 (13/14, 23/24) and safety circuit 2 (43/44, 53/54).) 22.5 mm / 106.4 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSR-PIP-24DC/MXF1/4X1/2X2/B 2903253 PSR-PIP-24DC/MXF2/4X1/2X2/B 2903256 PSR-PIP-24DC/MXF3/4X1/2X2/B 2903259 PSR-PIP-24DC/MXF4/4X1/2X2/B 2903262 1 1 1 1 Safety relay modules for machine building – PSRmultifunction Functional safety +24V DC L Safety door 1 Safety door 2 Open B1 Open B3 B2 B4 Closed Closed A1 S11 S21 I1 I2 S0 I3 I4 S1 I5 I6 S2 13 23 43 53 PSR-...-24DC/MXF1/4x1/2x2/B K1 K2 K3 K4 A2A2 S34 S35 S36 S37 14 24 32 44 54 62 S5 S3 S4 (emergency stop) K5 K6 K7 K8 N Emergency stop and safety door monitoring L K5 K6 K7 K8 +24V DC 11 12 13 14 11 12 13 14 A1 S11 S21 I1 I2 S0 I3 I4 S1 I5 I6 S2 13 23 43 53 PSR-...-24DC/MXF2/4x1/2x2/B ( ) ( ) A2A2 S34 S35 S36 S37 ( ) ( ) S5 S3 S4 (emergency stop) K1 K2 K3 K4 14 24 32 44 54 62 K5 K6 K7 K8 N Emergency stop and magnetic switch monitoring L Safety door 1 Light grid type 4 Open B1 Closed B2 I3 I4 S1 A1 S11 S21 I1 I2 S0 PSR-...-24DC/MXF3/4x1/2x2/B () () A2A2 S34 S35 S36 S37 () () S5 S3 S4 (emergency stop) r e t t i m s n a r T Receiver OSDD1 OSDD2 I5 I6 13 23 43 53 S2 K1 K2 K3 K4 14 24 32 44 54 62 K5 K6 K7 K8 N K5 K6 K7 K8 +24V DC K5 K6 K7 K8 +24V DC Emergency stop, safety door, and light grid monitoring L Light grid type 4 r e t t i m s n a r T Receiver OSDD1 OSDD2 11 12 13 14 A1 S11 S21 I1 I2 S0 I3 I4 S1 PSR-...-24DC/MXF4/4x1/2x2/B () () A2A2 S34 S35 S36 S37 () () S5 S3 S4 (emergency stop) K5 K6 K7 K8 I5 I6 13 23 43 53 S2 K1 K2 N K3 K4 14 24 32 44 54 62 K5 K6 K7 K8 K5 K6 K7 K8 K5 K6 K7 K8 K5 K6 K7 K8 K5 K6 K7 K8 M M M M M M M M For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 235 Emergency stop, magnetic switch, and light grid monitoring

236

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – Applications 24V DC L 24V DC L 24V DC L K1 K2 S1 A1 S35 ( ) S11 (+) PSR-MS20 A2 ( ) M1 K1 K2 M S12 ( ) 13 14 K1 K2 0V N SIS / FS-PLC Logic I/O 0V 24V GND 0V DO DI A1 PSR-MS21 24V 13 A2 S11 S35 M1 14 K1 K2 K1 K2 N K1 K2 M S2 K1 K2 A1 S34 ( ) S11 (+) PSR-MS25 A2 ( ) M1 S1 S12 ( ) 13 14 K1 K2 K1 K2 M 0V N PSR-MS20 – Single-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-MS21 – Single-channel control via failsafe PLC PSR-MS25 – Single-channel emergency stop monitoring with automatic start with manual, monitored start 24V DC L 24V DC L 24V DC L K1 K2 S1 A1 S35 ( ) PSR-MS30 A2 S11 (+) S12 ( ) S22 ( ) (GND) K1 K2 M 13 14 K1 K2 S1 S2 K1 K2 A1 S34 ( ) PSR-MS35 A2 S11 (+) S12 ( ) S22 ( ) (GND) K1 K2 M 13 14 K1 K2 K1 K2 S1 A1 PSR-MS40 A2 S35 ( ) ( ) M1 K1 K2 M S12 ( ) S22 ( ) 13 14 K1 K2 0V N 0V N 0V N PSR-MS30 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-MS35 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-MS40 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with automatic start with manual, monitored start with automatic start (no cross-circuit detection in the sensor circuit) 24V DC L 24V DC L 24V DC L S2 K1 K2 S1 A1 PSR-MS45 A2 S34 ( ) ( ) M1 K1 K2 M S12 ( ) S22 ( ) 13 14 K1 K2 S3 K1 K2 A1 S35 ( ) PSR-MS50 A2 ( ) M1 11 12 13 14 S12 ( ) S13 ( ) 13 14 K1 K2 K1 K2 M S3 S2 K1 K2 A1 S34 ( ) PSR-MS55 A2 ( ) M1 11 12 13 14 S12 ( ) S13 ( ) 13 14 K1 K2 K1 K2 M 0V N 0V N 0V N PSR-MS45 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with automatic start (no cross-circuit detection in the sensor circuit) PSR-MS50 – Two-channel, non-equivalent magnetic switch monitoring with automatic start PSR-MS55 – Two-channel, non-equivalent magnetic switch monitoring with manual, monitored start 236 PHOENIX CONTACT

237

Safety relay modules for machine building – Applications Functional safety 24V DC L 24V DC L S2 K1 K2 S1 S2 K1 K2 S1 A1 S34 ( ) S11 (+) PSR-MC20 A2 ( ) M1 S12 ( ) 13 23 33 14 24 34 K1 K2 A1 S34 ( ) S11 (+) PSR-MC30 A2 ( ) M1 S12 ( ) S21 ( ) (GND) S22 ( ) M K1 K2 K1 K2 M 13 23 14 24 K1 K2 0V N 0V N PSR-MS60 – Two-channel light grid monitoring with automatic start PSR-MC20 – Single-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-MC30 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with manual, monitored start with manual, monitored start; cross-circuit detection 24V DC L 24V DC L L 24-230V AC/DC S1 S2 K1 K2 S1 A1 S 11 (+) S 10 ( ) S12 ( ) S 13 ( ) S22 ( ) S 21 (GND) 13 23 33 41 PSR-MC32 A2 ( ) S34 ( ) S35 14 24 34 42 K1 K2 A1 PSR-MC34 A2 S2 K1 K2 K1 K2 M S34 ( ) S11 (+) S12 ( ) S22 ( ) (GND) 13 23 ( ) M1 14 24 34 K1 K2 K1 K2 M M (N) S1 K1 K2 A1 S35 ( ) PSR-MC37 A2 S11 (+) S12 ( ) S22 ( ) S21 ( ) (GND) 13 23 33 41 ( ) Y32 14 24 34 42 K1 K2 M K1 K2 0V N 0V N PSR-MC32 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-MC34 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-MC37 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with manual, monitored start with manual, monitored start; cross-circuit detection with automatic start 24 V DC 0 V A1 A1 A2 K1/K2 A2 L 24V DC L 24 V DC S1 S22 S10 S11 (+) ( ) ( ) S12 S13 ( ) ( ) 13 23 (GND) PSR-MC38 (+) ( ) ( ) Y1 S33 S34 S35 ( ) S2 K3 K4 N 14 24 ( ) Y30 K4 K3 S2 K1 K2 S1 A1 PSR-MC40 A2 S34 ( ) ( ) M1 A1 A2 K1/K2 K3 K4 M S12 ( ) S22 ( ) 13 23 33 14 24 34 K1 K2 K1 K2 M IO-Link Master L+ L- C/Q 0 V 0V N F1 F2 F3 S3 UB FI1A FI1B PSR-CT OV DGN Start FI1A FI1B S2 S1 K3 K4 S11 (+) S34 ( ) S12 ( ) S21 (GND) S22 ( ) S32 S42 DGN ( ) ( ) 13 23 A1 L+ L- C/Q A2 PSR-MC42 M1 14 24 K3 K4 PSR-MC38 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with manual, monitored start PSR-MC40 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with manual, monitored start (no cross- circuit detection in the sensor circuit) PSR-MC42 – Two-channel transponder monitoring with diagnostics via IO-Link For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 237

238

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – Applications 24V DC L 24V DC L 24V DC L S3 S2 K1 K2 A1 S34 ( ) PSR-MC50 A2 ( ) M1 11 12 13 14 S12 ( ) S13 ( ) 13 23 33 14 24 34 K1 K2 K1 K2 M SL SR SL SR A1 S12 S11 S21 S22 13 23 A1 S12 S21 S11 S22 13 23 PSR-MC60 A2 ( ) S35 ( ) M1 14 24 K1 M K1 K1 PSR-MC62 A2 ( ) S35 ( ) M1 K1 K2 14 24 K1 K2 K1 K2 M 0V N 0V N 0V N PSR-MC50 – Two-channel, non-equivalent magnetic PSR-MC60 – Two-hand monitoring type IIIA PSR-MC62 – Two-hand monitoring type IIIC switch monitoring with manual, monitored start 24 V DC 24 V DC S2 K1 K2 S1 24 V DC S1 S2 K1 K2 S2 K1 K2 S1 A1 S 34 ( ) S11 ( ) PSR-MC70 ( ) M1 A2 0 1 1 6 7 8 S12 ( ) S21 ( ) S 22 ( ) 13 27 14 28 K1 A1 S 34 ( ) S11 ( ) PSR-MC72 ( ) M1 A2 0 1 1 6 7 8 S12 ( ) S21 ( ) S 22 ( ) 13 27 14 28 K1 K2 A1 S34 ( ) S11 ( ) S12 S21 S22 ( ) ( ) ( ) 13 23 47 PSR-MC73 ( ) M1 A2 0 1 1 6 7 8 14 24 34 48 58 FU FU IN1 IN1 OUT1 OUT1 0V 0V M K1 K2 FU Enable 0V M K1 K2 0 V K1 K2 K1 K2 FU Enable 0 V M 0 V 0 V PSR-MC70 – Single-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-MC72 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-MC73 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with manual, monitored start with manual, monitored start with manual, monitored start 24V DC L S2 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 S1 A1 S34 ( ) S11 (+) S12 ( ) S21 ( ) S22 ( ) 13 23 (GND) A1 24V 11 12 23 33 43 53 63 PSR-MC30 A2 ( ) M1 PSR-MC82 14 24 A2 ( ) M1 24 34 44 54 64 K1 K2 K5 K6 K7 K8 K1 K2 K3 K5 K7 K4 K6 K8 M M 0V N M (N) L+ 230V S1 K3 K4 M M A1 S11 S12 13 23 33 41 PSR-...-230AC/ESAM2/3x1/1x2B ( ) S33 A2 ( ) S34 ( ) S35 14 24 34 42 K3 K4 S2 K3 K4 K3 K4 M PSR-MC82 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with contact extension PSR-ESAM2/3X1-B – Single-channel emergency stop monitoring with manual, monitored start – Automatic activation: bridge at S33/S35 238 PHOENIX CONTACT

239

Safety relay modules for machine building – Applications Functional safety 42-48V 60V 120V 230V AC/DC p o t s y c n e g r e m E S1 K3 K4 A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 13 23 33 41 PSR-...-...UC/ESAM4/3x1/1x2/B S34 14 24 34 42 K3 K4 Reset S2 K3 K4 M M (N) L+ (L1) M (N) Cable-operated switch S1 A1 S 11 (+) S 12 ( ) 21 S (GND) S 22 ( ) PSR-ESAM4/3x1/1x2/B A2 ( ) ( ) S34 S35 13 23 33 41 14 24 34 42 K3 K4 K4 K3 K4 K3 Reset S2 M L+ (L1) M (N) Emergency stop S1 A1 S 11 (+) S ( 12 ) S22 ) ( PSR-ESL4/3x1/1x2/B A2 ( ) (+) S33 S34 S35 ( ) 13 23 33 41 14 24 34 42 K3 K4 K4 K3 Reset S2 K4 K3 M PSR-ESAM4/3X1-B – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-ESAM4/3X1-B – Two-channel monitoring of a with manual, monitored start; cross-circuit detection – Automatic activation: bridge at S22/S34 cable-operated switch with manual, monitored start; cross-circuit detection – Automatic activation: bridge at S12/S35 PSR-ESL4 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with manual, monitored start; cross-circuit detection – Automatic activation: bridge at S33/S35 Two-hand control switch S1 S2 S11 S14 S12 S21 S24 S22 A1 S 11 (+) S 14 S22 ) ( PSR-THC4/2x1/1x2 ) ( Y2 (+) Y1 A2 K3 K4 S12 S24 ) ( S21 (GND) 13 23 31 14 24 32 K3 K4 K3 K4 M L+ (L1) M (N) L+ (L1) Emergency stop S1 A1 S 10 ( ) S 11 (+) Machine part 1 Machine part 2 Machine part 3 L1 L2 L3 K3 K8 K10 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83 91 K4 K9 K11 S22 ( ) S 12 S ( ) (GND) 21 PSR-ESAM4/8x1/1x2 A2 ( ) ( ) (+) S33 S34 S35 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 92 Reset S2 K11 K10 K3 K4 K8 K9 M (N) K11 K10 K5 K6 K7 K9 K8 K4 K3 PLC/SPS IO Q0 Q1 Q2 K7 K6 K5 1 U 1 V 1 W 1 U 1 V 1 W 1 U 1 V 1 W 1 U 1 V 1 W 1 U 1 V 1 W M M M M M PSR-THC4 – Two-hand monitoring type IIIC PSR-ESAM4/8X1 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring – Automatic activation: bridge at S33/S35 with manual, monitored start; cross-circuit detection L+ (L1) Emergency stop S1 A1 S11 (+) S 12 ( ) Reset S2 S22 ( ) 13 23 41 A1 11 12 23 33 43 53 63 71 K3 K4 K5 K6 M M S 21 (GND) PSR-ESAM4/2x1/1x2 PSR-URM4/5x1/2x2/B ( ) ( ) S34 S35 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 A2 KS1 M (N) 14 24 42 A2 24 34 44 54 64 72 KS2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K7 K8 M PSR-ESA2-B – Single-channel emergency stop monitoring PSR-URM4 and PSR-URM4-B – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring – Linking with PSR-ESAM4/2X1 – Integration of the confirmation current with manual start – Automatic activation: bridge at S33/S34 with manual, monitored start path in the basic device For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 239

240

Functional safety Safety relay modules for machine building – Applications L1 L2 L3 <0,1 0,5 1 3 5 10 20 30 13 23 37 47 14 24 38 48 K5 K6 K5 K6 K7 e k a r B M Emergency stop S1 A1 S11 (Clock) S12 ) ( S21 (Clock) S22 ) ( ) ( ) ( S34 S35 PSR-ESD-30 A2 S2 Reset K5 K6 K7 L+ (L1) M (N) PSR-ESD-30 – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring – Automatic activation: bridge at A1/S35 with manual, monitored start; cross-circuit detection Safety door open closed B1 21 22 B2 13 14 A1 S ( 10 ) S 11 (+) S ( 12 ) S21 S22 ) (GND) ( PSR-ESD/5x1/1x2/300 ) (+) S33 S34 S35 A2 ( ( ) 13 23 33 41 57 67 K5 ON OFF A B 1 6 2 3 4 5 (+) Y1 ) ( Y2 14 24 34 42 58 68 K6 Reset S2 K5 K6 K7 K8 K5 K7 K6 K8 Drive 1 Drive 2 K7 K8 M M L+ (L1) M (N) PSR-ESD-300 – Two-channel safety door monitoring – Automatic activation: bridge at S33/S35 with manual, monitored start; cross-circuit detection 240 PHOENIX CONTACT

241

Safety relay modules for machine building – Applications Functional safety PSR-SDC4 with PSR-URM4-B – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring – Contact extension via PSR-TBUS – Automatic activation: bridge at S33/S35 with manual, monitored start Reset 11 12 13 14 21 22 23 24 S11 S12 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 PSR-SIM Input 1 Input 2 PLC PLC 31 32 33 34 41 42 43 44 S13 A2 A1 A2 K1/K2 S33 Y1 S10 S11 S12 S13 Y1 S33 S34 S35 A1 A2 K1/K2 S33 Y1 PSR–SDC4 A1 A2 S22 L+ (L1) M (N) Light grid type 4 Receiver K3 K4 OSSD1 OSSD2 EDM r e t t i m s n a r T S12 ) ( S22 ) ( 13 23 33 41 PSR-...-24DC/URML4/3X1/1X2 0V 14 24 34 42 K4 K3 K3 K4 M P T - S U B T - R S P 6 1 7 1 8 9 2 13 23 14 24 A1 A2 K1/K2 S33 Y1 24V DC GND PSR-SIM4 with PSR-SDC4 – Safety door monitoring with manual, – Contact extension via interface module – Automatic activation: bridge at S33/S35 monitored start PSR-URML4 – Two-channel light grid monitoring – Cross-circuit detection via light grid L+ 110 UC A1 Emergency stop S1 Reset S2 S11 S12 S21 S22 (+) ( ) (GND) ( ) 13 23 33 41 A1 51 52 23 33 43 53 61 PSR-...-110UC/ESAM4/3x1/1x2/B PSR-...-42-230UC/URM4/... A2 ( ) S34 14 24 34 42 A2 24 34 44 54 62 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 M (N) K3 K4 M (N) M (N) M (N) K5 K7 K6 K8 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 M M M M PSR-URM4/42-230UC and PSR-ESAM4/3X1-B – Two-channel emergency stop monitoring with manual, monitored start – Linking with PSR-ESAM4/3X1-B – Integration of the confirmation current path in the basic device For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 241

242

Functional safety Safety relay modules – PSRmotion Zero-speed and over-speed safety relays PSR-MM25 sensorless zero-speed safety relay PSR-MM25 sensorless zero-speed safety relay The highly compact PSR-MM25 safety relay module monitors the zero speed of single and three-phase AC and DC motors without additional sensor technology. The residual voltage induced by the motor windings is analyzed in order to detect zero speed. PSRmotion software The PSR-MM30 zero-speed and over-speed safety relay can be started up, configured, and monitored conveniently using the PSRmotion software. In live measuring mode, you can visualize the motion sequences of your machine. You can download the Windows-based software free of charge. Adaptations are made via a USB interface. PSR-MM30 zero-speed and over-speed safety relay With the PSR-MM30 combined zero-speed and over-speed safety relay, you can monitor up to three different operating modes in addition to zero-speed mode. You can connect an encoder or proximity switch to the safety relay module in order to monitor motion. The PSR-MM30 ensures high system availability, thanks to the reliable measuring procedure. The integrated safety door monitoring system makes it compatible with PSRswitch non-contact safety switches.  Your web code: #1546 Note: Pre-assembled cable adapters are available for connecting the PSR-MM30 safe zero-speed and over-speed safety relay to the motor feedback system of the controller. PSR-MM30 zero-speed and over-speed safety relay Live monitoring with the PSRmotion software 242 PHOENIX CONTACT

243

Zero-speed monitoring PSR-MM25: sensorless zero-speed monitoring – Two-channel evaluation of the residual voltage induced in the motor windings – Adjustable switching threshold and time delay – 1 enabling current path, 2 signal outputs – Up to Cat. 3/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 PSR-MM30: over-speed and zero-speed monitoring – Startup via USB connection – 2 enabling current paths, 2 signal outputs – Monitoring of zero speed and up to 3 different operating modes – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version Functional safety Safety relay modules – PSRmotion new H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Sensorless zero-speed monitoring Zero-speed and over-speed safety relay of AC or DC motors for connecting external sensors   A1 L1 L2 L3 13 PSR-MM25 PWR STOP P2 P1 24V DC K1 K2  0 3 M M R S P - A1 IN1 IN2 I1 I2 I3 13 23 PWR RJ45 24V DC OUT 1 OUT 2 d e e p s r e v O d e e p s o r e Z A2 MO FO 14 A2 MI1 MI2 S34 MO1 MO2 14 24 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 50 mA < 1 s 24 V DC -15% / +10% (provide external protection) typ. 74 mA 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 24 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 5 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA / max. 5 A min. 72 mW 5 A gL/gG -20°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Basic insulation 4 kV: between all current paths and housing Basic insulation 8 kV: between L1 and L2 between L1 and L3 between L2 and L3 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV: between A1/A2 and 13/14 between MO/FO and 13/14 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 8 kV: between L1/L2/L3 and A1/A2 between L1/L2/L3 and MO/FO between L1/L2/L3 and 13/14 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 6 A min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG -40°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178, EN 60947-5-1 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit (A1/A2, I1, I2, I3, MI1, MI2, IN1, IN2, S34, MO1, MO2, RJ45, USB) and the enabling current paths (13/14, 23/24) 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 117.5 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Zero-speed safety relay, sensorless with screw connection with spring-cage connection Zero-speed and over-speed safety relay with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-MM25-1NO-2DO-24DC-SC PSR-MM25-1NO-2DO-24DC-SP 2702355 2702356 1 1 PSR-MM30-2NO-2DO-24DC-SC PSR-MM30-2NO-2DO-24DC-SP 2702357 2702358 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 243

244

Functional safety Safety relay modules – PSRmotion Zero-speed and over-speed safety relays – Monitors up to three different speeds plus zero speed – Option to connect encoders (TTL, HTL, SIN/COS) and proximity switches – Can be parameterized using free PSR-CONF-WIN configuration software – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 244 PHOENIX CONTACT Notes: Pre-assembled cable adapters are available for connecting the PSR-RSM4 safe zero-speed and over-speed safety relay to the motor feedback system (of the controller) – Order No. on request. The necessary PSR-CONF-WIN configuration software can be downloaded free of charge from phoenixcontact.com. H D W SILCL IEC 62061 Zero-speed and over-speed safety relay for connecting external sensors    A2 A1 24V 24V IN1 14 24 34 44 Power Output 1 Output 2 RJ45 K 1 K 2 K 3 K 4 I1...3 MI FO MO1 MO2 IN2 13 23 33 43 Technical data 24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 100 mA 15 ms 12 ms 1 s 4 enabling current paths AgNi10, + 5 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 100 mV AC/DC 5 A, 100 mA (alarm outputs) 6 A / 1 mA 1 mW 2 A (24 V (DC13)) ; 3 A (230 V (AC15)) 6 A gL -20°C ... 55°C EN 60664/VDE 0110 4 kV/basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths.) Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (with reference to UN) Typical current consumption (with reference to UN) Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max./min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max./min. inrush current Min. switching power Switching capacity (3600/h cycles) Short-circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 45 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 45 mm / 112 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Zero-speed and over-speed safety relay, 2-channel, automatic control with cable adapter or two initiators, activation: manual and automatic with screw connection with spring-cage connection Cable adapter for PSR-RSM4, cable length: 2.5 m, for controller: Lenze Siemens Heidenhain, 15/8-pos. Siemens Heidenhain, 25/8-pos. Further types on request Configuration software for parameterizing the PSR-RSM4 safe zero-speed and over-speed safety relay, with programming cable PSR-SCP- 24DC/RSM4/4X1 PSR-SPP- 24DC/RSM4/4X1 2981538 2981541 Accessories CABLE- 9/8/250/RSM/LENZE CABLE-15/8/250/RSM/SIMO611D CABLE-25/8/250/RSM/SIMO611D PSR-CONF-WIN1.0 2981826 2981606 2981583 2981554 1 1 1 1 1 1

245

Safe coupling relays for universal applications – Single- or two-channel control – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Up to Cat. 1/PL c in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 1 in accordance with IEC 62061 Functional safety Safety relay modules – PSRclassic H D W 5 N/O contacts, 2 N/C contacts, for US = 24 V AC/DC or 120 V AC/DC   A1 2 x 2 / 1 x 5 / M R U R S P - PWR 24V UC K1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 Technical data 24 V AC/DC -15% / +10% typ. 47 mA typ. 20 ms (when controlled via A1) typ. 20 ms (when controlled via A1) 120 V AC/DC -20% ... +10% typ. 11 mA typ. 20 ms (when controlled via A1) typ. 20 ms (when controlled via A1) 5 enabling current paths 2 confirmation current paths AgSnO2 230 V AC/DC / 5 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) 6 A / 10 mA 4 A (24 V (DC13)) ; 4 A (250 V (AC15)) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation 4 kV between all current paths and housing SF BATF DC5V FRCE RUN RUN-P STOP RUN STOP MRES 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 U1 A1 A2 23 24 13 33 14 34 Power M R U R S P - 43 61 44 62 53 71 54 72 A1 A2 23 24 13 33 14 34 Power M R U R S P - 43 61 44 62 53 71 54 72 SF BATF DC5V FRCE RUN RUN-P STOP RUN STOP MRES 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 U2 Reliable signal exchange between two systems with confirmation function. Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Typical release time Output data Contact type Contact material Max./min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max./min. inrush current Switching capacity (360/h cycles) General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Coupling relay, with forcibly guided contacts with screw connection for 24 V AC/DC with spring-cage connection for 24 V AC/DC Coupling relay, with forcibly guided contacts PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM/5X1/2X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM/5X1/2X2 2963747 2963970 with screw connection for 120 V AC/DC PSR-SCP-120UC/URM/5X1/2X2 2981402 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 245

246

Functional safety Safety relay modules – PSRclassic Safe coupling relays for universal applications – Single- or two-channel control – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Up to Cat. 1/PL c in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 1 in accordance with IEC 62061 Notes: Marking systems and mounting material See Catalog 3 H D W H D W 3 N/O contacts, 3 N/C contacts, 5 N/O contacts, 1 N/C contact, for US = 24 V AC/DC for US = 24 V AC/DC   A1 2 x 3 / 1 x 3 / M R U R S P - PWR 24V UC K1   13 23 33 41 51 61 A1 13 23 33 43 53 71 2 x 1 / 1 x 5 / M R U R S P - PWR 24V UC K1 A2 14 24 34 42 52 62 A2 14 24 34 44 54 72 Technical data Technical data 24 V AC/DC -15% / +10% typ. 45 mA typ. 15 ms (when controlled via A1) - typ. 15 ms (when controlled via A1) 3 enabling current paths 3 confirmation current paths AgSnO2 230 V AC/DC / 5 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) 8 A / 10 mA 24 V AC/DC -15% / +10% typ. 47 mA typ. 20 ms (when controlled via A1) - typ. 20 ms (when controlled via A1) 5 enabling current paths 1 confirmation current path AgSnO2 230 V AC/DC / 5 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 6 A (N/C contact) 6 A / 10 mA -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178 4 kV/basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation, and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths.) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178 4 kV/basic insulation (safe isolation, reinforced insulation, and 6 kV between A1/A2, 53/54, 71/72 and 13/14, 23/24, 33/34, 43/44.) Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Typical response time Typical release time Output data Contact type Contact material Max./min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max./min. inrush current General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM/3X1/3X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM/3X1/3X2 2981839 2981842 1 1 PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM/5X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM/5X1/1X2 2981952 2981965 1 1 Coupling relay, with forcibly guided contacts with screw connection with spring-cage connection Universal safety relay, with forcibly guided contacts with screw connection for120 V AC/DC Relay, with forcibly guided contacts 246 PHOENIX CONTACT

247

D W H H D W Functional safety Safety relay modules – PSRclassic 4 N/O contacts, 2 N/C contacts, for US = 24 V AC/DC 2 PDTs, for US = 24 V AC/DC or 120 V AC/DC 2 PDTs, for US = 24 V DC       A1 A1 13 23 33 43 51 61 A1 12 14 22 24 A1 12 14 22 24 2 x 2 / 1 x 4 / M R U R S P - PWR 24V UC K1 1 2 x 2 / M R U R S P - PWR 24V UC K1 A2 A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 A2 A2 11 21 A2 11 21 Technical data Technical data Technical data 24 V AC/DC -20% / +10% typ. 52 mA typ. 10 ms (when controlled via A1) - typ. 10 ms (when controlled via A1) 4 enabling current paths 2 confirmation current paths AgSnO2 230 V AC/DC / 5 V AC/DC 6 A / 10 mA 24 V AC/DC -15% / +10% typ. 30 mA typ. 10 ms - typ. 10 ms 120 V AC/DC -15% / +10% typ. 9 mA typ. 10 ms - typ. 10 ms 2 PDT AgNi 230 V AC/DC / 5 V AC/DC 5 A (N/O contact), 3.5 A (N/C contact) 6 A / 10 mA 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 29 mA - 10 ms 4 ms 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC / 15 V 6 A (N/O contact), 6 A (N/C contact) 6 A / 10 mA -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between input circuit (A1/A2) and all output current paths -20°C ... 50°C DIN EN 50178 4 kV/basic insulation (safe isolation, reinforced insulation, and 6 kV between logic and signaling current paths). -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 - Basic insulation 4 kV between all output current paths 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 40 mm / 111 mm / 55 mm 40 mm / 114.5 mm / 50.1 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 - 17.5 mm / 75 mm / 60.5 mm - Class A product, see page 527 - - 12.6 mm / 29 mm / 25.5 mm - Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSR-SCF- 24UC/URM/4X1/2X2 PSR-SPF-24UC/URM/4X1/2X2 2981444 2981457 1 1 PSR-SCF- 24UC/URM/2X21 2981363 10 PSR-SCF-120UC/URM/2X21 2981376 10 REL-SR- 24DC/2X21 2961574 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 247

248

Functional safety Safety relay modules for the process industry Safe coupling relays PSRmini highly compact safe coupling relays PSRclassic conventional safe coupling relays Standardized system cabling Main features: – Overall width starting from 17.5 mm – Proven safety, thanks to force-guided relay contacts – Safe diagnostics and easy proof test in accordance with IEC 61508 – Approvals for all global markets – SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 / IEC 61511 / EN 50156  Your web code: #1548 Standardized system cabling The Termination Carrier from Phoenix Contact enables quick, error-free mounting and connection to common safe systems. Signal connection is established by Plug and Play using standardized system cables. Standardized or controller-specific front adapters are used for connection to your safe system. Main features: – Compact, for high packing density – Robust, for high system availability – Flexible, for optimum adaptation – Fast, thanks to Plug and Play cabling PSRmini highly compact safe coupling relays Thanks to the relay technology developed in-house, the PSRmini coupling relays are the narrowest coupling relays in the world for safe switch-on and switch-off. The force-guided contacts enable quick and easy diagnostics. Thanks to visual LED diagnostics, SIL 3-qualified inspection is possible directly on the module. Furthermore, active error feedback to the controller ensures short downtimes during planned maintenance phases. Main features: – Overall width of 6 mm and 12 mm – Safe diagnostics and easy proof test in accordance with IEC 61508 – Proven safety, thanks to force-guided relay contacts – TÜV-certified – Approvals for all global markets – SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 / IEC 61511 / EN 50156  Your web code: #0507 PSRclassic conventional safe coupling relays In the PSRclassic series, you will find conventional coupling relays with force-guided contacts for safe switch-off. The conventional coupling relays are characterized by a wide range of functions and versions. They are compatible with common safe systems. With a housing width starting from 17.5 mm, they correspond with market-standard housing dimensions. 248 PHOENIX CONTACT

249

Highly compact, safe coupling relays for failsafe controllers – SIL coupling relay for safety-related switch-off – Single-channel control – 1 enabling current path, 1 digital signal output, 1 diagnostic current path – Easy proof test – Active error acknowledgment via A1 – Integrated test pulse filter – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, IEC 61511, and IEC 50156 – Other approvals: ATEX/IECEx Zone 2, UL Class 1 Zone 2 / Class 1 Div. 2, ISA-S71.04 (G3), DNV GL (applied for) Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection Output fuse General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for the process industry – PSRmini Functional safety H D W H D W SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, 1 enabling current path, 1 diagnostic current path SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508, 1 enabling current path, 1 diagnostic current path          A1 21 13 A1 21 13 PSR-PS20 PWR ERR DGN K1/2 K1 K2 PSR-PS21 PWR ERR DGN K1 K1 24V DC 24V DC A2 M1 22 14 A2 M1 22 14 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% (A1/A2) typ. 45 mA < 100 ms (with Us when controlled via A1) < 35 ms (when controlled via A1) 500 ms 24 V DC -15% / +10% (A1/A2) typ. 45 mA < 100 ms (with Us when controlled via A1) < 35 ms (when controlled via A1) 500 ms 1 enabling current path 1 confirmation current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 1 enabling current path 1 confirmation current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (high demand), 4 A (low demand) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (non-safety-related) max. 100 mA no 150 mA fast blow 6 A (high demand), 4 A (low demand) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (non-safety-related) max. 100 mA no 150 mA fast blow -40°C ... 70°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178, EN 60079-15 Safe isolation, 6 kV reinforced insulation from control circuit, start circuit, confirmation current path, signal output to the enabling current path; 4 kV/basic insulation between all current paths and housing -40°C ... 65°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178, EN 60079-15 Safe isolation, 6 kV reinforced insulation from control circuit, start circuit, confirmation current path, signal output to the enabling current path; 4 kV/basic insulation between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Coupling relay for failsafe controllers PSR-PS20-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC 2700356 1 PSR-PS21-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC 2700357 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 249

250

Functional safety Safety relay modules for the process industry – PSRmini Highly compact, safe coupling relays for failsafe controllers – SIL coupling relay for safety-related switch-off – Single- or two-channel control – 1 enabling current path, 1 diagnostic current path – Easy proof test – Integrated test pulse filter – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, IEC 61511, and IEC 50156 – Other approvals: ATEX/IECEx Zone 2, UL Class 1 Zone 2 / Class 1 Div. 2, ISA-S71.04 (G3) Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note W / H / D H D W H D W SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, active error feedback via A1 SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, floating diagnostic current path    Ex:   Ex:  A1 21 13 A1 21 13 PSR-PS22 PWR ERR DGN K1/2 K1 K2 PSR-PS23 PWR K1/2 K1 K2 24 V DC 24V DC A2 0V 22 14 A2 22 14 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% (A1/A2) typ. 45 mA < 150 ms (with Us when controlled via A1) < 30 ms (when controlled via A1) 500 ms 24 V DC -20% / +25% (A1/A2) typ. 45 mA < 70 ms (with Us when controlled via A1) < 30 ms (when controlled via A1) 500 ms 1 enabling current path 1 confirmation current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 1 enabling current path 1 confirmation current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (high demand), 4 A (low demand) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 6 A (high demand), 4 A (low demand) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) -40°C ... 70°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178, EN 60079-15 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, 6 kV reinforced insulation from the control circuit (A1/A2) and diagnostics circuit (0V/21/22) to the enabling current path (13/14) 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 -40°C ... 70°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178, EN 60079-15 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, 6 kV reinforced insulation from the control circuit and confirmation current path to the enabling current path 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Coupling relay for failsafe controllers PSR-PS22-1NO-1NC-24VDC-SC 2702524 1 PSR-PS23-1NO-1NC-24VDC-SC 2702663 1 250 PHOENIX CONTACT

251

Highly compact, safe coupling relays for failsafe controllers – SIL coupling relay for safety-related switch-off – Single- or two-channel control – 1 digital signal output – Easy proof test – Active error acknowledgment via A1 – Integrated test pulse filter – Self-monitoring, with device-internal locking – Manual or automatic activation – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, IEC 61511, and IEC 50156 – Other approvals: ATEX/IECEx Zone 2, UL Class 1 Zone 2 / Class 1 Div. 2, ISA-S71.04 (G3), DNV GL (applied for) Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection Output fuse General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for the process industry – PSRmini Functional safety H D W H D W SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, 1 enabling current path SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, 2 enabling current paths          A1 Y1 13 A1 A1' Y1 13 23 PSR-PS40 PWR ERR DGN K1/2 K1 K2 PSR-PC40 PWR ERR DGN 24V DC 24V DC K1 K1/2 K2 A2 M1 Y2 14 A2 M1 Y2 14 24 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% (A1/A2) typ. 50 mA (depending on load M1 +100 mA) 24 V DC -15% / +10% (A1/A2) typ. 75 mA (depending on load M1 +100 mA) < 200 ms (when controlled via A1, automatic start) < 200 ms (when controlled via A1, automatic start) < 35 ms (when controlled via A1) 500 ms < 35 ms (when controlled via A1) 500 ms 1 enabling current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 2 enabling current paths AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 6 A (high demand), 4 A (low demand) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (non-safety-related) max. 100 mA no 150 mA fast blow 6 A (high demand), 4 A (low demand) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (non-safety-related) max. 100 mA no 150 mA fast blow -40°C ... 70°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178, EN 60079-15 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV from control circuit, start circuit, signal output to the enabling current path; 4 kV / basic insulation between all current paths and housing -40°C ... 70°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178, EN 60079-15 Safe isolation, 6 kV reinforced insulation from control circuit, start circuit, signal output to the enabling current paths, 4 kV/basic insulation between the enabling current paths and between all current paths and housing Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12 - 6.8 mm / 93.1 mm / 102.5 mm - Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Coupling relay for failsafe controllers with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-PS40-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC 2700398 1 PSR-PC40-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-PC40-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2700588 2700589 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 251

252

Functional safety Safety relay modules for the process industry – PSRmini Highly compact, safe coupling relays for failsafe controllers – SIL coupling relay for safety-related switch-off – Easy proof test – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, IEC 61511, and IEC 50156 – Other approvals: ATEX/IECEx Zone 2, UL Class 1 Zone 2 / Class 1 Div. 2, ISA-S71.04 (G3), DNV GL (applied for) PSR-PC20: – Single-channel control – Active error acknowledgment via A1 – Integrated test pulse filter – DIN rail connector for easy bridging of the supply voltage PSR-PC32: – Wide-range input – 2 enabling current paths: One to 230 V AC/DC One to 60 V AC/DC Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Short-circuit protection of the output circuits Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection Output fuse General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation H D W SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, 1 enabling current path (protected as an option), 1 diagnostic current path       Ex:  SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, 2 enabling current paths, 1 diagnostic current path, wide-range input A1 A1' T-Bus 31 13F 13F 13 A1 24V 31 13 93 PSR-PC20 PWR ERR DGN K1 K2 24V DC F1 5A T F2 5A T PWR PSR-PC32 24...230V AC/DC DGN1 DGN2 K1 K2 T-Bus A2 M1 32 14 A2 GND 32 14 94 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% (A1/A2) typ. 50 mA < 100 ms (with Us when controlled via A1) < 35 ms (when controlled via A1) 500 ms 24 V AC/DC ... 230 V AC/DC -15% ... +10% 75 mA (24 V DC) < 200 ms (with Us when controlled via A1) < 500 ms 1 enabling current path 1 confirmation current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (observe the load curve) 2 enabling current paths 1 confirmation current path AgSnO2 min. 12 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC/DC (13/14, observe the load curve) / max. 60 V AC/DC (93/94, observe the load curve) 6 A (13/14 for high-demand), 4 A (13F/14 for high/low-demand, 13/14 for low-demand) min. 3 mA / max. 6 A (N/O contact 13/14) min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG (N/O contact 13/14) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA, max. 6 A min. 60 mW 6 A gL/gG 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 1 (non-safety-related) max. 100 mA no 150 mA fast blow - - - - -40°C ... 70°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178, EN 60079-15 Safe isolation, 6 kV reinforced insulation from control circuit, start circuit, confirmation current path, signal output to the enabling current path; 4 kV/basic insulation between all current paths and housing -40°C ... 70°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178, EN 60079-15 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 2.5 kV between (93/94) and (31/32, 24V/GND) Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV: between (A1/A2) and (13/14) and (31/32, 24V/GND) between (A1/A2) and (93/94) between (13/14) and (93/94) 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 17.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 17.5 mm / 117.4 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 12.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 12.5 mm / 116.6 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data Coupling relay for failsafe controllers with screw connection with spring-cage connection DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, with UL approval 252 PHOENIX CONTACT PSR-PC20-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC PSR-PC20-1NO-1NC-24DC-SP 2700577 2700578 Accessories ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2869728 1 1 10 PSR-PC32-2NO-1NC-24-230UC-SC PSR-PC32-2NO-1NC-24-230UC-SP 2700581 2700582 1 1 Accessories

253

Highly compact, safe coupling relays for failsafe controllers – SIL coupling relay for safety-related switch-on – Single- or two-channel control – Can be used in low-demand applications – Integrated test pulse filter – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, IEC 61511, and IEC 50156 PSR-PC50: – 1 enabling current path, 1 digital signal output – Configurable Off state diagnostics – Other approvals: ATEX/IECEx Zone 2, UL Class 1 Zone 2 / Class 1 Div. 2, ISA-S71.04 (G3), DNV GL (applied for) PSR-PC51/PC52: – 1 enabling current path, 1 diagnostic current path – Configurable Off and On state diagnostics – Other approvals: ISA-S71.04 (G3) Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Inrush current Switching capacity Alarm outputs Number of outputs Output current Short-circuit protection Output fuse General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for the process industry – PSRmini Functional safety H D W H D W SIL-3-certified coupling relay for safe switch-on (F&G), Off state diagnostics SIL-3-certified coupling relay for safe switch-on (F&G), Off and On state diagnostics     Ex:     A1 A1' M1 24V L L' A1 A2 Power Error Diag Logic Diagnostics LO NI LO' NI' TP1 TP2 TP3 1 5 C P - R S P PWR ERR DGN S1 S2 S3 S4 i c g o L s c i t s o n g a D i N N' 24V 0V 21 22 TP1 TP2 TP3 A2 A2' Technical data Technical data L L' LO LO' NI NI' N N' 24 V DC -15% / +10% (A1/A2) typ. 65 mA (A1/A2) 30 ms (when controlled via A1) 30 ms (when controlled via A1) 1 s 1 enabling current path AgNi, gold-flashed min. 15 V AC/DC without diagnostics / min. 20 V AC/DC (with diagnostics) / max. 250 V AC 5 A min. 100 mA / max. 5 A min. 1.5 W 1 (digital) max. 100 mA no 150 mA fast blow -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178 6 kV/safe isolation (through protective impedance) 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 75 mA typ. 100 ms (when controlled via A1-A2) typ. 30 ms (when controlled via A1-A2) 1 s (when controlled via A1-A2) 1 enabling current path 1 signaling current path AgNi, gold-flashed, Ag alloy min. 16 V AC/DC / max. 250 V AC / max. 125 V DC 3 A (observe derating, load type, and on-load voltage) min. 50 mA, max. 5 A (Δt  1 s) min. 1 W - - - - -25°C ... 60°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178 Basic insulation 4 kV between all current paths and housing Safe isolation, 6 kV reinforced insulation from (A1/A2, 24V/0V, 21/22, and TP1/TP2/TP3) to the enabling current path (L, L', LO, LO', NI, NI', N,N') Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 17.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 17.5 mm / 117.4 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 17.5 mm / 112.2 mm / 114.5 mm 17.5 mm / 117.4 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Coupling relay for failsafe controllers with screw connection with spring-cage connection Coupling relay for failsafe controllers with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-PC50-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-PC50-1NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2904664 2904665 1 1 PSR-PC51-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC PSR-PC51-1NO-1NC-24DC-SP PSR-PC52-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC PSR-PC52-1NO-1NC-24DC-SP 2702522 2702523 1017062 1017064 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 253

254

Functional safety Safety relay modules for the process industry – PSRclassic Emergency stop coupling relay for failsafe controllers – SIL coupling relay for safety-related switch-off – Single- or two-channel control – 1 enabling current path, 1 confirmation current path – Can be used in high and low-demand applications – Easy proof test – Integrated test pulse filter – Replaceable fuse – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, IEC 61511, and IEC 50156 Notes: Can be used for system cabling with the Termination Carrier. For further information, see page 257 SF BATF DC5V FRCE RUN RUN-P STOP RUN STOP MRES 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A1 A2 Power Fuse 22 14 P S F - R S P 21 13 H D W SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, 1 protected enabling current path Example of electrical isolation of a safety PLC output from the field.    A1 13 21 K1 K2 A2 14 22 Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 55 mA 50 ms 50 ms 1 s 1 enabling current path 1 confirmation current path AgCuNi, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 5 A (N/O contact, observe derating), 100 mA (N/C contact) 5 A (N/O contact), 100 mA (N/C contact) / 5 mA 5 A (24 V (DC13)) ; 5 A (230 V (AC15)) 5 A T fuse (N/O contact) 150 mA Fast-blow (N/C contact) -20°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between the control circuits (A1/A2), (21/22), (13/14) Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max./min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max./min. inrush current Switching capacity (3600/h cycles) Short-circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 17.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 17.5 mm / 112 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop coupling relay for failsafe controllers in process engineering, with protected enabling current path with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-SCP- 24DC/FSP/1X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/FSP/1X1/1X2 2981978 2981981 1 1 254 PHOENIX CONTACT

255

Emergency stop coupling relay for failsafe controllers – SIL coupling relay for safety-related switch-off – Single- or two-channel control – 2 enabling current paths, 1 confirmation current path – Can be used in high and low-demand applications – Easy proof test – Integrated test pulse filter – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Up to SIL 2/3 in accordance with IEC 61508, IEC 61511, and IEC 50156 Notes: Can be used for system cabling with the Termination Carrier. For further information, see page 257 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical starting time with Us Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max./min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max./min. inrush current Switching capacity (3600/h cycles) Short-circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Safety relay modules for the process industry – PSRclassic Functional safety H D W H D W SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508, 2 enabling current paths SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508, 2 enabling current paths        A1 13 23 31 A1 13 23 31 K1 K1 K2 A2 14 24 32 A2 14 24 32 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 55 mA 50 ms 50 ms 1 s 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 55 mA 50 ms 50 ms 1 s 2 enabling current paths 1 confirmation current path AgCuNi, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 5 A (N/O contact, observe derating), 100 mA (N/C contact) 2 enabling current paths 1 confirmation current path AgCuNi, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 5 A (N/O contact, observe derating), 100 mA (N/C contact) 5 A (N/O contact), 100 mA (N/C contact) / 5 mA 5 A (24 V (DC13)) ; 5 A (230 V (AC15)) 10 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 150 mA Fast-blow (N/C contact) 5 A (N/O contact), 100 mA (N/C contact) / 5 mA 5 A (24 V (DC13)) ; 5 A (230 V (AC15)) 10 A gL/gG (N/O contact) 4 A gL/gG (for low-demand applications) 150 mA Fast-blow (N/C contact) -20°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between the control circuits (A1/A2), (31/32), (13/14, 23/24) -20°C ... 55°C (observe derating) DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 6 kV between the control circuits (A1/A2), (31/32), (13/14, 23/24) Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 17.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 17.5 mm / 112 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 17.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 17.5 mm / 112 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Emergency stop coupling relay, for failsafe controllers, two enabling current paths, SIL 2 in accordance with IEC 61508 with screw connection with spring-cage connection Emergency stop coupling relay, for failsafe controllers, two enabling current paths, SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-SCP- 24DC/FSP2/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/FSP2/2X1/1X2 2986575 2986588 1 1 PSR-SCP- 24DC/FSP/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/FSP/2X1/1X2 2986960 2986957 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 255

256

Functional safety Safety relay modules for the process industry – PSRclassic Safe coupling relay for emergency stop and safety door monitoring – SIL coupling relay for safety-related switch-off – Single and two-channel control – 2 enabling current paths, 1 confirmation current path – Manual and automatic activation in a single device – With inrush current reduction, therefore suitable for coupling to failsafe controllers – Forcibly guided contacts in accordance with EN 50205 – Up to SIL 3 Termination Carrier IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Typical response time Typical release time Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max./min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max./min. inrush current Switching capacity (360/h cycles) Switching capacity (3600/h cycles) Short-circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Air and creepage distances between the circuits Rated surge voltage/insulation Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Screw version Spring-cage version H D W Manual or automatic activation, also suitable for failsafe PLC     A1 Y1 13 23 31 K1 K2 Logic A2 Y2 14 24 32 Technical data 24 V DC -15% / +10% typ. 50 mA DC 60 ms (automatic/manual start) 20 ms approx. 1 s 2 enabling current paths 1 signaling current path (type B in accordance with EN 50205) AgSnO2, gold-flashed 250 V AC/DC / 10 V 6 A (N/O contact/N/C contact, high demand), 4 A (N/O contact/N/C contact, low demand) 6 A / 10 mA 5 A (24 V DC) ; 5 A (230 V AC) 5 A (24 V (DC13)) ; 5 A (230 V (AC 15)) 6 A gL/gG NEOZED (high demand) 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (low demand) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 112 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Process technology, emergency stop and safety door monitoring, single-channel, activation: manual and automatic with screw connection with spring-cage connection PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESP4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESP4/2X1/1X2 2981020 2981017 1 1 256 PHOENIX CONTACT

257

Termination Carriers for coupling relays – Convenient and error-free connection using pre-assembled system cables – 1:1 signal allocation to a 37-pos. D-SUB connector – Redundant power supply, decoupled from diode and protected against polarity reversal – Integrated undervoltage detection with separate signal path Notes: Cables and bridge plugs are not supplied as standard with the Termination Carriers. PSRmini – Termination Carriers for highly compact coupling relays can be found at phoenixcontact.net/products. General data Connection to the control system level No. of pos. Maximum operating voltage Maximum permissible current Rated insulation voltage Ambient temperature range Flammability rating in accordance with UL 94 Dimensions W/H/D EMC note Supply Input voltage range Redundant supply Polarization and surge protection Fuse Status indication Undervoltage monitoring Description Termination Carrier for 16 coupling relays For safety-related switch-off For safety-related switch-on Cable set without use of confirmation contact, suitable for PSR-FSP/Order No.: 2981978 Cable set with use of confirmation contact, suitable for PSR-FSP/Order No.: 2986960 and 2986575 Bridge plug for occupying unused module slots, suitable for PSR-FSP/Order No.: 2986960 and 2986575 Cable set Safety relay modules for the process industry – PSRclassic Functional safety Termination Carrier for up to 16 PSR-FSP modules Termination Carrier for up to 16 PSR-PC50 modules  Housing width 304 mm Technical data Technical data Housing width 304 mm D-SUB pin strip 37 < 50 V DC (per signal/channel) 1 A (signal/channel) 50 V (basic insulation ) -20°C ... 60°C V0 304 / 170 / 160 mm Class A product, see page 527 21.1 V DC ... 26.4 V DC yes, decoupled from diodes Yes 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable) 2 x red LED (error) 2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) At < 18 V (alarm contact, 1 N/O contact) D-SUB pin strip 37 < 50 V DC (per signal/channel) 1 A (signal/channel) 50 V (basic insulation ) -20°C ... 60°C V0 304 / 170 / 160 mm Class A product, see page 527 21.1 V DC ... 26.4 V DC yes, decoupled from diodes Yes 2.5 A on PCB, slow-blow (replaceable) 2 x red LED (error) 2x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2) At < 18 V (alarm contact, 1 N/O contact) Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. TC-2D37SUB-DO16-ESD-AR-UNI 2902913 Accessories TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A20000 2903389 TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A23132 2903390 TC-C-PTSM-50-00000000J1J1 2903388 1 16 16 8 TC-2D37SUB-DO16-F&G-AR-UNI 2902914 1 Accessories TC-C-PCX3-SC-A100V+A20000 2906003 16 V+ V– CH1 CH2 CH16 PTSM V+ V– 1 1 1 A1 A2 31 32 A1 A2 31 32 A1 A2 31 32 K K K X20 COMBICON 6 (-) 5 (+) 4 (-) 3 (+) PW2 PW1 Alarm 2 1 1 2 17,18 36,37 19 1 20 2 21 16 35 1 2 V+ V– CH1 CH2 CH16 PTSM V+ V– 1 1 1 A1 24V A2 A1 24V A2 A1 24V A2 K K K X20 COMBICON 6 (-) 5 (+) 4 (-) 3 (+) PW2 PW1 Alarm 2 1 1 2 17,18 36,37 19 1 20 1 2 2 21 16 35 Connection scheme TC-2D37SUB-DO16-ESD-AR-UNI Connection scheme TC-2D37SUB-DO16-F&G-AR-UNI For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 257

258

Functional safety Safety relay modules for the process industry – Applications 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI L L L A1 13 ( ) 22 PSR-PS20 A2 14 ( ) 12 ( ) M1 K1 K2 M K1 24 V DC K2 N A1 13 ( ) 22 PSR-PS21 A2 14 ( ) 12 ( ) M1 K1 M K1 24 V DC N A1 13 ( ) 22 PSR-PS22 A2 14 ( ) 12 0V K1 K2 M K1 24 V DC 0 V K2 N PSR-PS20 – Single-channel control via A1 with diagnostic supply voltage applied to contact 21 – Suitable for low-demand applications PSR-PS21 – Single-channel control via A1 with diagnostic supply voltage applied to contact 21 – Suitable for low-demand applications PSR-PS22 – Single-channel control via A1 with diagnostic supply voltage applied to contact 21 – Suitable for low-demand applications 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI L L K1 K2 A1 13 ( ) 22 PSR-PS22 A2 14 ( ) 12 0V K1 K2 M K1 24 V DC 0 V K2 N PSR-PS22 – Single-channel control via A1 with diagnostic supply voltage applied to contact 21 – Integration of the confirmation current path – Suitable for high-demand applications 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI L K1 K2 A1 Y1 ( )+ Y2 ( ) 13 PSR-PS40 A2 14 ( ) M1 K1 K2 M K1 K2 N A1 13 22 PSR-PS23 A2 14 12 K1 K2 M K1 K2 N PSR-PS23 – Single-channel control via A1 – Suitable for low-demand applications L K1 K2 A1 13 22 PSR-PS23 A2 14 12 K1 K2 M K1 24 V DC K2 N PSR-PS23 – Single-channel control via A1 with diagnostic supply voltage applied to contact 21 – Integration of the confirmation current path – Suitable for high-demand applications 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI L A1 A1' 13F 13F 13 ( ) 32 PSR-PC20 K1 K2 Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI L K1 K2 A1 A1' Y1 ( )+ Y2 ( ) 13 23 A2 14 14 14 ( ) 31 ( ) M1 M PSR-PC40 K1 24 V DC K2 N A2 14 24 ( ) M1 K1 K2 N K1 K2 M PSR-PS40 – Single-channel control via A1 with automatic activation – Suitable for low-demand applications PSR-PC20 – Single-channel control via A1 with diagnostic supply voltage applied to contact 31 – Suitable for low-demand applications PSR-PC40 – Single-channel control via A1 with automatic activation – Suitable for low-demand applications 258 PHOENIX CONTACT

259

Safety relay modules for the process industry – Applications Functional safety 24V DC L+(L1) SIS DC 90% 24V DC DO DI 24 V DC SIS / FS-PLC Logic I/O 0 V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI 24 V DC 0 V L A1 A1' M1 24V L L´ N N´ PSR-PC50 A2 A2' TP1 TP2 TP3 LO LO´ NI NI´ A1 24V 0V 21 L L' N N' PSR-PC51 S1 S2 S3 S4 A2 TP1 TP2 TP3 22 LO LO' NI NI' 0V K1 M(N) K1 N PSR-PC50 – Single-channel control via A1 with diagnostic supply voltage applied – Suitable for low-demand applications PSR-PC51/PC52 – Single-channel control via A1 with diagnostic supply voltage applied – Suitable for low-demand applications 24V DC 24V DC SIS / FS-PLC 0V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI L A1 13 21 PSR-...-24DC/FSP/1X1/1X2 K1 K2 K1 K2 SIS / FS-PLC 0V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI L A1 13 23 31 PSR-...-24DC/FSP/2X1/1X2 24V DC SIS / FS-PLC 0V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI K1 K2 K1 K2 L K1 A1 13 23 31 PSR-...-24DC/FSP2/2X1/1X2 K1 A2 14 22 M A2 14 24 32 M A2 14 24 32 M K1 24V DC K2 N K1 24V DC K2 N 24V DC K1 N PSR-FSP/1X1 – Single-channel control with integration PSR-FSP/2X1 – Single-channel control with integration PSR-FSP2/2X1 – Single-channel control via A1 with of the confirmation current path – Suitable for high- and low-demand of the confirmation path – Suitable for high- and low-demand applications applications SIS / FS-PLC 0V 24V GND 0V DO DO DI 24V DC L K1 K2 L A1 13 23 31 A1 13 23 31 PSR-...-24DC/FSP2/2X1/1X2 PSR-...-24DC/FSP2/2X1/1X2 A2 14 24 32 A2 14 24 32 K1 K2 M K1 24V DC N K2 N PSR-FSP2/2X1 – Two-channel control with integration of the confirmation path – Suitable for high- and low-demand applications integration of the confirmation current path – Suitable for high- and low-demand applications Safe PLC OUT 24V DC 4 K 3 K Y1 Y2 PSR-ESP 4 L 13 23 31 A1 A2 14 24 32 GND K 3 K 4 N PSR-ESP4 – Single-channel connection to failsafe controller with automatic start For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 259

260

Functional safety Configurable safety modules – PSRtrisafe Easy configuration With SAFECONF, you can easily create the safety logic for PSRtrisafe with TÜV- certified blocks via drag and drop. All tools are arranged in one window, enabling you to work intuitively with the software. The SAFECONF configuration software can be downloaded free of charge at phoenixcontact.com. Further information on the SAFECONF configuration software can be found on page 279. Simulation and diagnostics Thanks to the integrated simulation mode, you can shorten your project processing times and the standard-compliant implementation of safety circuits. The safety logic can be tested and validated directly on the PC. Use the PSRtrisafe configurable safety modules to combine all safety functions in accordance with your requirements. You can flexibly adapt the PSRtrisafe system to your application requirements using various safe extension modules and fieldbus couplers. The safety logic is created very easily with the SAFECONF configuration software via drag and drop. PSRtrisafe configurable safety modules The PSR-TRISAFE-S stand-alone version is available with 20 safe inputs and four safe outputs. The PSR-TRISAFE-M master module can be extended with additional digital inputs and outputs. You can integrate additional relay outputs using the PSR-TS-SDOR4 extension module. The diagnostic LEDs indicate the states of all inputs and outputs. The safety module can communicate with the higher-level controller via a fieldbus coupler, thereby enabling convenient remote diagnostics.  Your web code: #1257 Configurable PSRtrisafe safety modules Easy configuration with SAFECONF Simulation and diagnostics 260 PHOENIX CONTACT

261

Functional safety Configurable safety modules – PSRtrisafe Master module – Freely configurable safety module for monitoring emergency stop, safety doors, light grids, etc. – With 20 safe inputs, 4 safe outputs, 4 alarm outputs, and 2 clock outputs on an overall width of just 67.5 mm – Easily graphically configurable with the SAFECONF software – Quick startup by means of comprehensive simulation and test functions – Option for connecting fieldbus gateways for diagnostics and signaling functions – Incl. IFS-CONFSTICK memory stick for easy storage and backup of the configuration – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Notes: Further information on fieldbus gateways can be found in the “Motor management” section of Catalog 5 or at phoenixcontact.net/products. Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Max. response time Interfaces Safe digital inputs Input voltage range “0” signal Input voltage range “1” signal Output data Safe digital outputs SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Cannot be extended Safe and standard extension, including PSR-TBUS DIN rail connector     A1 A2 T0 T0 T1 T1 I0 I1 I19 M0 M1 M2 M3 A1 A2 T0 T0 T1 T1 I0 I1 I19 M0 M1 M2 M3 POWER 24V DC TEST PULSE OUTPUT SAFE INPUT MONITORING OUTPUT POWER 24V DC TEST PULSE OUTPUT SAFE INPUT MONITORING OUTPUT S U B T E F A S N O N - LOGIC S U B T E F A S N O N - LOGIC S U B T - R S P E F A S POWER 24V DC SAFE OUTPUT USB CONF STICK POWER 24V DC SAFE OUTPUT USB CONF STICK 24V 0V O0 O1 O2 O3 O0- O1- 24V 0V O0 O1 O2 O3 O0- O1- Technical data Technical data 24 V DC (A1/A2) 24 V DC (A1/A2) typ. 110 mA max. 30 ms (plus response time of PSR-TS-SDOR4) typ. 110 mA max. 30 ms (plus response time of PSR-TS-SDOR4) USB 10 (two-channel, up to SIL 3) 20 (single-channel, up to SIL 2) 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (for safe Off) 11 V DC ... 30 V DC USB 10 (two-channel, up to SIL 3) 20 (single-channel, up to SIL 2) 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (for safe Off) 11 V DC ... 30 V DC 4 (safe semiconductor outputs, up to Cat. 4 in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1) 2 (ground switching outputs) 4 (safe semiconductor outputs, up to Cat. 4 in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1) 2 (ground switching outputs) Nominal voltage Alarm outputs Clock outputs General data Ambient temperature range Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note 24 V DC 4 2 Screw version Spring-cage version -20°C ... 55°C 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 67.5 mm / 112 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC 4 2 -20°C ... 55°C 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 67.5 mm / 112 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Freely configurable safety module, for monitoring emergency stop, safety doors, light grids, etc., with 20 safe inputs and 4 safe outputs, 4 signaling and 2 cycle outputs with screw connection with spring-cage connection Copy and delete station, for IFS-CONFSTICK memory modules for copying data from a master stick to up to four slave sticks, connection via USB/mini USB cable Starter kit for the PSR-TRISAFE safety module, consists of PSR-TRISAFE demo board (with inputs and outputs), SAFECONF software, USB connecting cable (3 m), power supply PSR-SCP- 24DC/TS/S PSR-SPP- 24DC/TS/S 2986229 2986232 Accessories COPYSTATION - IFS 2901985 PSR-TRISAFE STARTER KIT 2986300 Multifunctional memory module for the Interface system IFS-CONFSTICK 2986122 1 1 1 1 1 PSR-SCP- 24DC/TS/M PSR-SPP- 24DC/TS/M 2986012 2986025 Accessories COPYSTATION - IFS 2901985 PSR-TRISAFE STARTER KIT 2986300 IFS-CONFSTICK 2986122 1 1 1 1 1 PSR-TBUS DIN rail connector, for supplying/controlling/monitoring (depending on the module) PSR-TBUS 2890425 50 PSR-TBUS 2890425 50 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 261

262

Functional safety Configurable safety modules – PSRtrisafe Extension modules – I/O extension for PSR-TRISAFE-M – Slim 22.5 mm housing – Including PSR-TBUS DIN rail connector for adapting to the PSR-TRISAFE-M master module – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061 Notes: For PSR-TRISAFE-M master module, see page 261 Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply current IS Max. response time Interfaces Safe digital inputs Input voltage range “0” signal Input voltage range “1” signal Output data Safe digital outputs Nominal voltage Cycle/alarm outputs Switching voltage Limiting continuous current Switching current Switching capacity Alarm outputs Short-circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Spring-cage connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions W / H / D EMC note Description Extension module with screw connection with spring-cage connection SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 8 safe inputs, plus 4 safe inputs or outputs 4 safe relay outputs (1-channel) or 2 safe relay outputs (2-channel)      TM0 TM1 I4 I5 I11 A1 A2 M0 M1 M2 M3 13 23 33 43 TEST PULSE/ MONITORING OUTPUT SAFE INPUT S U B T - R S P E F A S POWER 24V DC LOGIC SAFE INPUT/ OUTPUT S U B T - R S P E F A S A1 A2 IO0 IO1 IO2 IO3 Technical data S U B T - R S P E F A S 24V DC Power Monitoring Outputs Logic K1 K2 K3 K4 S U B T - R S P E F A S 14 24 34 44 Technical data 24 V DC (electrical supply via PSR-TBUS) Electrical supply via PSR-TBUS max. 30 ms (plus response time of PSR-TS-SDOR4) DIN rail TBUS for connection to the master module, supplied as standard 12 (of which 4 can be configured as input or output) 0 V DC ... 5 V DC (for safe Off) 11 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC (electrical supply via PSR-TBUS) Electrical supply via PSR-TBUS max. 50 ms DIN rail TBUS for connection to the master module, supplied as standard - - - 4 (if the configurable inputs/outputs are used as outputs) - 24 V DC 2 - - - - - Screw version Spring-cage version -20°C ... 55°C 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 112 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 - - min. 12 V AC/DC (from HW 03) / max. 250 V AC/DC 4 A (see derating) min. 3 mA (from HW 03) min. 60 mW 4 6 A gL/gG 6 A (gL / gG) 4 A (gL/gG for low-demand applications) -20°C ... 55°C (see derating) 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 22.5 mm / 112 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSR-SCP- 24DC/TS/SDI8/SDIO4 PSR-SPP- 24DC/TS/SDI8/SDIO4 2986038 2986041 1 1 PSR-SCP- 24DC/TS/SDOR4/4X1 PSR-SPP- 24DC/TS/SDOR4/4X1 2986096 2986106 1 1 PSR-TBUS DIN rail connector, for supplying/controlling/monitoring (depending on the module) PSR-TBUS Accessories Accessories 2890425 50 PSR-TBUS 2890425 50 262 PHOENIX CONTACT

263

PLC series Terminal block with integrated test pulse and EMC filter The PSR-FTB filter terminal block is used in the event of problems with 24 V signals affected by EMI and test-pulse-sensitive loads. D W H Functional safety Configurable safety modules – PSRtrisafe D W H – Filtering of test-pulse-safe electronic outputs – EMC filter for constant 24 V signals – Easy wiring via Push-in connection technology Notes: The selection of the filter terminal block depends on several parameters (load resistance/current, voltage drop, accepted shutdown time). The parameters can be determined with the aid of more detailed documentation, see phoenixcontact.net/products.  For low loads up to a maximum of 65 mA For high loads up to a maximum of 530 mA  IN IN GND GND OUT 1 OUT 2 GND + + IN IN GND GND OUT 1 OUT 2 GND + + Input data Nominal input voltage UN Typical input current at UN Protective circuit General data Ambient temperature range Rated surge voltage/insulation Push-in connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions EMC note Technical data Technical data 24 V DC ±20% (control voltage UST right/left) 24 V DC ±20% (control voltage UST right/left) max. 15 mA Surge protection -25°C ... 55°C 1.5 kV / Basic insulation 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 26 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D max. 20 mA Surge protection -25°C ... 55°C 1.5 kV / Basic insulation 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 26 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLC filter terminal block, with integrated test pulse and EMC filter PSR-FTB/1.5/11.5 2904476 1 PSR-FTB/20/86 2904477 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 263

264

Functional safety Safe I/Os Safe I/Os Axioline F – Particularly robust Inline – Particularly flexible Axioline E – The block-based modular I/O system Integrate functional safety into your machine or system with the Inline, Axioline F, and Axioline E I/O systems. Safe I/Os with PROFIsafe Our safety-related I/O modules impress with their flexible use. Depending on the bus coupler and safety controller, the I/O modules work with PROFIsafe in PROFINET and PROFIBUS systems. We offer digital input and output modules as well as relay modules. SafetyBridge Technology SafetyBridge Technology means that you don't need a safety controller. You can still use your preferred standard network and standard controller. The logic module with SafetyBridge Technology monitors safety-related communication between the safe I/O modules distributed throughout the network. The I/O extension modules acquire the safety signals and output them wherever they are required. Axioline F – Particularly robust The shielding concept and special design of Axioline F enable a particularly high level of EMC protection and reduced radiation. In addition, there is a good degree of mechanical robustness. Axioline F therefore increases the availability of your system.  Your web code: #1948 Inline – Particularly flexible Inline not only offers a particularly large choice of function terminals, but also allows you to use the appropriate number of channels on modules. The corresponding branch terminal can be used to extend the local bus to the field. You can therefore create your own individual I/O solution. The Inline ECO Safe I/O terminal is particularly cost-effective. It performs the function of two safety relays and safely disconnects aligned standard output modules.  Your web code: #1949 Axioline E – The block-based modular I/O system Axioline E is the I/O system with a block design for field installation. Like all Axioline I/Os, Axioline E is also fast, robust, and easy. Easy configuration With SAFECONF, you can easily create the safety logic for SafetyBridge systems with TÜV-certified blocks via drag and drop. All tools are arranged in one window, enabling you to work intuitively with the software. The SAFECONF configuration software can be downloaded free of charge at phoenixcontact.com. Further information on the SAFECONF configuration software can be found on page 279. 264 PHOENIX CONTACT

265

Functional safety Safe I/Os H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Connection to max. 5 safe input/output modules Connection to max. 16 safe input/output modules     Logic modules The logic modules are output modules from the Inline product family with integrated safety logic. They are an integral component of a SafetyBridge system. The logic module can be used at any point within an EtherCAT®, EtherNet/IP™, Sercos, Modbus, PROFINET or PROFIBUS system. Features: – Generation and monitoring of the SafetyBridge protocol – Processing of the parameterized safety logic – Control of 8 safe outputs onboard Depending on the installation and parameterization, you can achieve the following safety characteristics with this module: – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061, SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 Local bus interface Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Main circuit supply UM Supply voltage range UM Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit SafetyBridge properties Connection to I/O modules Logic memory General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) Inline data jumper 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) 24 V DC (see safety data) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC (see safety data) 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment) 8 (for single-channel assignment) 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment) 8 (for single-channel assignment) 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs max. 5 (safe digital I/O modules) max. 16 (safe digital I/O modules) 24 kByte 60 kByte W / H / D Spring-cage connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Spring-cage connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Safety-related digital logic module - Connection to max. 5 safe input/output modules IB IL 24 LPSDO 8 V2-PAC 2700606 Connector set, consisting of four Inline connectors with integrated discharge electronics Configuration software for SafetyBridge and PSR-TRISAFE modules, can be downloaded free of charge at phoenixcontact.net/products Starter kit, including ILC 130 ETH, LPSDO and PSDI SafetyBridge modules, control panel, power supply unit, plus accessories with preconfigured safety application Accessories IB IL 24 PSDO 8-PLSET/CP/R 2700722 SAFECONF 2986119 ILC 130 SBT V2 STARTERKIT 2700993 IB IL 24 LPSDO 8 V3-PAC 2701625 Accessories IB IL 24 PSDO 8-PLSET/CP/R 2700722 SAFECONF 2986119 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Zack marker strip, flat (see Catalog 3) ZBF 6... ZBF 6... For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 265

266

Functional safety Safe I/Os Safe I/Os for Inline The safe I/O modules can be used universally. The modules can be used in INTERBUS-Safety systems, PROFIsafe systems via PROFIBUS or PROFINET, and SafetyBridge systems. The product range comprises safe input modules, output modules (positive and positive/negative switching), floating switching output modules with integrated relay contacts, as well as an Inline ECO safety module with two sensor circuits for safety-related shutdown of the segment voltage. An Inline station can be made up of safe and standard modules here, whereby a variety of function terminals are available to the user. The station is configured with high granularity with digital and analog inputs or outputs. Within the relevant safety system, safety functions can be implemented in accordance with the following requirements: – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061, SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 H D W SILCL IEC 62061   Digital input module, 16 inputs Local bus interface Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Main circuit supply UM Supply voltage range UM Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Technical data Inline data jumper 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 2-, 3-conductor 8 (for two-channel assignment) 16 (for single-channel assignment) - - - - - W / H / D 48.8 mm / 141 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Failsafe digital input module Failsafe digital output module - 8 outputs - 4 outputs, +/- switching IB IL 24 PSDI 16-PAC 2700994 1 Connector set, consisting of four Inline connectors with integrated discharge electronics Zack marker strip, flat (see Catalog 3) ZBF 6... Accessories 266 PHOENIX CONTACT

267

Functional safety Safe I/Os H D W H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Digital input module, 8 inputs Digital output module Digital output module, +/- switching       Technical data Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) Inline data jumper 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) Inline data jumper 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment) 8 (for single-channel assignment) - - - - - - - - - - - 2-, 3-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment) 8 (for single-channel assignment) 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs 2-, 3-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment, +/- switching) 4 (for single-channel assignment, + switching) 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 48.8 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. IB IL 24 PSDI 8-PAC 2985688 Accessories IB IL 24 PSDI 8-PLSET/CP/R 2700720 1 1 IB IL 24 PSDO 8-PAC 2985631 Accessories IB IL 24 PSDO 8-PLSET/CP/R 2700722 1 1 IB IL 24 PSDO 4/4-PAC 2916493 Accessories IB IL 24 PSDO 4/4-PLSET/CP/R 2700721 1 1 ZBF 6... ZBF 6... ZBF 6... For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 267

268

Functional safety Safe I/Os Safe I/Os for Inline Within the relevant safety system, safety functions can be implemented in accordance with the following requirements: – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061, SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 H D W H D W SILCL IEC 62061 SILCL IEC 62061 Relay output module Inline ECO safety module with two sensor circuits     Technical data Technical data Inline data jumper 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) Inline data jumper 500 kbps 24 V DC -20% / +15% - - 4 (for 2 sensor circuits (1- or 2-channel, non-equivalent/equivalent)) 4 (safety relays with 2 floating contacts each) 1 (internal, two-channel enabling current path) 4 A min. 5 mA max. 4 A min. 60 mW W / H / D 73.2 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 6 A (observe derating) min. 3 mA max. 6 A (30 V DC) min. 60 mW 24.4 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm 0°C ... 55°C (observe derating) Ordering data Ordering data Local bus interface Connection method Transmission speed Power supply for module electronics Main circuit supply UM Supply voltage range UM Digital inputs Number of inputs Relay outputs Number of outputs Limiting continuous current Switching current Switching capacity General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Failsafe relay output module - 4 outputs Inline ECO safety module IB IL 24 PSDOR 4-PAC 2985864 1 IB IL SAFE 2-ECO 2702446 1 268 PHOENIX CONTACT

269

Logic module The safety module is an output module from the Axioline F product range with integrated safety logic for use in a SafetyBridge Technology V3 system. The logic module can be used as part of an Axioline F station at any point within an EtherCAT®, EtherNet/IP™, Sercos, Modbus, PROFINET or PROFIBUS system. Features: – Generation and monitoring of the SafetyBridge protocol – Processing of the parameterized safety logic – Control of 8 safe outputs onboard Depending on the installation and parameterization, you can achieve the following safety characteristics with this module: – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061, SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 Functional safety Safe I/Os H D W SILCL IEC 62061   Connection to max. 16 safe input/output modules Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 280 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) typ. 25 mA (all outputs set; power supply from UO with 30.2 V DC; without power supply to the actuator) Protection against polarity reversal, EMC protective circuit, undervoltage detection 2-, 3-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment) 8 (for single-channel assignment) max. 2 A (per channel) 8 A Overload protection, freewheeling circuit for inductive loads, Discharge circuit for accelerated discharge of capacitive loads max. 16 (safe digital I/O modules) 30 kByte Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 220 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm -35°C ... 60°C (mounting position: any) W / H / D Ordering data Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply of digital output modules UO Supply voltage range UO Current consumption from UO Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Output current Maximum output current per module / terminal block Protective circuit SafetyBridge properties Connection to I/O modules Logic memory General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Safety-related digital logic module - Connection to a maximum of 16 safe I/O modules AXL F LPSDO8/3 1F 2702171 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 269

270

Functional safety Safe I/Os Safe I/Os for Axioline F You can install the safety-related I/O modules from the Axioline F product family for PROFIsafe and SafetyBridge anywhere inside an Axioline station. In addition to standard signals, this means you can now also read and output safe signals in the Axioline system. Depending on the installation and parameterization, you can achieve the following safety characteristics with these modules: – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061, SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 270 PHOENIX CONTACT H D W SILCL IEC 62061   Digital input module Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 310 mA 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) typ. 9 mA (all inputs set; power supply from UI with 30.2 V DC; without power supply to the sensors via clock supplies T1 and T2) - - - Protection against polarity reversal, EMC protective circuit, undervoltage detection 2-, 3-, 4-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment) 8 (for single-channel assignment) IEC 61131-2 type 3 24 V DC typ. 4.2 mA 1.5 ms / 3 ms (default) / 5 ms / 15 ms - - - - - - - - Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 220 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm -35°C ... 60°C (mounting position: any) W / H / D Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F SSDI8/4 1F AXL F PSDI8/4 1F 2702263 2701559 1 1 Local bus interface Designation Connection method Power supply for module electronics Communications power UBus Current consumption from UBus I/O supply Supply of digital input modules UI Supply voltage range UI Current consumption from UI Supply of digital output modules UO Supply voltage range UO Current consumption from UO Protective circuit Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Nominal input voltage UIN Nominal input current at UIN Input filter time Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Output voltage Output current Maximum output current per module / terminal block Behavior in the event of overload Protective circuit General data Connection method Connection data rigid / flexible / AWG Weight Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Description Safety-related I/O module - For SafetyBridge Safety-related I/O module - For PROFIsafe

271

Functional safety Safe I/Os H D W SILCL IEC 62061   Digital output module Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 5 V DC (via bus base module) max. 280 mA - - - 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) typ. 25 mA (all outputs set; power supply from UO with 30.2 V DC; without power supply to the actuator) Protection against polarity reversal, EMC protective circuit, undervoltage detection - - - - - - - 2-, 3-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment) 8 (for single-channel assignment) 24 V DC max. 2 A (per channel) 8 A Affected output is disabled and a diagnostic message is generated. Overload protection, freewheeling circuit for inductive loads, Discharge circuit for accelerated discharge of capacitive loads Push-in connection 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16 220 g 53.6 mm / 126.1 mm / 54 mm -35°C ... 60°C (mounting position: any) Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL F SSDO8/3 1F AXL F PSDO8/3 1F 2702264 2701560 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 271

272

SILCL IEC 62061 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs Technical data 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30.2 V DC (including all tolerances, including ripple) M12 connector (T-coded) M12 connector, double occupancy 3-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment) 8 (for single-channel assignment) IEC 61131-2 type 3 1.5 ms / 3 ms (default) / 5 ms / 15 ms Overload protection, short-circuit protection of sensor supply M12 connector 3-conductor 4 (for two-channel assignment, +/- switching) 4 (for single-channel assignment, + switching) 2 A Overload protection, short-circuit protection of outputs M12 connector, A-coded 3-conductor 1 ( Class B ) 24 V DC (is provided via the IO-Link interface of the IO-Link master.) W / H / D 350 g 201 mm 60 mm / 214 mm / 30 mm IP65/IP67 -25°C ... 60°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXL E IOL SDI8 SDO4 2A M12 6P 2702833 1 Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Connection method Digital inputs Connection method Connection technology Number of inputs Description of the inputs Input filter time Protective circuit Digital outputs Connection method Connection technology Number of outputs Maximum output current per channel Protective circuit IO-Link ports Connection method Connection technology Number of ports IO-Link port supply L+ Nominal voltage for I/O supply General data Weight Drill hole spacing Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Description Safety-related I/O module Functional safety Safe I/Os Safe I/Os for Axioline E Acquire safety-related input and output data directly in your systems and machines, without the need for a control cabinet or junction box. The safety module from the Axioline E product family is suitable for use in PROFIsafe and SafetyBridge systems. The module is an IO-Link device. When used in conjunction with the IO-Link masters from the Axioline E product family, you can integrate the module into the relevant higher-level network. Within the relevant safety system, safety functions can be implemented in accordance with the following requirements: – Up to Cat. 4/PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061, SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 272 PHOENIX CONTACT

273

Safe PROFINET gateway The safe PROFINET gateway from Phoenix Contact enables safe communication between two PROFINET networks. This means that you can implement system-wide and manufacturer-independent functional safety, such as emergency stop concepts. Your advantages: – Coupling of two PROFINET systems – Transmission of standard I/O data via PROFINET – Transmission of safe I/O data via PROFIsafe – Redundant power supply – Controller-independent Within a PROFIsafe system, the safety functions associated with the following requirements are supported: – SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – SILCL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 Functional safety Safe control technology Safe PROFINET gateway  Technical data 24 V DC 18.5 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) max. 250 mA 128 Byte (2 - 11 bytes of safe IO process data) W / H / D 550 g 130 mm / 27 mm / 145 mm -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL PN/PN SDIO-2TX/2TX 2700651 1 Accessories FL PATCH CCODE BU FL PATCH CCODE RD FL PATCH GUARD FL PATCH GUARD KEY FL PATCH SAFE CLIP 2891291 2891893 2891424 2891521 2891246 20 20 20 1 20 Supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Current consumption Programming data IN and OUT process data General data Weight Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Safe PROFINET gateway Color marking for FL CAT... Patch... - Blue - Red Lockable security element for FL Patch... Key for FL PATCH GUARD Security element for FL CAT ...Patch... For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 273

274

Functional safety Safe control technology High-performance safety PLC The RFC 4072S is the first high-performance controller based on PLCnext Technology. Use in applications with the highest safety requirements in accordance with SIL 3 or PL e is also possible. With PLCnext Engineer, standard and safety programming can be performed in a single engineering tool. Your advantages: – PLCnext Technology: preferred programming languages and programming environments, open-source software, apps, Proficloud, and also coming soon PLCnext Store with real-time execution – Safety: maximum safety of machinery, thanks to diversified processors and support for up to 300 PROFIsafe devices – Performance: the use of an Intel® Core™ i5 Dual Core processor and two powerful processors based on Arm architecture enables one of the best performance capabilities on the market Additional features: – PROFINET controller and device – Support for PROFIsafe profile V2.6.1 – M2M system networking with OPC UA – Communication in up to three separate subnets – Convenient operation via the touch display The RFC 4072S is able to satisfy the following requirements in safety-related applications: – SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 274 PHOENIX CONTACT High-performance safety PLC with PLCnext Technology Technical data 4 x RJ45 socket 1 x USB type A, male connector max. 256 Intel® Core™ i5-6300U 2x 2.4 GHz (Standard) Arm® Cortex®-A9 800 MHz (Safety) Arm® Cortex®-A8 600 MHz (Safety) 16 Mbyte 32 Mbyte 2 Mbyte Integrated (battery backup) Screw terminal blocks, plug-in 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 1 A W / H / D 122 mm / 182 mm / 173 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (from 40°C only with fan module) Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RFC 4072S 1051328 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB PLCNEXT MEMORY 1043501 RFC FAN MODULE 2404085 1 1 1 Interfaces Ethernet USB 2.0 PROFINET master Number of supported devices IEC 61131 runtime system Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Real-time clock Power supply Power supply connection Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Description Safety controller Program and configuration memory, Flash card for storing application programs and other files in the PLC file system Fan module for Remote Field Controller Engineering software PLCnext Engineer (see page 14)

275

Safe PROFIsafe controller Thanks to the use of powerful processors, the RFC 480S PN 4TX safety controller delivers high performance in the portfolio. You can integrate the latest safety devices using PROFIsafe profile V2.6.1. The OPC UA server enables modern communication with higher-level SCADA systems. Your advantages: – Safety: maximum safety of machinery, thanks to diversified processors and support for up to 300 PROFIsafe devices – Performance: the use of an Intel® Core™ i5 Dual Core processor and two powerful processors based on Arm architecture enables one of the best performance capabilities on the market Additional features: – PROFINET controller and device – Support for PROFIsafe profile V2.6.1 – M2M system networking with OPC UA – Communication in up to three separate subnets – Convenient operation via the touch display Depending on the parameterization of the I/O modules and the programming, the RFC 480S can meet the following requirements: – SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 – PL e in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 Interfaces Ethernet PROFINET master Number of supported devices IEC 61131 runtime system Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Real-time clock Power supply Power supply connection Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Functional safety Safe control technology Class 400 compact controller with integrated safety controller  4 x RJ45 socket max. 256 Technical data Intel® Core™ i5-6300U 2x 2.4 GHz (Dual-Core) Arm® Cortex®-A9 800 MHz (Safety) Arm® Cortex®-A8 600 MHz (Safety) typ. 16 Mbyte 32 Mbyte 2 Mbyte Integrated (battery backup) Screw terminal blocks, plug-in 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple) 1 A W / H / D 122 mm / 182 mm / 173 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (from 40°C only with fan module) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Remote Field Controller - 4 x 10/100/1000 Ethernet, PROFINET controller RFC 480S PN 4TX 2404577 Program and configuration memory, plug-in - 512 MB - 2 GB Fan module for Remote Field Controller AX OPC SERVER, communication interface for OPC-compatible visualization with PC Worx-based controllers Accessories SD FLASH 512MB SD FLASH 2GB RFC FAN MODULE 2988146 2988162 2404085 - ILC 1x1, AXC 1xxx, ILC 3xx, AXC 3xxx, RFC 4xx, PC WORX RT BASIC/SRT SAFETYPROG programming software - Basic - Advanced - Professional AX OPC SERVER 2985945 SAFETYPROG BASIC SAFETYPROG ADVANCED SAFETYPROG PROFESSIONAL 2700443 2700441 2700442 Engineering software PC WORX ... (see “Software” section) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 275

276

Functional safety Safe control technology Control solution for functional safety With the Easy Safe safety solution, in combination with the ILC 151 ETH or AXC 1050 controllers, you can quickly and easily integrate safe I/O modules into your machine. All the necessary configuration settings and initializations for the integration of SafetyBridge I/O modules in your standard application are applied automatically. Your advantages: – Easy safety-related programming by means of pre-configured software application – Quick configuration, thanks to user-friendly web interface – Comprehensive communication options, thanks to Modbus and PROFINET connection (PRO version) – Always informed, thanks to notification function via e-mail (PRO version) Additional features: – Graphical interface – Safety logic using drag and drop – License key and user program Interfaces Designation Connection method Ethernet Parameterization/operation/diagnostics System limits Number of devices with parameter channel Number of supported devices Amount of process data Digital inputs/outputs Number of inputs Number of outputs IEC 61131 runtime system Programming tool Processor Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Real-time clock Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Safety solution for Inline       Ex:   Technical data INTERBUS local bus (master) Inline data jumper 1 x RJ45 socket 1 x 6-pos. MINI DIN socket (PS/2) max. 16 max. 128 max. 4096 Bit (INTERBUS) max. 16384 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client) 8 4 PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 64 MHz 256 kByte 256 kByte 8 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 210 mA W / H / D 80 mm / 119.8 mm / 71.5 mm IP20 -25°C ... 55°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact controller, complete with accessories (connector and marking field) Program and configuration memory, Flash card with license key and user program for easy web-based configuration and startup of a SafetyBridge solution - 2 GB, for Inline - 2 GB, for Inline including communication via Modbus/TCP, PROFINET, and e-mail - 2 GB, for Axioline including communication via Modbus/TCP, PROFINET, and e-mail ILC 151 ETH 2700974 SD FLASH 2GB EASY SAFE BASIC SD FLASH 2GB EASY SAFE PRO 2403297 2403298 1 1 1 276 PHOENIX CONTACT

277

Functional safety Safe control technology Safety solution for Axioline PRO version          Technical data Axioline F local bus Bus base module 2 x RJ45 socket 1 x Micro USB type B - max. 63 (per station) max. 4096 Bit (Axioline F local bus (input)) max. 4096 Bit (Axioline F local bus (output)) max. 32768 Bit (internal Modbus /TCP client) - - PC WORX PC WORX EXPRESS Altera Nios II 1x 100 MHz 2 Mbyte 2 Mbyte 48 kByte (NVRAM) depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Yes 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 125 mA 45 mm / 125.9 mm / 74 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. AXC 1050 2700988 1 SD FLASH 2GB AXC EASY SAFE PRO 2403730 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 277

278

Functional safety Software Configuration software SAFECONF The software implements the consistent configuration of the safety function and the parameterization of the safe SafetyBridge and PSR-TRISAFE modules. Instead of being programmed, the required functions and components are simply dragged to the connection editor, where they can be linked. It takes just three steps to create a project, test it, and transfer it to the safety module. When using SafetyBridge modules, you can create the safe configuration independently of the controller and automation network used. – Maximum flexibility, thanks to the wide range of driver interfaces for leading controller manufacturers PSR-CONF-WIN The PSR-CONF-WIN configuration package is used to parameterize the PSR-RSM4 safe zero-speed and over-speed safety relay. Application-related safety parameters such as zero-speed and speed limits can be set in the software. The data is then transferred to the safety relay module. PSRmotion software Application-related parameters for the PSR-MM30 safe zero-speed and over-speed safety relay can be set and downloaded using the PSRmotion configuration software. The software's online monitoring function enables you to visualize the data for the monitored movement during operation. The PSRmotion configuration software can be downloaded free of charge online at phoenixcontact.net/products under Download on the product page for the PSR-MM30 zero-speed and over-speed safety relay. 278 PHOENIX CONTACT

279

Functional safety Software Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Optical drive Operating equipment Monitor resolution Software requirements Operating system Supported browsers Basic functions Languages supported Configuration software for PSR-TRISAFE and SafetyBridge modules Configuration software and connecting cable Technical data Technical data Pentium, 2 GHz (recommended), 1 GHz (min.) 2 GByte (under Windows 7 / Windows 8: 1 GByte (min.) under Windows XP 512 Mbytes (min.)) min. 250 Mbyte (free hard disk memory space) Pentium, 2 GHz (recommended), 1 GHz (min.) 1 GByte (under Windows 7 / under Windows XP: 512 Mbytes (min.)) min. 250 Mbyte (free hard disk memory space) CD-ROM Keyboard, mouse 800x600 CD-ROM Keyboard, mouse 800x600 Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) / Windows® 8 (32 bit/64 bit) / MS Windows XP (SP3) Multi-Language Internet Explorer 6 or higher Windows® 7 (32-Bit/64-Bit) / Windows XP / MS Windows NT 4.0 with Service Pack > 4, MS Windows 2000 and MS Windows XP - Configuration software for PSR-TRISAFE and SafetyBridge technology Configuration software for PSR-RSM4 safe zero-speed and over-speed safety relay German, English, French, Spanish, Italian German, English, French, Spanish, Italian Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Configuration software for SafetyBridge and PSR-TRISAFE modules, can be downloaded free of charge at phoenixcontact.net/products Configuration software for parameterizing the PSR-RSM4 safe zero-speed and over-speed safety relay, with programming cable SAFECONF 2986119 1 PSR-CONF-WIN1.0 2981554 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 279

280

Functional safety Software SAFETYPROG – Programming software Notes: Further information on the safe PROFIsafe controller can be found on page 275 Programming software for PROFIsafe controllers Functional safety Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Programming software for PROFIsafe controllers, with graphical user interface in accordance with IEC 61131-3 in function block diagram (FBD) and ladder diagram (LD). One library from the corresponding PLCopen libraries can be used per project. Programming software for PROFIsafe controllers, with graphical user interface in accordance with IEC 61131-3 in function block diagram (FBD) and ladder diagram (LD). Three of the libraries from the corresponding PLCopen libraries can be used per project. Programming software for PROFIsafe controllers, with graphical user interface in accordance with IEC 61131-3 in function block diagram (FBD) and ladder diagram (LD). All of the libraries from the corresponding PLCopen libraries can be used per project. SAFETYPROG BASIC 2700443 SAFETYPROG ADVANCED 2700441 SAFETYPROG PROFESSIONAL 2700442 1 1 1 SafetyProg can be used to develop safe applications with safety controllers – using PROFIsafe networks. The TÜV-certified programming tool guides you through the various development phases of a safety application: – IEC 61131-compliant programming in function block diagram (FBD), ladder diagram (LD), and structured text (ST) – Compiling the project – Sending the project to the safety controller – Controlling the safety controller, e.g., start, stop or reset – Performing function tests – Monitoring the safety controller and debugging the safety application – Project documentation – Printing project documentation SAFETYPROG contains a comprehensive library with 20 certified function blocks for safety technology, all in accordance with PLCopen safety specification 1.0. Useful tools SAFETYPROG offers many innovative tools, which enable you to integrate functional safety in your automation system: – User management – Bus configuration project for importing process and diagnostic data – Bus navigator – Code editor and Edit wizard – Coupling of safe and standard PLC – Project tree – Cross-reference and message windows – Controller simulation – Variable editor 280 PHOENIX CONTACT

281

Safe analog value processing Functional safety Software Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Function block library for safety-related analog acquisition with standard I/O modules SAFE AI 2400057 1 Ordering data Function block library for safety-related analog value acquisition with standard I/O modules. Please contact the safety hotline before ordering SAFE AI. 24-hour safety hotline +49 5281 9-462777 safety-service@phoenixcontact.com Wherever analog values need to be processed in a safety-related manner, the Safe AI solution package from Phoenix Contact is the ideal solution. With this TÜV-certified and software-based analog value processing, no safety-related I/O modules are required. This saves you money and offers flexibility. Components of the Safe AI solution package: – Initial application advice via telephone on the required software and hardware components – License key for using the ANALOGINPUT_SF function block library including user documentation – Advice from the Competence Center Safety in the form of a web meeting For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 281

282

Functional safety Services for functional safety Safety lifecycle Safety lifecycle for machinery Our measures are based on the safety lifecycle for machinery, as per EN ISO 13849, EN 62061, and, for process technology, EN 61511. Your advantage: We provide consistent and traceable support that can be planned for the implementation of your safety-related requirements. Machine operators We support you in tasks relating to the Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health applicable in Germany, hazard assessment, and the safe provision of equipment. When you, as a machine operator, make changes to your machinery, your role may possibly change to that of a machine manufacturer. Machine manufacturers We support you in tasks compliant with the Machinery Directive, EMC Directive, Low Voltage Directive, and for CE declaration of conformity applicable in Europe. We design the process based on the safety lifecycle for machinery from phase 0 to phase 7. 24-hour safety hotline If queries arise when selecting products or during startup and operation, in addition to your local specialists you can also contact our free 24-hour safety hotline at any time: +49 (0) 5281 9 46 2777 Or send us an e-mail: safety-service@phoenixcontact.com System integrators We support you in tasks compliant with EN ISO 13849, EN 62061, the European EMC Directive, and the Low Voltage Directive, as well as the use of the SISTEMA software utility. We design the process based on the safety lifecycle for machinery from phase 2 to phase 7. Additional information: For detailed information regarding our range of services for the safety of machinery and systems, use the web code.  Your web code: #1075 282 PHOENIX CONTACT

283

Functional safety Services for functional safety Service and support We will support you in all aspects regarding the safety of machinery with our flexible range of services. Choose between industry-specific services for the safety of machines and systems or services for safety in the process industry. Our certified safety experts will be happy to advise you and support you during the necessary work steps and in the creation of the verification documentation. Contact: services@phoenixcontact.com Consultation We provide advice on various subjects in the planning and implementation of your system: – Design of the safety lifecycle: standards and their implementation – Machinery Directive – Retrofitting of machines and systems Engineering To assess the safety integrity, we determine the PL (performance level) or SIL (safety integrity level) of the safety functions with the help of your technical documentation. These must be sufficiently robust to withstand random errors. In the case of Machinery Directive requirements, we implement the entire safety lifecycle process, from the risk assessment all the way through to the instructions for use. Product support We provide support for any questions you may have regarding Phoenix Contact safety hardware and software. You can contact our support team about anything – from a preliminary clarification of the technical aspects, through planning and implementation, to operation. Seminars We provide instruction and practical training that is tailored to your individual requirements, such as: Safety application software: – Requirements for safety-related software – Specification of safety requirements and software – Implementation of safety functions – Development of function blocks FS Technician: – Information regarding the requirements of the Machinery Directive and those of harmonized standards – Practical implementation of technical and normative requirements regarding functional safety – TÜV Rheinland certificate upon completion For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 283

285

Industrial communication technology – Industrial Ethernet Make the most of all the options offered by your Ethernet network. Phoenix Contact offers you more real time, more wireless, more safety, and more reliability. Industrial Ethernet from Phoenix Contact can be easily integrated into your automation infrastructure – because we make Ethernet easy. Benefit from our experience in automation which spans decades and the experience we have gained in industrial Ethernet networks over the past ten plus years. We know and understand the expectations and demands placed on automation. This is evident and embodied in our products and solutions. Product overview Unmanaged Switches - Standard switches with basic functions - Standard switches - Standard Gigabit switches - Standard switches with wide temperature range - Standard switches with flat design - IP67 switches and switches for 19" rack mounting - 1000 series Unmanaged Switches Managed Switches - 2000 series Managed Switches - 3000 series Managed Switches - 4000 series Managed Gigabit Switches - SMCS series Managed Switches - PROFINET real-time switches - 7000 series Managed Switches - Routers and Layer 3 switches Switch accessories Security routers and firewalls Security routers for DIN rails Firewall/router for office-based/mobile use Software for Ethernet networks Redundancy modules Power over Ethernet PoE splitter PoE injectors Remote control Ethernet extenders Media converters for Ethernet Serial device servers, gateways, and proxies Installation technology for Industrial Ethernet Patch panels Isolator Accessories Wireless Ethernet 286 288 291 294 296 298 300 301 304 314 318 322 324 326 328 330 334 340 342 343 344 345 348 350 354 360 364 366 372 PHOENIX CONTACT 285

286

Industrial Ethernet Product overview Unmanaged Switches Unmanaged Switches with basic functions in IP20 Page 288 Unmanaged Switches with basic functions in IP67 Page 300 Unmanaged Power over Ethernet Switches in IP30 and IP67 Page 302 Managed Switches 2000 series Managed Switches for PROFINET networks Page 304 3000 series Managed Switches with IT functions Page 314 4000 series Managed Switches with two Gigabit uplink ports Page 316 4000 series Managed Power over Ethernet Switches Page 318 Managed Switches 4000 series Managed Switches for 19" rack mounting Page 320 SMCS series Managed Switches with a very flat design Page 322 IRT series Managed Switches for PROFINET real-time applications Page 324 7000 series Managed Switches for high-availability EtherNet/IP™ networks Page 326 Routers and Layer 3 switches Switch accessories 2000 series Managed Switches with NAT router functions Page 328 GHS series Modular Gigabit switches with Layer 3 functions Page 329 SFP modules and configuration memory Page 330 286 PHOENIX CONTACT

287

Security routers and firewalls Software Redundancy modules Industrial Ethernet Product overview mGuard security routers for DIN rails Page 334 mGuard security routers for mounting without a DIN rail Page 340 Network management software Page 342 PRP redundancy modules for parallel network redundancy Page 343 PoE injector Ethernet extenders Media converters PoE injectors for the common transmission of power and data Page 344 Managed and unmanaged Ethernet extenders for large IP networks Page 349 Universal media convertors for conversion to fiber optics Page 350 Media converters for real-time protocols and IEC 61850 environments Page 352 Serial device servers, gateways, and proxies Serial device servers and protocol converters, multiport, for conversion to Ethernet Page 354 Serial device servers, 1 port, for conversion to Ethernet Page 357 Proxies as a link between PROFINET networks and other fieldbus systems Page 358 Patch panels Isolator COMPLETE line Passive mini patch panels with various connection options Page 360 4 kV isolator for electrical isolation Page 364 The comprehensive solution for your control cabinet: Easy planning, intuitive installation Page 522 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 287

288

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches Standard switches with basic functions FL SWITCH SFNB... Unmanaged Switches are designed for simple entry-level applications where low installation costs and a high degree of industrialization are required. Features: – 5 to 8 ports in a narrow, metal housing – Optional SC and ST fiber optic ports – For longer distances, multimode and single mode fiber connections are available – RJ45 ports provide 10/100 Mbps speeds; fiber optic ports operate at 100 Mbps – Auto negotiation and autocrossing simplify installation and setup – LED indicators provide local diagnostics – Cable locking security options 288 PHOENIX CONTACT 5 RJ45 ports Technical data    Ex:  5 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - - Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode LEDs: US, link and activity per port W / H / D 24 V DC 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 185 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 28 mm / 110 mm / 70 mm IP20 -10°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SFNB 5TX 2891001 1 Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Connection method Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Ethernet switch - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports - 4 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 4 RJ45 ports, 1 ST FO port

289

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches 8 RJ45 ports 4 RJ45 ports and 4 RJ45 ports and 1 fiber optic port (multimode) 1 fiber optic port (single mode)    Ex:    Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH SFNB 4TX/FX FL SWITCH SFNB 4TX/FX ST 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 1 (SC multimode) 1 (ST multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) SC ST 1310 nm 12.1 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 1 (SC single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) SC 1310 nm 25 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.5 dB/km)    Ex:  8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - - Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode LEDs: US, link and activity per port LEDs: US, link and activity per port LEDs: US, link and activity per port 24 V DC 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 140 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 50 mm / 110 mm / 70 mm IP20 -10°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 185 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 175 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 28 mm / 110 mm / 70 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C -10°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 175 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 28 mm / 110 mm / 70 mm IP20 -10°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SFNB 8TX 2891002 1 FL SWITCH SFNB 4TX/FX FL SWITCH SFNB 4TX/FX ST 2891027 2891028 1 1 FL SWITCH SFNB 4TX/FX SM20 2891029 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 289

290

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches Standard switches with up to 8 ports FL SWITCH SFN... Unmanaged Switches have a wide range of port configurations and features for standard applications. Features: – 5 to 8 ports in a narrow, metal housing – Optional SC and ST fiber optic ports – Quality of Service (QoS) prioritized messages – RJ45 ports provide 10/100 Mbps speeds; fiber optic ports operate at 100 Mbps – Auto negotiation and autocrossing simplify installation and setup – LED indicators provide local diagnostics – Switch-mounted cable locking and port blocking options 290 PHOENIX CONTACT 5/8 RJ45 ports for PROFINET Technical data FL SWITCH SFN 5TX-PN FL SWITCH SFN 8TX-PN 5 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - - Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode LEDs: US, link and activity per port 24 V DC 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 90 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 140 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 30 mm / 130 mm / 100 mm 50 mm / 130 mm / 100 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SFN 5TX-PN FL SWITCH SFN 8TX-PN 2891151 2891018 1 1 Ethernet switch - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports, flow control disabled - 4 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 4 RJ45 ports, 1 ST FO port - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 ST FO port - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port, flow control disabled - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 ST FO ports - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports, flow control disabled

291

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches 5/8 RJ45 ports 4/7 RJ45 ports and 1 FO port 6 RJ45 ports and 2 FO ports    Ex:     Ex:     Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH SFN 5TX FL SWITCH SFN 8TX FL SWITCH SFN 4TX/FX FL SWITCH SFN 7TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SFN 6TX/2FX FL SWITCH SFN 6TX/2FX ST 5 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 4 (RJ45 ports) 7 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 10/100 Mbps 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - - 1 (SC multimode) 1 (ST multimode) 2 (SC multimode) 2 (ST multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 2000 m (Fiberglass 50/125) 2000 m (Fiberglass 62.5/125) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 2000 m (Fiberglass 50/125) 2000 m (Fiberglass 62.5/125) Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode store and forward switching mode store and forward switching mode LEDs: US, link and activity per port LEDs: US, link and activity per port LEDs: US, link and activity per port 24 V DC 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 24 V DC 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 90 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 140 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 140 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 190 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 24 V DC 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 230 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 30 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm 50 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm 30 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm 50 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm 50 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP20 0°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP20 0°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SFN 5TX FL SWITCH SFN 8TX FL SWITCH SFN 8TX-NF 2891152 2891929 2891022 1 1 1 FL SWITCH SFN 4TX/FX FL SWITCH SFN 4TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SFN 7TX/FX FL SWITCH SFN 7TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SFN 7TX/FX-NF 2891851 2891453 2891097 2891110 2891023 1 1 1 1 1 FL SWITCH SFN 6TX/2FX FL SWITCH SFN 6TX/2FX ST FL SWITCH SFN 6TX/2FX-NF 2891314 2891411 2891024 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 291

292

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches Standard switches with up to 16 ports FL SWITCH SFN(T)... 16-port Unmanaged Switches provide Ethernet connections with high contact density for larger or higher-level applications. Features: – 16 ports in a narrow, metal housing with redundant power supply – Optional SC fiber optic ports – Standard devices (-10°C ... +60°C) and devices with wide temperature range (-40°C ... +75°C) available – RJ45 ports provide 10/100 Mbps speeds; fiber optic ports operate at 100 Mbps – Auto negotiation and autocrossing simplify installation and setup – LED indicators provide local diagnostics – Cable locking security options – DC and AC power supply options 292 PHOENIX CONTACT 5/8 RJ45 ports with AC supply   Ex:  Technical data FL SWITCH SFN 5TX-24VAC FL SWITCH SFN 8TX-24VAC 5 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US, link and activity per port Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note 24 V AC/DC 3.6 VPP 20 V AC ... 28 V AC 114 mA (at US = 24 V AC) 189 mA (at US = 24 V AC) W / H / D 30 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm 50 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ethernet switch - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports Ethernet switch - 16 RJ45 ports - 15 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 14 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports Ethernet switch, wide temperature - 16 RJ45 ports - 14 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports FL SWITCH SFN 5TX-24VAC FL SWITCH SFN 8TX-24VAC 2891021 2891020 1 1

293

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches 16 RJ45 ports 15 RJ45 ports and 1 FO port 14 RJ45 ports and 2 FO ports    Ex:    Ex:     Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH SFN 16TX FL SWITCH SFNT 16TX FL SWITCH SFN 14TX/2FX FL SWITCH SFNT 14TX/2FX 16 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 15 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - 1 (SC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 12.1 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 14 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (SC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 12.1 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store-and-forward switching mode, includes alarm contacts Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store-and-forward switching mode, includes alarm contacts Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store-and-forward switching mode, includes alarm contacts LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 350 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 70 mm / 135 mm / 110 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 350 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 70 mm / 135 mm / 110 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 350 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 70 mm / 135 mm / 110 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SFN 16TX 2891933 FL SWITCH SFNT 16TX 2891952 1 1 FL SWITCH SFN 15TX/FX 2891934 1 FL SWITCH SFN 14TX/2FX 2891935 FL SWITCH SFNT 14TX/2FX 2891954 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 293

294

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches Standard Gigabit switch FL SWITCH SFN... Gigabit Unmanaged Switches have a wide range of port configurations with fiberglass and copper as well as functions for standard applications. Features: – 5/8 ports in a narrow, metal housing with redundant power supply – All ports provide 1000 Mbps speeds – LED indicators provide local diagnostics – Relay contact – FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2LX provides a transmission distance of up to 10 km with 2 single mode fiberglass ports – FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2LX-20 provides a transmission distance of up to 20 km with 2 single mode fiberglass ports 294 PHOENIX CONTACT 5 / 8 RJ45 ports  Ex:  Technical data FL SWITCH SFN 5GT FL SWITCH SFN 8GT 5 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps - - - - Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode LEDs: US, link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port 24 V DC 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 10 V DC ... 60 V DC 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 200 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 430 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 28 mm / 110 mm / 70 mm 50 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm -10°C ... 60°C -40°C ... 75°C IP20 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SFN 5GT FL SWITCH SFN 8GT 2891444 2891673 1 1 Ethernet switch - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port (multimode) - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports (multimode) - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports (single mode) with 10 km range - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports (single mode) with 20 km range Ethernet switch, wide temperature - 5 RJ45 ports Ethernet switch, wide temperature, protective coating for harsh environments - 5 RJ45 ports

295

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches 7 / 6 RJ45 ports and 6 RJ45 ports and 5 RJ45 ports, 1 / 2 fiber optic ports (multimode) 2 fiber optic ports (single mode) extended temperature range   Ex:    Ex:  (-40°C ... +75°C)  Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH SFN 7GT/SX FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2SX FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2LX FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2LX-20 FL SWITCH SFNT 5GT FL SWITCH SFNT 5GT-C 7 (RJ45 ports) 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps 1 (SC multimode) 2 (SC multimode) 1000 Mbps (full duplex) 850 nm 220 m (Fiberglass 62.5/125) 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps 2 (SC single mode) 1000 Mbps (full duplex) 1310 nm 10000 m (Fiberglass 9/125) 20000 m (Fiberglass 9/125) 5 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps - - - - Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode store and forward switching mode Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode, includes QoS and alarm contact LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 320 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 350 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 50 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm IP20 -25°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 360 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 50 mm / 120 mm / 70 mm IP20 -25°C ... 75°C 0°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 10 V DC ... 60 V DC 223 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 30 mm / 130 mm / 100 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SFN 7GT/SX FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2SX 2891518 2891398 1 1 FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2LX 2891987 FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2LX-20 2891563 1 1 FL SWITCH SFNT 5GT 2891390 FL SWITCH SFNT 5GT-C 2891391 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 295

296

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches Standard switch with wide temperature range FL SWITCH SFNT... Unmanaged Switches are designed for use in extreme environments and marine applications. Features: – 5 to 8 ports in a narrow, metal housing with redundant power supply – Optional SC and ST fiber optic ports – RJ45 ports provide 10/100 Mbps speeds; fiber optic ports operate at 100 Mbps – Extended temperature range for harsh environments (-40°C ... +75°C) – Auto negotiation and autocrossing simplify installation and setup – Quality of Service (QoS) prioritized messages – LED indicators provide local diagnostics – Alarm contact provides power and link status diagnostics – Switch-mounted cable locking and port blocking options Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions 5/8 RJ45 ports        Ex:    Technical data FL SWITCH SFNT 5TX FL SWITCH SFNT 8TX 5 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode, includes QoS and alarm contact Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 125 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 155 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 30 mm / 130 mm / 100 mm 50 mm / 130 mm / 100 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ethernet switch, wide temperature - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports - 4 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 ST FO port - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 ST FO ports Ethernet switch, wide temperature, protective coating for harsh environments - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports - 4 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 ST FO port - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 ST FO ports FL SWITCH SFNT 5TX FL SWITCH SFNT 8TX 2891003 2891005 FL SWITCH SFNT 5TX-C FL SWITCH SFNT 8TX-C 2891043 2891045 1 1 1 1 Mounting plate, for 5- and 8-port SFNT switches FL PA SFNT 5-8 2891012 1 Accessories 296 PHOENIX CONTACT

297

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches 4 RJ45 ports and 1 FO port 7 RJ45 ports and 1 FO port 6 RJ45 ports and 2 FO ports       Ex:          Ex:      Ex:    Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX ST 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 7 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 1 (SC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 12.1 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 1 (SC multimode) 1 (ST multimode) 2 (SC multimode) 2 (ST multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm - 12.1 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 12.1 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode, includes QoS and alarm contact Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode, includes QoS and alarm contact Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode, includes QoS and alarm contact LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 180 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 30 mm / 130 mm / 100 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 180 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 50 mm / 130 mm / 100 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 250 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 50 mm / 130 mm / 100 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SFNT 4TX/FX 2891004 1 FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX ST 2891006 2891007 FL SWITCH SFNT 4TX/FX-C 2891044 1 FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX-C FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX ST-C 2891046 2891047 Accessories Accessories FL PA SFNT 5-8 2891012 1 FL PA SFNT 5-8 2891012 1 1 1 1 1 FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX ST 2891025 2891026 FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX-C FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX ST-C 2891048 2891049 Accessories FL PA SFNT 5-8 2891012 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 297

298

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches Standard SF switch FL SWITCH SF... Unmanaged Switches have a wide variety of port configurations in a low-profile metal housing and are designed for standard applications. Features: – Up to 16 ports in a low-profile metal housing with redundant power supply – Optional SC and ST fiber optic ports – RJ45 ports provide 10/100 Mbps speeds; fiber optic ports operate at 100 Mbps – Auto negotiation and autocrossing simplify installation and setup – LED indicators provide local diagnostics – Relay contact for alarm processing of voltage states – Cable locking security options 298 PHOENIX CONTACT 8/16 RJ45 ports    Ex:  Technical data FL SWITCH SF 8TX FL SWITCH SF 16TX 8 (RJ45 ports) 16 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Other connections Floating signal contact Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 200 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 300 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 135 mm / 94.3 mm / 30 mm 205 mm / 94.3 mm / 30 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SF 8TX FL SWITCH SF 16TX 2832771 2832849 1 1 Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Ethernet switch - 8 RJ45 ports - 16 RJ45 ports - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 ST FO port - 15 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 ST FO ports - 14 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports - 4 RJ45 ports, 3 ST FO ports

299

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches 7/15 RJ45 ports and 1 FO port 6/14 RJ45 ports and 2 FO ports 4 RJ45 ports and 3 FO ports   Ex:     Ex:    Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH SF 7TX/FX FL SWITCH SF 15TX/FX FL SWITCH SF 6TX/2FX FL SWITCH SF 14TX/2FX 7 (RJ45 ports) 15 (RJ45 ports) 6 (RJ45 ports) 14 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 1 (SC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 10/100 Mbps 2 (SC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 5.7 km (fiberglass with 6400 m (fiberglass with 5.7 km (fiberglass with 6400 m (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 3 (ST multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 6400 m (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode store and forward switching mode Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 220 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 330 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 240 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 360 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 135 mm / 115.3 mm / 30 mm 205 mm / 115.3 mm / 30 mm 135 mm / 115.3 mm / 30 mm 205 mm / 115.3 mm / 30 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP20 0°C ... 55°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 240 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 135 mm / 115.3 mm / 30 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SF 7TX/FX FL SWITCH SF 7TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SF 15TX/FX 2832726 2832577 2832661 1 1 1 FL SWITCH SF 6TX/2FX FL SWITCH SF 6TX/2FX ST FL SWITCH SF 14TX/2FX 2832933 2832674 2832593 1 1 1 FL SWITCH SF 4TX/3FX ST 2832603 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 299

300

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches IP67 switches and switches for 19" rack mounting The switches for rack mounting offer 24 twisted pair ports. They are optimized for large-scale or 19" applications with mounting rack assembly. Thanks to its high degree of protection and compact design, the FL SWITCH 1605 M12 is ideal for use directly in the machine. Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Function Basic functions 24 RJ45 ports 5 ports in M12 format      Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH 1824 FL SWITCH 1924 24 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 10/100/1000 Mbps 5 (M12 socket) 10/100 Mbps Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with standard IEEE 802.3, store-and-forward switching mode, 2 priority classes in accordance with IEEE802.1p, PTCP filter Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US, link and activity per port LEDs: US (power supply), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link and Activity) Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note 120 V AC 220 V AC 100 V AC ... 240 V AC (50/60 Hz) 270 mA (100 V AC) 312 mA (100 V AC) W / H / D 440 mm / 44 mm / 173 mm 482 mm / 44 mm / 210 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (M12 connector) 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 40 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 30 mm / 200 mm / 41 mm IP65 / IP66 / IP67 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ethernet switch - 24 RJ45 ports - 24 RJ45 ports, 1000 Mbps Ethernet switch - 5 Ethernet ports in M12 format FL SWITCH 1824 FL SWITCH 1924 2891041 2891057 1 1 FL SWITCH 1605 M12 2700200 1 300 PHOENIX CONTACT

301

Unmanaged Switches for IEC 61850 applications The FL SWITCH 1008E industrial Unmanaged Switch is designed for use in energy technology. With its robust design, it can be used in environments subject to high levels of EMI around switchgear that have been designed in accordance with the new IEC 61850 standard. Features: – 8 RJ45 ports in metal housing with DIN rail adapter – Extended temperature range for harsh environments (-40°C ... +75°C) – Redundant power supply with a wide range from 12 ... 57 V DC (24, 36, 48 V DC) – Robust design for high EMC requirements, such as electrostatic discharge with 15 kV air discharge and 8 kV contact discharge; surge withstand capability (surge) and fast transients (burst) up to 4 kV – Floating alarm contact for power supply monitoring and diagnostics – Link monitoring of every port for diagnostics via alarm LED and alarm contact can be configured via DIP switches Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches Notes: A media converter which meets the same requirements that are required for switchgear and transformer substations in energy technology can be found on page 353 Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Connection method Function Basic functions 8 RJ45 ports Technical data   8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps RJ45 Unmanaged Switch / auto negotiation, complies with IEEE 802.3, store and forward switching mode, includes QoS and alarm contact. Meets IEC 61850-3 and IEEE 1613 standards Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port Network expansion parameters Cascading depth Maximum cable length (twisted pair) Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Ethernet switch - 8 RJ45 ports Network, linear, and star structure: any 100 m 24 V DC (redundant) 48 V DC 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 440 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 54.4 mm / 146.4 mm / 125 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 1008E 2891065 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 301

302

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches Unmanaged Power over Ethernet Switches The 1000 series Unmanaged Power over Ethernet (PoE) Switches enable you to supply up to eight end devices with power and data via the same Ethernet cable. Features: – Up to 30 W per port – Gigabit data throughput – Jumbo frame support – Versions with link monitoring Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Ethernet interface (PoE) Number of ports Transmission speed Connection method Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Transmission distance Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) EMC note 4 RJ45 PoE ports and 1 RJ45 port 2 RJ45 PoE ports and 2 SFP ports    1 (RJ45 port) 10/100 Mbps 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps RJ45 socket - - - Technical data Technical data - - 2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 socket 2 (SFP ports) 100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) PSE, complies with IEEE 802.3at Store-and-forward switch, 10/100/1000 Mbps, auto negotiation, redundant power supply, PoE in accordance with IEEE 802.3at/ 802.3af, jumbo frames up to 10240 bytes, alarm contact LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), Alarm (alarm contact), Link/Activity and PoE per Ethernet port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), Alarm (alarm contact), Link/Activity and PoE per Ethernet port 24 V DC 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 57 V DC 148 mA (at US =24 V DC) 55 mm / 117 mm / 78 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D 55 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 46 V DC ... 57 V DC (>52 V DC for PoE+ recommended) 80 mA (at US = 55 V DC) 42.8 mm / 100 mm / 101 mm IP30 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Power over Ethernet switch Gigabit Power over Ethernet switch FL SWITCH 1001T-4POE 2891064 1 FL SWITCH 1000T-2POE-GT-2SFP 1026765 1 SFP module See page 332 Accessories Accessories 302 PHOENIX CONTACT

303

Industrial Ethernet Unmanaged Switches 4 RJ45 PoE ports and 1 RJ45 port, optional 1 SFP port 8 RJ45 PoE ports and 2 SFP ports 8 PoE ports (M12 female), for wall mounting, IP67 protection  Technical data FL SWITCH 1001T-4POE-GT FL SWITCH 1001T-4POE-GT- SFP 1 (RJ45 port) 10/100/1000 Mbps 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 socket  - - 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 socket Technical data Technical data - - 8 10/100/1000 Mbps M12 connector, 8-pos. - - - 1 (SFP port) 1000 Mbps (full duplex) up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) 2 (SFP ports) 1000 Mbps (full duplex) up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) - - - Store-and-forward switch, 10/100/1000 Mbps, auto negotiation, redundant power supply, PoE in accordance with IEEE 802.3at/ 802.3af, jumbo frames up to 10240 bytes, alarm contact Store-and-forward switch, 10/100/1000 Mbps, auto negotiation, redundant power supply, PoE in accordance with IEEE 802.3at/ 802.3af, jumbo frames up to 10240 bytes, alarm contact LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), Alarm (alarm contact), Link/Activity and PoE per Ethernet port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), Alarm (alarm contact), Link/Activity and PoE per Ethernet port Store-and-forward switch, 10/100/1000 Mbps, auto negotiation, complies with standard IEEE 802.3, 4 priority classes in accordance with IEEE 802.1p, PoE in accordance with IEEE 802.3at/802.3af, jumbo frames up to 9720 bytes LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 3 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link, Activity, and PoE Status), and PoE performance 24 V DC 48 V DC 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 57 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 57 V DC 165 mA (at US =24 V DC) 214 mA (at US =24 V DC) 470 mA (at US =24 V DC) 30 mm / 149 mm / 107.8 mm IP30 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 63.5 mm / 145 mm / 136 mm IP30 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC (M12 connector) 3.6 VPP 18.7 V DC ... 30.5 V DC 300 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 176 mm / 112 mm / 100 mm IP65 / IP66 / IP67 -40°C ... 70°C (non-condensing) 10% ... 95% Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 1001T-4POE-GT FL SWITCH 1001T-4POE-GT-SFP 1026937 1026932 1 1 FL SWITCH 1000T-8POE-GT-2SFP 1026929 1 Accessories Accessories Accessories See page 332 See page 332 FL SWITCH 1708 M12 POE 2701883 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 303

304

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 2000 series Managed Switches for the series production of machines 2000 and 2100 Managed Switches provide an optimum range of functions for use in applications that require easy network configuration and diagnostics. Features: – Loop Protection via Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) – Port-based DHCP server – Configuration memory (SD card) – IGMP snooping/querier – PROFINET and EtherNet/IP™ supported – Gigabit versions support jumbo frames Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Function Basic functions Management Diagnostic function Redundancy Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Ethernet switch - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports - 16 RJ45 ports 5/8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps   Technical data FL SWITCH 2005 FL SWITCH 2008 5 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) LEDs: US (power supply), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) 24 V DC (single) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 165 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 180 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 2005 FL SWITCH 2008 2702323 2702324 Accessories 1 1 1 Parameterization memory, Flash card without license SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 304 PHOENIX CONTACT

305

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 16 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps 5/8 RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps 16 RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps     CC-Link IE Field   Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH 2105 FL SWITCH 2108 16 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 5 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps 16 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) LEDs: US (power supply), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) 24 V DC (single) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 315 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Ordering data Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) LEDs: US (power supply), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) LEDs: US (power supply), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) 24 V DC (single) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 225 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 275 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (single) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 315 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 2016 2702903 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 FL SWITCH 2105 FL SWITCH 2108 2702665 2702666 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 2116 2702908 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 305

306

Notes: The approvals refer to the first product listed in each column. Detailed information can be found in the product area on our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. 5/8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps      Ex:    Technical data FL SWITCH 2205 FL SWITCH 2208 5 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 57 V DC 170 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 185 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Function Basic functions Management Diagnostic function Redundancy Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ethernet switch - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports, preconfigured for PROFINET - 16 RJ45 ports - 16 RJ45 ports, preconfigured for PROFINET FL SWITCH 2205 FL SWITCH 2208 FL SWITCH 2208 PN 2702326 2702327 1044024 Parameterization memory, Flash card without license SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 Accessories 1 1 1 1 Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 2000 series Managed Switches for universal automation applications The 2200 and 2300 Managed Switches with enhanced functions offer an optimum range of functions, choice of versions, and approvals for a wide range of applications, e.g., in the maritime sector or process technology. Features: – PROFINET device – Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) in accordance with IEC 62439 – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) – Redundant power supply – IGMP snooping/querier – HTTPS/SNMPv3 – Port-based/pool-based DHCP server, DHCP option 82 – Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) – Preconfigured versions for PROFINET applications – Gigabit versions support jumbo frames – MAC-based port security – RADIUS authentication (IEEE 802.1x) 306 PHOENIX CONTACT

307

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 16 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbps 8 RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps 16 RJ45 ports 10/100/1000 Mbps      CC-Link IE Field Ex:      Ex:    Technical data Technical data Technical data 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps 16 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps   Ex:    16 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 315 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 280 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 455 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 2308 FL SWITCH 2308 PN 2702652 1009220 FL SWITCH 2216 FL SWITCH 2216 PN 2702904 1044029 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 1 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 2316 FL SWITCH 2316 PN 2702909 1031673 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 307

308

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 2000 series Managed Switches with fiberglass interfaces 2200 Managed Switches offer a wide range of options for creating networks with fiberglass connections. The range comprises multimode or single mode versions with SC or ST connections and satisfies various approvals for maritime applications and process technology. Features: – PROFINET device – Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) in accordance with IEC 62439 – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) – Redundant power supply – IGMP snooping/querier – HTTPS/SNMPv3 – Port-based/pool-based DHCP server, DHCP option 82 – Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) – Gigabit versions support jumbo frames – MAC-based port security – RADIUS authentication (IEEE 802.1x) Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Management Diagnostic function Redundancy Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Ethernet switch - 7 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 ST FO ports 7 RJ45 ports and 1 fiber optic port (multimode)      Ex:    7 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps Technical data 1 (SC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 11000 m (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) W / H / D 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 57 V DC 220 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 2207-FX 2702328 Parameterization memory, Flash card without license SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 Accessories 308 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 1

309

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 7 RJ45 ports and 6 RJ45 ports and 6 RJ45 ports and 1 fiber optic port (single mode) 2 fiber optic ports (multimode) 2 fiber optic ports (single mode)      Ex:    7 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps      Ex:         Ex:    Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH 2206-2FX FL SWITCH 2206-2FX ST FL SWITCH 2206-2FX SM FL SWITCH 2206-2FX SM ST 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 1 (SC single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 36000 m (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 2 (SC multimode) 2 (ST multimode) 2 (SC single mode) 2 (ST single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 11000 m (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 36000 m (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 57 V DC 210 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 57 V DC 255 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 57 V DC 235 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 2207-FX SM 2702329 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 FL SWITCH 2206-2FX FL SWITCH 2206-2FX ST 2702330 2702332 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 2206-2FX SM FL SWITCH 2206-2FX SM ST 2702331 2702333 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 309

310

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 2000 series Managed Switches with fiberglass interfaces The 2200 Managed Switches offer a wide range of options for creating networks with fiberglass connections. The portfolio includes multimode or single mode versions with SC connections and satisfies various approvals for maritime applications and process technology. 14 RJ45 ports and 14 RJ45 ports and 2 fiber optic ports (multimode) 2 fiber optic ports (single mode)   Ex:    14 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps   Ex:    Technical data Technical data 14 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (SC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 11000 m (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 2 (SC single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 36000 m (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) W / H / D 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 375 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 375 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Management Diagnostic function Redundancy Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Ethernet switch Parameterization memory, Flash card without license SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 FL SWITCH 2214-2FX 2702905 Accessories 1 1 FL SWITCH 2214-2FX SM 2702906 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 310 PHOENIX CONTACT

311

2000 series Managed Switches with SFP fiberglass connections 2200 and 2300 Managed Switches with SFP ports guarantee maximum flexibility in applications. Depending on the chosen SFP module, cable lengths of up to 80 km are possible. Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 6 RJ45 ports and 2 SFP ports 10/100 Mbps 6 RJ45 ports and 2 SFP ports 10/100/1000 Mbps      Ex:    6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps      Ex:    Technical data Technical data 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps 2 (SFP ports) 100 Mbps (full duplex) up to 40 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) 2 (SFP ports) 100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps ACD (Address Conflict Detection) N:1-Portmirroring MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps ACD (Address Conflict Detection) N:1-Portmirroring MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) W / H / D 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 280 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 280 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 2206-2SFX FL SWITCH 2206-2SFX PN Accessories 2702969 1044028 2988162 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 2306-2SFP FL SWITCH 2306-2SFP PN 2702970 1009222 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 1 Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Transmission distance Function Basic functions Management Diagnostic function Redundancy Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Ethernet switch - Preconfigured for PROFINET Parameterization memory, Flash card without license SD FLASH 2GB SFP module See page 332 See page 332 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 311

312

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 2000 series Managed Switches with SFP fiberglass connections 2200 and 2300 Managed Switches with SFP ports guarantee maximum flexibility in applications. Depending on the chosen SFP module, cable lengths of up to 80 km are possible. Features: – PROFINET device – Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) in accordance with IEC 62439 – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) – Redundant power supply – IGMP snooping/querier – HTTPS/SNMPv3 – Port-based/pool-based DHCP server, DHCP option 82 – Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) – Preconfigured versions for PROFINET applications – Gigabit versions support jumbo frames – MAC-based port security – RADIUS authentication (IEEE 802.1x) 312 PHOENIX CONTACT 14 RJ45 ports and 2 SFP ports 10/100 Mbps   Ex:    14 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps Technical data 2 (SFP ports) 100 Mbps (full duplex) up to 40 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) - - - Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) W / H / D 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 325 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Transmission distance Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Transmission distance Function Basic functions Management Diagnostic function Redundancy Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Ethernet switch - Preconfigured for PROFINET FL SWITCH 2214-2SFX PN FL SWITCH 2214-2SFX Accessories Parameterization memory, Flash card without license SD FLASH 2GB SFP module See page 332 1006188 1044030 2988162 1 1 1

313

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 4 / 12 RJ45 ports, 2 SFP ports, and 2 Gigabit combo ports 10/100/1000 Mbps      Ex:    4 / 12 RJ45 ports, 2 SFP ports, and 2 Fast Ethernet combo ports 10/100 Mbps      Ex:    FL SWITCH 2204-2TC-2SFX FL SWITCH 2212-2TC-2SFX FL SWITCH 2304-2GC-2SFP FL SWITCH 2312-2GC-2SFP 4 (RJ45 ports) 12 (RJ45 ports) 4 (RJ45 ports) 12 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (SFP ports) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 10/100/1000 Mbps 2 (SFP ports) 100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) up to 40 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) Technical data Technical data Technical data 14 RJ45 ports and 2 SFP ports 10/100/1000 Mbps   Ex:    14 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps 2 (SFP ports) 100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) - - - 2 (Combo ports) 10/100 Mbps (full duplex) 2 (Combo ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) up to 40 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (link/activity and speed), PROFINET status LEDs (BF, SF) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 460 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 250 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 360 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 290 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 475 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm 85 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 2314-2SFP FL SWITCH 2314-2SFP PN 1006191 1031683 Accessories SD FLASH 2GB 2988162 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 2204-2TC-2SFX FL SWITCH 2212-2TC-2SFX 2702334 2702907 1 1 FL SWITCH 2304-2GC-2SFP FL SWITCH 2312-2GC-2SFP 2702653 2702910 1 1 Accessories Accessories See page 332 See page 332 See page 332 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 313

314

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 3000 series Managed Switches The FL SWITCH 3000 industrial Managed Switches provide scalable power for application flexibility and ease of use. Features: – Standard devices (-10°C ... +60°C) and devices with wide temperature range (-40°C ... +75°C) available – Extended Ring Redundancy provides a 15 ms recovery time – Extensive IEEE and security functions Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions 5/8 RJ45 ports 16 RJ45 ports   Ex:     Ex:  Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH 3005 FL SWITCH 3008T FL SWITCH 3016 FL SWITCH 3016T 5 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 16 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - - - - - Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts SNTP, web customization, user accounts Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 200 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 210 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 54.4 mm / 146.4 mm / 125 mm IP20 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 312 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 66 mm / 173 mm / 140 mm IP20 -10°C ... 60°C -40°C ... 75°C -10°C ... 60°C -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 3005 FL SWITCH 3008 FL SWITCH 3005T FL SWITCH 3008T 2891030 2891031 2891032 2891035 1 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 3016 2891058 FL SWITCH 3016T 2891059 1 1 Ethernet switch - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports - 16 RJ45 ports Ethernet switch, wide temperature - 5 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports - 16 RJ45 ports - 4 RJ45 ports, 1 SC FO port - 4 RJ45 ports, 1 ST FO port - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 ST FO ports 314 PHOENIX CONTACT

315

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 4 RJ45 ports and 6 RJ45 ports and 6 RJ45 ports and 1 fiber optic port (multimode) 2 fiber optic ports (multimode) 2 fiber optic ports (single mode)   Ex:       Ex:      Ex:    Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH 3004T-FX FL SWITCH 3004T-FX ST FL SWITCH 3006T-2FX FL SWITCH 3006T-2FX ST 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 1 (SC multimode) 1 (ST multimode) 2 (SC multimode) 2 (ST multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 12.1 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 12.1 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 2 (SC single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 40 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts SNTP, web customization, user accounts Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 230 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 330 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 54.4 mm / 146.4 mm / 125 mm 54.4 mm / 146.4 mm / 125 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 330 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 54.4 mm / 146.4 mm / 125 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 3004T-FX FL SWITCH 3004T-FX ST 2891033 2891034 1 1 FL SWITCH 3006T-2FX FL SWITCH 3006T-2FX ST 2891036 2891037 1 1 FL SWITCH 3006T-2FX SM 2891060 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 315

316

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches Managed Switches for IEC 61850 applications The 3000E Managed Switches are particularly suitable for use in energy systems and meet the stringent requirements of standards IEC 61850-3 and IEEE 1613. They provide round-the-clock reliable operation under extreme environmental conditions thanks to their very high immunity to electromagnetic and electrostatic interference. Features: – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +75°C) – High shock and vibration resistance – Extended Ring Redundancy provides a 15 ms recovery time – Extensive IEEE and security functions 316 PHOENIX CONTACT Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions 16 RJ45 ports Technical data   16 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port Network expansion parameters Cascading depth Maximum cable length (twisted pair) Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note W / H / D Network, linear, and star structure: any 100 m 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 312 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 78.6 mm / 145 mm / 125 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Managed Switch - 16 RJ45 ports - 12 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports - 12 RJ45 ports, 2 SFP FO ports Redundancy module - 3 RJ45 ports - 1 RJ45 port, 2 LC fiber optic ports (multimode) SFP module FL SWITCH 3016E 2891066 Accessories FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 2701863 2701864 1 1 1

317

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 12 RJ45 ports and 12 RJ45 ports and 12 RJ45 ports and 2 SFP ports 2 fiber optic ports (multimode) 2 fiber optic ports (single mode) Technical data Technical data Technical data 12 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 12 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 12 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (SC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 8 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 2 (SC single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 40 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 2 (SFP ports) 100 Mbps (full duplex) - up to 40 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used)    Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port Network, linear, and star structure: any 100 m Network, linear, and star structure: any 100 m Network, linear, and star structure: any 100 m 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 354 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 78.6 mm / 145 mm / 125 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 320 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 78.6 mm / 145 mm / 125 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 312 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 78.6 mm / 145 mm / 125 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 3012E-2FX 2891120 Accessories FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 2701863 2701864 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 3012E-2FX SM 2891119 Accessories FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 2701863 2701864 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 3012E-2SFX 2891067 Accessories FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 2701863 2701864 1 1 1 See page 332 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 317

318

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 4000 series Managed Switches with Gigabit uplink ports The FL SWITCH 4000 Managed Switches feature flexible, scalable performance while maintaining ease of operation. Features: – 2 Gigabit ports for high-performance data trunk lines – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +75°C) – Extended Ring Redundancy provides a 15 ms recovery time – Flexible fiberglass interface options Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Gigabit Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions 8 RJ45 ports and 2 SFP ports 10 / 14 RJ45 ports and 4 / 2 FO ports   Ex:      Ex:  Technical data Technical data 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - FL SWITCH 4008T-2GT-4FX FL SWITCH 4012T-2GT-2FX SM 8 (RJ45 ports) 12 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps 2 (SFP ports) 1000 Mbps (full duplex) - up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) 4 (SC single mode) 2 (SC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 40 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 8 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note 24 V DC (hazardous locations) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC (ordinary locations) 278 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 488 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 474 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 54.4 mm / 146.4 mm / 125 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 66 mm / 173 mm / 140 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ethernet switch, wide temperature - 8 RJ45 ports, 2 SFP FO ports, 1000 Mbps FL SWITCH 4008T-2SFP 2891062 1 - 10 RJ45 ports, 4 SC FO ports (single mode) - 14 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports (multimode) FL SWITCH 4008T-2GT-4FX SM 2891061 FL SWITCH 4012T-2GT-2FX 2891063 1 1 SFP module See page 332 Accessories Accessories 318 PHOENIX CONTACT

319

Managed Power over Ethernet Switches The 4000 series Managed PoE Switches enable you to connect up to 16 network devices. Up to eight end devices can be supplied with power and data via the same Ethernet cable. Features: – Up to 60 W per port – PoE configuration options (watchdog, scheduler, etc.) – Jumbo frame support Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Ethernet interface (PoE) Number of ports Transmission speed Connection method Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 4 / 8 RJ45 PoE ports and 1 / 2 SFP ports 8 RJ45 PoE ports, 4 RJ45 ports, and 4 SFP ports   Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH 4000T-4POE-SFP FL SWITCH 4000T-8POE-2SFP - - 4 (RJ45 ports) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps RJ45 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 1 (SFP port) 2 (SFP ports) 100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) - up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) 4 (SFP ports) 1000 Mbps (full duplex) - up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts, Modbus/TCP, PoE in accordance with IEEE 802.3at/af. Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts, Modbus/TCP, PoE in accordance with IEEE 802.3at/af. LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), Alarm (alarm contact), Link/Activity and PoE per Ethernet port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), Alarm (alarm contact), Link/Activity and PoE per Ethernet port 55 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 46 V DC ... 57 V DC (> 52 V DC for PoE+ or 60 W output recommended) 142 mA (US = 55 V DC) 205 mA (US = 55 V DC) W / H / D 75 mm / 170 mm / 152 mm IP30 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 55 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 46 V DC ... 57 V DC (> 52 V DC for PoE+ or 60 W output recommended) 301 mA (US = 55 V DC) 68 mm / 170 mm / 152 mm IP30 -40°C ... 75°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. - 4 RJ45 PoE ports, 1 SFP port - 8 RJ45 PoE ports, 2 SFP ports - 8 RJ45 PoE ports, 4 RJ45 ports, 4 SFP ports FL SWITCH 4000T-4POE-SFP FL SWITCH 4000T-8POE-2SFP 1026924 1026923 1 1 FL SWITCH 4004T-8POE-4SFP 1026922 1 SFP module See page 332 See page 332 Accessories Accessories For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 319

320

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches Managed Switches, 19" rack-mount The FL SWITCH 4800E series of Managed Switches for the automation of energy systems combine 24 ports of 10/100 Mbps device connections with four 10/100/1000 Mbps uplink ports for a total of 28 ports. Application flexibility is ensured with different combinations of copper/fiberglass and fiber types, Gigabit fiberglass/copper “combination” ports, and modular power supply units. Operation in extreme environments is ensured with a wide temperature range and an electrical noise immunity up to four times that of normal industrial switches. Features: – All switches have four Gigabit combo ports for network connections with high data throughput – Flexible cabling using eight or 24 10/100 Mbps RJ45 connections with up to 16 fiberglass connections (100 Mbps) – Extended Ring Redundancy provides a 15 ms recovery time – Optional PRP redundancy modules provide a 0 ms recovery time – Extensive IEEE and security functions – Unique web customization, diagnostic viewing mode, and help pages simplify maintenance – Supports up to two modular, hot-swappable power supplies for maximum power flexibility and uptime – Electrical noise immunity in accordance with IEC 61850-3 and IEEE 1613 – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) 320 PHOENIX CONTACT Notes: 1) Requires the installation of at least one FL SWITCH 4800E-P1 or FL SWITCH 4800E-P5 for operation. 24 RJ45 ports and 4 Gigabit combo (SFP or RJ45) ports Technical data    24 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (RJ45/FO combo) Combo Auto negotiation and autocrossing (RJ45 interface) - - - - Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port W / H / D Network, linear, and star structure: any 100 m From FL SWITCH 4800E-P... 442 mm / 44 mm / 375 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Ethernet (RJ45/FO combo) Interface Connection method Note on the connection method Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Connection method Transmission distance Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators Network expansion parameters Cascading depth Maximum cable length (twisted pair) Power supply Power supply connection General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Managed Switch, 19-inch rack mounted - 24 RJ45 and 4 Gigabit combo ports Managed Switch, 19-inch rack mounted with 8 RJ45 and 4 Gigabit combo ports - 16 fiber optic (LC duplex) ports - 16 fiber optic (SC duplex) ports Managed Switch, 19-inch rack mounted with 4 Gigabit combo ports - 24 fiber optic (SC duplex) ports, multimode - 24 fiber optic (SC duplex) ports, single mode Power supply, modular redundant - 48 V DC nominal - 230 V nominal Redundancy module - 3 RJ45 ports - 1 RJ45 port, 2 LC fiber optic ports (multimode) FL SWITCH 4824E-4GC1) 2891072 1 Accessories FL SWITCH 4800E-P1 FL SWITCH 4800E-P5 FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 2891075 2891076 2701863 2701864 1 1 1 1 SFP module See page 332

321

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 8 RJ45 ports, 8 RJ45 ports, 4 Gigabit combo (SFP or RJ45) ports 4 Gigabit combo (SFP or RJ45) ports 4 Gigabit combo (SFP or RJ45) ports and 24 FO ports and 16 FO ports (multimode) and 16 FO ports (single mode)      Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH 4800E-24FX-4GC FL SWITCH 4800E-24FX SM- 4GC 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - Ethernet (RJ45/FO combo) Combo Auto negotiation and autocrossing (RJ45 interface) Ethernet (RJ45/FO combo) Combo Auto negotiation and autocrossing (RJ45 interface) Ethernet (RJ45/FO combo) Combo Auto negotiation and autocrossing (RJ45 interface) 16 (multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) LC 8 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 16 (single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) LC 40 km (typical) 24 (multimode) 24 (single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) SC 8 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 40 km (typical) Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts Store and forward switch, Extended Ring and IEEE redundancy, Multicast control, IGMP snooping, trunking, Port and Tagging VLANs, Port and IEEE 802.1x security, SNMP V3 and Https security, SNTP, web customization, user accounts LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port Network, linear, and star structure: any 100 m From FL SWITCH 4800E-P... 442 mm / 44 mm / 375 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 Network, linear, and star structure: any 100 m From FL SWITCH 4800E-P... 442 mm / 44 mm / 375 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 Network, linear, and star structure: any 100 m From FL SWITCH 4800E-P... 442 mm / 44 mm / 375 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 4808E-16FX LC-4GC1) FL SWITCH 4808E-16FX-4GC1) 2891073 2891079 Accessories FL SWITCH 4800E-P1 FL SWITCH 4800E-P5 FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 2891075 2891076 2701863 2701864 1 1 1 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 4808E-16FX SM LC-4GC1) FL SWITCH 4808E-16FX SM-4GC1) 2891074 2891080 Accessories FL SWITCH 4800E-P1 FL SWITCH 4800E-P5 FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 2891075 2891076 2701863 2701864 1 1 1 1 1 1 FL SWITCH 4800E-24FX-4GC FL SWITCH 4800E-24FX SM-4GC 2891102 2891104 Accessories FL SWITCH 4800E-P1 FL SWITCH 4800E-P5 FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 2891075 2891076 2701863 2701864 1 1 1 1 1 1 See page 332 See page 332 See page 332 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 321

322

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches SMCS series Managed Switches Smart Managed Switches offer excellent real-time properties with high data throughput at the same time. The industrial DIN rail switches support Fast Ethernet or Gigabit on all ports and are ideal for use in the PROFINET RT or EtherNet/IP™ environment. The FL SWITCH SMCS 8GT and 6GT/2SFP Gigabit versions also have maritime approvals GL, BV, ABS, LR, and DNV. All eight-port versions of the SMCS switches can be used in Ex zone 2. All devices support: – RSTP – MRP (client and master) – VLANs – SNMP 322 PHOENIX CONTACT 8 RJ45 ports   Ex:  Technical data FL SWITCH SMCS 8TX FL SWITCH SMCS 8GT 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 10/100/1000 Mbps - - - - - RS-232-C, 6-pos. MINI-DIN socket (PS/2) Store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 4 priority classes in acc. with IEEE 802.1 P TCP/IP protocol, BootP-capable, port-mirroring, integrated web server function, multicast filtering, IGMP snooping, VLAN, Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP), PROFINET Device, Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP). LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link and switchable Activity/Speed/Duplex) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 240 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 450 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 128 mm / 110 mm / 69 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (non-condensing) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3 +A11 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Ordering data Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Other connections Serial (RS-232) Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Smart Managed Compact Switch - 8 RJ45 ports - 8 RJ45 ports, preconfigured for PROFINET - 8 RJ45 ports, 1000 Mbps - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SFP FO ports - 6 RJ45 ports, 2 SFP FO ports, 1000 Mbps - 16 RJ45 ports - 14 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports (multimode) - 14 RJ45 ports, 2 SC FO ports (single mode) FL SWITCH SMCS 8TX FL SWITCH SMCS 8TX-PN FL SWITCH SMCS 8GT 2989226 2989103 2891123 Configuration memory, replaceable Configuration memory, replaceable, with MRM function FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM 2891259 2891275 Accessories SFP module 1 1 1 1 1

323

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 6 RJ45 ports and 2 SFP ports 16 RJ45 ports 14 RJ45 ports and 2 FO ports   Ex:      Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH SMCS 6TX/2SFP FL SWITCH SMCS 6GT/2SFP FL SWITCH SMCS 14TX/2FX FL SWITCH SMCS 14TX/2FX- SM 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 10/100/1000 Mbps 16 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 14 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (SFP ports) 1000 Mbps (full duplex) - up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) - - - - - - 2 (SC multimode) 2 (SC single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1310 nm 10000 m (depending on the fiber 36000 m (fiberglass with F-G used) 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 6400 m (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) 32000 m (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.4 dB/km) RS-232-C, 6-pos. MINI-DIN socket (PS/2) RS-232-C, 6-pos. MINI-DIN socket (PS/2) RS-232-C, 6-pos. MINI-DIN socket (PS/2) Store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 4 priority classes in acc. with IEEE 802.1 P TCP/IP protocol, BootP-capable, port-mirroring, integrated web server function, multicast filtering, IGMP snooping, VLAN, Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP), PROFINET Device, Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP). LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link and switchable Activity/Speed/Duplex) Store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 4 priority classes in acc. with IEEE 802.1 P TCP/IP protocol, BootP-capable, port-mirroring, integrated web server function, multicast filtering, IGMP snooping, VLAN, Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP), PROFINET Device, Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP). LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link and switchable Activity/Speed/Duplex) Store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 4 priority classes in acc. with IEEE 802.1 P TCP/IP protocol, BootP-capable, port-mirroring, integrated web server function, multicast filtering, IGMP snooping, VLAN, Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP), PROFINET Device, Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP). LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link and switchable Activity/Speed/Duplex) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 600 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 128 mm / 110 mm / 69 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (non-condensing) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3 +A11 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 200 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 214 mm / 110 mm / 69 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C (non-condensing) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Ordering data 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 290 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 214 mm / 110 mm / 69 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C (non-condensing) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH SMCS 6TX/2SFP FL SWITCH SMCS 6GT/2SFP 2989323 2891479 Accessories 2891259 2891275 FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM See page 332 1 1 1 1 FL SWITCH SMCS 16TX 2700996 Accessories FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM 2891259 2891275 1 1 1 FL SWITCH SMCS 14TX/2FX 2700997 FL SWITCH SMCS 14TX/2FX-SM 2701466 Accessories FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM 2891259 2891275 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 323

324

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches Switches for PROFINET IRT The IRT switches are particularly suitable for high-performance PROFINET networks. The FL SWITCH IRT switches use built-in ERTEC (Enhanced Real Time Ethernet Controller) technology to forward PROFINET data packets as fast as possible using the cut-through method. In addition, PROFINET data packets are always delivered with the highest priority to the receiver independently of other data traffic. The FL SWITCH IRT switches can be fully configured and monitored via STEP7 and PC Worx. Features: – Easy integration into a PROFINET network – Extended temperature range (-25°C ... +60°C) – POF interfaces for use in areas subject to high levels of EMI – Path length measurement – Fiber optic diagnostics – MRP client 324 PHOENIX CONTACT 4 RJ45 ports Technical data  4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - Cut-through/store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 2 priority classes in accordance with IEEE802.1 P, TCP/IP protocol, DCP capable, integrated web server function, PROFINET device. LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 3 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link, Activity, and FO status), and BF (Bus Fail) W / H / D 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 165 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 127 mm / 95 mm / 69 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ethernet switch for PROFINET applications - 4 RJ45 ports - 2 RJ45 ports, 2 POF SC-RJ ports - 1 RJ45 port, 3 POF SC-RJ ports FL SWITCH IRT 4TX 2700689 Accessories Configuration memory, replaceable Configuration memory, replaceable, with MRM function FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM 2891259 2891275 1 1 1

325

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 2 RJ45 ports and 2 POF SC-RJ ports 1 RJ45 port and 3 POF SC-RJ ports 1 RJ45 port and 3 POF SC-RJ ports, for wall mounting  2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (SC-RJ) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 650 nm up to 100 m (depending on the fiber used)   Technical data Technical data Technical data 1 (RJ45 port) 10/100 Mbps 3 (SC-RJ) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 650 nm up to 100 m (depending on the fiber used) 1 (RJ45 port) 10/100 Mbps 3 (SC-RJ) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 650 nm up to 100 m (depending on the fiber used) Cut-through/store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 2 priority classes in accordance with IEEE802.1 P, TCP/IP protocol, DCP capable, integrated web server function, PROFINET device. Cut-through/store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 2 priority classes in accordance with IEEE802.1 P, TCP/IP protocol, DCP capable, integrated web server function, PROFINET device. Cut-through/store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 2 priority classes in accordance with IEEE802.1 P, TCP/IP protocol, DCP capable, integrated web server function, PROFINET device. LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 3 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link, Activity, and FO status), and BF (Bus Fail) LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 3 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link, Activity, and FO status), and BF (Bus Fail) LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 3 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link, Activity, and FO status), and BF (Bus Fail) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 235 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 127 mm / 95 mm / 69 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 270 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 127 mm / 95 mm / 69 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 260 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 176 mm / 112 mm / 99 mm IP67 -25°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH IRT 2TX 2POF 2700691 Accessories FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM 2891259 2891275 1 1 1 FL SWITCH IRT TX 3POF 2700692 Accessories FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM 2891259 2891275 1 1 1 FL SWITCH IRT IP TX/3POF 2700697 Accessories FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM 2891259 2891275 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 325

326

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 7000 series Managed Switches The automation switches in the 7000 series are switches that support direct integration into a Device Level Ring (DLR). Direct integration of the switches into the DLR is a considerable advantage when installing and operating EtherNet/IP™ networks. Up to six devices can be integrated into a DLR via the FL SWITCH 7000. In system networks, the switches allow the redundant rings to be connected to the higher-level networking level. In this way, you can create networks with minimal switch-over times of less than three milliseconds (< 3 ms). The Managed Switches from the 7000 series communicate directly via the Common Industrial Protocol (CIP) in the EtherNet/IP™ network. Via CIP, you can integrate the switch into an EtherNet/IP™ control system from where it can be configured and diagnosed. Pure copper versions and versions with up to four fiberglass ports are available for flexible use. The range also includes versions for Gigabit transmission and combo ports for free selection of the transmission medium (RJ45 or SFP). Features: – Slim design – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) – VLANs – Common Industrial Protocol (CIP) – Device Level Ring (DLR) – RSTP – Web-based management – Port-based/pool-based DHCP server, DHCP option 82 – HTTPS/SNMPv3 326 PHOENIX CONTACT 8 RJ45 ports Technical data  Ex:  8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - - - - - - Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Remanente Event-Table RMON History N:1-Portmirroring LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps ACD (Address Conflict Detection) DLR (Device Level Ring) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support MAC-based Port Security LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link and switchable Activity/Speed/Duplex) EtherNet/IP™ status LED: Net, Mod W / H / D 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 58 V DC 350 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 60 mm / 130 mm / 135.5 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 7008-EIP 2701418 1 Accessories Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Management Diagnostic function Redundancy Additional function Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Ethernet switch SFP module

327

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 6 / 5 RJ45 ports and 2 / 3 fiber optic ports 6 / 4 RJ45 ports and 2 / 4 Gigabit combo ports (SFP or RJ45) 4 RJ45 ports, 2 Fast Ethernet and 2 Gigabit combo ports (SFP or RJ45)   Ex:    Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SWITCH 7006/2FX-EIP FL SWITCH 7005/FX-2FXSM- FL SWITCH 7006-2GC-EIP FL SWITCH 7004-4GC-EIP EIP 6 (RJ45 ports) 5 (RJ45 ports) 6 (RJ45 ports) 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 10/100 Mbps 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (SC multimode) 1 (SC multimode) 2 (Combo ports) 4 (Combo ports) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 10/100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) - 11000 m (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) 2 (Combo ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) - up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) - - - - 2 (SC single mode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) 1300 nm 36000 m (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) - - - - 2 (Combo ports) 10/100 Mbps (full duplex) - up to 40 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used) Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Remanente Event-Table RMON History N:1-Portmirroring LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps ACD (Address Conflict Detection) DLR (Device Level Ring) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support MAC-based Port Security SNMPv1/v2/v3 Remanente Event-Table RMON History N:1-Portmirroring LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps ACD (Address Conflict Detection) DLR (Device Level Ring) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support MAC-based Port Security LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link and switchable Activity/Speed/Duplex) 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link and switchable Activity/Speed/Duplex) EtherNet/IP™ status LED: Net, Mod EtherNet/IP™ status LED: Net, Mod 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 58 V DC 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 58 V DC 470 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 520 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 520 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 535 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 60 mm / 130 mm / 135.5 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 60 mm / 130 mm / 135.5 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Remanente Event-Table RMON History N:1-Portmirroring LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps ACD (Address Conflict Detection) DLR (Device Level Ring) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support MAC-based Port Security LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link and switchable Activity/Speed/Duplex) EtherNet/IP™ status LED: Net, Mod 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 12 V DC ... 58 V DC 560 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 60 mm / 130 mm / 135.5 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SWITCH 7006/2FX-EIP FL SWITCH 7005/FX-2FXSM-EIP 2701419 2701420 1 1 FL SWITCH 7006-2GC-EIP FL SWITCH 7004-4GC-EIP 2701554 2701553 1 1 FL SWITCH 7004-2TC-2GC-EIP 2702175 1 Accessories Accessories Accessories See page 332 See page 332 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 327

328

Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches 2000 series NAT switches Thanks to its high flexibility, the 2000 series NAT switch provides a solution for every NAT application. Individual ports can be mapped to up to eight different LAN or WAN interfaces in total. This enables a wide range of different solutions for individual applications. Redundant connections to higher-level networks, such as ring topologies on the LAN side, can also be implemented easily. Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Transmission distance Function Basic functions Management Diagnostic function Redundancy NAT functions Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note new new 8 RJ45 ports 4 / 8 RJ45 ports, optional 2 SFP ports and 2 Gigabit combo ports      Ex:  Technical data Technical data FL NAT 2208 FL NAT 2304-2GC-2SFP 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps - - - 2 (SFP ports) 100/1000 Mbps (full duplex) up to 80 km (depending on the fiber/SFP module used)   8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps - - - Router for standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT and port forwarding Store-and-forward switch, complies with IEEE 802.3 Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) 1:1-NAT Virtual-NAT IP-Masquerading Port forwarding LEDs: US (power supply), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) W / H / D 24 V DC (single) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 180 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Web-based management (HTTP/HTTPS) SNMPv1/v2/v3 Command-line interface (Telnet, SSH) RMON History LLDP (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) SNMP-Traps N:1-Portmirroring ACD (Address Conflict Detection) MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol) RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) FRD (Fast Ring Detection) Large Tree Support 1:1-NAT Virtual-NAT IP-Masquerading Port forwarding LEDs: US1, US2 (power supply), Fail (alarm contact), 2 LEDs per Ethernet port (Link/Activity and Speed) 24 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 9 V DC ... 57 V DC 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 185 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 290 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. NAT switch - 8 RJ45 ports - 4 RJ45 ports, 2 Gigabit combo ports (SFP or RJ45), and 2 SFP ports FL NAT 2008 2702881 1 FL NAT 2208 FL NAT 2304-2GC-2SFP 2702882 2702981 1 1 SFP module See page 332 Accessories Accessories 328 PHOENIX CONTACT

329

Layer 3 switches Gigabit Modular Switches The high-performance switch can communicate on up to 28 ports via any transmission medium. Features: – Up to 12 integrated Gigabit ports – Quick and easy local configuration options with the operator/display interface – Optional Layer 3 functions can be activated – Static and dynamic routing – Port- and VLAN-based routing SFP interface Number of ports Transmission speed Copper interface Number of ports Transmission speed Interface extension Number of ports Note on the connection method Transmission speed Transmission physics Function Basic functions Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity Industrial Ethernet Managed Switches Head station, 8 - 16 ports Head station, 12 - 20 ports     Technical data Technical data 4 (SFP ports or RJ45 ports) 1000 Mbps (full duplex) 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (per interface module) Max. 4 interface modules (without extension) 10/100 Mbps (full duplex) Multimode fiberglass Single mode fiberglass POF-SCRJ GI-HCS fibers Copper PoE 4 (SFP ports) 1000 Mbps (full duplex) 8 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps 2 (per interface module) Max. 4 interface modules (without extension) 10/100 Mbps (full duplex) Multimode fiberglass Single mode fiberglass POF-SCRJ GI-HCS fibers Copper PoE Store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 8 priority classes in accordance with IEEE 802.1p, smart mode, port mirroring, multicast filtering, IGMP snooping, VLANs, Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP in accordance with IEC 62439), Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP), Fast Ring Detection (FRD), Large Tree Support, IEEE 802.1X security, port security, SNMPv3, HTTPS, PROFINET device, GMRP, GVRP, SNTP, 2 digital inputs Store-and-forward switch complies with IEEE 802.3, 8 priority classes in accordance with IEEE 802.1p, smart mode, port mirroring, multicast filtering, IGMP snooping, VLANs, Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP in accordance with IEC 62439), Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP), Fast Ring Detection (FRD), Large Tree Support, IEEE 802.1X security, port security, SNMPv3, HTTPS, PROFINET device, GMRP, GVRP, SNTP, 2 digital inputs 24 V DC (redundant) 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 800 mA (up to 2.5 A, depends on the configuration) 24 V DC (redundant) 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 800 mA (up to 2.7 A, depends on the configuration) W / H / D 287 mm / 122 mm / 113 mm IP20 -20°C ... 55°C (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3/-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 287 mm / 122 mm / 113 mm IP20 -20°C ... 55°C (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3/-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Gigabit Modular Switch - 4 Gigabit ports and 12 Fast Ethernet ports - 12 Gigabit ports and 8 Fast Ethernet ports FL SWITCH GHS 4G/12 FL SWITCH GHS 4G/12-L3 2700271 2700786 Extension - 8 Ethernet ports Program and configuration memory, plug-in FL FXT SD FLASH 512MB Parameterization memory, replaceable, with MRM function FL SD FLASH/MRM Parameterization memory, replaceable with MRM and Layer 3 function FL SD FLASH/L3/MRM 2989307 2988146 2700270 2700607 Accessories 1 1 1 1 1 1 FL SWITCH GHS 12G/8 FL SWITCH GHS 12G/8-L3 Accessories FL FXT SD FLASH 512MB FL SD FLASH/MRM FL SD FLASH/L3/MRM 2989200 2700787 2989307 2988146 2700270 2700607 1 1 1 1 1 1 SFP module See page 332 See page 332 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 329

330

Industrial Ethernet Switch accessories Interface modules Highly modular 2-port interface modules enable a flexible cable outlet direction: either downward or to the front, depending on the requirements of the installation and location. There are interface modules for twisted pairs, fiberglass or cost-effective Ethernet installation with polymer and PCF fibers, all designed to carry out the particular job at hand. TX ports Fiber optic ports (multimode)      Ex:     Ex:  Technical data Technical data FL IF 2TX VS-RJ-F FL IF 2PSE-F FL IF 2FX SC-F FL IF 2FX ST-D 2 (RJ45 ports) 2 (PoE ports) 10/100 Mbps (connection direction to the front) - - - - - - - - - Media module for Modular Managed Switch Media module for Modular Managed Switch with Power over Ethernet IEEE802.3af, Power Source Equipment (PSE) 2 (SC multimode) 2 (ST multimode) 100 Mbps 1300 nm 2800 m (fiberglass with 10000 m (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 1.6 dB/km F800) F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 6400 m (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) 3000 m (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 2.6 dB/km F600) 2800 m (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 1.6 dB/km F800) Media module for Modular Managed Switch From FL SWITCH GHS or FXT via head station 10 mA Internal / 48 V DC for PoE 10 mA (max. 900 mA) From FL SWITCH GHS or FXT via head station 200 mA W / H / D 31 mm / 75.7 mm / 75.5 mm 31 mm / 84.7 mm / 75.5 mm 31 mm / 75.7 mm / 72.5 mm 31 mm / 83 mm / 72.5 mm IP20 -20°C ... 55°C (non-condensing) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3/-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP20 0°C ... 55°C (non-condensing) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3/-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Power supply Power supply connection Supply voltage Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL IF 2TX VS-RJ-F FL IF 2TX VS-RJ-D FL IF 2PSE-F 2832344 2832357 2832904 1 1 1 FL IF 2FX SC-F FL IF 2FX SC-D FL IF 2FX ST-D 2832412 2832425 2884033 1 1 1 Interface module, for Modular Managed Switch system - Outlet at the front - Outlet at the bottom - Power over Ethernet, outlet at the front Interface module, for connecting 100Base-FX fiberglass (1300 nm) - Outlet at the front, SC multimode - Outlet at the bottom, SC multimode - Outlet at the bottom, ST multimode - Outlet at the bottom, SC single mode Interface modules, 2 ports, SC-RJ for POF/PCF, diagnostics-capable Configuration memory, replaceable - MRM function 330 PHOENIX CONTACT

331

Industrial Ethernet Switch accessories Fiber optic ports (single mode) POF SC-RJ ports Configuration memory and MRP manager function Technical data Technical data FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM  Ex:  2 100 Mbps Technical data  - - 2 100 Mbps 1300 nm 36000 m (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 32000 m (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.4 dB/km) 26000 m (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.5 dB/km) - 2 (SC-RJ) 100 Mbps - 50 m (including 3 dB system reserve, polymer fiber with F-K 980/1000 230 dB/km) 100 m (PCF fiber with F-S 200/230 10 dB/km) - - - - - - - - - - - Media module for Modular Managed Switch Media module for Modular Managed Switch with FO diagnostics Configuration memory (plug-in) Configuration memory and manager for the media redundancy protocol (MRP) From FL SWITCH GHS or FXT via head station 200 mA 31 mm / 85 mm / 72.5 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (non-condensing) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3/-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 From FL SWITCH GHS or FXT 48 V DC (via head station) 200 mA 31 mm / 73.5 mm / 72.5 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C (non-condensing) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3/-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data from FL SWITCH MCS/SMCS - - 16 mm / 49 mm / - IP20 0°C ... 55°C (non-condensing) 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-3/-4 EN 61000-6-2:2005 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL IF 2FX SM SC-D 2832205 1 FL IF 2POF SCRJ-D 2891084 1 FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM 2891259 2891275 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 331

332

Industrial Ethernet Switch accessories SFP modules The FL SFP modules are characterized by their high degree of flexibility when used in switches. Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Fiber optic interface Number of ports Transmission speed Wavelength Transmission distance Function Basic functions Power supply Power supply connection Supply voltage General data Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Fiberglass, for transmission ranges up to 40 km for Gigabit transmission ranges up to 2 km Fiberglass,          Technical data Technical data FL SFP FX FL SFP FX SM FL SFP SX FL SFP SX2 - - 1 (LC multimode) 1 (LC single mode) 100 Mbps 1310 nm typ. 2 km typ. 40 km - - - - - 1 (LC multimode) 1 Gbps 850 nm 275 m (Fiberglass, 62.5/125 µm (OM1)) 550 m (Fiberglass, 50/125 µm (OM2)) 1000 m (Fiberglass, 50/125 µm (OM3)) 1000 m (Fiberglass, 50/125 µm (OM4)) 1310 nm 2 km (Fiberglass 50/125) 1 km (Fiberglass 62.5/125) - - SFP module as FO port SFP module as FO port via SFP slot 3.3 V (via Factoryline switch) via SFP slot 3.3 V (via Factoryline switch) -40°C ... 85°C (non-condensing) -40°C ... 75°C (non-condensing) -40°C ... 75°C 30% ... 95% (non-condensing) 30% ... 95% (non-condensing) - Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SFP FX FL SFP FX SM 2891081 2891082 1 1 FL SFP SX FL SFP SX2 2891754 2702397 1 1 Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) fiberglass module, 100 Mbps - Wavelength 1310 nm, multimode (2 km) - Wavelength 1300 nm, single mode (40 km) Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) fiberglass module, 1000 Mbps - Wavelength 850 nm, multimode (1 km) - Wavelength 1310 nm, multimode (2 km) - Wavelength 1310 nm, single mode (10 km) - Wavelength 1310 nm, single mode (30 km) - Wavelength 1550 nm, single mode (80 km) WDM20 SFP fiberglass module, 100 Mbps - Set consisting of WDM20-A and WDM20-B modules - A module: wavelength 1310/1550 nm, single mode (20 km) - B module: wavelength 1550/1310 nm, single mode (20 km) WDM10 SFP fiberglass module, 1000 Mbps - Set consisting of WDM10-A and WDM10-B modules - A module: wavelength 1310/1550 nm, single mode (10 km) - B module: wavelength 1550/1310 nm, single mode (10 km) Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) copper module, 1000 Mbps - SFP module with RJ45 connection 332 PHOENIX CONTACT

333

Industrial Ethernet Switch accessories for Gigabit transmission ranges up to 80 km Fiberglass, WDM technology, for transmission via a single glass fiber Gigabit transmission with copper connection          Technical data Technical data Technical data FL SFP LX FL SFP LH FL SFP FE WDM20-SET FL SFP WDM10-SET - - - - 1 (RJ45 port) 1 Gbps 1 (LC single mode) 1 Gbps 1310 nm 1550 nm 1 (LC single mode) 100 Mbps 1 Gbps 1310 nm / 1550 nm (TX) 30 km (Fiberglass 9/125) 80 km (Fiberglass 9/125) 20 km (Fiberglass 9/125) 10 km (Fiberglass 9/125) 250 m (Fiberglass 62.5/125) - - - - - - - - - - - - - SFP module as FO port SFP module as FO port SFP module as copper port via SFP slot 3.3 V (via Factoryline switch) -40°C ... 85°C (non-condensing) 30% ... 95% (non-condensing) via SFP slot 3.3 V (via Factoryline switch) via SFP slot 3.3 V (via Factoryline switch) -40°C ... 75°C - -40°C ... 85°C (non-condensing) - Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL SFP LX10-B FL SFP LX FL SFP LH 1025401 2891767 2989912 1 1 1 FL SFP FE WDM20-SET FL SFP FE WDM20-A FL SFP FE WDM20-B FL SFP WDM10-SET FL SFP WDM10-A FL SFP WDM10-B 2702439 2702437 2702438 2702442 2702440 2702441 1 1 1 1 1 1 FL SFP GT 2989420 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 333

334

Industrial Ethernet Security routers and firewalls Security routers for DIN rails Notes: Central device management software, the Device Manager for FL MGUARD devices, can be found on page 342 The compact and fanless DIN rail devices in metal housing suitable for industrial applications have an SD card slot at the front for configuration memory. The SD cards can be used for starting up or replacing the devices quickly and easily. The devices feature an extended temperature range and contain a buffered real-time clock and trusted platform module (TPM) for secure and reliable key generation and management. The FL MGUARD RS4000 devices provide high-availability high-end security for industry and create a remote maintenance infrastructure for the secure connection of machines and systems. The FL MGUARD RS2000 devices are designed for price-sensitive applications with fewer complex requirements and allow secure remote maintenance of machines and systems in the field via the Internet. In this context, they are used as industrial remote service routers with a simplified configuration. Secure networks also with Gigabit The new router generation for top-class security: – Replaceable configuration memory – Comprehensive connection options – Flexible routing – Intelligent stateful inspection firewall – Secure remote services (VPN) in accordance with IPsec standard or as OpenVPN client – Central management tool available VPN licenses Operation with up to 250 parallel VPN tunnels is possible with optional VPN licenses. Router for standard routing   2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps Technical data Router for standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT and port forwarding Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Function Basic functions SNMP – Simple Network Management Protocol Security functions VPN throughput Number of VPN tunnels Encryption methods Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) mode Authentication SNMPv1, v2, v3 - - - - - Data integrity Firewall data throughput Firewall rules Filtering Protection against Routing Power supply Supply voltage Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Router/firewall - Without VPN - With VPN MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 - - - IP spoofing Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 24 V DC 100 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -20°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL MGUARD RS2000 TX/TX-B 2702139 Accessories 1 1 1 Program and configuration memory, plug-in SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 License for lifetime software update of FL MGUARD field devices License for activating CIFS Integrity Monitoring (CIM) on FL MGUARD License for activating the OPC inspector function on an FL MGUARD License for activating the firewall/router redundancy function on an FL MGUARD device pair License for activating the firewall/router and VPN redundancy function on an FL MGUARD device pair 334 PHOENIX CONTACT

335

Industrial Ethernet Security routers and firewalls Router with simplified 2-click firewall Router with intelligent firewall and VPN and VPN Gigabit router with firewall, replaceable memory    Ex:  2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps   Ex:         Technical data Technical data Technical data FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX VPN FL MGUARD GT/GT FL MGUARD GT/GT VPN 2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (Combo ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps (SFP module: 100/1000 Mbps) Router with firewall and VPN for 2 tunnels (fixed), metal housing, slot for any SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN: up to 124 Mbps / 40 Mbps Router with intelligent firewall (VPN, 10 tunnels as an option, up to 250 with additional license), (as an option), metal housing, CIFS Integrity Monitoring slot for SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN up to 124 Mbps/40 Mbps (as an option): (as an option) Router with intelligent firewall Router with intelligent firewall and Gigabit connectivity and Gigabit connectivity and VPN Router with intelligent firewall and VPN for 10 tunnels (up to 250 supported with optional additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring slot for SD memory card, (as an option), metal housing, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN: up to 124 Mbps/40 Mbps SNMPv1, v2, v3 SNMPv1, v2, v3 SNMPv1, v2, v3 max. 40 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) max. 40 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) max. 106 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) 2 (fixed, IPsec (IETF standard)) DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 max. 124 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Simple stateful inspection firewall, no user firewall, no conditional firewall, no rule sets Incoming or outgoing traffic - Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 24 V DC 100 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -20°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data 0 (up to 250 tunnels with 10 (up to 250 tunnels with 0 (up to 250 tunnels with 10 (up to 250 tunnels with additional license as an option) additional license as an option) additional license as an option) additional license as an option) DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 max. 124 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 24 V DC (redundant) 100 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -20°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 - - ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 max. 417 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, RSA or PSK bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 24 V DC (redundant) 270 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 128 mm / 110 mm / 69 mm -20°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL MGUARD RS2000 TX/TX VPN 2700642 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 1 1 1 FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX VPN 2700634 2200515 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FL MGUARD GT/GT FL MGUARD GT/GT VPN 2700197 2700198 Accessories FL MEM PLUG 2891259 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 335

336

Industrial Ethernet Security routers and firewalls Security routers for DIN rails Notes: Central device management software, the Device Manager for FL MGUARD devices, can be found on page 342 The compact, fanless security routers with 5 unmanaged ports or 4 managed ports and DMZ port for mutual protection of several networks are equipped with the simplified 2-click firewall or intelligent firewall with full functionality and easy configuration. The devices have an SD card slot at the front for configuration memory. The SD cards can be used for starting up or replacing the devices quickly and easily. The devices feature an extended temperature range and contain a buffered real-time clock and trusted platform module (TPM) for secure and reliable key generation and management. VPN licenses Operation with up to 250 parallel VPN tunnels is possible with optional VPN licenses. Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Function Basic functions Router with simplified 2-click firewall, VPN, and integrated switch   6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps Technical data Router with firewall and VPN for 2 tunnels, integrated 5-port switch, metal housing, slot for SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN: up to 124 Mbps/40 Mbps SNMP – Simple Network Management Protocol Security functions VPN throughput SNMPv1, v2, v3 max. 40 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) Number of VPN tunnels 2 Encryption methods Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) mode Authentication Data integrity Firewall data throughput Firewall rules Filtering Protection against Routing Power supply Supply voltage Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Description Router/firewall - Without VPN - With VPN DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 max. 130 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Simple stateful inspection firewall, no user firewall, no conditional firewall, no rule sets Incoming or outgoing traffic - Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 24 V DC (redundant) 100 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -20°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL MGUARD RS2005 TX VPN 2701875 Accessories 1 1 1 Program and configuration memory, plug-in SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 License for lifetime software update of FL MGUARD field devices License for activating CIFS Integrity Monitoring (CIM) on FL MGUARD License for activating the OPC inspector function on an FL MGUARD License for activating the firewall/router redundancy function on an FL MGUARD device pair License for activating the firewall/router and VPN redundancy function on an FL MGUARD device pair 336 PHOENIX CONTACT

337

Industrial Ethernet Security routers and firewalls Router with intelligent firewall Router with intelligent firewall, VPN, Router with intelligent firewall, and integrated switch and integrated switch with VPN as an option   6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps    Technical data Technical data Technical data FL MGUARD DELTA TX/TX VPN FL MGUARD DELTA TX/TX 6 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps 2 (RJ45) 10/100 Mbps Router with intelligent firewall, integrated 4-port managed switch, opt. VPN (opt. for 10 tunnels, up to 250 tunnels with additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring (opt.), metal housing, slot for SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN: up to 124 Mbps / 40 Mbps Router with intelligent firewall, integrated 4-port managed switch and VPN for 10 tunnels (opt. up to 250 with additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring (opt.), metal housing, slot for SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN: up to 124 Mbps / 40 Mbps SNMPv1, v2, v3 max. 42 Mbps (Router) - SNMPv1, v2, v3 max. 42 Mbps (Router) 10 (up to 250 tunnels with additional license as an option) DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 - - MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 max. 130 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 max. 130 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions Router with intelligent firewall and VPN for 10 tunnels (up to 250 supported with optional additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring (as an option), metal housing, slot for SD memory card Router with intelligent firewall (VPN, 10 tunnels as an option, up to 250 possible with additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring (as an option), metal housing, slot for SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN (as an option): up to 99 Mbps / 35 Mbps (as an option) SNMPv1, v2, v3 max. 42 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) As an option, 10 tunnels up to 250 tunnels, IPsec (IETF) standard with additional license FL MGUARD LIC VPN-10/Order No. 2700194 or FL MGUARD LIC VPN-250/Order No. 2700193 or 2700192. DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 - - MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 max. 130 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions bidirectional throughput) MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 24 V DC (redundant) 100 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -20°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 24 V DC (redundant) 100 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -20°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data 230 V AC 13 mA 130 mm / 50 mm / 114 mm 5°C ... 40°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL MGUARD RS4004 TX/DTX 2701876 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FL MGUARD RS4004 TX/DTX VPN 2701877 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 FL MGUARD DELTA TX/TX FL MGUARD DELTA TX/TX VPN 2700967 2700968 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 337

338

Industrial Ethernet Security routers and firewalls Security appliances for special applications The FL MGUARD...-M provides all the relevant maritime approvals and is therefore the ideal device for onshore and offshore applications. The FL MGUARD...-P is specifically designed for process technology. In addition to its conformal coating, the device provides ATEX and IECEx approvals, as well as a very wide temperature range. Using the DPI (Deep Packet Inspection) function for OPC Classic and Modbus/TCP, the device can be used as an Application Layer firewall. The FL MGUARD CENTERPORT delivers more than enough performance for large remote maintenance centers or for use as an extremely powerful firewall. To increase availability, the device has two separate power supply units. With optional redundancy licenses, you can develop the device into a high-availability solution. 338 PHOENIX CONTACT Notes: Central device management software, the Device Manager for FL MGUARD devices, can be found on page 342 Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Function Basic functions With maritime approvals      Ex:  2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps Technical data Router with intelligent firewall and VPN for 10 tunnels (up to 250 supported with optional additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring (as an option), metal housing, slot for SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN: up to 124 Mbps/40 Mbps SNMP – Simple Network Management Protocol Security functions VPN throughput SNMPv1, v2, v3 max. 40 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) Number of VPN tunnels 10 (up to 250 tunnels with additional license as an option) Encryption methods Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) mode Authentication Data integrity Firewall data throughput Firewall rules Filtering Protection against Routing Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 max. 124 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 24 V DC (redundant) 11 V DC ... 36 V DC 100 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -40°C ... 70°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Security appliance, for special applications Program and configuration memory, plug-in SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX VPN-M 2702465 Accessories License for lifetime software update of FL MGUARD field devices License for activating CIFS Integrity Monitoring (CIM) on FL MGUARD License for activating the OPC inspector function on an FL MGUARD License for activating the firewall/router redundancy function on an FL MGUARD device pair License for activating the firewall/router and VPN redundancy function on an FL MGUARD device pair FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 1 1 1 1 1 1

339

Industrial Ethernet Security routers and firewalls For process engineering applications High performance with high availability   Ex:    2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps  Technical data Technical data 4 (RJ45 ports) 10/100/1000 Mbps Router with intelligent firewall and OPC/Modbus inspector with ATEX and IECEx approval, from FW 8.5: VPN for up to 250 tunnels, CIFS Integrity Monitoring, redundancy function, metal housing, slot for SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN: up to 124 Mbps / 40 Mbps Security appliance for up to 3000 parallel VPN tunnels (with additional licenses) and more than 600 Mbps VPN data throughput (with hardware encryption) SNMPv1, v2, v3 SNMPv1, v2, v3 max. 40 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) 600 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) 250 (Firmware 8.5 or later) 0 (in the best case, up to 3000 tunnels with additional licenses) DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 max. 124 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions, deep packet inspection for OPC classic DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 2000 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 24 V DC (redundant) 11 V DC ... 36 V DC 100 mA (at US = 24 V DC) 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -40°C ... 70°C Class A product, see page 527 - 2x 100 V AC ... 240 V AC (redundant) - 447 mm / 44 mm / 458 mm 0°C ... 45°C Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX-P 2702259 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FL MGUARD CENTERPORT 2702547 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 339

340

Industrial Ethernet Security routers and firewalls Firewall/router for office-based/mobile use The FL MGUARD SMART2 features maximum possible security and performance in a minimum amount of space. With its robust housing and uncomplicated power supply via any USB port, the FL MGUARD SMART2 is the ideal solution for the mobile protection of critical company resources. The device is particularly suitable for the mobile and stationary protection of workstations and environments close to the production process with low requirements for industrial hardening. It can be used as a secure firewall between office and production networks, as a remote maintenance client or as a security router for small workgroups. Security routers without DIN rail mounting Security is fundamental for PC-based automation. Do not leave any room for attack. Distributed protection concepts where automation cells are protected individually provide maximum security. In order to protect your PC reliably and easily in the network, PCI bus-based FL MGUARD PCI cards are the ideal choice. mGuard technology features: – Maximum security – Optimum performance – Central management VPN licenses Operation with up to 250 parallel VPN tunnels is possible with optional VPN licenses. 340 PHOENIX CONTACT Notes: Central device management software, the Device Manager for FL MGUARD devices, can be found on page 342 Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Function Basic functions SNMP – Simple Network Management Protocol Security functions Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) support Remote syslog logging VPN throughput Number of VPN tunnels Encryption methods Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) mode Authentication Data integrity 1:1 Network Address Translation (NAT) in the VPN Firewall data throughput Firewall rules Filtering Protection against Routing Power supply Supply voltage General data Width Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Description Router with firewall - Without VPN - With VPN Program and configuration memory, plug-in License for lifetime software update of FL MGUARD field devices License for activating CIFS Integrity Monitoring (CIM) on FL MGUARD License for activating the OPC inspector function on an FL MGUARD License for activating the firewall/router redundancy function on an FL MGUARD device pair License for activating the firewall/router and VPN redundancy function on an FL MGUARD device pair Router with firewall for mobile use  Technical data FL MGUARD SMART2 VPN FL MGUARD SMART2 2 (RJ45) 10/100 Mbps Firewall/router for office use or mobile service technicians SNMPv1, v2, v3 Server or Relay Agent On external server max. 42 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) 10 (up to 250 with license possible) 0 (up to 250 tunnels with additional license as an option) DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK Supported MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 - - - max. 130 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection NAT, 1:1-NAT, Port Forwarding 5 V DC (from USB interface) 77 mm IP30 0°C ... 40°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL MGUARD SMART2 FL MGUARD SMART2 VPN 2700640 2700639 Accessories FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

341

Industrial Ethernet Security routers and firewalls Embedded router/firewall with VPN Router with firewall and VPN for PCI Router with firewall and VPN for PCIe     Technical data Technical data Technical data  1 (RJ45 port) 10/100 Mbps Embedded router with intelligent firewall and VPN for 10 active tunnels 2 (RJ45) 10/100 Mbps 2 (RJ45) 10/100 Mbps Router with intelligent firewall and VPN for 10 tunnels (up to 250 supported with optional additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring (as an option), metal housing, slot for SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN: up to 124 Mbps/40 Mbps Router with intelligent firewall and VPN for 10 tunnels (up to 250 supported with optional additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring (as an option), metal housing, slot for SD memory card, extended temperature range, high-performance firewall/VPN: up to 124 Mbps/40 Mbps SNMPv1, v2, v3 Server or Relay Agent On external server max. 40 Mbps (Router mode, VPN bidirectional throughput) SNMPv1, v2, v3 Server or Relay Agent On external server max. 42 Mbps (Router) SNMPv1, v2, v3 Server or Relay Agent On external server max. 42 Mbps (Router) 10 (up to 250 tunnels with additional license as an option) 10 (up to 250 tunnels with additional license as an option) 10 (up to 250 tunnels with additional license as an option) DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 Supported max. 124 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 Supported max. 130 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions MD5, SHA-1, SHA 256, SHA-512 Supported max. 130 Mbps (Router mode, default firewall rules, bidirectional throughput) Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding MAC and IP addresses, ports, protocols IP spoofing, DoS and Syn Flood Protection Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 5 V DC 56 mm IP00 0°C ... 60°C - - IP00 0°C ... 70°C - - IP00 0°C ... 70°C Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL MGUARD CORE TX VPN 2702831 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FL MGUARD PCI4000 VPN 2701275 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FL MGUARD PCIE4000 VPN 2701278 Accessories SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW 2700184 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD LIC FW RD 2701083 2702191 2701356 FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD 2702193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 341

342

Industrial Ethernet Software for Ethernet networks Network management software Device Manager for FL MGUARD devices Tool for the central configuration and management of any number of mGuard devices in the field. – Template-based management tool – Suitable for remote maintenance applications FL Network Manager SNMP-based configuration and firmware update software for the easy startup and monitoring of network components. – Network topology detection – Multi-device configuration Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Optical drive Interfaces Software requirements Operating system Basic functions Languages supported Description Central management software for FL MGUARD Network management software for startup and monitoring Technical data Technical data > 1 GHz 512 Mbyte 4 GByte (free memory space (server), 500 MB free memory space (client)) CD-ROM Ethernet Port Windows Server 2016 Windows Server 2012 R2 Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 Windows 10 (only mdm Client) Windows 7 (only mdm Client) Ubuntu 16.04 LTS > 1.5 GHz 2 GByte min. 1 GByte CD-RW/DVD-RW Ethernet Port Windows® 10 Windows® 8.1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 7 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Voucher for a license for MGUARD Device Manager, the central device management software for MGUARD devices for any number of devices in the field. For installation on a PC. The FL Network Manager Basic software simplifies the startup of Managed Switches and provides a central configuration point - English Type With just a few clicks, the Network Manager identifies the network devices and, in addition to IP parameter assignment, enables easy multi-device firmware updates and configuration of the most important Industrial Ethernet functions for different types of devices, all at the same time. Ordering data Ordering data English Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Central device management software for FL MGUARD devices, for installation on a PC. - For any number of devices in the field Network management software FL MGUARD DM UNLIMITED 2981974 1 FL NETWORK MANAGER BASIC 2702889 1 342 PHOENIX CONTACT

343

PRP redundancy modules for parallel network redundancy Energy networks rely on particularly high failsafe performance. The new PRP redundancy modules enable parallel redundancy without switch-over time in the event of a fault. You can therefore ensure maximum availability of your network. Interruption-free communication – The FL RED 2000E redundancy module is equipped with the Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) – Interoperability in high-availability networks is possible, as required in the energy sector – The system continues to operate in the case of redundancy without switch-over time Robust design – Developed in accordance with the requirements of IEC 61850-3 and IEEE 1613: complies with the high requirements for network technology in this area – Able to withstand voltage fluctuations due to a wide input voltage range of 18 V DC ... 58 V DC – Robust metal housing – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) Easy handling – Creation of a high-availability network without configuration – LED indicators provide on-site information regarding the status of the network and redundancy – Alarm signal contact indicates the status of the module and network Industrial Ethernet Redundancy modules Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Transmission distance Fiber optic interface Interface Number of ports Transmission speed Connection method Transmission distance Function Basic functions  Technical data FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 3 (RJ45 ports) 1 (RJ45 port) 10/100 Mbps 100 m (per segment) - - - - - Ethernet FO 2 (LC multimode) 100 Mbps (full duplex) LC 2 km (per segment) Ethernet redundancy module for the Parallel Redundancy Protocol Status and diagnostic indicators LEDs: US1, US2 (redundant voltage supply), link and activity per port Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Noise emission Noise immunity EMC note 24 V DC (redundant) 48 V DC (redundant) 3.6 VPP 18 V DC ... 58 V DC 250 mA (at US = 24 V DC) W / H / D 40 mm / 100 mm / 109 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) EN 61000-6-4 IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613, EN 61000-6-2: 2005 Class A product, see page 527 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Redundancy module - 3 RJ45 ports - 1 RJ45 port, 2 LC fiber optic ports (multimode) FL RED 2003E PRP FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC 2701863 2701864 1 1 Ordering data For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 343

344

Industrial Ethernet Power over Ethernet Power over Ethernet components The FL PD 1001T GT PoE splitter enables data and power to be separated in order to supply non-PoE-capable end devices via PoE. The FL PSE 2TX PoE module can be used to convert two standard Ethernet ports into two PoE ports. Power over Ethernet splitter Power over Ethernet injector   Ex:  Technical data Technical data 1 (RJ45 port) 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 1 (RJ45 port) 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps RJ45 2 (RJ45 ports) 10/100 Mbps RJ45 PD, complies with IEEE 802.3af/at LEDs: POE, 24 V DC PSE/midspan, complies with IEEE 802.3af LEDs: US, PoE detection per port 48 V DC (via PoE) - 44 V DC ... 57 V DC - 24 V DC (via COMBICON; max. conductor cross section 2.5 mm²) 3.6 VPP 18.5 V DC ... 30.5 V DC typ. 100 mA (during no load; approx. 1800 mA at 24 V at the input with maximum load and 25°C ambient temperature) W / H / D 40 mm / 100 mm / 109 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 45 mm / 99 mm / 112 mm IP20 0°C ... 55°C 30% ... 95% (non-condensing) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ethernet interface Number of ports Transmission speed Connection method Ethernet interface (PoE) Number of ports Transmission speed Connection method Function Basic functions Status and diagnostic indicators Power supply Supply voltage Residual ripple Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Power over Ethernet splitter Power over Ethernet module (PSE) FL PD 1001 T GT 2891042 1 FL PSE 2TX 2891013 1 344 PHOENIX CONTACT

345

PoE injectors – Midspan injectors with a PoE port – Suitable for retrofitting, e.g., for upstream switch without PoE function – When connecting to PoE-capable end devices, e.g., IP cameras, both devices negotiate the electrical power requirements autonomously – DIP switches for selecting the cable pairs for power transmission – Compliant with IEEE 802.3 af (PoE) and IEEE 802.3 at (PoE+) up to 30 W – Product versions up to 60 W for 4-pair PoE (PoE++) Supply Nominal supply voltage Supply voltage range Max. current consumption Ethernet interface Connection method Ethernet interface (PoE) Transmission speed Connection method Output power Nominal output voltage Functions Basic functions General data Dimensions Degree of protection Electrical isolation Test voltage Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada Noxious gas test EMC note Description PoE injector - Ambient temperature (operation): 0°C ... +60°C - Ambient temperature (operation): -40°C ... +75°C - Ambient temperature (operation): -40°C ... +75°C, electrical isolation Industrial Ethernet Power over Ethernet RJ45 to RJ45, 30 W RJ45 to RJ45, 60 W  Ex:   Ex:  Technical data Technical data INJ 1000 INJ 1100-T INJ 1010 INJ 1110-T 24 V DC / 48 V DC 18 V DC ... 57 V DC 2.1 A 1.4 A (24 V DC) 0.7 A (48 V DC) RJ45 CAT5e 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 socket 30 W 54 V DC (PoE) 24 V DC / 48 V DC 18 V DC ... 57 V DC 4.2 A 2.73 A (24 V DC) 1.34 A (48 V DC) RJ45 CAT5e 10/100/1000 Mbps RJ45 socket 60 W 54 V DC (PoE) PSE/Midspan, compliant with IEEE 802.3af, at PSE/Midspan, compliant with IEEE 802.3af, at W / H / D 30.2 mm / 130 mm / 120 mm IP20 - - VCC // FE // PoE 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 30.2 mm / 130 mm / 120 mm IP20 - - VCC // FE // PoE 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 Ex nA IIC Gc X T4 Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D ISA-S71.04-1985 G3 Harsh Group A Class A product, see page 527 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4, Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4, D, T4 Ex nA IIC Gc X T4 Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D ISA-S71.04-1985 G3 Harsh Group A Ordering data Ordering data Type INJ 1000 INJ 1000-T INJ 1100-T Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2703005 2703006 2703009 1 1 1 INJ 1010 INJ 1010-T INJ 1110-T 2703007 2703008 2703010 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 345

346

Industrial Ethernet Power over Ethernet PoE injectors The midspan injectors connect Ethernet devices without PoE (e.g., switches) to PoE-capable end devices (e.g., IP cameras). As power sourcing equipment (PSE), the injector supplies the required power to a powered device (PD) via the data cable. The injector and end device negotiate the electrical power requirements autonomously. Features: – Compliant with IEEE 802.3 af (PoE) and IEEE 802.3 at (PoE+) up to 30 W – Product versions up to 60 W for 4-pair PoE (PoE++) – DIP switches for selecting the cable pairs for power transmission – Versions with IDC, Push-in or screw connection for easily connecting the field cable without the effort of RJ45 connector assembly – Tool-free shield contacting with strain relief – Shield current monitoring with visual display of undesirable cable shield currents – Electrical isolation of the internal power supply unit for protection against short circuits on the PoE side – Integrated surge protection in accordance with IEC 61643-21 with IEC test classification C2 346 PHOENIX CONTACT RJ45 to screw connection  Ex:  Technical data INJ 2101-T INJ 2111-T 24 V DC / 48 V DC 18 V DC ... 57 V DC 2.1 A 1.4 A (24 V DC) 0.7 A (48 V DC) 4.2 A 2.73 A (24 V DC) 1.34 A (48 V DC) RJ45 CAT5e 10/100/1000 Mbps Screw terminal block 30 W 60 W 54 V DC (PoE) 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 Tool-free PSE/Midspan, compliant with IEEE 802.3af, at 30 mA Yellow LED W / H / D 30.2 mm / 130 mm / 120 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C VCC // SCM + FE // PoE 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4, Ex nA IIC Gc X T4 Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D ISA-S71.04-1985 G3 Harsh Group A Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type INJ 2101-T INJ 2111-T Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2703011 2703013 1 1 Supply Nominal supply voltage Supply voltage range Max. current consumption Ethernet interface Connection method Ethernet interface (PoE) Transmission speed Connection method Output power Nominal output voltage Connection cross section rigid / flexible / AWG Strain relief Functions Basic functions Shield current monitoring Switch-on threshold Local diagnostics General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada Noxious gas test EMC note Description PoE injector, with electrical isolation - Output power up to 30 W (PoE, PoE+) - Output power up to 60 W (PoE++)

347

Industrial Ethernet Power over Ethernet RJ45 to IDC connection RJ45 to Push-in connection  Ex:   Ex:  Technical data Technical data INJ 2102-T INJ 2112-T INJ 2103-T INJ 2113-T 24 V DC / 48 V DC 18 V DC ... 57 V DC 24 V DC / 48 V DC 18 V DC ... 57 V DC 2.1 A 1.4 A (24 V DC) 0.7 A (48 V DC) 4.2 A 2.73 A (24 V DC) 1.34 A (48 V DC) 2.1 A 1.4 A (24 V DC) 0.7 A (48 V DC) 4.2 A 2.73 A (24 V DC) 1.34 A (48 V DC) RJ45 CAT5e 10/100/1000 Mbps IDC connection 30 W 60 W 54 V DC (PoE) 0.14 - 0.34 mm² / 0.14 - 0.34 mm² / 26 - 22 Tool-free RJ45 CAT5e 10/100/1000 Mbps Push-in connection 30 W 60 W 54 V DC (PoE) 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 Tool-free PSE/Midspan, compliant with IEEE 802.3af, at PSE/Midspan, compliant with IEEE 802.3af, at 30 mA Yellow LED 30.2 mm / 130 mm / 120 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C VCC // SCM + FE // PoE 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 30 mA Yellow LED 30.2 mm / 130 mm / 120 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C VCC // SCM + FE // PoE 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4, Ex nA IIC Gc X T4 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4, Ex nA IIC Gc X T4 Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D ISA-S71.04-1985 G3 Harsh Group A Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D ISA-S71.04-1985 G3 Harsh Group A Class A product, see page 527 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type INJ 2102-T INJ 2112-T Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2703012 2703014 1 1 INJ 2103-T INJ 2113-T 1004065 1004066 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 347

348

Industrial Ethernet Remote control Ethernet extenders IP communication via any two-wire cables up to 20 km Existing two-wire cables can be used for networking. The system can be extended during operation without causing any adverse impact. Basic features of fast startup via Plug and Play – No configuration or settings necessary – Automatic topology and data rate detection saves time and money – Redundancy by means of RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) – VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network) for logically separated IP networks – Flexible use: point-to-point with double the bandwidth in 4-wire operation as well as line and ring topology with up to 50 devices Unmanaged Ethernet extender – No network configuration or IP address required – Transparent transmission of all standard protocols including EtherNet/IP™, Modbus/TCP, PROFINET, PROFIsafe, EtherCAT®, KNX, BACnet/IP, etc. Easy connection and monitoring of large networks All extender devices and paths can be easily monitored remotely using a single managed device. Managed Ethernet extender – Alerts sent regarding all system events via SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) – Remote diagnostics via IP: web-based or SNMP – Integrated, replaceable SHDSL surge protection, automatic notification when replacement threshold reached or in the event of overload 348 PHOENIX CONTACT Separate critical IP networks virtually with VLAN and ensure availability by means of RSTP redundancy VLAN and RSTP are now also supported by the new firmware v5.xx. A free upgrade is available for devices that have already been installed. VLAN – Virtual, logically separated IP networks VLAN enables you to separate physical networks into logical subnetworks. As a result, communication is only possible within a VLAN, thereby increasing security in the overall network. Startup without expert knowledge – VLAN configuration via software wizard – Replacement during servicing via Plug and Supply Supply voltage range Supply voltage Play Redundancy by means of RSTP RSTP enables you to set up redundant ring or point-to-point topologies. The protocol automatically disables duplicate or failed paths, thereby increasing network availability.  Your web code: #0943 Nominal current consumption Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed SHDSL interface Connection method Transmission speed USB interface Connection method Functions Management Digital output Number of outputs Signal range Behavior of outputs General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage Electromagnetic compatibility EMC note W / H / D Description Ethernet extender, for distances of up to 20 km on in-house copper cables - for point-to-point, line, ring, and star structures - for point-to-point connections System power supply, primary-switched DIN rail connector (optional), for routing through the supply voltage and data signal, two pieces are required per device Replaceable surge protection module, with two-wire protection for floating SHDSL cables, two-level protective circuit DATATRAB adapter, protective adapter for insertion in the data cable DATATRAB adapter, protective adapter with RJ45 and screw connection for two SHDSL telecommunications interfaces Program and configuration memory, plug-in

349

Industrial Ethernet Remote control Managed Ethernet extender, 2 SHDSL ports, replaceable surge protection Managed Ethernet extender, 1 SHDSL port, replaceable surge protection Unmanaged Ethernet extender, 2 SHDSL ports  Ex:   Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data  Ex:  10 V DC ... 60 V DC 24 V DC ±5% 90 mA (60 V DC) 10 V DC ... 60 V DC 24 V DC ±5% 80 mA (60 V DC) RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation SHDSL interface in accordance with ITU-T G.991.2.bis Push-in spring connection 4-wire operation: 64 kbps ... 30 Mbps 2-wire operation: 32 kbps ... 15.3 Mbps RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation SHDSL interface in accordance with ITU-T G.991.2.bis Push-in spring connection 2-wire operation: 32 kbps ... 15.3 Mbps - - 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC ±5% (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) < 180 mA (24 V DC) RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation SHDSL interface in accordance with ITU-T G.991.2.bis 2 x 2-pos. COMBICON plug-in screw terminal blocks 4-wire operation: 64 kbps ... 30 Mbps 2-wire operation: 32 kbps ... 15.3 Mbps USB 2.0 Mini-USB type B, 5-pos. Web-based management: Diagnostics, log book, customized configuration Web-based management: Diagnostics, log book, customized configuration Plug and Play, diagnostics via PSI-CONF software or web-based management (only with managed Ethernet extenders) 2 Depends on the operating voltage 500 mA (Short-circuit-proof) - 60 mm / 130 mm / 160 mm -25°C ... 60°C 1 Depends on the operating voltage 500 mA (Short-circuit-proof) - 60 mm / 130 mm / 160 mm -25°C ... 60°C 2 Depends on the operating voltage 150 mA (Short-circuit-proof) Deactivated for device supply via DIN rail connector 35 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm -20°C ... 60°C (Freestanding (40 mm spacing to the right and left), no supply of other modules via the device) VCC // Ethernet // DSL (A) // DSL (B) // FE 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU Class A product, see page 527 VCC // Ethernet // DSL (A/B) // FE 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU Class A product, see page 527 VCC // Ethernet // DSL (A) // DSL (B) // FE 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. TC EXTENDER 6004 ETH-2S 2702255 Accessories MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 TC EXTENDER PT-IQ-2S 2702258 DT-LAN-CAT.6+ 2881007 SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 1 1 1 1 1 TC EXTENDER 4001 ETH-1S 2702253 Accessories MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 TC EXTENDER PT-IQ-1S 2702257 DT-LAN-CAT.6+ 2881007 SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 1 1 1 1 1 TC EXTENDER 2001 ETH-2S 2702409 1 Accessories MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2866983 2709561 1 10 DT-TELE-SHDSL 2801593 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 349

350

Industrial Ethernet Media converters for Ethernet Media converters – Universal devices Optical transmission with FO technology provides superior immunity to interference at maximum transmission ranges without restricting the transmission bandwidth. General features – Auto negotiation and auto MDI/MDIx – Connection monitoring with LFPT (link fault pass through) – Signal LEDs for activity, link status, 10/100 Mbps – Backplane bus contact, enabling alternative or redundant 24 V power supply Devices with 1300 nm wavelength The FL MC EF 1300... media converters support universal use. Features: – 1300 nm wavelength – Multimode or single mode fiberglass cable – B-FOC (ST®) or SC duplex Devices with WDM technology The FL MC EF WDM... media converters enable full duplex communication via a single glass fiber thanks to WDM (wavelength division multiplex) technology. Features: Supply Supply voltage range Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption FO interface Wavelength Transmission distance incl. 3 dB system reserve – 1310 nm and 1550 nm wavelengths for Signal LEDs transmitting and receiving – Multimode or single mode fiberglass cable – SC simplex connection Devices with 660 nm wavelength The FL MC EF 660 SCRJ media converter is designed for use in networks covering short distances. Features: – 660 nm wavelength – Polymer and PCF fibers – SC-RJ connection – Easy connection of the FO connector – LED bar graph for signaling the optical receiving capacity Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed Auto negotiation modes Transmission distance Link through MDI-/MDI-X switchover Signal LEDs General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage Conformance/approvals ATEX UL, USA/Canada EMC note Description WDM technology Single-fiber transmission   Ex:   Technical data 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (screw connection) 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) < 110 mA (24 V DC) 1550 nm (send) / 1310 nm (receive) 38 km (with F-E 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 34 km (with F-E 9/125 0.4 dB/km) 28 km (with F-E 9/125 0.5 dB/km) 21 km (with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F 1000) 5.5 km (with F-G 62.5/125 2.6 dB/km F 600) 21 km (with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F 1200) 9 km (with F-G 50/125 1.6 dB/km F 800) Far end fault (red LED), link status (yellow LED) W / H / D RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps Auto 100 m (shielded twisted pair) Link fault pass through Auto-MDI(X) Activity, link status, 10/100 Mbps 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm -40°C ... 65°C VCC // FE // Ethernet 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X cULus listed UL 508 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FO converter, for converting 10/100Base-TX to a single mode optical fiber, WDM technology WDM set with devices A and B, SC simplex connection FL MC EF WDM-SET SC FL MC EF WDM-A SC FL MC EF WDM-B SC WDM device A, SC simplex connection WDM device B, SC simplex connection FO converter, for converting 10/100Base-TX to multimode fiberglass (1300 nm) - Connection: SC duplex - Connection: B-FOC (ST®) FO converter, for converting 10/100Base-TX to single mode fiberglass (1300 nm) - Connection: SC duplex FO converter, for converting 100Base-T to polymer or PCF fiber (660 nm) - Connection: SC-RJ 2902660 2902658 2902659 1 1 1 350 PHOENIX CONTACT

351

Industrial Ethernet Media converters for Ethernet Universal devices with 1300 nm for multimode fiberglass Universal device with 1300 nm for single mode fiberglass Universal device with 660 nm for polymer and PCF fibers     Ex:     Ex:   Technical data Technical data Technical data 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (screw connection) 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (screw connection) 18 V DC ... 32 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) 18 V DC ... 32 V DC (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) < 100 mA (24 V DC) < 100 mA (24 V DC) 1300 nm 6.4 km (with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F 1000) 2.8 km (with F-G 50/125 1.6 dB/km F 800) 10 km (with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F 1000) 3 km (with F-G 62.5/125 2.6 dB/km F 600) 1300 nm 36 km (with F-E 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 32 km (with F-E 9/125 0.4 dB/km) 26 km (with F-E 9/125 0.5 dB/km) 85 mA (24 V DC) 660 nm 50 m (Polymer fiber with F-P 980/1000 230 dB/km) 100 m (PCF fiber with F-K 200/230 8 dB/km) Far end fault (red LED), link status (yellow LED) Far end fault (red LED), link status (yellow LED) Optical receiver power: Very good (green), good (green), critical (yellow), fault (red) RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps Auto 100 m (shielded twisted pair) Link fault pass through Auto-MDI(X) Activity, link status, 10/100 Mbps 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm -40°C ... 65°C VCC // FE // Ethernet 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) cULus listed UL 508 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class A product, see page 527 RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps Auto 100 m (shielded twisted pair) Link fault pass through Auto-MDI(X) Activity, link status, 10/100 Mbps 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm -40°C ... 65°C VCC // FE // Ethernet 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X cULus listed UL 508 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class A product, see page 527 RJ45 socket, shielded 100 Mbps - 100 m (shielded twisted pair) Link fault pass through - - 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm -40°C ... 60°C VCC // Ethernet 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) - - Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL MC EF 1300 MM SC FL MC EF 1300 MM ST 2902853 2902854 1 1 FL MC EF 1300 SM SC 2902856 1 FL MC EF 660 SCRJ 2702944 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 351

352

Industrial Ethernet Media converters for Ethernet Media converters The class 1000 and 2000 media converters offer a robust design in metal housing. From the basic version to use in energy applications, they meet a wide range of different requirements. General features – 1300 nm wavelength – Connection monitoring with LFPT (link fault pass through) – Signal LEDs for activity, link status, 10/100 Mbps – Robust design in metal housing for high EMC requirements Devices for basic requirements The FL MC 1000... media converters offer an easy and inexpensive entry-level solution for converting to FO technology. Features: – Multimode fiberglass cables – B-FOC (ST®) or SC duplex – Auto negotiation and auto MDI/MDIx Devices for real-time applications Thanks to their short delay times (latency), the FL MC 2000T... media converters are suitable for applications with real-time Ethernet protocols. Features: – Store-and-forward or pass-through mode can be selected via DIP switch (low latency, 835 ns) – Multimode or single mode fiberglass cable – B-FOC (ST®) or SC duplex – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +75°C) Devices for harsh requirements The FL MC 2000E... media converters are designed for use in energy technology. Thanks to their robust design, they are used in environments subject to high levels of EMI around switchgear. Features: – Multimode or single mode fiberglass cable – LC duplex connection – IEC 61850 and IEEE 1613 – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +75°C) – Redundant power supply with a wide range from 12 ... 57 V DC (24, 36, 48 V DC) 352 PHOENIX CONTACT Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption FO interface Wavelength Transmission distance incl. 3 dB system reserve  Ex:  Basic requirements, multimode fiberglass Technical data 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 73 mA (24 V DC) 1310 nm 8 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 3.3 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 2.6 dB/km F600) 9.6 km (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) 5.3 km (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 1.6 dB/km F800) Signal LEDs Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed Auto negotiation modes Link through MDI-/MDI-X switchover Signal LEDs Switching output Contact type Max. switching voltage General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage EMC note LNK/ACT RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps Auto Link fault pass through Auto-MDI(X) LNK/ACT, 100 - - W / H / D 28 mm / 110 mm / 70 mm 0°C ... 60°C VCC // FE // Ethernet 1500 V AC (500 V AC, 1 minute) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FO converter, for converting 10/100Base-TX to multimode fiberglass (1300 nm) - Connection: SC duplex - Connection: B-FOC (ST®) - Connection: LC duplex FO converter, for converting 10/100Base-TX to single mode fiberglass (1300 nm) - Connection: SC duplex - Connection: SC duplex - Connection: LC duplex FL MC 1000 SC FL MC 1000 ST 2891320 2891321 1 1

353

Industrial Ethernet Media converters for Ethernet Real-time protocols, multimode fiberglass Real-time protocols, single mode fiberglass Harsh ambient conditions, IEC 61850   Ex:   Ex:    Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data FL MC 2000T SM20 SC FL MC 2000T SM40 SC FL MC 2000E LC FL MC 2000E SM40 LC 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 110 mA (24 V DC) 1310 nm 8 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 3.3 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 2.6 dB/km F600) 9.6 km (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) 5.3 km (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 1.6 dB/km F800) 12 V DC ... 48 V DC 110 mA (24 V DC) 1310 nm 12 V DC ... 57 V DC 110 mA (24 V DC) 1310 nm 20 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 40 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 36 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.4 dB/km) 29 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.5 dB/km) 8 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 0.7 dB/km F1000) 3.3 km (fiberglass with F-G 62.5/125 2.6 dB/km F600) 9.6 km (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km F1200) 5.3 km (fiberglass with F-G 50/125 1.6 dB/km F800) 40 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.36 dB/km) 36 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.4 dB/km) 29 km (fiberglass with F-G 9/125 0.5 dB/km) LNK/ACT RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps Auto Link fault pass through Auto-MDI(X) LNK/ACT, 100 1 x N/C contact 250 V AC 28 mm / 110 mm / 70 mm -40°C ... 75°C VCC // FE // Ethernet 1500 V AC (500 V AC, 1 minute) Class A product, see page 527 LNK/ACT RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps Auto Link fault pass through Auto-MDI(X) LNK/ACT, 100 1 x N/C contact 250 V AC 28 mm / 110 mm / 70 mm -40°C ... 75°C VCC // FE // Ethernet 1500 V AC (500 V AC, 1 minute) LNK/ACT RJ45 socket, shielded 100 Mbps Link fault pass through Auto-MDI(X) LNK/ACT, 100 1 x N/C contact 250 V AC 30 mm / 130 mm / 100 mm -40°C ... 75°C VCC // FE // Ethernet 1500 V AC (500 V AC, 1 minute) Class A product, see page 527 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL MC 2000T SC FL MC 2000T ST 2891315 2891316 1 1 FL MC 2000E LC 2891056 FL MC 2000T SM20 SC FL MC 2000T SM40 SC 2891317 2891318 1 1 FL MC 2000E SM40 LC 2891156 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 353

354

Industrial Ethernet Serial device servers, gateways, and proxies H D W 1 x Ethernet and 1 x RS-232/422/485  Ex:    Technical data 10.8 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 48 mA (24 V DC) RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 D-SUB 9 plug 5/6/7/8 Data bits, 1/2 Stop bits, None/Even/Odd/Mark/Space Parity Software handshake, Xon/Xoff or hardware handshake RTS/CTS 0.3; 0.6; 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 115.2; 230.4 Kbps 120 Ω RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) ARP, DHCP (Client), PING Web-based management W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 115 mm -40°C ... 70°C IEC UL 61010-1 (VCC // Ethernet) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption Serial port Interfaces Connection method Data format/encoding Data flow control/protocols Transmission speed Termination resistor Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed Transmission distance Auxiliary protocols Functions Management General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage Electromagnetic compatibility Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Serial device servers - Device servers for protocol-transparent transmission of serial data via Ethernet Modbus gateway - Modbus gateways for converting Modbus/TCP to Modbus/RTU GW DEVICE SERVER 1E/1DB9 2702758 GW MODBUS TCP/RTU 1E/1DB9 2702764 ASCII converters - ASCII to Modbus/TCP - ASCII to EtherNet/IP™ - ASCII to PROFINET D-SUB plug, with screw connection - 9-pos., socket D-SUB plug, with two cable entries, universal type, pin assignment 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 on every screw terminal block GW MODBUS TCP/ASCII 1E/1DB9 GW EIP/ASCII 1E/1DB9 GW PN/ASCII 1E/1DB9 2702768 2702772 1021080 Accessories SUBCON 9/F-SH 2761499 - Axial, 9-pos., socket SUBCON-PLUS-F/AX 9 2311797 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Device servers and gateways for implementing serial protocols for Ethernet The new device servers and gateways offer versions with multiple serial ports and Ethernet ports, as well as advanced security functions. That's why they are particularly suitable for sensitive industries such as energy supply, infrastructure or the process industry, where increased requirements are placed on Ethernet security. Hardware The serial device servers and gateways are available in different hardware versions: – 1 x Ethernet and 1 x RS-232/422/485 – 1 x Ethernet and 2 x RS-232/422/485 – 2 x Ethernet and 2 x RS-232/422/485 – 2 x Ethernet and 4 x RS-232/422/485 Functions: Each hardware design is available in four different versions. Device servers: – Protocol-transparent transmission of serial data via Ethernet Gateways: – Converting Modbus/RTU to Modbus/TCP – Converting any serial data (RAW/ASCII) to Modbus/TCP – Converting any serial data (RAW/ASCII) to EtherNet/IP™ – Converting any serial data (RAW/ASCII) to PROFINET Features: – 256-bit AES encryption with additional programmable, password-protected settings – Easy installation and startup – Web-based management – Monitoring and diagnostics of serial ports – Easy connection to a variety of serial devices with D-SUB connectors from the SUBCON range 354 PHOENIX CONTACT

355

H D W H D W H D W Industrial Ethernet Serial device servers, gateways, and proxies 1 x Ethernet and 2 x RS-232/422/485 2 x Ethernet and 2 x RS-232/422/485 2 x Ethernet and 4 x RS-232/422/485  Ex:     Ex:     Ex:    Technical data Technical data Technical data 10.8 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 10.8 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 10.8 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 76 mA (24 V DC) 88 mA (24 V DC) 110 mA (24 V DC) RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 D-SUB 9 plug 5/6/7/8 Data bits, 1/2 Stop bits, None/Even/Odd/Mark/Space Parity RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 D-SUB 9 plug 5/6/7/8 Data bits, 1/2 Stop bits, None/Even/Odd/Mark/Space Parity RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 D-SUB 9 plug 5/6/7/8 Data bits, 1/2 Stop bits, None/Even/Odd/Mark/Space Parity Software handshake, Xon/Xoff or hardware handshake RTS/CTS Software handshake, Xon/Xoff or hardware handshake RTS/CTS Software handshake, Xon/Xoff or hardware handshake RTS/CTS 0.3; 0.6; 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 115.2; 230.4 Kbps 0.3; 0.6; 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 115.2; 230.4 Kbps 0.3; 0.6; 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 115.2; 230.4 Kbps 120 Ω RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) ARP, DHCP (Client), PING 120 Ω RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) ARP, DHCP (Client), PING 120 Ω RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) ARP, DHCP (Client), PING Web-based management Web-based management Web-based management 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 115 mm -40°C ... 70°C IEC UL 61010-1 (VCC // Ethernet) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU 45 mm / 99 mm / 115 mm -40°C ... 70°C IEC UL 61010-1 (VCC // Ethernet) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU 45 mm / 99 mm / 115 mm -40°C ... 70°C IEC UL 61010-1 (VCC // Ethernet) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class A product, see page 527 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class A product, see page 527 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. GW DEVICE SERVER 1E/2DB9 2702760 GW MODBUS TCP/RTU 1E/2DB9 2702765 GW MODBUS TCP/ASCII 1E/2DB9 GW EIP/ASCII 1E/2DB9 GW PN/ASCII 1E/2DB9 2702769 2702773 1021058 Accessories SUBCON 9/F-SH 2761499 SUBCON-PLUS-F/AX 9 2311797 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GW DEVICE SERVER 2E/2DB9 2702761 GW MODBUS TCP/RTU 2E/2DB9 2702766 GW MODBUS TCP/ASCII 2E/2DB9 GW EIP/ASCII 2E/2DB9 GW PN/ASCII 2E/2DB9 2702770 2702774 1021056 Accessories SUBCON 9/F-SH 2761499 SUBCON-PLUS-F/AX 9 2311797 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GW DEVICE SERVER 2E/4DB9 2702763 GW MODBUS TCP/RTU 2E/4DB9 2702767 GW MODBUS TCP/ASCII 2E/4DB9 GW EIP/ASCII 2E/4DB9 GW PN/ASCII 2E/4DB9 2702771 2702776 1020882 Accessories SUBCON 9/F-SH 2761499 SUBCON-PLUS-F/AX 9 2311797 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 355

356

Industrial Ethernet Serial device servers, gateways, and proxies Device servers for converting serial interfaces The FL COMSERVER...232/422/485 products are used to integrate serial RS-232/RS-422/RS-485 interfaces into existing Ethernet networks. This provides an easy way of implementing functions such as cable replacement, network integration or a Modbus gateway. Cable replacement Two devices in combination tunnel serial connections via Ethernet, using either the TCP or UDP protocol. Network integration You can integrate automation devices such as controllers or frequency inverters into a network using corresponding programming and diagnostics software. COM diversion software creates a virtual COM port on the PC and transmits the data to the FL COMSERVER. Modbus gateway The integrated Modbus gateway function provided in FL COMSERVER UNI converts serial Modbus ASCII or RTU data into Modbus/TCP. Naturally, the conversion process also works in the opposite direction. Features common to all devices: – Serial interfaces: RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 – 10/100 Base-T(X) interface – Software for virtual COM ports supplied as standard – Extended temperature range (-25°C ... +60°C) Supply Supply voltage range Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption Serial port Interfaces Connection method – Redundant power supply and modular Data format/encoding station configuration with DIN rail connectors – 3-way electrical isolation VCC // RS-232/RS-422/RS-485 // network – Integration into network management tools and visualization systems with the support of SNMP services – LED diagnostic indicators – Configuration via web-based management FL COMSERVER UNI... – Supports TCP, UDP, Modbus TCP/RTU/ASCII – Can be used exactly as required on Modbus master or slave FL COMSERVER BASIC... – Best-value version – Supports TCP and UDP Data flow control/protocols Transmission speed Termination resistor Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed Transmission distance Supported protocols Auxiliary protocols Functions Management General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage Electromagnetic compatibility Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada EMC note Description RS-232 RS-422 RS-485 W / H / D FL COMSERVER...232/422/485, for converting serial interfaces to Ethernet. COM port redirector software and additional software supplied as standard TCP, UDP, Modbus, PPP TCP, UDP DIN rail connector System power supply, primary-switched 356 PHOENIX CONTACT

357

H D W H D W Industrial Ethernet Serial device servers, gateways, and proxies Universal device – Modbus gateway Basic version for redirector operation – between RTU/ASCII and TCP TCP and UDP    Ex:      Ex:   Technical data Technical data 19.2 V AC/DC ... 28.8 V AC/DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 22.8 V DC ... 25.2 V DC (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) 19.2 V AC/DC ... 28.8 V AC/DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 22.8 V DC ... 25.2 V DC (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) 100 mA (24 V DC) 100 mA (24 V DC) RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 D-SUB 9 plug Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON UART/NRZ: 7/8 Bit Data, 1/2 Bit Stop, None/Even/Odd Parity RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 D-SUB 9 plug Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON UART/NRZ: 7/8 Bit Data, 1/2 Bit Stop, None/Even/Odd Parity Software handshake, Xon/Xoff, or hardware handshake RTS/CTS // 3964 R compatible, Modbus RTU/ASCII Software handshake, Xon/Xoff or hardware handshake RTS/CTS 0.3; 0.6; 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 7.2; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 115.2; 187.5; 230.4 kbps 390 Ω / 180 Ω / 390 Ω (configurable) 0.3; 0.6; 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 7.2; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 115.2; 187.5; 230.4 kbps 390 Ω / 180 Ω / 390 Ω RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) TCP/IP, UDP, Modbus (TCP, RTU/ASCII), PPP ARP, DHCP, BOOTP, SNMP, RIP, RARP, HTTP, TFTP, ICMP RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) TCP/IP, UDP ARP, DHCP, BOOTP, SNMP, RIP, RARP, HTTP, TFTP, ICMP Web-based management, SNMP, emergency access with Telnet and serial Web-based management, SNMP, emergency access with Telnet and serial 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 116 mm -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 (VCC // Ethernet // Serial) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class A product, see page 527 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 116 mm -25°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 (VCC // Ethernet // Serial) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL COMSERVER UNI 232/422/485 2313452 Accessories ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2707437 2866983 1 50 1 FL COMSERVER BASIC 232/422/485 2313478 Accessories ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2707437 2866983 1 50 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 357

358

Industrial Ethernet Serial device servers, gateways, and proxies PROFINET proxies Gateways and proxies from Phoenix Contact are the intelligent solution for integrating networks into other networks. Your advantages: – 1:1 integration of networks or segments, thanks to proxy technology – Easy system modernization with transparent communication over multiple bus systems – Versatile diagnostics: thanks to topology detection and manufacturer-independent diagnostic concepts – Fast device replacement with optional CF card as parameterization memory Proxy for INTERBUS Use your INTERBUS application easily in a PROFINET network: with the FL NP PND-4TX IB. Simply parameterize the device using your respective programming tool. Use the integrated switch in the control cabinet as an uplink to the control system or in the field for series connection. Proxy for PROFIBUS Integrate controllers, I/O stations, and other automation devices seamlessly into a PROFIBUS network. With the FL NP PND-4TX PB, you can configure and diagnose each PROFIBUS device directly, thanks to seamless integration. I/O signals of PROFIBUS devices are linked directly to program variables from the application. The PROFIBUS proxy is operated exclusively using PC Worx. Additional features: – Data exchange, diagnostics, and parameterization are via the PROFINET protocol – Can be integrated and parameterized in any controller using the PROFINET functionality – LLDP support for topology detection – PROFINET update rates ≥ 1 ms PROFINET Specification Conformance class Update rate Software Ethernet Connection method Transmission speed INTERBUS Interface Connection method Number Number of I/O nodes Number of devices with parameter channel Transmission speed PROFIBUS Interface Connection method Number Transmission speed Number of supported devices Number of supported devices Power supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Typical current consumption General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Description Proxy for PROFINET - INTERBUS - INTERBUS FO - PROFIBUS PROFINET INTERBUS proxy   Technical data PROFINET-IO RT, Spec. 2.2 B min. 1 ms Diagnostics software: DIAG+, version 2.0 or higher Configuration software: using the GSDML file or PC WORX version 5.0 or higher RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps INTERBUS (Master) 9-pos. D-SUB socket 1 8192 max. 126 (512 words) 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) - - - - max. 512 (depending on the control class and data direction) 24 V DC 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC typ. 350 mA W / H / D 128 mm / 95 mm / 69 mm -25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 70°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL NP PND-4TX IB 2985974 Accessories 1 1 Parameterization memory CF FLASH 256MB 2988780 358 PHOENIX CONTACT

359

Industrial Ethernet Serial device servers, gateways, and proxies PROFINET INTERBUS fiber optic proxy PROFINET PROFIBUS proxy for PC Worx control systems    Technical data Technical data PROFINET-IO RT, Spec. 2.2 B min. 1 ms PROFINET-IO RT, Spec. 2.1 B min. 1 ms Diagnostics software: DIAG+, version 2.0 or higher Configuration software: using the GSDML file or PC WORX version 5.0 or higher Diagnostics software: DIAG+, version 2.0 or higher Configuration software PC WORX starting from Version 5.20, Service Pack 3 RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps INTERBUS (Master) F-SMA connector 1 8192 max. 126 (512 words) 500 kbps / 2 Mbps (can be switched) - - - - RJ45 socket 10/100 Mbps - - - - - - PROFIBUS DP V0/V1 class 2 master 9-pos. D-SUB socket 1 up to 12 Mbps max. 512 (depending on the control class and data direction) max. 125 24 V DC 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC typ. 350 mA 128 mm / 95 mm / 69 mm -25°C ... 60°C -25°C ... 70°C 24 V DC 18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC 350 mA 128 mm / 95 mm / 69 mm -25°C ... 55°C -25°C ... 70°C Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL NP PND-4TX IB-LK 2985929 Accessories CF FLASH 256MB 2988780 1 1 FL NP PND-4TX PB 2985071 Accessories CF FLASH 256MB 2988780 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 359

360

361

Industrial Ethernet Installation technology for Industrial Ethernet RJ45 to screw connection RJ45 to Push-in connection RJ45 to IDC connection  Ex:   Ex:   Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data PP-RJ-SC PP-RJ-SC-F PP-RJ-SCC PP-RJ-SCC-F PP-RJ-IDC PP-RJ-IDC-F - - - 36 V DC ... 52 V DC 10% (via PoE) 42 V DC ... 57 V DC (with UL approval) 30 mA Yellow LED - - - 36 V DC ... 52 V DC 10% (via PoE) 42 V DC ... 57 V DC (with UL approval) 30 mA Yellow LED - - - 36 V DC ... 52 V DC 10% (via PoE) 42 V DC ... 57 V DC (with UL approval) 30 mA Yellow LED 10/100/1000 Mbps twisted pair, shielded, CAT5 or better 100 m (including patch cables) 10/100/1000 Mbps twisted pair, shielded, CAT5 or better 100 m (including patch cables) 10/100/1000 Mbps twisted pair, shielded, CAT5 or better 100 m (including patch cables) - RJ45 CAT5e 5.5 mm ... 6.5 mm 1.5 A ( 60 W (PoE+)) - RJ45 CAT5e 5.5 mm ... 6.5 mm 1.5 A ( 60 W (PoE+)) - RJ45 CAT5e 5.5 mm ... 6.5 mm 1.5 A ( 60 W (PoE+)) 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.14 - 0.34 mm² / 0.14 - 0.34 mm² / 26 - 22 Tool-free Tool-free Tool-free 23.8 mm / 101.3 mm / 50 mm 23.8 mm / 101.3 mm / 86 mm 23.8 mm / 101.3 mm / 50 mm 23.8 mm / 101.3 mm / 86 mm 23.8 mm / 101.3 mm / 50 mm 23.8 mm / 101.3 mm / 86 mm IP20 -40°C ... 75°C IP20 -40°C ... 75°C IP20 -40°C ... 75°C - FE // Ethernet - FE // Ethernet - FE // Ethernet Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type PP-RJ-SC PP-RJ-SC-F Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2703016 2703021 1 1 PP-RJ-SCC PP-RJ-SCC-F 2703018 2703022 1 1 PP-RJ-IDC PP-RJ-IDC-F 2703019 2703023 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 361

362

Industrial Ethernet Installation technology for Industrial Ethernet Patch panels Ethernet patch panels enable quick and easy connection between the field cabling and control cabinet cabling. The passive termination panels are a convenient alternative to the on-site assembly of RJ45 connectors. General features – CAT5e – 10/100/1000 Mbps – Mounting on DIN rails – Safe shield connection to ground potential FL CAT 5 TERMINAL BOX – Screw terminal blocks – 4-pin assignment: 1, 2, 3, 6 – Clear marking by means of PROFINET cable colors FL-PP-RJ45-... – Spring connection terminal blocks – Screw terminal blocks – LSA connection terminal blocks – 8-pin assignment: 1:1 – Option of shield contacting on DIN rail directly or via RC element with jumper FL-PP-RJ45/RJ45 – Two RJ45 sockets – 8-pin assignment: 1:1 – Version B as basic version with compact design and extended temperature range FL-PP-RJ45-SCC/... – Y-splitter for transmission of two individual network connections with 10/100 Mbps or phone line via a CAT cable with eight wires – Spring connection terminal blocks – Option of shield contacting on DIN rail directly or via RC element with jumper 362 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 x RJ45 to four connection terminal blocks, up to 100 Mbps General data Cable impedance Transmission speed Connecting cable Transmission distance Plug connection Insertion/withdrawal cycles External cable diameter Connection cross section rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) W / H / D   Technical data 100 Ω 10/100 Mbps twisted pair, shielded, CAT5 or better 100 m (including patch cables) RJ45 CAT5e 2500 6 mm ... 10 mm 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 16 25 mm / 90 mm / 52 mm -25°C ... 70°C Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL CAT5 TERMINAL BOX 2744610 10 Patch panel, one RJ45 socket to 4 screw connection terminal blocks (assignment 1, 2, 3, 6), CAT5, 10/100 Mbps, DIN rail mounting, IP20, shield contacting on DIN rail Patch panel, one RJ45 socket to 8 connection terminal blocks (1:1 assignment), CAT5e, 10/100/1000 Mbps, DIN rail mounting, IP20, option of shield contacting on DIN rail via jumpers - RJ45 to spring connection terminal blocks - RJ45 to screw connection terminal blocks - RJ45 to LSA connection terminal blocks (without ATEX approval) Patch panel, two RJ45 sockets (1:1 assignment), CAT5, 10/100/1000 Mbps, DIN rail mounting, IP20, option of shield contacting on DIN rail via jumpers Patch panel, two RJ45 sockets (1:1 assignment), extended temperature range, CAT5, 10/100 Mbps, DIN rail mounting, IP20, consistent shield, width 22.5 mm - without ATEX approval Cable sharing module, two RJ45 sockets with Ethernet assignment to 8 spring-cage connection terminal blocks, CAT5e, 10/100 Mbps, DIN rail mounting, IP20, option of shield contacting on DIN rail via jumpers - Cable outlet at the front, width 52 mm - Cable outlet at the top, width 56 mm RJ45 1 8 1 2 3 6

363

Industrial Ethernet Installation technology for Industrial Ethernet 1 x RJ45 to eight connection terminal blocks, 2x RJ45 2 x RJ45 to eight connection terminal blocks, up to 1000 Mbps Y-splitter   Ex:    Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data FL-PP-RJ45/RJ45 FL-PP-RJ45/RJ45-B FL-PP-RJ45-SCC/SC041 FL-PP-RJ45-SCC/SC045 100 Ω 10/100/1000 Mbps twisted pair, shielded, CAT5 or better 100 m (including patch cables) RJ45 CAT5e 2500 6 mm ... 10 mm 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1 mm² / 24 - 16 29 mm / 90 mm / 53 mm -25°C ... 70°C 10/100/1000 Mbps 100 Ω 10/100 Mbps twisted pair, shielded, CAT5 or better 100 m (including patch cables) RJ45 CAT5e RJ45 CAT5 2500 - 100 Ω 10/100 Mbps twisted pair, shielded, CAT5 or better 100 m (including patch cables) 750 RJ45 CAT5e 6 mm ... 10 mm 200 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1 mm² / 24 - 16 29 mm / 90 mm / 53 mm 22.5 mm / 78 mm / 44 mm 52 mm / 90 mm / 51 mm 56 mm / 90 mm / 51 mm -25°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 85°C Ordering data Ordering data -10°C ... 50°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL-PP-RJ45-SCC FL-PP-RJ45-SC FL-PP-RJ45-LSA 2901642 2901643 2901645 10 10 10 FL-PP-RJ45/RJ45 2901646 10 FL-PP-RJ45/RJ45-B 2904933 10 FL-PP-RJ45-SCC/SC041 FL-PP-RJ45-SCC/SC045 2903532 2904577 1 1 RJ45 1 8 1 2 3 6 4 5 7 8 RJ45 RJ45 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 8 1 2 3 6 4 5 7 8 1MΩ 1nF 1MΩ 1nF 1MΩ 1nF For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 363

364

Industrial Ethernet Installation technology for Industrial Ethernet Transmission speeds up to 1 Gbps, two RJ45 connections    Technical data RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100/1000 Mbps 100 m (total length across both ports (dependent on data rate and cable used)) W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 92 mm -25°C ... 75°C Ethernet // Ethernet 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU EN 50121 and EN 50155 (for railway applications) 508 Listed Ordering data Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed Transmission distance General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage Electromagnetic compatibility Standards/regulations Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL ISOLATOR 1000-RJ/RJ 2313915 1 Passive network isolator, for electrical isolation in Ethernet networks. For protection against potential differences of up to 4 kV. - For transmission speeds of up to 1 Gbps, connection: 2x RJ45 sockets - For transmission speeds of up to 100 Mbps, connection: 2x RJ45 sockets - For transmission speeds of up to 100 Mbps, connection: 1x RJ45 socket and COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block Passive network isolator, for electrical isolation in Ethernet networks. For protection against potential differences of up to 4 kV. - For transmission speeds of up to 100 Mbps, connection: two M12 sockets (D-coded) 4 kV Ethernet ISOLATOR for electrical isolation The FL ISOLATOR is used for electrical isolation in copper-based Ethernet networks. In industrial environments, potential differences pose a constant problem with regard to interference-free data transmission. The high-quality isolation for up to 4 kV provides reliable protection for Ethernet devices and interfaces. This results in considerably higher immunity to interference in industrial applications. The FL ISOLATOR 100-M12 has been specifically developed for use in the railway industry. Featuring M12 connection technology and optional wall mounting, this network isolator can be used flexibly. Features: – Electrical isolation of data cables and cable shielding – Dielectric strength up to 4 kV – Transmission speed of up to 1000 Mbps, device-specific – No power supply required – Protection against aggressive environmental influences, particularly harsh industrial environments, thanks to coated PCB – Approval for railway applications (rolling stock) in accordance with EN 50155 and EN 50121 – Extended temperature range 364 PHOENIX CONTACT

365

Industrial Ethernet Installation technology for Industrial Ethernet Transmission speeds up to 100 Mbps Two RJ45 connections Transmission speeds up to 100 Mbps RJ45 and screw connection Transmission speeds up to 100 Mbps M12 connection       Technical data Technical data Technical data RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps 100 m (total length across both ports (dependent on data rate and cable used)) RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps 100 m (total length across both ports (dependent on data rate and cable used)) M12 connector (D-coded, female) 10/100 Mbps 100 m (total length across both ports (dependent on data rate and cable used)) 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 92 mm -25°C ... 75°C 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 92 mm -25°C ... 75°C Ethernet // Ethernet 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU EN 50121 and EN 50155 (for railway applications) Ethernet // Ethernet 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU EN 50121 and EN 50155 (for railway applications) 66 mm / 91 mm / 34 mm -40°C ... 75°C (85°C for 10 min.; thereafter function can no longer be guaranteed – check device) Port X1//port X2 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU EN 50121 and EN 50155 (for railway applications), IEC 60571, DIN EN 50153 508 Listed 508 Listed - Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL ISOLATOR 100-RJ/RJ 2313931 1 FL ISOLATOR 100-RJ/SC 2313928 1 FL ISOLATOR 100-M12 2902985 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 365

366

Industrial Ethernet Installation technology for Industrial Ethernet Accessories The reliability of networks is becoming more and more important and is a decisive factor for the future of entire companies. Independent studies show that more than 70% of network errors and crashes are due to faulty cabling infrastructure and manipulation of the connecting cables. With the new accessories for Factoryline patch cables, the various safety requirements for automation are comprehensively met. Dust protection for SFN switches and FL MC 1000 and 2000 media converters Security lock for SFN switches and FL MC 1000 and 2000 media converters Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data FL DUST CVR BK FL DUST CVR BU FL DUST CVR BN FL DUST CVR YE FL DUST CVR GY FL DUST CVR GN FL DUST CVR RD FL DUST CVR VT FL DUST CVR WH 2891107 2891204 2891301 2891408 2891505 2891602 2891709 2891806 2891903 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 FL PLUG GUARD GN FL PLUG GUARD RD FL PLUG GUARD WH FL PORT GUARD FL PLUG GUARD KEY 2891615 2891712 2891819 2891220 2891327 20 20 20 20 1 Dust protection with color marking, for SFN switch and angled patch connector - Black - Blue - Brown - Yellow - Gray - Green - Red - Violet - White Security frame for SFN switch and patch fields - Green - Red - White Locking element for security frame FL PLUG GUARD... - Locking element - Key Color marking for FL CAT... patch... - Black - Blue - Brown - Yellow - Gray - Green - Red - Violet Security element for FL CAT... patch... - Security element - Security element, lockable - Key Dust protection cap for RJ45 socket - Black 366 PHOENIX CONTACT

367

Industrial Ethernet Installation technology for Industrial Ethernet Color coding for RJ45 FL patch cables Security element for RJ45 FL patch cables Dust protection for RJ45 sockets Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL PATCH CCODE BK FL PATCH CCODE BU FL PATCH CCODE BN FL PATCH CCODE YE FL PATCH CCODE GY FL PATCH CCODE GN FL PATCH CCODE RD FL PATCH CCODE VT 2891194 2891291 2891495 2891592 2891699 2891796 2891893 2891990 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 FL PATCH SAFE CLIP FL PATCH GUARD FL PATCH GUARD KEY 2891246 2891424 2891521 20 20 1 FL RJ45 PROTECT CAP 2832991 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 367

369

Industrial communication technology – Industrial Wireless Signals that could previously only be acquired with a great deal of effort, or not at all, can now be acquired and transmitted quickly and efficiently using wireless systems. Wireless LAN WLAN is a wireless standard in accordance with IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/n for creating wireless networks. – High data rates of up to 300 Mbps – Fast roaming – Device mobility in wide area networks – High degree of reliability, thanks to MIMO (multiple input, multiple output) technology Trusted Wireless Trusted Wireless is a form of wireless technology that has been designed specifically for industrial applications. – Long range from a few hundred meters to several kilometers – Robust and reliable communication in industrial environments – License-free ISM band – High local system density of several hundred networks possible – Can be operated in parallel with WLAN 802.11 and Bluetooth systems without interference – FHSS method for high immunity to interference WirelessHART WirelessHART is a transmission technology intended for process automation. – Wireless module in accordance with IEEE 802.15.4 – Time-synchronized communication – Supports fully meshed networks – Secure data transfer Bluetooth With Bluetooth, you can configure local wireless networks with up to seven devices. – Range of up to 100 m in industrial halls and up to 200 m outdoors – Cyclic and fast data transmission of small data packets – High local system density, i.e., WLAN 802.11 systems can be operated in parallel without interference – High data security, thanks to 128-bit data encryption – FHSS method for high immunity to interference Product overview Wireless Ethernet WLAN access points Industrial WLAN – WLAN Ethernet adapter Wireless I/O / Wireless Serial Radioline wireless system – Wireless transceivers (2.4 GHz, 900 MHz, 868 MHz) – Multipoint multiplexer Wireless I/O I/O extension modules WirelessHART gateway and adapter (2.4 GHz) Wireless multiplexer with antennas (2.4 GHz) Trusted Wireless Ethernet RAD-Line wireless transceiver (900 MHz) Antennas and cables Remote communication 370 372 374 376 379 380 384 386 387 388 402 PHOENIX CONTACT 369

370

Industrial Wireless Product overview Wireless Ethernet Industrial WLAN – 5110 series WLAN access points Page 372 Industrial WLAN – 1100 and 2100 series WLAN access points Page 373 Industrial WLAN – WLAN Ethernet adapter Page 374 Wireless I/O / Wireless Serial 2.4 GHz – Wireless transceiver for serial interfaces Page 376 868 MHz – Wireless transceiver for serial interfaces Page 377 900 MHz – Wireless transceiver for serial interfaces Page 377 900 MHz – Wireless transceiver for outdoor installation (NEMA 4X) Page 377 Fieldbus communication Multipoint multiplexer for RS-485 bus system Page 379 PROFIBUS PA I/O multiplexer Page 461 Wireless I/O Analog/digital I/O module, 2 digital I/Os and 1 analog I/O Page 380 Digital I/O modules, 4 inputs or 4 relay outputs, 8 inputs or 8 transistor outputs Page 380 Analog I/O modules, 4 inputs or 4 outputs Page 382 Temperature I/O module, 4 Pt 100 inputs Page 383 370 PHOENIX CONTACT

371

Trusted Wireless Ethernet Industrial Wireless Product overview 900 MHz – Wireless transceiver with Trusted Wireless, for Ethernet Page 387 Wireless I/O WirelessHART Wired HART Wireless multiplexer with antennas Page 386 WirelessHART gateway Page 384 WirelessHART adapter Page 385 Ethernet HART multiplexer Page 463 Remote communication Alerts – Remote signaling and remote control system Page 402 Remote maintenance – mGuard security router Page 404 Remote control – Mobile router Page 412 Antennas and cables Antennas Page 388 Adapters, extension cables Page 396 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 371

372

Industrial Wireless Wireless Ethernet 5110 series WLAN access points The latest generation of WLAN modules offers maximum reliability, data throughput, and range. Features: – The FL WLAN 5110 brings WLAN 802.11n to industrial applications and with it a data rate of up to 300 Mbps – Central cluster management enables the entire wireless network to be set up in just minutes – MIMO technology with two antennas for wireless communication that is more robust, faster, and covers a wider range – Optimized for fast roaming under industrial conditions 372 PHOENIX CONTACT WLAN access point / client 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz Technical data IEEE 802.11 / a / b / g / n 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz max. 20 dBm RSMA (female) 2 Antennas not included in scope of supply 2 RJ45 24 V DC Via COMBICON 10 V DC ... 36 V DC 200 mA (at 24 V DC) 802.11i WPA PSK (preshared key) WPA2 AES TKIP Supports 802.1X/RADIUS MAC filter Access Point / Client Adapter / Repeater SNMP (V2/V3), CLI, WPS, DHCP, DCP, BootP, HTTP, HTTPS, Syslog, SD card, dual FW image, 1 x DI, 1 x DO, 2 x Ethernet 10/100 Mbit, auto crossover, auto negotiation, MODE button Cluster management, web-based management, WPS W / H / D EU, more countries in e-shop 40 mm / 109 mm / 109 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C (extended temperature range on request) Wireless interface Wireless standard Frequency band Transmission power Antenna connection method Number Antenna Assembly instructions Ethernet ports Number Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Connection method Supply voltage range Supply current Security Function Operating modes Basic functions Configuration General data Wireless licenses Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Air pressure (operation) Shock in acc. with EN 60068-2-27/IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration resistance in acc. with EN 60068-2-6/IEC 60068-2-6 10% ... 95% (non-condensing) 800 hPa ... 1080 hPa (up to 2000 m above sea level) 30g, 11 ms half-sine shock pulse 5g, 10 ... 150 Hz Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Wireless LAN access point - WLAN 802.11 a,b,g,n, frequency 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, IP20 - Approval for the USA and Canada FL WLAN 5110 FL WLAN 5111 Accessories Parameterization memory, Flash card without license SD FLASH 2GB Control cabinet set, IP66, including DIN rail, plugs, and screw connections - With 3 omnidirectional antennas and antenna cables - With 3 omnidirectional antennas, antenna cables, and 100 ... 240 V AC power supply - With one panel antenna, antenna cable, and 100 ... 240 V AC power supply FL RUGGED BOX FL RUGGED BOX OMNI-1 FL RUGGED BOX OMNI-2 FL RUGGED BOX DIR-1 1043193 1043201 2988162 2701204 2701430 2701439 2701440 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

373

1100 and 2100 series WLAN access points The FL WLAN 1100 and 2100 make it easy to install a fast and stable WLAN network on machinery. The powerful integrated antennas enable space-saving and robust installation combined with low solution costs. Features: – Fast and easy connection, thanks to single-hole mounting – Extremely robust housing, shockproof in accordance with IK08 – Optimized for fast roaming under industrial conditions Wireless interface Wireless standard Frequency band Transmission power Antenna connection method Ethernet ports Number Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Connection method Supply voltage range Supply current Security Industrial Wireless Wireless Ethernet WLAN access point / client – 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz, WLAN access point / client – 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz, internal MIMO antennas, IP54 protection internal MIMO antennas, IP65 / IP66 / IP67 / IP68 protection   Technical data Technical data IEEE 802.11 / a / b / g / n 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz max. 20 dBm (EIRP) (Internal) 1 RJ45 24 V DC (SELV) Push-in spring connection 18 V DC ... 32 V DC (PELV/SELV) typ. 120 mA (at 24 V DC) 802.11i WPA PSK (preshared key) WPA2 AES TKIP MAC filter IEEE 802.11 / a / b / g / n 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz max. 20 dBm (EIRP) (Internal) 1 RJ45 24 V DC (SELV) Push-in spring connection 18 V DC ... 32 V DC (PELV/SELV) typ. 120 mA (at 24 V DC) 802.11i WPA PSK (preshared key) WPA2 AES TKIP MAC filter Function Operating modes Configuration General data Wireless licenses Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Air pressure (operation) Shock in acc. with EN 60068-2-27/IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration resistance in acc. with EN 60068-2-6/IEC 60068-2-6 W / H / D Access Point / Client Adapter / Repeater Web-based management, automated CLI Access Point / Client Adapter / Repeater Web-based management, automated CLI EU, more countries in e-shop 62.8 mm / 36.5 mm / 113.2 mm IP54 0°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) 800 hPa ... 1080 hPa (up to 2000 m above sea level) 30g, 11 ms half-sine shock pulse 5g, 10 ... 150 Hz EU, more countries in e-shop 62.8 mm / 36.5 mm / 113.2 mm IP65 / IP66 / IP67 / IP68 -40°C ... 60°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) 800 hPa ... 1080 hPa (up to 2000 m above sea level) 30g, 11 ms half-sine shock pulse 5g, 10 ... 150 Hz Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Wireless LAN access point - WLAN 802.11 a,b,g,n, frequency 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz, IK08 - Approval for the USA and Canada Mechanical adapter, for protecting the rear connector when not mounted directly on control cabinets, etc. FL WLAN 1100 FL WLAN 1101 2702534 2702538 Accessories FL M32 ADAPTER 2702544 1 1 1 FL WLAN 2100 FL WLAN 2101 2702535 2702540 1 1 Accessories For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 373

374

Industrial Wireless Wireless Ethernet Industrial WLAN – WLAN Ethernet adapter The FL EPA 2 modules wirelessly connect Ethernet-capable automation devices to the control network. Features: – Robust housing with M12 connections in IP65 – WLAN and Bluetooth in a single device as an option – Particularly robust with integrated antenna or flexible use with external antenna connection 374 PHOENIX CONTACT With external antenna connection, including antenna Technical data Bluetooth 2.1 + EDR / IEEE 802.11 / b / g / a 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz max. 16 dBm (Bluetooth: 10 dBm) RSMA (female) RSMA (male) External OMNI omnidirectional antenna supplied as standard, antennas can be exchanged M12 connector (D-coded, female) 24 V DC M12 connector (A-coded, male) 9 V DC ... 30 V DC typ. 54 mA (at 24 V DC) 802.11i WPA PSK (preshared key) WPA2 AES TKIP PIN Non-discoverable Access point/client adapter for WLAN and Bluetooth Web interface, MODE button, AT commands (TCP/IP), SSC Europe, USA, Canada, additional countries in the e-shop Wireless interface Wireless standard Frequency band Transmission power Antenna connection method Antenna Connection method Assembly instructions Ethernet ports Connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Connection method Supply voltage range Supply current Security Function Operating modes Configuration General data Wireless licenses Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type W / H / D 67.8 mm / 92.7 mm / 33.2 mm IP65 -40°C ... 65°C 5% ... 93% (non-condensing) Wall mounting Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Combined Ethernet wireless module, with Bluetooth and WLAN - External RSMA antenna connection (female) FL EPA 2 RSMA 1005957 - Internal 2.4 GHz/5 GHz directional antenna Bluetooth/Ethernet wireless module Mounting material, for wall or mast mounting Mounting material, for DIN rail mounting FL EPA WMS FL EPA RMS 2701134 2701133 Accessories 1 1 1

375

Industrial Wireless Wireless Ethernet With internal panel antenna With internal panel antenna Technical data Technical data Bluetooth 2.1 + EDR / IEEE 802.11 / b / g / a 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz max. 16 dBm (Bluetooth: 10 dBm) (Internal) - Internal antenna Bluetooth 2.1 + EDR 2.4 GHz max. 10 dBm (Internal) - Internal antenna M12 connector (D-coded, female) M12 connector (D-coded, female) 24 V DC M12 connector (A-coded, male) 9 V DC ... 30 V DC typ. 54 mA (at 24 V DC) 802.11i WPA PSK (preshared key) WPA2 AES TKIP PIN Non-discoverable 24 V DC M12 connector (A-coded, male) 9 V DC ... 30 V DC typ. 36 mA (at 24 V DC) PIN Non-discoverable Access point/client adapter for WLAN and Bluetooth - Web interface, MODE button, AT commands (TCP/IP), SSC Web interface, MODE button, AT commands (TCP/IP), SSC Europe, USA, Canada, additional countries in the e-shop Europe, USA, Canada, additional countries in the e-shop 67.8 mm / 92.7 mm / 33.2 mm IP65 -40°C ... 65°C 5% ... 93% (non-condensing) Wall mounting 67.8 mm / 92.7 mm / 33.2 mm IP65 -40°C ... 65°C 5% ... 93% (non-condensing) Wall mounting Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL EPA 2 1005955 Accessories FL EPA WMS FL EPA RMS 2701134 2701133 1 1 1 FL BT EPA 2 FL EPA WMS FL EPA RMS Accessories 1005869 2701134 2701133 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 375

376

Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O / Wireless Serial Radioline wireless system Notes: *The range may be considerably above or below that stated. It is dependent on the environment, antenna technology, transmission power, and the product used. The latest country registrations for the relevant product can be found on the Internet at phoenixcontact.com. H D W Wireless path Direction Frequency range Data rate (adjustable) Number of channels Security Connection method Serial port Connection method Serial transmission speed Termination resistor (switchable via DIP switches) Analog output Signal range Digital output Contact type Switching voltage Switching current General data Supply voltage Current consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Permissible humidity (operation) Dimensions Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada 2.4 GHz wireless transceiver, for worldwide use    Ex:    Technical data Bi-directional 2.4002 GHz ... 2.4785 GHz 16 kbps / 125 kbps / 250 kbps RS-485 COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block 0.3 ... 187.5 kbps 390 Ω / 150 Ω / 390 Ω 8 x 55 128-bit data encryption RSMA (female) RS-232 COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block 0.3 ... 115.2 kbps - RSSI voltage output 0 V ... 3 V RF link relay output PDT 30 V AC/DC / 60 V DC 500 mA (30 V AC/DC) 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC W / H / D 65 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C, stand-alone) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C (>55°C derating) -40 °F ... 158 °F (>131°F derating) 20% ... 85% 17.5 / 116 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Wireless module, can be extended with I/O extension modules - With Japan approval (no ATEX, IECEx or UL approval) RAD-2400-IFS RAD-2400-IFS-JP 2901541 2702863 - For use in North America - For use in Australia Wireless module - For use in North America CONFSTICK, configuration memory for the safe parallel operation of several wireless paths or networks Memory stick, for saving custom configuration data RF band 1 RF band 3 RF band 5 RF band 7 RAD-CONF-RF3 RAD-CONF-RF5 RAD-CONF-RF7 RAD-MEMORY USB cable, for diagnostics and extended configuration RAD-CABLE-USB Accessories 2902814 2902815 2902816 2902828 2903447 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Easy startup with I/O mapping Radioline is the transmission system from Phoenix Contact for extended systems and networks with up to 250 stations. Radioline transmits I/O signals as well as serial data. With a slight turn of the thumbwheel, you can distribute and multiply I/O signals freely in your network. The range* depends on the wireless system selected: – 2.4 GHz - up to 5 km – 868 MHz - up to 20 km – 900 MHz - up to 32 km Network applications – I/O data mode: simple I/O signal distribution in the network – PLC/Modbus RTU mode: I/O integration into the control level using the Modbus protocol – PLC/Modbus RTU dual mode: I/O integration into the control level using the Modbus protocol. Parallel connection of additional Modbus/RTU slaves – Serial data mode: networking of controllers and serial I/O devices, simple RS-232/RS-485 cable replacement Radioline NEMA 4X – For outdoor installation – 2 digital inputs, 2 relay outputs, 1 analog input (cannot be extended) – Interoperable with RAD-900-IFS 376 PHOENIX CONTACT

377

H D W H D W Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O / Wireless Serial new 868 MHz wireless transceiver, for license-free use in Europe 900 MHz wireless transceiver, for license-free use in America and Australia 900 MHz wireless transceiver, for outdoor installation (NEMA 4X) Ex:    Ex:   Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data Bi-directional 869.4 MHz ... 869.65 MHz 1.2 kbps / 9.6 kbps / 19.2 kbps / 60 kbps / 120 kbps RAD-900-IFS Bi-directional 902 MHz ... 928 MHz 16 kbps / 125 kbps / 250 kbps / 500 kbps - 128-bit data encryption RAD-900-IFS-AU Bi-directional 915 MHz ... 928 MHz 16 kbps / 125 kbps / 250 kbps Bi-directional 902 MHz ... 928 MHz 16 kbps / 125 kbps / 250 kbps / 500 kbps - 128-bit data encryption - 128-bit data encryption 14 128-bit data encryption RSMA (female) RS-232 COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block 0.3 ... 115.2 kbps - RSSI voltage output 0 V ... 3 V RF link relay output PDT 30 V AC / 60 V DC 500 mA RS-485 COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block 0.3 ... 115.2 kbps 390 Ω / 150 Ω / 390 Ω RSMA (female) RS-485 COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block 0.3 ... 115.2 kbps 390 Ω / 150 Ω / 390 Ω RSMA (female) RS-232 COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block 0.3 ... 115.2 kbps - RSSI voltage output 0 V ... 3 V RF link relay output PDT 30 V AC/DC 500 mA N (female) - - RSSI voltage output 0 V ... 3 V RF link relay output PDT 30 V AC/DC 500 mA 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC 10.8 V DC ... 30.5 V DC 10.8 V DC ... 30.5 V DC / 100 V AC ... 240 V AC 65 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C, stand-alone) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C -40 °F ... 158 °F 20% ... 85% 17.5 / 116 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc - 328 mA (@24 V DC) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C -40 °F ... 158 °F 20% ... 85% 35 / 116 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 - - Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D 110 mA (120 V AC) / 368 mA (10.8 V DC) NEMA 4 -40°C ... 70°C (DC) -40°C ... 65°C (AC) 20% ... 85% 220 / 90 / 120 mm 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14 - - ANSI/ISA/CSA 22.2 61010-2-201, UL 50E Type 4 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4 Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-868-IFS 2904909 1 RAD-900-IFS RAD-900-IFS-AU 2901540 2702878 Accessories Accessories RAD-868-CONF-RF1 2702197 RAD-MEMORY RAD-CABLE-USB 2902828 2903447 1 1 1 RAD-900-CONF-RF1 2702122 RAD-MEMORY RAD-CABLE-USB 2902828 2903447 1 1 1 1 1 RAD-900-DAIO6 2702877 1 Accessories For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 377

378

Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O / Wireless Serial Radioline – I/O mapping now in wired format too The popular, straightforward method of distributing I/O information using white thumbwheels on the front of the equipment is now also available for RS-485 networks. Addressing the RS-485 front module is quick and easy too – all it takes is a turn of the yellow thumbwheel. This enhances the Radioline system’s flexibility, allowing it to be used for solutions in even more applications. The device supports three functions: Supplementing a wireless system A Radioline wireless system on an existing master can be expanded to include new RS-485 stations. RS-485 and wireless modules form a combined system. Operation in a purely RS-485 network In an RS-485 network with up to 99 Radioline stations, you can now distribute I/O signals between the stations. This is done without the need for software configuration by simply turning the thumbwheel. Stand-alone operation as a Modbus slave The new Radioline RS-485 stations can also be operated on any Modbus/RTU master. 378 PHOENIX CONTACT Alternative transmission media To increase the range, it is of course possible to replace the RS-485 line with alternative transmission media. Phoenix Contact offers a range of converters for fiber optic cables, SHDSL, wireless or Ethernet technology. +24 V RSSI+ 0 V RSSI- ANT DI1L DI2L UL1 DI1H DI2H +I1 DI1 DI2 -I1 COM1 NO1 NC1 COM2 NO2 NC2 U1 U2 I1 I2 T R O P - S S F I - 0 0 4 2 - D A R OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 I S F I - 6 O A D D A R - D I - D A R 0 1 PWR DAT ERR T E S RX TX 1 2 P A M O - I PWR DAT ERR DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 S F I - 4 R O D D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 2 2 PWR DAT ERR OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 8 8 PWR DAT ERR DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 1 2 S F I - 4 O A D A R - P A M O - I S F I - 4 I D D A R - P A M O - I 7 7 PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 +24 V RSSI+ 0 V RSSI- ANT COM1 NO1 NC1 COM2 NO2 NC2 DI1L DI2L UL1 DI1H DI2H +I1 DI1 DI2 -I1 T R O P - S S F I - 0 0 4 2 - D A R OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 8 8 PWR DAT ERR DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 D I - D A R 0 2 PWR DAT ERR T E S RX TX D(A) D(B) RX TX NO2 COM1 GND NC1 S F I - 4 R O D D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 I S F I - 6 O A D D A R - 1 2 P A M O - I PWR DAT ERR DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 COM3 NO3 NC3 COM4 NO4 NC4 U1 COM1 COM2 I1 NO1 NO2 1 NC1 NC2 1 2 S F I - 4 O A D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 2 2 PWR DAT ERR T R O P - S S F I - 0 0 4 2 - D A R OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 S F I - 4 R O D D A R - P A M O - I 8 8 PWR DAT ERR DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 D I - D A R 0 3 PWR DAT ERR T E S RX TX D(A) D(B) RX TX NO2 COM1 GND NC1 COM3 NO3 NC3 COM4 NO4 NC4 U3 U4 I3 I4 3 4 DI1L DI2L DI1H DI2H DI1 DI2 +24 V RSSI+ 0 V RSSI- ANT COM1 NO1 NC1 COM2 NO2 NC2 U1 U2 I1 I2 +24 V RSSI+ 0 V RSSI- ANT DI1L DI2L DI1H DI2H DI1 DI2 Pwr1 Pwr2 +I1 +I2 -I1 -I2 T R O P - S S F I - 0 0 4 2 - D A R D I - D A R 0 4 PWR DAT ERR T E S RX TX D(A) D(B) RX TX NO2 COM1 GND NC1 S F I - 4 I D D A R - P A M O - I S F I - 4 I A D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 2 2 PWR DAT ERR 8 8 PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI3L DI4L DI3H DI4H DI3 DI4 Pwr3 Pwr4 +I3 +I4 -I3 -I4 D(A) D(B) RX TX NO2 COM1 GND NC1 U1 COM1 COM2 I1 NO1 NO2 1 NC1 NC2 COM3 NO3 NC3 COM4 NO4 NC4 U3 U4 I3 I4 3 4 DI3L DI4L DI3H DI4H DI3 DI4 RS-485 U1 U2 I1 I2 OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 4 4 PWR DAT ERR 1 2 S F I - 4 O A D A R - P A M O - I +24 V 0 V COM1 NO1 NC1 COM2 NO2 NC2 S F I - 5 8 4 S R D A R - D I - D A R T R O P - S 0 5 PWR DAT ERR T E S LINK RX TX S F I - 4 R O D D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 7 7 PWR DAT ERR DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 U1 U2 I1 I2 OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 4 4 PWR DAT ERR 1 2 S F I - 4 O A D A R - P A M O - I +24 V 0 V COM1 NO1 NC1 COM2 NO2 NC2 S F I - 5 8 4 S R D A R - D I - D A R T R O P - S 0 6 PWR DAT ERR T E S LINK RX TX S F I - 4 R O D D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 7 7 PWR DAT ERR DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 U1 U2 I1 I2 OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 4 4 PWR DAT ERR 1 2 S F I - 4 O A D A R - P A M O - I +24 V 0 V COM1 NO1 NC1 COM2 NO2 NC2 S F I - 5 8 4 S R D A R - D I - D A R T R O P - S 0 7 PWR DAT ERR T E S LINK RX TX S F I - 4 R O D D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 7 7 PWR DAT ERR DO1 DO2 DO3 DO4 D(A) D(B) COM1 NO1 NC1 COM3 NO3 NC3 COM4 NO4 NC4 U3 U4 I3 I4 3 4 D(A) D(B) COM1 NO1 NC1 COM3 NO3 NC3 COM4 NO4 NC4 U3 U4 I3 I4 3 4 D(A) D(B) COM1 NO1 NC1 COM3 NO3 NC3 COM4 NO4 NC4 U3 U4 I3 I4 3 4 RS-485 RS-485 RS-485 I/O to I/O in a combined system Pwr1 Pwr2 +I1 +I2 -I1 -I2 S F I - 4 I A D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 0 2 PWR DAT ERR +24 V 0 V DI1L DI2L DI1H DI2H DI1 DI2 S F I - 4 I D D A R - P A M O - I 0 1 S F I - 5 8 4 S R D A R - D I - D A R T R O P - S 0 1 PWR DAT ERR T E S LINK RX TX PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 Pwr1 Pwr2 +I1 +I2 -I1 -I2 S F I - 4 I A D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 0 4 PWR DAT ERR +24 V 0 V DI1L DI2L DI1H DI2H DI1 DI2 S F I - 4 I D D A R - P A M O - I 0 3 S F I - 5 8 4 S R D A R - D I - D A R T R O P - S 0 2 PWR DAT ERR T E S LINK RX TX PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 Pwr1 Pwr2 +I1 +I2 -I1 -I2 S F I - 4 I A D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 0 6 PWR DAT ERR +24 V 0 V DI1L DI2L DI1H DI2H DI1 DI2 S F I - 4 I D D A R - P A M O - I 0 5 S F I - 5 8 4 S R D A R - D I - D A R T R O P - S 0 3 PWR DAT ERR T E S LINK RX TX PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 D(A) D(B) COM1 NO1 NC1 DI3L DI4L DI3H DI4H DI3 DI4 Pwr3 Pwr4 +I3 +I4 -I3 -I4 D(A) D(B) COM1 NO1 NC1 DI3L DI4L DI3H DI4H DI3 DI4 Pwr3 Pwr4 +I3 +I4 -I3 -I4 D(A) D(B) COM1 NO1 NC1 DI3L DI4L DI3H DI4H DI3 DI4 Pwr3 Pwr4 +I3 +I4 -I3 -I4 RS-485 RS-485 RS-485 I/O to I/O via RS-485 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 DD UIUI E1E1 E2E2 DD UAUA E1E1 E2E2 a1a1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 a1a1 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 a2a2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 a2a2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 b1b1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 b1b1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 b2b2 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 b2b2 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 RS-485 Pwr1 Pwr2 +I1 +I2 -I1 -I2 S F I - 4 I A D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 0 2 PWR DAT ERR +24 V 0 V DI1L DI2L DI1H DI2H DI1 DI2 S F I - 4 I D D A R - P A M O - I 0 1 S F I - 5 8 4 S R D A R - D I - D A R T R O P - S 0 2 PWR DAT ERR T E S LINK RX TX PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 Pwr1 Pwr2 +I1 +I2 -I1 -I2 S F I - 4 I A D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 0 4 PWR DAT ERR +24 V 0 V DI1L DI2L DI1H DI2H DI1 DI2 S F I - 4 I D D A R - P A M O - I 0 3 S F I - 5 8 4 S R D A R - D I - D A R T R O P - S 0 3 PWR DAT ERR T E S LINK RX TX PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 Pwr1 Pwr2 +I1 +I2 -I1 -I2 S F I - 4 I A D A R - P A M O - I OFF ON 1 2 3 4 DIP-1 0 6 PWR DAT ERR +24 V 0 V DI1L DI2L DI1H DI2H DI1 DI2 S F I - 4 I D D A R - P A M O - I 0 5 S F I - 5 8 4 S R D A R - D I - D A R T R O P - S 0 4 PWR DAT ERR T E S LINK RX TX PWR DAT ERR DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 D(A) D(B) COM1 NO1 NC1 DI3L DI4L DI3H DI4H DI3 DI4 Pwr3 Pwr4 +I3 +I4 -I3 -I4 D(A) D(B) COM1 NO1 NC1 DI3L DI4L DI3H DI4H DI3 DI4 Pwr3 Pwr4 +I3 +I4 -I3 -I4 D(A) D(B) COM1 NO1 NC1 DI3L DI4L DI3H DI4H DI3 DI4 Pwr3 Pwr4 +I3 +I4 -I3 -I4 RS-485 RS-485 RS-485 I/O to serial (Modbus/RTU slave)

379

Multipoint multiplexer Your advantages – Up to 99 bus stations in the network – Modular extension with up to 32 I/O extension modules supported – Quick and easy startup without programming – Can be combined with Radioline wireless modules Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O / Wireless Serial H D W RS-485 serial interface  Ex:    Technical data RS-485 COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block 0.3 ... 115.2 kbps (default setting: 19.2/8/E/1) 390 Ω / 150 Ω / 390 Ω Link relay output PDT 30 V AC/DC / 60 V DC 500 mA (30 V AC/DC) 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC 65 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C, stand-alone) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C (>55°C derating) -40 °F ... 158 °F (>131°F derating) 20% ... 85% 17.5 / 113 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 Ordering data W / H / D Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-RS485-IFS 2702184 1 Accessories Serial port Connection method Serial transmission speed Termination resistor (switchable via DIP switches) Digital output Contact type Switching voltage Switching current General data Supply voltage Current consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Permissible humidity (operation) Dimensions Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada Description Multipoint multiplexer Shield connection terminal block, with snap-on foot, for mounting on NS 35... DIN rail, for shield support on busbars Plug-in terminal, for connecting the incoming and outgoing bus line USB cable, for diagnostics and extended configuration Ø 3-8 mm SKS 8-SNS35 TVFKC 1,5/ 3-ST RAD-CABLE-USB 3062786 1713842 2903447 10 50 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 379

380

Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O I/O extension modules – Easy I/O mapping via thumbwheel – Digital wide-range inputs (0 ... 250 V AC/DC) – 0 ... 100 Hz digital pulse inputs – Relay or transistor outputs – Easy module replacement even during operation (hot swap) – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) Analog input Number of inputs Resolution Signal range (configurable using the DIP switch) H D W H D W 2 digital inputs/outputs and 1 analog input/output 4 digital inputs   Ex:      Ex:    Technical data Technical data 1 16 bit 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA 0.02% (at 25°C) 12 V DC (for passive sensors (via terminal PWR1, +I1)) - - - - - Accuracy Supply voltage Digital input Number of inputs Switching level Switching level Input frequency Pulse input Number of inputs Signal range Input frequency Pulse length Analog output Number of outputs Signal range Accuracy Load RB Digital output Contact type Switching voltage Switching current Switching frequency General data Supply voltage Current consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada Description Analog/digital I/O module Digital input module Digital relay output module Digital/pulse input module Digital transistor output module Analog/digital I/O module Digital relay output module Digital input module Digital transistor output module Digital/pulse input module 380 PHOENIX CONTACT 1 signal (“H”) 0 signal (“L”) 2 10 V AC/DC ... 50 V AC/DC (low-voltage input) 50 V AC/DC ... 250 V AC/DC (high-voltage input) 0 V AC/DC ... 4 V AC/DC (low-voltage input) 0 V AC/DC ... 20 V AC/DC (high-voltage input) 2 Hz - - - - 1 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 0.02% (at 25°C) 500 Ω 0 V ... 10 V typ. 0.5% 10 kΩ 2 x Relay output 250 V AC 24 V DC 10 mA / 2 A (per channel) 2 Hz min./max. 4 10 V AC/DC ... 50 V AC/DC (low-voltage input) 50 V AC/DC ... 250 V AC/DC (high-voltage input) 0 V AC/DC ... 4 V AC/DC (low-voltage input) 0 V AC/DC ... 20 V AC/DC (high-voltage input) 2 Hz - - - - - - - - - - - - 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC (DIN rail connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC (DIN rail connector) W / H / D 95 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 17.5 / 113 / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 11 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 17.5 / 113 / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-DAIO6-IFS 2901533 Accessories RAD-DAIO6-IFS 2901533 1 1 RAD-DI4-IFS 2901535 Accessories RAD-DOR4-IFS 2901536 1 1

381

H D W H D W H D W Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O 4 digital relay outputs 8 digital inputs and 2 pulse inputs 8 digital transistor outputs   Ex:      Ex:      Ex:    Technical data Technical data Technical data - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 x Relay output 250 V AC/DC 10 mA / 5 A (per channel) 2 Hz - - - - - 8 10 V DC ... 30.5 V DC 0 V DC ... 4 V DC 10 Hz (Static mode) 2 0 V DC ... 30.5 V DC < 100 Hz (Pulse counter mode) 5 ms (Pulse/pause ratio 1:1) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8 x Transistor output, active 30.5 V DC - / 200 mA (per channel) 10 Hz 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC (DIN rail connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC (DIN rail connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC (DIN rail connector) 55 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 17.5 / 113 / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 18 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 17.5 / 113 / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 22 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 17.5 / 113 / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-DOR4-IFS 2901536 Accessories RAD-DI4-IFS 2901535 1 1 RAD-DI8-IFS 2901539 Accessories RAD-DO8-IFS 2902811 1 1 RAD-DO8-IFS 2902811 Accessories RAD-DI8-IFS 2901539 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 381

382

H D W 4 analog current inputs   Ex:    Technical data 4 16 bit 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA 0.02% (at 25°C) 12 V DC (for passive sensors (via terminal PWR1, +I1)) - - - - - - - W / H / D 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC (DIN rail connector) 120 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 17.5 / 113 / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 Ordering data Type RAD-AI4-IFS Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2901537 Accessories RAD-AO4-IFS 2901538 1 1 Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O I/O extension modules – Easy I/O mapping via thumbwheel – Analog inputs (0/4 ... 20 mA) – Temperature inputs for Pt 100 sensors – Analog outputs (0/4 ... 20 mA or 0 ... 10 V) – Easy module replacement even during operation (hot swap) – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) 382 PHOENIX CONTACT Analog input Number of inputs Resolution Signal range (configurable using the DIP switch) Accuracy Supply voltage Analog input Description of the input Number of inputs Temperature measuring range Analog output Number of outputs Signal range Accuracy Load RB General data Supply voltage Current consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada Description Analog input module Temperature input module Analog output module Analog output module Analog input module Temperature input module

383

H D W H D W Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O 4 temperature inputs 4 analog current/voltage outputs   Ex:    Technical data Technical data - - - - - - - - 4 0 mA ... 20 mA 4 mA ... 20 mA 0.02% (at 25°C) 500 Ω 0 V ... 10 V typ. 0.5% 10 kΩ  Ex:    - - - - - Pt 100 input 4 -50°C ... 250°C - - - - 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC (DIN rail connector) 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC (DIN rail connector) 38 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 17.5 / 113 / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 115 mA (at 24 V DC, at 25°C) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C 17.5 / 113 / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex nA IIC T4 Gc UL 508 Listed Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T4A Class I, Zone 2, IIC T4 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-PT100-4-IFS 2904035 Accessories RAD-AO4-IFS 2901538 1 1 RAD-AO4-IFS 2901538 Accessories RAD-AI4-IFS RAD-PT100-4-IFS 2901537 2904035 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 383

384

H D W WirelessHART gateway, for worldwide use Ex:    Power +24 V GND A B 1 2 3 4 RF-Link HART t e n r e h t E 1 = Tx+ 2 = Tx– 3 = Rx+ 6 = Rx– 4, 5, 7, 8 = n.c. RF μC RF Wireless path Interface description Direction Frequency range Number of channels Connection method Wireless path Interface description Frequency range Transmission power Number of channels Connection method Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed General data Supply voltage Current consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Housing material Dimensions Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals CSA, USA CSA, Canada Description WirelessHART gateway Technical data WLAN in accordance with IEEE 802.11 b/g Bi-directional 2.4 GHz ... 2.472 GHz 13 RSMA (female) WirelessHART 2.4 GHz ... 2.4835 GHz 0 ... 10 dBm 15 RSMA (female) RJ45 10/100 Mbps typ. / max. W / H / D 9 V DC ... 30 V DC 125 mA (at 24 V DC) / 300 mA (at 24 V DC) IP20 -40°C ... 70°C Polyamide PA non-reinforced 45 / 99 / 114.5 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC; AEx nA IIC T4 Class I, Div. 2 Groups A,B,C,D Ex nA IIC T4 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-WHG/WLAN-XD 2900178 1 Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O WirelessHART gateway The RAD-WHG/WLAN-XD is a WirelessHART gateway with integrated 802.11b/g WLAN transceiver. It converts HART data to Modbus/TCP for easy integration into almost any host system. Features: – Simple programming and diagnostics using an embedded web server or HART programmer – WirelessHART gateway supports 250 WirelessHART devices – 802.11b/g client can be used as WirelessHART backhaul connection with 802.11i (WPA2) 128-bit AES encryption – Fully meshed routing (self-organizing and self-healing network) with WirelessHART – WirelessHART uses channel hopping as a means of tolerating interference ST MESH RESET RSSI ST MESH 10/100 LINK ERR +24V GND A B Power RF Link ST MESH RESET RSSI ST MESH 10/100 LINK ERR +24V GND A B Power RF Link 384 PHOENIX CONTACT

385

WirelessHART adapter The RAD-WHA-1/2NPT is an adapter that allows up to 4 HART devices to be connected to a WirelessHART network. Features: – Allows wired HART devices to transfer data on a WirelessHART network – Connect up to 4 HART device to one adapter – Allows connection of one standard 4... 20 mA signal for easy integration of non-HART devices into a WirelessHART network – 1/2-inch NPT fitting for distributed or direct device connection – Removable antenna for connection of coaxial cable and high gain antenna Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O WirelessHART adapter, for worldwide use Ex:    +24 V GND Loop+ Loop– +24 V DC AUX OUT / HART RF μC HART Technical data WirelessHART Bi-directional 2.4 GHz ... 2.4835 GHz 15 N (female) 1 4 mA ... 20 mA max. 11 V DC ... 30 V DC 95 mA IP65 -40°C ... 70°C Aluminum, die-cast, corrosion resistant, powder-coated W / H / D 87.2 / 161 / 65.3 mm Flying leads, 20 AWG Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-WHA-1/2NPT 2900100 1 Wireless path Interface description Direction Frequency range Number of channels Connection method Analog input Number of inputs Signal range General data Supply voltage Current consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Housing material Dimensions Connection method Description WirelessHART adapter For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 385

386

Industrial Wireless Wireless I/O Wireless multiplexer Wireless MUX – The wireless signal cable The Wireless MUX transmits 16 digital and 2 analog signals bidirectionally. The Wireless MUX is supplied ready to use: Unpack – connect – switch on – and you have a working wireless path. – Range*: With omnidirectional antenna, 50 m to 100 m in halls, up to 200 m outdoors. , 4 3 2 1 Features: – Automatic establishment of the connection and signal exchange, thanks to fixed device pairing – No configuration or settings necessary – Extremely robust and reliable – Interference-free operation alongside WLAN – Typical transmission time of 10 ms Notes: * The range may be significantly above or below that stated, and depends on the environment, antenna technology, and the product used. Wireless interface Wireless standard Frequency range Antenna connection method Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Digital inputs Connection technology Number of inputs Digital outputs Connection technology Number of outputs Analog inputs Number of inputs Voltage input signal Current input signal Measured value resolution Analog outputs Number of outputs Voltage output signal Current output signal DAC resolution General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada 95 58,5 Wireless set   MIC Technical data Based on Bluetooth 4.0 2.402 GHz ... 2.48 GHz (ISM bandwidth) RSMA (female) 24 V DC 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC (via power connector) 1-conductor 16 1-conductor 16 2 0 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA 12 bits 2 0 V ... 10 V 0 mA ... 20 mA 12 Bit W / H / D 95 mm / 123.4 mm / 57 mm IP20 -25°C ... 60°C Class A product, see page 527 CE-compliant (RED Directive 2014/53/EU) FCC Directive, Part 15.247 ISC Directive RSS 210 UL 508 Listed Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Wireless MUX set, consisting of two modules including antennas, each with 16 digital and 2 analog inputs and outputs - With OMNI antennas - Without antennas ILB BT ADIO MUX-OMNI ILB BT ADIO MUX 2884208 2702875 1 1 386 PHOENIX CONTACT

387

RAD-Line Ethernet with Trusted Wireless The RAD-ISM-900-EN-BD... wireless transceiver enables the wireless connection of several distributed controllers to a central location (controller) via an Ethernet or serial connection. Features: – Operates in the license-free 902 - 928 MHz ISM band – Frequency-hopping spread spectrum technology – Provides an interface for data transfer between a 900 MHz wireless transmission system and Ethernet, RS-232, RS-422 or RS-485 interfaces – Contains an adjustable 10 mW ... 1 W transmitter – Supports TCP/IP, UDP and IP v4 protocols – Programmable for point-to-point, point-to-multipoint and multipoint-to-point configurations – Incorporates security using selectable 128/192/256-bit AES encryption – RAD-ISM-900-EN-BD-BUS features an integrated bus foot to connect I/O modules (addressable via Modbus) – Individual modules can be configured as master, slave or repeater using integrated web browser interface – RAD-ISM-900-EN-BD/B is a dedicated slave wireless transceiver with no Ethernet ports Industrial Wireless Trusted Wireless Ethernet Notes: The products are offered exclusively for export outside the European Economic Area (EEA). D W H Wireless transceiver for Ethernet and serial interfaces (RS-232, RS-422/RS-485) Ex:  +24 V GND A B 1 2 3 4 2 = Tx 3 = Rx 5 = GND 7 = RTS 8 = CTS 1, 4, 6, 9 = n.c. Power RF µC RS422/ 485 13 Rx(A+) 14 Rx(B-) 15 Tx(A+) 16 Tx(B-) t e n r e h t E RF-Link RS 232 1 = Tx+ 2 = Tx– 3 = Rx+ 6 = Rx– 4, 5, 7, 8 = n.c. Wireless path Direction Frequency range Transmission power Serial port Connection method Serial transmission speed Data format/encoding Data flow control/protocols General data Supply voltage Current consumption Degree of protection Ambient temperature range Dimensions Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Conformance/approvals Conformance UL, USA/Canada Technical data Bi-directional 902 MHz ... 928 MHz 10 ... 30 dBm RS-232 D-SUB-9 female connector 300 ... 57.6 kbps Asynchronous RTS/CTS RS-485 COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block W / H / D 11 V DC ... 30 V DC 250 mA (at 24 V DC) IP20 -40°C ... 65°C 52 / 99 / 115 mm 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 FCC Directive, Part 15.247 ISC Directive RSS 210 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Wireless module with optional Ethernet and serial interfaces Bus foot for I/O extension modules RAD-ISM-900-EN-BD-BUS Cannot be extended Without serial interfaces RAD-ISM-900-EN-BD RAD-ISM-900-EN-BD/B 2900017 2900016 2901205 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 387

388

Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables 2.4 GHz/5 GHz accessories Omnidirectional antennas Omnidirectional antennas to increase gain. – Standard omnidirectional antennas Gain 2 dBi (2.4 GHz) Gain 2.5 dBi (2.4 GHz) / 5 dBi (5 GHz) Technical data Technical data General data Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Gain Impedance Horizontal / vertical apex angle Dimensions W / H Frequency range Scope of delivery -20°C ... 65°C IP65 2 dBi - 50 Ω 360 ° / 75 ° 7.8 mm / 82.5 mm 2.4 GHz incl. mounting material -40°C ... 70°C IP68 2.5 dBi (2.4 GHz) 5 dBi (5 GHz) 50 Ω 360 ° / 30 ° (at 2.4 GHz) 360 ° / 16 ° (at 5 GHz) 23 mm / 180 mm 2.4 GHz ... 2.5 GHz / 5.15 GHz ... 5.83 GHz - Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Omnidirectional antenna With connection RSMA (male) With connection N (male) RAD-ISM-2400-ANT-OMNI-2-1-RSMA 2701362 1 ANT-OMNI-2459-02 2701408 1 Ordering data Ordering data 2.4 GHz/5 GHz accessories Omnidirectional antennas Omnidirectional antennas to increase gain. – With vandalism protection, thanks to increased impact strength Gain 3 dBi (2.4 GHz) Dual band, gain up to 6 dBi (2.4 GHz) / up to 8 dBi (5 GHz) Technical data Technical data General data Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Impact strength Gain Impedance Horizontal / vertical apex angle Dimensions W / H Frequency range -40°C ... 80°C IP55 IK08 3 dBi - 50 Ω 360 ° / 85 ° 86 mm / 43 mm 2.4 GHz -40°C ... 80°C IP68 - 6 dBi (2.4 GHz, when mounted on metal surface) 8 dBi (5.6 GHz, when mounted on metal surface) 50 Ω 360 ° / - 92 mm / 51 mm 2.4 GHz / 5.15 GHz ... 5.83 GHz Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. OMNI omnidirectional antenna with protection against vandals With connection RSMA (male) With connection N (female) Mounting material for wall mounting RAD-ISM-2400-ANT-VAN-3-0-RSMA 2701358 RAD-ANT-VAN-MKT 2885870 1 1 RAD-ISM-2459-ANT-FOOD-6-0-N 2702898 1 388 PHOENIX CONTACT

389

2.4 GHz/5 GHz accessories Omnidirectional antennas Omnidirectional antennas to increase gain. – High-quality omnidirectional antennas for wall and mast mounting Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables General data Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Gain Impedance Horizontal / vertical apex angle Dimensions W / H Frequency range Scope of delivery Description Omnidirectional antenna With connection N (female) Gain 6 dBi (2.4 GHz) Gain 5 dBi (5 GHz) Technical data Technical data -40°C ... 75°C IP67 6 dBi 50 Ω 360 ° / 30 ° 22 mm / 250 mm 2.4 GHz ... 2.5 GHz incl. mounting material -45°C ... 70°C IP64 5 dBi 50 Ω 360 ° / 25 ° 16 mm / 130 mm 5.15 GHz ... 5.875 GHz incl. mounting material Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-ISM-2400-ANT-OMNI-6-0 2885919 1 ANT-OMNI-5900-01 2701347 1 2.4 GHz/5 GHz accessories Directional wireless antennas Directional wireless antennas with high gain for transmission over longer distances. – For wall or mast mounting Gain 9 dBi (2.4 GHz / 5 GHz) Gain: 19 dBi (2.4 GHz) Technical data Technical data General data Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Gain Impedance Horizontal / vertical apex angle Dimensions W / H Frequency range Scope of delivery ANT-DIR-2459-01 -40°C ... 75°C IP67 9 dBi 50 Ω 75 ° / 55 ° (at 2.4 GHz) 55 ° / 55 ° (at 5 GHz) 80 mm / 101 mm 2.4 GHz ... 2.5 GHz / 5.15 GHz ... 5.875 GHz incl. mounting material ANT-DIR-5900-01 -40°C ... 80°C IP67 9 dBi 50 Ω 70 ° / 60 ° (at 5 GHz) - 80 mm / 101 mm 5.15 GHz ... 5.875 GHz -40°C ... 70°C IP65 19 dBi 50 Ω 17 ° / 11 ° 610 mm / 419 mm 2.4 GHz incl. mounting material incl. mounting material Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Panel directional wireless antenna (without cable) With connection N (female), dual band With connection N (female), 2 emitters Parabolic antenna With connection N (female) ANT-DIR-2459-01 ANT-DIR-5900-01 2701186 2701348 1 1 RAD-ISM-2400-ANT-PAR-19-0 2867885 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 389

390

Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables 868 MHz/900 MHz accessories Omnidirectional antennas – For wall or mast mounting General data Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Impact strength Gain Impedance Connection method Horizontal / vertical apex angle Dimensions W / H Frequency range Scope of delivery Description Omnidirectional antenna OMNI omnidirectional antenna with protection against vandals With connection N (female) Mounting material for wall mounting 868 MHz/900 MHz accessories Directional wireless antennas – For wall or mast mounting Gain: 4 dBi (868 MHz) Gain: 2.5 dBi (868 MHz) Technical data Technical data -40°C ... 75°C IP67 - 4 dBi 50 Ω N (female) 360 ° / 30 ° 20 mm / 620 mm 868 MHz ... 870 MHz incl. mounting material -40°C ... 85°C IP67 IK08 2.5 dBi 50 Ω N (female) 360 ° / 55 ° 80 mm / 40 mm 868 MHz ... 870 MHz - Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. ANT-OMNI-868-01 2702136 1 ANT-OMNI-VAN-868-01 RAD-ANT-VAN-MKT 1090616 2885870 1 1 General data Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Gain Impedance Connection method Horizontal / vertical apex angle Dimensions W / H Frequency range Scope of delivery Gain: 3.5 dBi (868 MHz) Circular polarized Technical data -40°C ... 75°C IP67 3.5 dBi 50 Ω N (female) 135 ° / 90 ° 80 mm / 101 mm 865 MHz ... 870 MHz incl. mounting material Yagi directional antenna, up to 12 dBi gain (868/900 MHz) Technical data ...-YAGI-6.5-N -40°C ... 80°C IP65 8.5 dBi 50 Ω N (female) with cable (0.6 m) 100 ° / 62 ° 60.5 mm / 172 mm 868 MHz ... 960 MHz incl. mounting material ...-YAGI-10-N -40°C ... 80°C IP65 12.15 dBi 50 Ω N (female) with cable (0.6 m) 56 ° / 46 ° 60.5 mm / 172 mm 868 MHz ... 960 MHz incl. mounting material Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Panel directional wireless antenna (without cable) Directional wireless antenna ANT-DIR-868-01 2702137 1 RAD-ISM-900-ANT-YAGI-6.5-N RAD-ISM-900-ANT-YAGI-10-N 2867814 5606614 1 1 390 PHOENIX CONTACT

391

Antenna cables – Various cables for connection of different antennas – Frequency range: 300 MHz ... 6 GHz Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables General data Ambient temperature range Impedance Antenna adapter cable, N (male) -> RSMA (male) Technical data Antenna extension cable Technical data -40°C ... 85°C 50 Ω -40°C ... 105°C 50 Ω Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-0.5 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-1 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-2 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-3 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-5 2903263 2903264 2903265 2903266 2702140 1 1 1 1 1 RAD-CAB-EF393- 3M RAD-CAB-EF393- 5M RAD-CAB-EF393-10M RAD-CAB-EF393-15M 2867649 2867652 2867665 2885634 1 1 1 1 Antenna adapter cable 0.5 m long 1 m long 2 m long 3 m long 5 m long Antenna extension cable 3 m long, N connection at both ends (male) 5 m long, N connection at both ends (male) 10 m long, N connection at both ends (male) 15 m long, N connection at both ends (male) Accessories Adapter/extension cables – Extension or adaptation of wireless module for antenna – Frequency range: 300 MHz ... 6 GHz Panel feed-through General data Ambient temperature range Impedance Technical data Technical data -40°C ... 105°C 50 Ω -40°C ... 105°C 50 Ω Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Antenna cable 50 cm long, N (male) -> N (male) Antenna adapter cable 0.5 m, N (female) -> RSMA (male) FL LCX PIG-EF142-N-N 2700677 1 RAD-PIG-EF316-N-RSMA 2701402 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 391

392

Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables Accessories Surge protection – For installing the antenna outside buildings from a cable length of 3 m General data Ambient temperature range Degree of protection Attenuation Frequency range Antenna surge protection Surge protective device for coaxial lines Technical data Technical data -40°C ... 90°C IP68 typ. 0.05 dB ( 0.15 dB) 2.4 GHz ... 5.9 GHz -40°C ... 90°C IP68 0.1 dB ( 6 GHz) 0 Hz ... 6 GHz Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. COAXTRAB, protection adapter for antenna connections with Lambda/4 technology, 2.4 to 5.9 GHz Socket-socket Male/female COAXTRAB, protection adapter for coaxial cable systems, DC to 6 GHz CN-LAMBDA/4-5.9-BB CN-LAMBDA/4-5.9-SB 2838490 2800023 1 1 CN-UB-70DC-6-BB CN-UB-70DC-6-SB 2803166 2803153 1 1 Female-female Male-female Adapter – For installing the antenna inside buildings Sealing tape – Provides additional weather protection for adapters, splitters, cable connections, etc. – Self-vulcanizing Adapter Technical data Sealing tape Technical data General data Ambient temperature range Degree of protection Impedance Features Width Length Thickness -65°C ... 165°C IP20 50 Ω - 38 mm - - -40°C ... 90°C - Self-vulcanizing 19 mm 3 m 0.75 mm Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data Adapter N (female) -> N (female) Weather protection tape 1.2 m long, 90° MCX (male) -> N (male) 392 PHOENIX CONTACT RAD-ADP-N/F-N/F 2867843 1 RAD-TAPE-SV-19-3 2903182 1

393

Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables General data Ambient temperature range Degree of protection Frequency range Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx For installation in Ex zone 2 Technical data -40°C ... 75°C IP65 0.3 GHz ... 6 GHz  I (M1) [Ex ia Ma] I  II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC  II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC  II 3 (1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gc X Please follow the special installation instructions in the documentation! [Ex ia Ma] I [Ex ia Ga] IIC [Ex ia Da] IIIC Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gc X Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Antenna barrier, universal frequency range N (female) -> N (female) BAR-ANT-N-N-EX 2702198 1 Accessories Antenna barrier – For the safe use of standard antennas in the hazardous area The antenna barrier limits the ignition energy at the antenna connection in an intrinsically safe way according to protection type Ex i. Standard antennas can therefore be used up to Ex zone 0. Accessories Antenna splitter – For splitting HF signals between two antennas – For connecting two panel antennas for repeater applications – Use the FL LCX PIG-EF142-N-N antenna cable to connect two directional antennas General data Ambient temperature range Degree of protection Frequency range Description Antenna splitter Antenna cable 50 cm long, N (male) -> N (male) Antenna splitter Technical data -40°C ... 100°C IP65, when installed 0.3 GHz ... 6 GHz Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-SPL-2-N/N FL LCX PIG-EF142-N-N 2702293 2700677 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 393

394

Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables Leaky wave conductor and accessories The leaky wave conductor is a cable that acts as an antenna, which emits continuously along its length. It ensures a continuous wireless connection when using track-guided systems, even in angled or difficult to reach spaces. Leaky wave conductor Alignment tool and cable tie Technical data Technical data General data Ambient temperature (operation) Cable, attenuation Connection method -40°C ... 85°C 14.7 dB/100 m, longitudinal attenuation (2.4 GHz) open end - - - Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Leaky wave conductor - 2.4 GHz frequency band - 5 GHz frequency band Connector for leaky wave conductor Termination resistor - for leaky wave conductor, N (male) - for device, RSMA (male) Alignment tool for leaky wave conductor Cable tie for leaky wave conductor Control box sets Control box set for the FL WLAN 5100 access point for use directly in industrial environments or in protected outdoor areas. Features: – IP66 control box – Mounting suitable for industrial use – Bore holes, screw connections already included – Various sets, suitable for the most common applications 394 PHOENIX CONTACT FL LCX CABLE 24 E FL LCX CABLE 5 E FL LCX CON-N-F E FL LCX 50-OHM FL LCX 50-OHM-RSMA 2702553 2702860 2702518 2884978 2702702 1 1 1 1 1 FL LCX TOOL E FL LCX CLAMP E 2702519 1 2702520 100 General data Dimensions Description Control box set, IP66, including DIN rail, plugs, and screw connections - With 3 omnidirectional antennas and antenna cables - With 3 omnidirectional antennas, antenna cables, and 100 ... 240 V AC power supply - With one panel antenna, antenna cable, and 100 ... 240 V AC power supply Set for mast mounting of the FL RUGGED BOX housing, including screw clamps for masts up to 89 mm in diameter Technical data W / H / D 174 mm / 254 mm / 137 mm Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FL RUGGED BOX FL RUGGED BOX OMNI-1 FL RUGGED BOX OMNI-2 FL RUGGED BOX DIR-1 2701204 2701430 2701439 2701440 Accessories FL RUGGED BOX POLE SET 2701205 1 1 1 1 1

395

Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables 900 MHz accessories Omnidirectional antennas – Mobile or stationary applications – Point-to-multipoint configurations – Small antennas are suitable for applications with a shorter range – Large antennas are suitable for applications requiring longer range General data Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Gain Impedance Horizontal / vertical apex angle Dimensions W / H Frequency range Scope of delivery 2.15 dBi/7 dBi gain 5 dBi/8 dBi gain Technical data Technical data ...-OMNI-0-6 / ...-OMNI-2-2-... -40°C ... 75°C IP65 2.15 dBi 50 Ω 360 ° / N/A 0.3 cm / 8.9 cm 900 MHz incl. mounting material ...-OMNI-5 -40°C ... 80°C IP65 7 dBi 50 Ω 360 ° / 30 ° 0.3 cm / 60.9 cm 900 MHz incl. mounting material ...-OMNI-FG-3-N -40°C ... 80°C IP65 5.15 dBi 50 Ω 360 ° / 28 ° 2.38 in. / 44.25 in. 902 MHz ... 928 MHz incl. mounting material ...-OMNI-FG-6-N -40°C ... 80°C IP65 8 dBi 50 Ω 360 ° / 15 ° 6.05 cm / 180.34 cm 900 MHz incl. mounting material Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Omnidirectional antenna With connection MCX (male) With connection RSMA (male) With connection N (female) With connection N (female) RAD-ISM-900-ANT-OMNI-0-6 RAD-900-ANT-OMNI-2-2-RSMA RAD-ISM-900-ANT-OMNI-5 2867160 2904801 2867199 1 1 1 RAD-ISM-900-ANT-OMNI-FG-3-N RAD-ISM-900-ANT-OMNI-FG-6-N 2867791 2885579 1 1 900 MHz accessories Directional wireless antennas (YAGI) – Stationary applications – Point-to-point configurations with line of sight General data Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Gain Impedance Connection method Horizontal / vertical apex angle Dimensions W / H Frequency range Scope of delivery 5 dBi gain, with 0.6 m connecting cable 8.5 dBi/12 dBi gain, with 0.6 m connecting cable Technical data Technical data -40°C ... 80°C IP65 5 dBi 50 Ω N (female) with cable (0.6 m) 168 ° / 78 ° 6 cm / 17 cm 900 MHz incl. mounting material ...-YAGI-6.5-N -40°C ... 80°C IP65 8.5 dBi 50 Ω N (female) with cable (0.6 m) 100 ° / 62 ° 60.5 mm / 172 mm 868 MHz ... 960 MHz incl. mounting material ...-YAGI-10-N -40°C ... 80°C IP65 12.15 dBi 50 Ω N (female) with cable (0.6 m) 56 ° / 46 ° 60.5 mm / 172 mm 868 MHz ... 960 MHz incl. mounting material Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Directional wireless antenna RAD-ISM-900-ANT-YAGI-3-N 2867801 1 RAD-ISM-900-ANT-YAGI-6.5-N RAD-ISM-900-ANT-YAGI-10-N 2867814 5606614 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 395

396

Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables Antenna cable – Various cables for connection of different antennas – Frequency range: 300 MHz ... 6 GHz Antenna cable – Various cables for connection of different antennas – Frequency range: 300 MHz ... 6 GHz 396 PHOENIX CONTACT General data Ambient temperature range Impedance Description Antenna adapter cable 0.5 m long 1 m long 2 m long 3 m long 5 m long Antenna adapter cable, N (male) -> RSMA (male) Technical data -40°C ... 85°C 50 Ω Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-0.5 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-1 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-2 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-3 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-5 2903263 2903264 2903265 2903266 2702140 1 1 1 1 1 General data Ambient temperature range Impedance -40°C ... 75°C 50 Ω Technical data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Antenna adapter cable 1.2 m long, MCX (male) -> N (female) 1.2 m long, 90° MCX (male) -> N (male) 1.2 m long, SMA (male) -> N (female) RAD-CON-MCX-N-SB RAD-CON-MCX90-N-SS RAD-CON-SMA-N-SS 2867717 2885207 2867403 1 1 1

397

Extension cable – Various cables to extend the distance between the wireless module and antenna Industrial Wireless Antennas and cables General data Ambient temperature range Impedance Antenna extension cable, N (male) Technical data -40°C ... 85°C 50 Ω Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Antenna extension cable, N connection at both ends (male) 3 m long, attenuation (at 900 MHz) 0.96 dB 6 m long, attenuation (at 900 MHz) 0.98 dB 7.5 m long, attenuation (at 900 MHz) 1 dB 12 m long, attenuation (at 900 MHz) 0.25 dB/m 15 m long, attenuation (at 900 MHz) 0.25 dB/m 18 m long, attenuation (at 900 MHz) 0.13 dB/m 24 m long, attenuation (at 900 MHz) 0.13 dB/m 30 m long, attenuation (at 900 MHz) 0.13 dB/m 45 m long, attenuation (at 900 MHz) 0.08 dB/m RAD-CAB-PFP240-10 RAD-CAB-PFP400-20 RAD-CAB-PFP500-25 RAD-CAB-RG213-40 RAD-CAB-RG213-50 RAD-CAB-PFP400-60 RAD-CAB-PFP400-80 RAD-CAB-PFP400-100 RAD-CAB-PFP600-150 5606124 5606125 5606126 2867377 2867225 2867380 2867393 2867238 2885184 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Simplified antenna connection – All wireless modules with an RSMA connection are connected directly to the N connection of the antennas via a cable – Various cable lengths between 50 cm and 5 m are available Installation in the Ex area The antenna barrier makes the high-frequency outputs of wireless modules intrinsically safe in accordance with Ex i protection. It limits the ignition energy in the event of an error. The antenna barrier is installed in an IP54 control box in zone 2 or in the safe area. This makes it possible to use standard antennas in potentially explosive areas up to zone 0. 3 2 1 1 Wireless module 2 Adapter cable 3 Antenna 1 3 6 4 5 2 1 Control box 2 Wireless module 3 Adapter cable 4 Antenna barrier 5 Antenna cable 6 Antenna For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 397

399

Industrial communication technology – Remote communication Product overview Alerts Remote signaling and remote control system Remote maintenance mGuard security routers Cloud client mGuard Secure Cloud ADSL broadband router and analog modem Remote control Serial quad band modem Mobile routers Antennas and surge protection Protocol converter Do you want to communicate with your machines and systems on a worldwide basis? From efficient remote maintenance and continuous data transmission for remote control technology through to automatic early warning messages: Phoenix Contact offers a comprehensive portfolio for industrial remote communication. Alerts – Reduced machine and system downtimes, thanks to automatic alerts via SMS and e-mail – Decreased communication costs, thanks to event-driven alerts Remote maintenance – VPN infrastructure with IPsec (Internet Protocol Security) for operators, machine builders, and system manufacturers – Secure and reliable, thanks to industry- proven mGuard security technology – Compatible with all mGuard security appliances and certified VPN clients – Cloud-based remote maintenance with the mGuard Secure Cloud Remote control Are you looking to connect remote stations to your control center over great distances? We offer the right transmission path for every remote control application – whether using mobile networks or copper-based solutions. – Wide range of transmission solutions for industrial communication from a single source – Flexible selection based on economic or technical aspects 400 402 404 406 408 410 412 414 415 416 PHOENIX CONTACT 399

400

Remote communication Product overview Alerts COMPLETE line Remote signaling and remote control system, 2G mobile network Page 402 Remote signaling and remote control system, 4G mobile network Page 403 The comprehensive solution for your control cabinet: Easy planning, intuitive installation Page 522 Remote maintenance mGuard security router, mobile network Page 404 mGuard security router, Ethernet Page 334 mGuard security routers for mounting without a DIN rail Page 340 Remote maintenance Cloud client, mobile network, LAN Page 406 mGuard Secure Cloud Page 408 DSL broadband router for the public telephone network Page 410 Analog modem for the public telephone network Page 411 Remote control Mobile routers Page 412 Serial quad band modem for GPRS and GSM Page 414 Protocol converter Page 416 400 PHOENIX CONTACT

401

Extenders Remote communication Product overview Managed Ethernet extender Page 349 Unmanaged Ethernet extender Page 349 Serial extender, PROFIBUS extender Page 428 Accessories Mobile communication antennas Page 415 Surge protection Page 415 Media converters Universal media converters for conversion to fiber optics Page 350 Media converters for real-time protocols and IEC 61850 environments Page 352 Industrial Wireless Radioline wireless modules and I/O extension modules Page 369 Wireless multiplexer with antennas Page 386 WirelessHART, gateway and adapter Page 384 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 401

402

Remote communication Alerts Remote signaling and remote control system Alerts and remote control via the mobile network Use the mobile network, monitor analog and digital values, and switch relays remotely using the TC Mobile I/O product range. Depending on the product version, data is transmitted via SMS, e-mail or ODP protocol (GPRS). Thanks to the large voltage range and the different inputs, the signaling system is suitable for use in a wide range of applications. Features: – Event-driven or continuous communication – 4 digital inputs – DC version: 2 analog inputs (current/voltage) – 4 relay outputs, can be switched via mobile communication – SMS alerts in the event of voltage failure – Configuration via USB and web browser – Standard SIM card – Compact design also for domestic installations (4 HP, DIN 43880) – Cover can be sealed – Numerous helpful software functions Applications: – Machine, building, and system monitoring – Pumps, sewage treatment plants, water supply – Light controllers, remote switching systems – Elevators, doors – Alarm and domestic engineering – Climate and ventilation engineering – Battery monitoring up to 60 V – Railway applications in accordance with EN 50121-4 TC Mobile I/O app Switch your outputs conveniently using the app. This means you can check the status of your device at any time. The TC Mobile I/O app makes handling the SMS version even easier. The alerts are sent as usual via SMS and e-mail. This makes it easy to be contacted in the field. 402 PHOENIX CONTACT H D W Communication via SMS and e-mail, 2G mobile network (GSM/GPRS) Ex:  Technical data TC MOBILE I/O X200 TC MOBILE I/O X200 AC 10 V DC ... 60 V DC 50 mA (24 V DC) 80 mA 93 V AC ... 250 V AC (47.5 Hz ... 63 Hz) 15 mA (230 V AC) 25 mA USB 2.0 Mini-USB type B, 5-pos. 3 m (only for configuration and diagnostics) 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 4 2 0 V DC ... 60 V DC / 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA (configurable) 15 bit ± 0.1% - - - - 4 x N/O contact 250 V AC 6 A AC 5 A W / H / D 72 mm / 90 mm / 62 mm -25°C ... 70°C (for derating, see technical documentation) EU, other countries in preparation Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption Max. current consumption USB interface Connection method Transmission distance Mobile communication Frequencies Digital input Number of inputs Analog input Number of inputs Signal range Resolution Accuracy Switching output Contact type Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Approvals for countries Electromagnetic compatibility ATEX EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Compact signaling system, for mobile networks, monitors inputs, switches relay outputs - Analog and digital inputs - Digital inputs Multiband mobile communication antenna, with mounting bracket for outdoor installation, 5 m antenna cable with SMA circular connector, dimensions: 82 mm x 48 mm Multiband antenna for UMTS and quad band GSM, with omnidirectional characteristic, 2 m antenna cable with SMA circular connector, degree of protection: IP65, dimensions: 76 x 20 mm Mobile communication antenna, for direct assembly on the device, SMA circular connector with articulated joint Power supply, primary-switched USB connecting cable (individual) for configuration Surge protection for UMTS and quad-band GSM antenna, with SMA plug and SMA coupling Antenna extension cable for UMTS and quad-band GSM, with SMA plug and SMA coupling 5 m long 10 m long TC MOBILE I/O X200 TC MOBILE I/O X200 AC 2903805 2903806 Accessories TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 PSI-GSM/UMTS-QB-ANT 2313371 PSI-GSM-STUB-ANT STEP-PS/ 1AC/24DC/0.75 CABLE-USB/MINI-USB-3,0M 2313342 2868635 2986135 CSMA-LAMBDA/4-2.0-BS-SET 2800491 PSI-CAB-GSM/UMTS- 5M PSI-CAB-GSM/UMTS-10M 2900980 2900981 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

403

H D W H D W Remote communication Alerts new Communication via ODP protocol, 2G mobile network (GSM/GPRS) Communication via SMS and e-mail, 4G mobile network (LTE) Ex:  Technical data Technical data TC MOBILE I/O X300 TC MOBILE I/O X300 AC TC MOBILE I/O X200-4G TC MOBILE I/O X200-4G AC 10 V DC ... 60 V DC 140 mA (24 V DC) 180 mA 93 V AC ... 250 V AC (47.5 Hz ... 63 Hz) 40 mA (230 V AC) 60 mA USB 2.0 Mini-USB type B, 5-pos. 3 m (only for configuration and diagnostics) 10 V DC ... 60 V DC 50 mA (24 V DC) 80 mA 93 V AC ... 250 V AC (47.5 Hz ... 63 Hz) 15 mA (230 V AC) 25 mA USB 2.0 Mini-USB type B, 5-pos. 3 m (only for configuration and diagnostics) 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 4 2 0 V DC ... 60 V DC / 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA (configurable) 15 bit ± 0.1% 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 800 MHz (LTE B20) 1800 MHz (LTE B3) 2600 MHz (LTE B7) 4 - - - - 2 0 V DC ... 60 V DC / 0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA (configurable) 15 bit ± 0.1% 4 x N/O contact 250 V AC 4 x N/O contact 250 V AC 6 A AC 5 A 6 A - - - - 5 A 72 mm / 90 mm / 62 mm 72 mm / 90 mm / 62 mm -25°C ... 70°C (for derating, see technical documentation) -25°C ... 70°C (for derating, see technical documentation) EU, other countries in preparation Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X Class A product, see page 527 EU, other countries in preparation Conformance with RED Directive 2014/53/EU Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. TC MOBILE I/O X300 TC MOBILE I/O X300 AC 2903807 2903808 Accessories TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 PSI-GSM/UMTS-QB-ANT 2313371 PSI-GSM-STUB-ANT STEP-PS/ 1AC/24DC/0.75 CABLE-USB/MINI-USB-3,0M 2313342 2868635 2986135 CSMA-LAMBDA/4-2.0-BS-SET 2800491 PSI-CAB-GSM/UMTS- 5M PSI-CAB-GSM/UMTS-10M 2900980 2900981 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TC MOBILE I/O X200-4G TC MOBILE I/O X200-4G AC 1038567 1038568 Accessories TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 STEP-PS/ 1AC/24DC/0.75 CABLE-USB/MINI-USB-3,0M 2868635 2986135 CSMA-LAMBDA/4-2.0-BS-SET 2800491 PSI-CAB-GSM/UMTS- 5M PSI-CAB-GSM/UMTS-10M 2900980 2900981 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 403

404

Remote communication Remote maintenance mGuard security routers Notes: The TC MGUARD... security appliances are industrial mobile routers with mGuard technology. As such, the routers offer a remote maintenance infrastructure for the secure connection of machines and systems via the Internet. A high-speed mobile network interface and a 4-port switch are integrated into a compact metal housing. Secure remote communication on a global scale takes place via 4G LTE as well as UMTS and CDMA networks. With the help of an SD card as a configuration memory, the devices can be quickly and easily started up or replaced. The devices have a buffered real-time clock and Trusted Platform Module (TPM) for secure key generation and management. The TC MGUARD RS4000... devices provide high-availability high-end security for industry. The integrated 4-port switch offers management features and supports EtherNet/IP™. The TC MGUARD RS2000... devices are designed for applications with fewer complex requirements for secure remote maintenance. The integrated 4-port switch saves valuable space on the DIN rail. Serial device server included The integrated COMSERVER function is used to integrate serial RS-232 interfaces into Ethernet networks. This provides an easy way of implementing functions such as cable replacement or network integration. Device Manager The Device Manager simplifies the management of mGuard security appliances. The tool features a template mechanism that enables the user to configure and manage all mGuard devices centrally. Central device management software, the Device Manager for FL MGUARD devices, can be found on page 342 H D W With firewall and VPN, managed 4-port switch, DMZ port, and 2nd WAN interface Technical data TC MGUARD RS4000 4G VPN TC MGUARD RS4000 3G VPN 11 V DC ... 36 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) < 320 mA (24 V DC) RJ45 10/100 Mbps (auto negotiation) 100 m (shielded twisted pair) Web-based management, SNMP Router with intelligent firewall and VPN for 10 tunnels (up to 250 supported with optional additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring (as an option), metal housing, slot for SD memory card 10 (up to 250 tunnels with additional license as an option) DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 800 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B6) 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B8) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 2100 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B1) 800 MHz (CDMA2000 EV-DO) 1900 MHz (CDMA2000 EV-DO) 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B8) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 2100 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B1) 800 MHz (LTE B20) 850 MHz (LTE B5) 900 MHz (LTE B8) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1800 MHz (LTE B3) 1900 MHz (LTE B2) 2100 MHz (LTE B1) 2600 MHz (LTE B7) 1.8 volt, 3 volt Class 12, Class B LED bar graph to display receive quality 50 Ω impedance SMA antenna socket 3 10 V DC ... 30 V DC / 5 mA 3 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 125 mA (short-circuit-proof) W / H / D 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -40°C ... 60°C VCC // PE 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed Transmission distance Functions Management Basic functions Security functions Number of VPN tunnels Encryption methods Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) mode Authentication Firewall rules Routing Mobile communication Frequencies SIM interface GPRS compatibility Network check Antenna connection Digital input Number of inputs Signal range Digital output Number of outputs Signal range General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Mobile router with mGuard technology - UMTS/HSPA - 4G LTE (European version) - 4G LTE (US version, AT&T) - 4G LTE (US version, Verizon) TC MGUARD RS4000 3G VPN TC MGUARD RS4000 4G VPN 2903440 2903586 1 1 404 PHOENIX CONTACT

405

H D W H D W H D W Remote communication Remote maintenance new new With firewall and VPN, integrated 4-port switch With firewall and VPN, managed 4-port switch, DMZ port, and 2nd WAN interface (US version) With firewall and VPN, integrated 4-port switch (US version)  Ex:   Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data TC MGUARD RS2000 4G VPN TC MGUARD RS2000 3G VPN TC MGUARD RS4000 4G ATT VPN TC MGUARD RS4000 4G VZW VPN TC MGUARD RS2000 4G ATT VPN TC MGUARD RS2000 4G VZW VPN 11 V DC ... 36 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 11 V DC ... 36 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 11 V DC ... 36 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) < 320 mA (24 V DC) < 320 mA (24 V DC) < 320 mA (24 V DC) RJ45 10/100 Mbps (auto negotiation) 100 m (shielded twisted pair) RJ45 10/100 Mbps (auto negotiation) 100 m (shielded twisted pair) RJ45 10/100 Mbps (auto negotiation) 100 m (shielded twisted pair) Web-based management, SNMP Web-based management, SNMP Web-based management, SNMP Router with simplified 2-click firewall and VPN for 2 tunnels (fixed), metal housing, slot for any SD memory card Router with intelligent firewall and VPN for 10 tunnels (up to 250 supported with optional additional license), CIFS Integrity Monitoring (as an option), metal housing, slot for SD memory card Router with simplified 2-click firewall and VPN for 2 tunnels (fixed), metal housing, slot for any SD memory card 2 (fixed, IPsec (IETF standard)) 10 (up to 250 tunnels with additional license as an option) 2 (fixed, IPsec (IETF standard)) DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK Simplified 2-click stateful inspection firewall DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK Configurable stateful inspection firewall with full scope of functions DES, 3DES, AES-128, -192, -256 ESP tunnel / ESP transport X.509v3 certificates with RSA or PSK Simplified 2-click stateful inspection firewall Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding Standard routing, NAT, 1:1-NAT, port forwarding 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 800 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B6) 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B8) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 2100 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B1) 800 MHz (CDMA2000 EV-DO) 1900 MHz (CDMA2000 EV-DO) 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B8) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 2100 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B1) 800 MHz (LTE B20) 850 MHz (LTE B5) 900 MHz (LTE B8) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1800 MHz (LTE B3) 1900 MHz (LTE B2) 2100 MHz (LTE B1) 2600 MHz (LTE B7) 1.8 volt, 3 volt Class 12, Class B LED bar graph to display receive quality 50 Ω impedance SMA antenna socket 3 10 V DC ... 30 V DC / 5 mA 3 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 700 MHz (LTE B13 / B17) 850 MHz (LTE B5) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1900 MHz (LTE B2) 700 MHz (LTE B13) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 700 MHz (LTE B13 / B17) 850 MHz (LTE B5) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1900 MHz (LTE B2) 700 MHz (LTE B13) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1.8 volt, 3 volt 1.8 volt, 3 volt 50 Ω impedance SMA antenna socket 50 Ω impedance SMA antenna socket 3 10 V DC ... 30 V DC / 5 mA 3 3 10 V DC ... 30 V DC / 5 mA 3 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 125 mA (short-circuit-proof) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 125 mA (short-circuit-proof) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 125 mA (short-circuit-proof) 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -40°C ... 60°C VCC // PE 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) Class A product, see page 527 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -40°C ... 60°C 45 mm / 130 mm / 114 mm -40°C ... 60°C 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., manufacturer's declaration) Class A product, see page 527 VCC // PE 1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., manufacturer's declaration) Class A product, see page 527 VCC // PE Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. TC MGUARD RS2000 3G VPN TC MGUARD RS2000 4G VPN 2903441 2903588 1 1 TC MGUARD RS4000 4G ATT VPN TC MGUARD RS4000 4G VZW VPN 1010463 1010461 1 1 TC MGUARD RS2000 4G ATT VPN TC MGUARD RS2000 4G VZW VPN 1010464 1010462 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 405

406

Remote communication Remote maintenance TC CLOUD CLIENT via LAN and mobile network The TC CLOUD CLIENT is positioned as a cost-effective field device for secure remote maintenance. The devices enable access to the mGuard Secure Cloud via the operator network or 4G mobile network. The devices are optimized for use with the mGuard Secure Cloud. All TC CLOUD CLIENT devices therefore support Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) as standard. Even the scope of firmware functions is reduced to the essentials. This enables fast device startup in the field and error-free, autonomous operation. mGuard Secure Cloud mGuard Secure Cloud constitutes a high-performance and scalable VPN infrastructure in the cloud, which connects service staff with machines and systems via the Internet. The Basic Edition, available free of charge, enables one concurrent service connection. The Premium Edition enables multiple concurrent service connections. Unlimited users and machines can be created and the cloud can be adapted to include extensions. Features: – Turnkey VPN infrastructure for operators, machine builders, and systems manufacturers – Secure and reliable, thanks to industry-proven mGuard security technology – Multiple access to various customers and systems possible – Compatible with all mGuard security appliances and certified VPN clients – Cloud-based VPN infrastructure from Phoenix Contact – Support for mobile, iOS-based devices, such as Apple iPads and iPhones Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption Stand-by current consumption Ethernet interface Number of ports Connection method Transmission speed Transmission distance Supported protocols Auxiliary protocols Functions Management Security functions Number of VPN tunnels Mobile communication Frequencies SIM interface Antenna connection Digital input Number of inputs Signal range Digital output Number of outputs Signal range General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation EMC note Description Cloud client H D W Cloud client for access via operator networks  Ex:  Technical data 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (SELV, via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) < 200 mA (24 V DC) - 2 (SELV) RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) TCP/IP, UDP/IP, FTP, HTTP ARP, DHCP, PING (ICMP), SNMP V1, SMTP Web-based management, SNMP 1 - - - 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 50 mA (not short-circuit proof) W / H / D 45 mm / 130 mm / 126 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C VCC // FE // Ethernet Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Multiband mobile communication antenna, with mounting bracket for outdoor installation, 5 m antenna cable with SMA circular connector, dimensions: 82 mm x 48 mm Power supply, primary-switched TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/3/C2LPS 2903147 TC CLOUD CLIENT 1002-TX/TX 2702885 Accessories 1 1 406 PHOENIX CONTACT

407

H D W H D W H D W Remote communication Remote maintenance Cloud client for access via 4G LTE mobile network (European version) Cloud client for access via 4G LTE mobile network (US version, Verizon) Cloud client for access via 4G LTE mobile network (US version, AT&T)  Ex:   Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (SELV, via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) < 200 mA (24 V DC) - 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (SELV, via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) < 200 mA (24 V DC) 65 mA (with activated energy-saving mode) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (SELV, via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) < 200 mA (24 V DC) 65 mA (with activated energy-saving mode) 2 RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) TCP/IP, UDP/IP, FTP, HTTP ARP, DHCP, PING (ICMP), SNMP V1, SMTP 2 (SELV) RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) TCP/IP, UDP/IP, FTP, HTTP ARP, DHCP, PING (ICMP), SNMP V1, SMTP 2 RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) TCP/IP, UDP/IP, FTP, HTTP ARP, DHCP, PING (ICMP), SNMP V1, SMTP Web-based management, SNMP Web-based management, SNMP Web-based management, SNMP 1 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B8) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 2100 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B1) 800 MHz (LTE B20) 850 MHz (LTE B5) 900 MHz (LTE B8) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1800 MHz (LTE B3) 1900 MHz (LTE B2) 2100 MHz (LTE B1) 2600 MHz (LTE B7) 1.8 volt, 3 volt 50 Ω impedance SMA antenna socket 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 1 700 MHz (LTE B13) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 700 MHz (LTE B13 / B17) 850 MHz (LTE B5) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1900 MHz (LTE B2) 1.8 volt, 3 volt 50 Ω impedance SMA antenna socket 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 1.8 volt, 3 volt 50 Ω impedance SMA antenna socket 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 50 mA (not short-circuit proof) 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 50 mA (not short-circuit proof) 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 50 mA (not short-circuit proof) 45 mm / 130 mm / 126 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C VCC // LTE // Ethernet // PE Class A product, see page 527 45 mm / 130 mm / 126 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C VCC // LTE // Ethernet // PE Class A product, see page 527 45 mm / 130 mm / 126 mm IP20 0°C ... 60°C VCC // LTE // Ethernet // PE Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. TC CLOUD CLIENT 1002-4G 2702886 Accessories TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/3/C2LPS 2903147 1 1 1 TC CLOUD CLIENT 1002-4G VZW 2702887 Accessories TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/3/C2LPS 2903147 1 1 1 TC CLOUD CLIENT 1002-4G ATT 2702888 Accessories TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/3/C2LPS 2903147 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 407

408

Remote communication Remote maintenance Remote maintenance via the cloud, encrypted and secure Easy mGuard Secure Cloud public offers a turnkey complete VPN solution for operators and companies that build machines and manufacture systems. Service personnel connect quickly and securely to machines, industrial PCs, and controllers via a simple web interface. In addition, secure remote maintenance can be performed at any location and any time without requiring specialist IT knowledge. Secure The cloud is based on the mGuard industry standard and connects service personnel and remote maintenance locations securely via the Internet. Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) are used here with the proven IPsec security protocol. This guarantees the confidentiality, authenticity, and integrity of all data transmitted between all devices connected via the mGuard Secure Cloud. Furthermore, the mGuard Secure Cloud is operated in a high-availability computer center in Germany in accordance with the most stringent data protection standards. Reliable In order to stay competitive in the global market, companies must be able to handle increasing pressures in terms of innovation and cost. Particularly for small and medium-sized companies, it is practically impossible to run an efficient in-house operation with comparable infrastructure at a reasonable cost. The mGuard Secure Cloud therefore provides companies with a reliable VPN infrastructure via the Internet as a service that is tailored to their needs. Your advantages – Turnkey VPN infrastructure for operators, machine builders, and systems manufacturers – Secure and reliable, thanks to industry- proven mGuard security technology – Multiple access to various customers and systems possible – Compatible with all mGuard security appliances and certified VPN clients – Support for mobile, iOS-based devices, such as Apple iPads and iPhones 408 PHOENIX CONTACT

409

Remote communication Remote maintenance MGUARD SECURE CLOUD Basic Edition mGuard Secure Cloud constitutes a high-performance and scalable VPN infrastructure in the cloud, which connects service staff with machines and systems via the Internet. The Basic Edition, available free of charge, enables one concurrent service connection. However, unlimited users and machines can be created. The full scope of services can be found at de.cloud.mguard.com MGUARD SECURE CLOUD Premium Edition mGuard Secure Cloud constitutes a high-performance and scalable VPN infrastructure in the cloud, which connects service staff with machines and systems via the Internet. The Premium Edition enables multiple concurrent service connections. Unlimited users and machines can be created and the cloud can be adapted to include extensions. The full scope of services can be found at de.cloud.mguard.com MGUARD SECURE VPN CLIENT The mGuard Secure VPN Client for Windows operating systems 10, 8.x, and 7 is used to connect PCs to a virtual private network (VPN). The client provides resources from remote networks securely and transparently. This connects the service engineer to the mGuard Secure Cloud. The mGuard Secure VPN Client is available free of charge as a 30-day trial version. The license for a full version can be ordered under MGUARD SECURE VPN CLIENT LIC - 2702579. TC CLOUD CLIENT – LAN The TC CLOUD CLIENT TX/TX is positioned as a cost-effective field device for secure remote maintenance scenarios via the operator network. The devices are optimized for use with the mGuard Secure Cloud. For this reason, all TC CLOUD CLIENT devices support Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) as standard. A scope of functions optimized for the mGuard Secure Cloud enables quick startup of the devices in the field. TC CLOUD CLIENT – Mobile network MGUARD The TC CLOUD CLIENT 4G product range offers cost-effective field devices for secure remote maintenance scenarios via the 4G LTE mobile network. The devices are optimized for use with the mGuard Secure Cloud. For this reason, all TC CLOUD CLIENT devices support Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) as standard. A scope of functions optimized for the mGuard Secure Cloud enables quick startup of the devices in the field. The mGuard devices are suitable for distributed protection of production cells or individual machines against manipulation. For software-independent remote maintenance scenarios, you can use an mGuard as a VPN gateway for IPsec-encrypted VPN tunnels for the mGuard Secure Cloud. It serves as a remote maintenance infrastructure for the secure connection of machines and systems. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 409

410

Remote communication Remote maintenance Remote maintenance via the public telephone network Phoenix Contact offers analog modems for temporary remote access to your remote machines and systems. They facilitate remote maintenance in the most far-flung corners of the world by the simplest means possible, namely, dial-up connection technology. Industrial ADSL broadband routers – Support for ADSL/ADSL2/ADSL2+ according to Annex A, B, and J The analog telephone infrastructure enables the use of an ADSL broadband router. It connects industrial Ethernet or RS-232 devices to the Internet via a permanent DSL line. Via a high-speed Internet connection, you can access individual machines, systems or entire Ethernet networks anywhere in the world. The DSL broadband routers are designed for worldwide and flexible use, there is no need for the application/provider requirements to be clarified in advance. This enables individual and fast startup on site. One universal device type – All common ADSL standards are supported (ADSL/ADSL2/ADSL2+) – Integrated Annex A/B/J switchover Note: the specifications for the standard and frequency range used (Annex) depend on the provider and are included in the access data sent by the provider. – Annex A: DSL operation parallel to analog telephony (in most of the world) – Annex B: DSL operation parallel to ISDN (in Germany and neighboring countries) – Annex J: IP-based connections (ALL-IP connections of Deutsche Telekom) 410 PHOENIX CONTACT Individual function selection between modem or router function – DSL modem: converter from DSL to LAN – the router/firewall function is performed by a separate router, e.g., FL MGUARD – DSL router: DSL modem plus integrated router functions, e.g., firewall, VPN, NAT, etc. PSI-DATA/BASIC-MODEM/RS232 Dial-up line modem for remote maintenance of systems with an RS-232 interface – Configurable, selective call acceptance – High-quality electrical isolation – Connection establishment with password protection – Integrated surge protection – Callback function Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption Stand-by current consumption RS-232 interface Connection method Transmission speed Ethernet interface Connection method Transmission speed Supported protocols Auxiliary protocols DSL interface Connection method Transmission speed Functions Management Security functions Number of VPN tunnels Firewall rules PSTN port (a/b line) Connection method Digital input Number of inputs Signal range Digital output Number of outputs Signal range General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage EMC note W / H / D Description Industrial ADSL broadband router, according to Annex A, B and J Industrial analog modem, alarm input and output, scope of delivery: Modem, CD with configuration software, manual and RJ12/RJ12 cable System power supply, primary-switched DIN rail connector DATATRAB, protective adapter for insertion in the data cable DATATRAB adapter, protective adapter for insertion in the data cable

411

H D W H D W H D W Remote communication Remote maintenance DSL router/modem with firewall DSL router/modem with firewall, VPN, serial device server, inputs/outputs Modem for dial-up operation with RS-232 connection    Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) < 150 mA (24 V DC) < 135 mA (stand by) - - < 150 mA (24 V DC) < 135 mA (stand by) < 100 mA (24 V DC) < 40 mA D-SUB 9 plug 0.3; 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 115.2 kbps D-SUB 9 plug 0.3; 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 115.2 kbps 8P8C RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation TCP/IP, UDP/IP, FTP, HTTP ARP, DHCP, PING (ICMP), SNMP V1, SMTP 6P2C RJ11 socket, shielded COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block 25 Mbps (Annex A/B, downstream from Internet) 1 Mbps (Annex A/B, upstream to Internet) 25 Mbps (Annex J, downstream from Internet) 2.4 Mbps (Annex J, upstream to Internet) 8P8C RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation TCP/IP, UDP/IP, FTP, HTTP ARP, DHCP, PING (ICMP), SNMP V1, SMTP 6P2C RJ11 socket, shielded COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block 25 Mbps (Annex A/B, downstream from Internet) 1 Mbps (Annex A/B, upstream to Internet) 25 Mbps (Annex J, downstream from Internet) 2.4 Mbps (Annex J, upstream to Internet) 45 mm / 99 mm / 112 mm -20°C ... 60°C VCC + IO + RS-232//ADSL//Ethernet//FE 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Class A product, see page 527 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm 0°C ... 55°C VCC // PSTN // RS-232 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. TC DSL ROUTER X400 A/B 2902709 Accessories MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 DT-TELE-RJ45 DT-LAN-CAT.6+ 2882925 2881007 1 1 1 1 TC DSL ROUTER X500 A/B 2902710 Accessories MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 DT-TELE-RJ45 DT-LAN-CAT.6+ 2882925 2881007 1 1 1 1 PSI-DATA/BASIC-MODEM/RS232 2313067 Accessories MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2866983 2707437 1 1 50 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 411 - - - - - - - - RJ12, 6-pos. - - - Web-based management 3 Stateful inspection firewall - 6 10 V DC ... 30 V DC / 5 mA 4 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 50 mA (short-circuit-proof) Web-based management - Stateful inspection firewall - - - - 45 mm / 99 mm / 112 mm -20°C ... 60°C VCC//ADSL//Ethernet//FE 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Class A product, see page 527

412

Remote communication Remote control Mobile routers The TC ROUTER for mobile communication implements high-performance, high-speed data links of up to 150 Mbps via mobile 4G LTE networks. This enables you to establish a mobile broadband connection for highly flexible site networking even in places where a wired Internet connection is not available. These connections can be used to transmit sensitive data securely over mobile networks. Furthermore, the TC ROUTER offers a high level of security thanks to IPsec or OpenVPN tunnels, as well as an integrated stateful packet inspection firewall. This means that you can reliably protect your application against unauthorized access. The TC ROUTER transmits data quickly and securely between the control room and networks in the field and is ideal for the following areas: – Public utilities – Energy and water suppliers – Operators that network and remotely maintain oil and gas fields A low-priced 3G version is available for mid-level bandwidth requirements. Features: – Virtual permanent line to connect networks via the mobile network – Stateful inspection firewall for dynamic filtering – IPsec and OpenVPN – Up to three VPN tunnels simultaneously – Authentication with X.509 certificates and via pre-shared key (PSK) – VPN remote start via call or SMS – 1:1 NAT in the VPN – Two switching inputs and one switching output – Alerts sent via SMS or e-mail directly via the integrated switching input – Configuration via web-based management or microSD card – Two local Ethernet connections – Integrated logbook – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) – MIMO antennas – Downward compatible within the mobile communications standard Inputs and outputs Two configurable switching inputs for the following functions: – Sending an SMS, including to multiple recipients – Sending an e-mail, including to multiple recipients – Controlling an output at a remote station via SMS – Restarting the router – Starting or stopping a mobile data connection – Switching the IPsec or OpenVPN connection – Automatically loading a configuration from a microSD card – Activating energy-saving mode One configurable switching output, activated by: – Activation by the input at a remote station – SMS – Web-based management – Incoming call – Connection abort – Status of the mobile network connection – Status of the mobile data connection – Status of a VPN connection Additional functions: Slot for microSD card You can use a microSD card to load the configuration to the device or permanently store log files. Energy-saving mode In energy-saving mode, the power consumption of the mobile router is reduced for battery-powered applications. You can configure the mode via the web interface and activate it via a switching input. When energy-saving mode is activated, the communication interfaces switch to standby mode. Data transmission is limited. XML interface The XML interface enables operation and diagnostics of devices from the local LAN. You can therefore query the status of the mobile network connection via Ethernet, for example, or send SMS messages and e-mails. Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption Stand-by current consumption Ethernet interface Number of ports Connection method Transmission speed Transmission distance Supported protocols Auxiliary protocols Functions Management Security functions Number of VPN tunnels Firewall rules Mobile communication Frequencies Digital input Number of inputs Signal range Digital output Number of outputs Signal range General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation EMC note Description Industrial LTE 4G router - European version - US version, Verizon - US version, AT&T Industrial 3G router - European version W / H / D 412 PHOENIX CONTACT Multiband mobile communication antenna, with mounting bracket for outdoor installation, 5 m antenna cable with SMA circular connector, dimensions: 82 mm x 48 mm Power supply, primary-switched

413

Remote communication Remote control With firewall, NAT, and VPN, fallback to With firewall and NAT, fallback to With firewall, NAT, and VPN, 3G (HMTS/HSPA), and 2G (GPRS/EDGE), 3G (HMTS/HSPA), and 2G (GPRS/EDGE), US version European version European version  Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data TC ROUTER 3002T-4G TC ROUTER 3002T-3G TC ROUTER 2002T-4G TC ROUTER 2002T-3G TC ROUTER 3002T-4G VZW TC ROUTER 3002T-4G ATT 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (SELV, via COMBICON plug-in < 200 mA (24 V DC) < 200 mA (24 V DC) screw terminal block) < 200 mA (24 V DC) 65 mA (with activated energy-saving mode) 65 mA (with activated energy-saving mode) 65 mA (with activated energy-saving mode) 2 RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) TCP/IP, UDP/IP, FTP, HTTP(S) 2 RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) TCP/IP, UDP/IP, FTP, HTTP(S) 2 (SELV) RJ45 socket, shielded 10/100 Mbps, auto negotiation 100 m (shielded twisted pair) TCP/IP, UDP/IP, FTP, HTTP(S) ARP, DHCP, PING (ICMP), SNMP V1/V2, SMTP(S), NTP, ARP, DHCP, PING (ICMP), SNMP V1/V2, SMTP(S), NTP, ARP, DHCP, PING (ICMP), SNMP V1/V2, SMTP(S), NTP, SSL/TLS, STARTTLS SSL/TLS, STARTTLS SSL/TLS, STARTTLS Web-based management, SNMP Web-based management, SNMP Web-based management, SNMP 3 Stateful inspection firewall - Stateful inspection firewall 3 Stateful inspection firewall 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B8) 2100 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B1) 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B8) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 2100 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B1) 800 MHz (LTE B20) 850 MHz (LTE B5) 900 MHz (LTE B8) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1800 MHz (LTE B3) 1900 MHz (LTE B2) 2100 MHz (LTE B1) 2600 MHz (LTE B7) 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B8) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 2100 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B1) 800 MHz (LTE B20) 850 MHz (LTE B5) 900 MHz (LTE B8) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1800 MHz (LTE B3) 1900 MHz (LTE B2) 2100 MHz (LTE B1) 2600 MHz (LTE B7) 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B8) 2100 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B1) 700 MHz (LTE B13) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 850 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B5) 1900 MHz (UMTS/HSPA B2) 700 MHz (LTE B13 / B17) 850 MHz (LTE B5) 1700 MHz (LTE B4) 1900 MHz (LTE B2) 2 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 1 2 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 1 2 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 50 mA (not short-circuit proof) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 50 mA (not short-circuit proof) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (depending on the operating voltage) 50 mA (not short-circuit proof) 45 mm / 130 mm / 126 mm IP20 45 mm / 130 mm / 126 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C (maximum transmission power 5 dBm) VCC // LTE // Ethernet // PE Class A product, see page 527 -40°C ... 70°C (maximum transmission power 10 dBm) VCC // UMTS // Ethernet // PE -40°C ... 70°C (maximum transmission power 5 dBm) VCC // LTE // Ethernet // PE Class A product, see page 527 -40°C ... 70°C (maximum transmission power 10 dBm) VCC // UMTS // Ethernet // PE 45 mm / 130 mm / 126 mm -40°C ... 70°C (maximum transmission power 5 dBm) IP20 Class A product, see page 527 VCC // LTE // Ethernet // PE Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. TC ROUTER 3002T-4G 2702528 TC ROUTER 3002T-3G 2702529 Accessories TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/3/C2LPS 2903147 1 1 1 1 TC ROUTER 2002T-4G 2702530 TC ROUTER 2002T-3G 2702531 Accessories TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/3/C2LPS 2903147 1 1 1 1 TC ROUTER 3002T-4G VZW TC ROUTER 3002T-4G ATT 2702532 2702533 Accessories TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/3/C2LPS 2903147 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 413

414

Remote communication Remote control Serial quad band modem for GPRS and GSM Send RS-232 data all around the world via the mobile network Mobile network: – GSM mobile networks: 850, 900, 1800, and 1900 MHz – For worldwide use GPRS TCP/IP connection: – Connection established via IP addresses – Client/server functionality – IPT compatible – Integrated TCP/IP stack for TCP and UDP connections – Data rates of up to 53.6 kbps – Security: - Firewall GSM dial-up connection: – Connection established via data phone number (CSD) – Security: - Connection established with password protection - Selective call acceptance - Callback function RS-232 interface: – Freely parameterizable (baud rate, data bits, parity, stop bit, flow control) Digital I/Os: – Two digital switching inputs: Sending of freely configurable text messages (SMS, FAX, e-mail) – One switching output on the backplane Additional features: – Encryption of SIM card PINs – Can be used regardless of controller manufacturer – High electromagnetic compatibility – Galvanically isolated – Convenient configuration software – Configuration via SMS 414 PHOENIX CONTACT H D W With RS-232 interface, integrated TCP/IP stack, and 2 alarm inputs   Ex:  Technical data 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 24 V DC ±5% (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) < 350 mA (24 V DC) < 80 mA (stand by) D-SUB 9 plug Serial asynchronous UART/NRZ, 7/8 data, 1/2 stop, 1 parity, 10/11-bit character length Software handshake, Xon/Xoff or hardware handshake RTS/CTS 1.2/2.4/9.6/19.2/38.4/57.6/115.2 kbps (can be set manually and automatically) 850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 1.8 volt, 3 volt Class 10, Class B 4 time slots for receiving data, 2 time slots for transmitting data. The PIN is saved in the modem. After a voltage interruption, there is automatic redialing into the network Integrated TCP/IP Stack, independent connection establishment. LED to show data signal quality 50 Ω impedance SMA antenna socket 2 9 V DC ... 60 V DC / 5 mA 1 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 80 mA (24 V) W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 118.6 mm -25°C ... 60°C VCC // RS-232 // GSM 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) EU, USA, Canada, other countries in preparation Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Supply Supply voltage range Supply voltage Nominal current consumption Stand-by current consumption RS-232 interface Connection method Data format/encoding Data flow control/protocols Transmission speed Mobile communication Frequencies SIM interface GPRS compatibility Network function Network check Antenna connection Digital input Number of inputs Signal range Digital output Number of outputs Signal range General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage Approvals for countries EMC note Description Industrial GPRS/GSM modem with RS-232 interface, scope of supply: Modem, CD with configuration software and user manual PSI-GPRS/GSM-MODEM/RS232-QB 2313106 Accessories Multiband mobile communication antenna, with omnidirectional characteristics, antenna cable with SMA male connector - 10 m antenna cable System power supply, primary-switched DIN rail connector TC ANT MOBILE CABINET 10M MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 1046361 2866983 2707437 1 1 1 50

415

Tested mobile communication antennas Remote communication Remote control General data Ambient temperature (operation) Gain Dimensions W / H Outdoor antenna Wall or mast mounting Technical data -40°C ... 80°C 3 dBi (700 / 800 MHz) 4 dBi (900/1800 MHz) 5 dBi (1900 ... 2600 MHz) 48 mm / 82 mm Control cabinet antenna Technical data TC ANT MOBILE CABINET 10M PSI-GSM/UMTS-QB-ANT -40°C ... 85°C typ. 2.2 dBi - - 77.4 mm / 15.9 mm -40°C ... 85°C 5 dBi (800/900 MHz) 3 dBi (1800/1900 MHz) 1 dBi (2100 MHz) 76 mm / 21 mm Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Multiband mobile communication antenna, with mounting bracket for outdoor installation, antenna cable with SMA connector - 5 m antenna cable Multiband mobile communication antenna, with omnidirectional characteristics, antenna cable with SMA male connector - 10 m antenna cable - 2 m antenna cable TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M 2702273 1 TC ANT MOBILE CABINET 10M PSI-GSM/UMTS-QB-ANT 1046361 2313371 1 1 Surge protection Mobile communication surge protection – For GSM networks with 850 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800 MHz, and 1900 MHz as well as UMTS networks SHDSL surge protection – For broadband communication devices H D W For GSM systems (0.8 GHz - 2.25 GHz), grounded shield, connection: SMA Attachment plug for two VDSL interfaces (ports) Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Surge protection for UMTS and quad-band GSM antenna, with SMA plug and SMA coupling DATATRAB, protective adapter for insertion in the data cable CSMA-LAMBDA/4-2.0-BS-SET 2800491 1 DT-TELE-RJ45 2882925 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 415

416

Remote communication Remote control Protocol converter The RESYGATE 3000 protocol converter enables the process connection of remote control stations with different protocols to an IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-104-based control system. The IEC 60870-5-104, IEC 60870-5-101, Modbus/RTU, and Modbus/TCP protocols are supported for the connection of remote control stations. The individual protocols are parameterized and set via user-friendly interfaces in the configuration tool. Features: – Connection of existing IEC 60870-5-101 and/or Modbus remote control stations when upgrading the control system to the IEC 60870-5-104 protocol – High availability of the overall system, thanks to redundant connection – Conversion of the IEC 60870-5-104, IEC 60870-5-101, Modbus/RTU, and Modbus/TCP protocols to the IEC 60870-5-104 or IEC 60870-5-101 protocol – Up to 18 serial end devices can be used depending on the protocols used 416 PHOENIX CONTACT Computer data Processor RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Slots Monitor output Network Power supply unit Supported remote control protocols General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note  Technical data Intel® Celeron® N2930 1.83 GHz/2.16 GHz 2 GB DDR3 SODIMM CFast®, 4 GB 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x COM (RS-232) 3x USB 2.0 1x USB 3.0 without slots 2x DisplayPort 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IEC 60870–5–101 Balanced Mode IEC 60870–5–101 Unbalanced Mode IEC 60870–5–104 Client IEC 60870–5–104 Server, max. 4 Client Modbus RTU Master Modbus TCP Master 162 mm / 146.2 mm / 49 mm IP20 -20°C ... 50°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) DIN rail mounting DIN EN 60068-2-6 15g, 11 ms in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data W / H / D Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Protocol converter - for a maximum of 4000 data points RESYGATE 3000 2400129 1

419

Industrial communication technology – Fieldbus communication With so many applications out there, and the need to satisfy specific industry requirements, fieldbuses are up against some significant challenges. Influencing factors such as EMI, potential differences, large distances to cover, increasing numbers of devices, and rising data rates require a high-performance, flexible network. By choosing interface devices from Phoenix Contact, you will benefit from robust network installations in copper and FO versions. Extenders and repeaters – Higher level of performance, thanks to increased range and segmentation – Flexible network extension, thanks to signal conditioning with repeaters – Use any two-wire cables to increase the range with extenders Converters and isolators – Adapt, connect, disconnect, and protect interfaces Installation technology – Installation system adapted for devices in the control cabinet and for field devices with a high degree of protection Modern process technologies – HART, FOUNDATION Fieldbus, PROFIBUS PA, and I/O solutions for potentially explosive areas Product overview Copper transmission Repeaters Active PROFIBUS termination RS-232 interface converters Extenders Media converters FO converters: - For PROFIBUS - For DeviceNet™, and CANopen® - For RS-485 2-wire bus systems - For INTERBUS, RS-422, and RS-485 4-wire bus systems - For RS-232 Fiber optic cables, tools, and measuring devices Installation technology PROFIBUS cable, tool, RS-485 connection distributor D-SUB fast connection, M12 D-SUB fast connection for PROFIBUS D-SUB fast connection for CANopen® and SafetyBUS p D-SUB fast connection for Modbus, INTERBUS, RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Field junction boxes Field diagnostic modules Power supply PROFIBUS DP/PA coupler PROFIBUS PA I/O multiplexer Device couplers for the field Modbus and HART gateways Ethernet HART multiplexer Industrial Ethernet Industrial Wireless Remote communication 420 422 424 425 428 430 432 434 436 438 440 442 444 446 448 450 452 454 457 458 460 461 462 463 285 369 399 PHOENIX CONTACT 419

420

Fieldbus communication Product overview Extenders and repeaters Converters and isolators Repeaters for electrical isolation and increasing the range Page 422 Serial extender, PROFIBUS extender Page 428 Termination resistor for active bus termination Page 424 Interface converters Page 426 Media converters FO converters for PROFIBUS Page 430 FO converters for DeviceNet™ and CANopen® Page 432 FO converters for RS-485 2-wire bus systems Page 434 FO converters for INTERBUS Page 436 Media converters Industrial Ethernet FO converters for RS-232 Page 438 FO accessories – FO cables, connectors, and tools Page 440 Universal media converters for conversion to fiber optics Page 350 Media converters for real-time protocols and IEC 61850 environments Page 352 Industrial Ethernet Serial device servers and protocol converters, multiport, for conversion to Ethernet Page 354 420 PHOENIX CONTACT Serial device servers, 1 port, for conversion to Ethernet Page 357 PoE injectors for the common transmission of power and data Page 345 Patch panels for various connection technologies Page 362

421

Installation technology Fieldbus communication Product overview Type A Fast Connect PROFIBUS cable and quick stripping tool Page 442 M12 D-SUB fast connection for PROFIBUS and CANopen® Page 444 D-SUB fast connection for PROFIBUS and CANopen® Page 446 D-SUB fast connection for Modbus, INTERBUS, RS-232, RS-422, RS-485 Page 450 PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus Field connection boxes in stainless steel Page 453 Device couplers for the field Page 454 Device couplers for the field, Ex zone 1 and 2 Page 456 Field diagnostic modules for FOUNDATION Fieldbus Page 457 PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus HART PROFIBUS PA I/O multiplexer Page 461 Modbus gateways for PROFIBUS DP/PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus Page 462 HART gateways for PROFIBUS DP/PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus Page 462 Ethernet HART multiplexer Page 463 Industrial Wireless Remote communication Radioline wireless modules, WirelessHART, and accessories Page 369 Wireless multiplexer with antennas Page 386 WirelessHART, gateway and adapter Page 384 Alerts, remote maintenance, and remote control Page 399 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 421

422

Fieldbus communication Copper transmission Repeaters The performance and availability of bus systems can be significantly increased by using repeaters. In addition to electrical isolation, bus segmentation with repeaters makes it possible to multiply the permissible coverage of the network and to extend the number of devices. The PSI-REP-PROFIBUS/12MB modular repeater has been specially developed for the requirements of PROFIBUS systems. – Bit retiming for unrestricted cascading of devices – Filtering of faulty telegrams based on start delimiter detection – Routing of supply voltage and data signals through DIN rail connectors As a modular repeater, the PSI-REP-RS485W2 can be used in RS-485 2-wire bus systems. – Bit retiming for unrestricted cascading of devices – Routing of supply voltage and data signals through DIN rail connectors The PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P compact repeater is designed for universal use in RS-485 2-wire bus systems. – Transmission speeds of up to 1.5 Mbps – Space-saving slim 22.5 mm device – Shipbuilding approval in accordance with DNV The PSI-REP-DNET CAN modular repeater connects two CAN segments with the same data rate. Supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption RS-485 interface Data format/encoding Data direction switching Termination resistor Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method CAN interface Termination resistor Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method General data Bit distortion, input Bit distortion, output Bit delay Alarm output Test voltage Ambient temperature range Electrical isolation Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX UL, USA/Canada H D W Repeater for PROFIBUS, 4-way isolation, supports modular expansion    Ex:    Technical data 24 V DC (with UL approval) 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) < 90 mA (24 V DC ) PROFIBUS in acc. with IEC 61158, RS-485 2-wire UART (11 Bit, NRZ) Automatic control, min. station response time 2 bits external 9.6/19.2/45.45/93.75/187.5/500/1500/3000/6000/12000 kbps (can be set manually and automatically) 1200 m (depends on transmission speed and cable type) D-SUB-9 female connector - - - max. ± 35% < 6.25% 1 bit (Direct mode) 30 V DC (1 A) / 65 V DC (0.46 A) / 150 V AC (0.46 A) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C VCC // TBUS // PROFIBUS (A) // PROFIBUS (B) 35 mm / 99 mm / 105 mm Class A product, see page 527 W / H / D  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X cULus listed UL 508 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T6 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA nC IIC T6 Gc X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Repeater, for electrical isolation and increased range DIN rail connector (optional), for routing through the supply voltage and data signal, two pieces are required per device ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 System power supply, primary-switched MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 PSI-REP-PROFIBUS/12MB 2708863 Accessories 1 10 1 422 PHOENIX CONTACT

423

H D W H D W Fieldbus communication Copper transmission Repeater for RS-485 2-wire systems, Basic repeater for RS-485 2-wire systems, Repeater 4-way isolation, supports modular expansion   Ex:   3-way isolation for DeviceNet™ and CANopen®     Ex:        Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data 24 V DC (with UL approval) 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 75 mA (24 V DC ) RS-485 interface, in acc. with EIA/TIA-485, DIN 66259-4/RS-485 2-wire UART (11/10 bit switchable; NRZ) Automatic control, min. station response time 2 bits 24 V AC/DC 18 V AC/DC ... 30 V AC/DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 90 mA (24 V DC) RS-485 interface, in acc. with EIA/TIA-485, DIN 66259-4/RS-485 2-wire UART (11/10 bit switchable; NRZ) Automatic control, min. station response time 1 bits 390 Ω (can be connected to port A and B) / 150 Ω / 390 Ω 390 Ω / 180 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected) 4.8/9.6/19.2/38.4/57.6/75/93.75/115.2/136/187.5/375/500 kbps (can be set manually) 1.2 / 2.4 / 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 / 38.4 / 57.6 / 75 / 93.75 / 115.2 / 136 / 187.5 / 375 / 500 / 1500 kbps 1200 m (depends on transmission speed, bus system, and cable type) Plug-in screw connection 1200 m (depends on transmission speed, bus system, and cable type) Plug-in screw connection - - - max. ± 35% < 6.25% < 1 bit - 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C VCC // TBUS // RS-485 (A) // RS-485 (B) 35 mm / 99 mm / 105 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X 508 recognized Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T6 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA IIC T6 Gc X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D - - - max. ± 35% < 3.6% < 200 ns - 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C VCC // RS-485 (A) // RS-485 (B) 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc 508 recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X 24 V DC 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 55 mA (24 V DC) - - - - - CAN interface, in accordance with ISO/IS 11898 for DeviceNet, CAN, CANopen 124 Ω (integrated and ready to be switched) 1 Mbps (configurable via DIP switches) 5000 m (dependent on the data rate and the protocol used) COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block ± 35% < 6.25% One telegram length (EXTENDED) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC ; 500 mA 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C VCC // TBUS // CAN A // CAN B 35 mm / 111 mm / 121 mm  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X 508 Listed Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSI-REP-RS485W2 2313096 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 10 1 PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P 2744429 1 PSI-REP-DNET CAN 2313423 Accessories Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 10 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 423

424

Fieldbus communication Copper transmission Terminator The PSI-TERMINATOR-PB-TBUS active termination resistor ensures interference-free communication in PROFIBUS and RS-485 networks. – Permanently active termination of the bus line, particularly in applications involving alternating bus devices – Diagnostic LEDs for voltage and data activity – Fixed programming interface in the network – Termination can be connected externally – Electrical isolation of power supply and data interface – Redundant power supply – Installation as single device or in combination with other devices – Supply voltage routed through a DIN rail connector for use in combination with other devices – Extended temperature range (-40°C ... +70°C) Supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption RS-485 interface Termination resistor Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Housing material Electrical isolation Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada H D W Active bus termination for PROFIBUS and RS-485 2-wire systems  Ex:  Technical data 24 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 18 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 10 mA (24 V DC, no load on D-SUB) PROFIBUS in acc. with IEC 61158, RS-485 2-wire 390 Ω / 220 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected) 12 Mbps 1200 m (depends on transmission speed and cable type) D-SUB 9, COMBICON 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -40°C ... 70°C PA 6.6-FR DIN EN 50178 (RS-485 // VCC) 22.5 mm / 92 mm / 73 mm Class A product, see page 527 508 Listed W / H / D Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Active termination resistor, bus termination can be activated, programming interface PSI-TERMINATOR-PB-TBUS 2702636 1 424 PHOENIX CONTACT

425

Interface converters RS-232 (V.24) / RS-422 (V.11) RS-232 (V.24) / RS-485 PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P The RS-422 standard can be used to set up rapid, interference-free point-to-point connections in industrial applications. The RS-485 standard allows more than two devices to communicate with one another. Converting the RS-232 point-to-point interface into the bus-capable RS-485 standard makes it possible to network up to 32 devices via a 2- or 4-wire cable. Features: – RS-422 4-wire point-to-point mode – RS-485 2-wire mode, half duplex – RS-485 4-wire mode, full duplex – Automatic RS-485 transmit/receive changeover – Integrated data indicator for dynamic indication of send and receive data – High-quality 3-way isolation for safe decoupling of potentials Applications: – Fast and interference-free point-to-point connection between two RS-232 interfaces via RS-422 – Increase in range or remote transmission up to 1200 m PSM-EG-RS 232/RS 422-P/4K The PSM-EG... control cabinet module also converts the RS-232 signals in full duplex mode with a data rate of up to 64 kbps to the powerful RS-422 standard. However, in addition to the TxD/RxD transmit and receive channels, the converter also provides two further channels for transmitting RTS and CTS control lines. Features: – RS-422 4-wire point-to-point mode – High-quality 3-way isolation between the power supply, RS-232, and RS-422 for reliable electrical isolation of the potentials with 2.5 kV – Integrated surge protection with transient discharge to the DIN rail Applications: – Fast and interference-free point-to-point connection between two RS-232 interfaces via RS-422 – Programming or parameterization connection between PC (RS-232) and, for example, PLC or variable frequency drive with RS-422 connection – Increased range of up to 1200 m, incl. control cables Fieldbus communication Copper transmission RS-232 converter for RS-485 and RS-422     Ex:     Technical data PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P PSM-EG-RS232/RS422-P/4K 19.2 V DC ... 28.8 V DC 18 V AC/DC ... 30 V AC/DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 85 mA (24 V DC) RS-232 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.28, EIA/TIA-232, DIN 66259-1 130 mA (24 V DC) 64 kbps 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 7.2; 9.6; 19.2; 31.25; 38.4; 57.6; 75; 93.75; 115.2 kbps D-SUB 9 plug RS-422 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.11, EIA/TIA-422, DIN 66348-1 D-SUB 9 plug 390 Ω / 150 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected) 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 75; 93.75; 115.2 kbps 1200 m (shielded twisted pair) 510 Ω / 150 Ω / 510 Ω (can be connected) 64 kbps 1200 m (twisted pair) Plug-in screw connection D-SUB-15 male connector RS-485 interface in acc. with EIA/TIA-485, DIN 66259-1 Automatic control or via RTS/CTS 390 Ω / 150 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected) 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 75; 93.75; 115.2 kbps 1200 m (shielded twisted pair) Plug-in screw connection 2.5 µs 1.5 kV AC -40°C ... 70°C 2 (1/1), RxD, TxD, full duplex W / H / D VCC // RS-232 // RS-485 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 3 µs 2.5 kV 0°C ... 50°C 4 (2/2), RxD, TxD, RTS, CTS; full duplex VCC // RS-232 // RS-422 45 mm / 75 mm / 110 mm 508 recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X cUL 508 Recognized Ordering data Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption RS-232 interface Transmission speed Connection method RS-422 interface Termination resistor Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method RS-485 interface Data direction switching Termination resistor Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method General data Bit delay Test voltage Ambient temperature range Transmission channels Electrical isolation Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Interface converter - for converting RS-232 (V.24) to RS-485 PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P 2744416 - for converting RS-232 (V.24) to RS-422 (V.11) PSM-EG-RS232/RS422-P/4K 2761266 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 425

426

H D W Electrical Isolation 15 m RS-232 (V.24) RS-232 (V.24) 15 m RS-232 interface isolator    Ex:   Technical data 24 V AC/DC ±20% 19.2 V AC/DC ... 28.8 V AC/DC 40 mA (24 V DC) RS-232 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.28, EIA/TIA-232, DIN 66259-1 115.2 kbps 15 m (shielded twisted pair) D-SUB 9 plug Plug-in screw connection W / H / D < 5% < 3 µs 2 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 0°C ... 55°C PA 4 (2/2), RxD, TxD, RTS, CTS; full duplex VCC // RS-232 (A) // RS-232 (B) 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 118.6 mm Class A product, see page 527 508 recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSM-ME-RS232/RS232-P 2744461 1 Fieldbus communication Copper transmission Interface isolator RS-232/RS-232 The RS-232 interface is an asymmetric voltage interface (common signal ground for all signals). As well as having a very low signal power, the signal ground is connected to ground potential. This results in very little immunity to interference and a maximum range of 15 m. A considerably higher level of immunity to interference can be achieved in industrial applications by using RS-232 isolator modules. The high-quality 3-way isolation results in an electrically isolated and interference-proof RS-232 interface. This decoupling also protects the expensive end devices against damage. Features: – High-quality 3-way isolation up to 2 kV (VCC // RS-232 // RS-232) – Max. transmission rate of up to Supply Supply voltage Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption RS-232 interface 115.2 kbps – 24 V DC or AC power supply suitable for control cabinet – Mounting on standard EN DIN rails – Integrated surge protection with transient discharge to the DIN rail – In the case of variable cable lengths, the RS-232 connection on the field side can be established conveniently using plug-in screw terminal blocks – Transmission of TxD/RxD data channels and RTS/CTS control lines – Active data transmission indicated by separate data indicators for the transmit and receive channels Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method General data Bit distortion Bit delay Test voltage Ambient temperature range Housing material Transmission channels Electrical isolation Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada Application: – Higher level of immunity to interference Description Interface isolator, for electrical isolation of RS-232 (V.24) interfaces, four channels, rail-mountable for industrial conditions – Compensating currents avoided through electrical isolation – Protection of expensive end devices through decoupling – Optimum protection of both interface sides, thanks to two RS-232/RS-232 interface isolators 426 PHOENIX CONTACT

427

Interface adaptation RS-232 (V.24) 1000 m RS-232 (V.24) 15 m TTY TTY Fieldbus communication Copper transmission H D W TTY converter, 2 channels    Ex:   Technical data 24 V AC/DC ±20% (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 75 mA (24 V DC) RS-232 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.28, EIA/TIA-232, DIN 66259-1 19.2 kbps 15 m (shielded twisted pair) D-SUB 9 plug TTY interface, CL2 in acc. with DIN 66348-1 19.2 kbps 1000 m (shielded twisted pair) Plug-in screw connection Active, semi active, passive 500 Ω W / H / D < 5% < 3 µs 2 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) 0°C ... 55°C PA 2 (1/1), RxD, TxD, full duplex VCC // RS-232 // TTY 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 118.6 mm Class A product, see page 527 508 recognized Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X Ordering data Interface converter RS-232/TTY This converter converts a an RS-232 interface into a 20 mA TTY current loop interface bidirectionally. The interference immune TTY signal allows problem-free data transmission over distances of up to 1000 m using a twisted-pair and shielded 4-wire cable. Features: – Conversion of RS-232 TxD/RxD full duplex data signals into the TTY current loop standard – Semi-active, active or passive TTY operating mode, depending on pin assignment – Transmission speed of up to 19.2 kbps – Transmission distances of up to 1000 m in active TTY mode – 24 V DC or AC power supply suitable for control cabinet – Active data transmission indicated by separate data indicators for the transmit and receive channels – Convenient connection for variable cable lengths, enabling the TTY connection on the field side to be established via plug-in screw terminal blocks – RS-232 connection via D-SUB 9 and standard RS-232 cable – High-quality 3-way isolation up to 2 kV (VCC // RS-232 // TTY) – Mounting on standard EN DIN rails – Integrated surge protection with transient discharge to the DIN rail Application: The following tasks are generally performed with the converters (see illustration): – Interface adaptation between RS-232 and TTY interfaces – Increased range of up to 1000 m – Programming connection between PC (RS-232) and, for example, S5 controllers with TTY programming interface for temporary coupling Supply Supply voltage Nominal current consumption RS-232 interface Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method TTY interface Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method Operating mode Load General data Bit distortion Bit delay Test voltage Ambient temperature range Housing material Transmission channels Electrical isolation Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Interface converter, for conversion from RS-232 (V.24) to TTY, with electrical isolation, two channels, rail-mountable PSM-ME-RS232/TTY-P 2744458 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 427

428

Fieldbus communication Copper transmission Extenders Network PROFIBUS or serial devices that are up to 20 km away from each other via existing copper cables, e.g., using in-house telephone lines. Special Ethernet or fiber optic cables are not required. PROFIBUS: – Data rates of up to 1.5 Mbps (point-to-point) – Data rates of up to 500 kbps (line structure) Features: – Plug-and-Play – Distances up to 20 km – Data rates of up to 30 Mbps (4-conductor) – Data rates of up to 15.3 Mbps (2-conductor) – Robust modulation method (SHDSL) – Via in-house cables, not via the public telephone network Topologies: – Point-to-point – Line structure – Redundancy operation Additional features: – Two digital outputs for status transmission – Configuration software for extended functionality – Online diagnostics – Logbook function – Saving and printing of project and device configurations – Redundancy operation supported – Configuration software – Easy, guided configuration – Calculation of the maximum PROFIBUS data rate – Calculation of the slot time – Online diagnostics – Mixed operation of copper cables and fiber optics RS-232/RS-422/RS-485: – RS-232 interface (9-pos. D-SUB): Data rates of up to 230.4 kbps – Automatic DCE/DTE switchover – RS-422/RS-485 W2 interface (COMBICON connector): Data rates of up to 2000 kbps – Termination resistor, can be enabled/ disabled (RS-485 W2) Additional information can be found in the relevant data sheets/user manuals. Supply Supply voltage range Supply voltage Nominal current consumption RS-232 interface Connection method Transmission speed RS-422 interface Connection method Transmission speed RS-485 interface Connection method Transmission speed SHDSL interface Connection method Transmission speed Transmission distance USB interface Connection method Functions Management Digital output Number of outputs General data Dimensions Ambient temperature (operation) Electrical isolation Test voltage Electromagnetic compatibility EMC note W / H / D Description SHDSL permanent line modem, for point-to-point, linear, and star structures on in-house 2- and 4-wire cables System power supply, primary-switched DIN rail connector (optional), for routing through the supply voltage and data signal, two pieces are required per device DATATRAB adapter, protective adapter with RJ45 and screw connection for two SHDSL telecommunications interfaces 428 PHOENIX CONTACT

429

H D W H D W Fieldbus communication Copper transmission Serial extender PROFIBUS extender   Ex:    Ex:  Technical data Technical data 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC ±5% (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 24 V DC ±5% (as an alternative or redundant, via backplane bus contact and system power supply) < 180 mA (24 V DC) < 180 mA (24 V DC) D-SUB 9 plug 0.11/0.3/1.2/2.4/4.8/9.6/19.2/38.4/57.6/115.2/230.4 kbps, NRZ RS-422 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.11, EIA/TIA-422, DIN 66348-1 Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON 1.2/2.4/4.8/7.0/9.6/19.2/38.4/57.6/75/93.75/115.2/136/187.5/375/ 500/1500/2000 kbps, NRZ - - - - RS-485 interface, in acc. with EIA/TIA-485, DIN 66259-4/RS-485 2-wire Plug-in/screw connection via COMBICON 1.2/2.4/4.8/7.0/9.6/19.2/38.4/57.6/75/93.75/115.2/136/187.5/375/ 500/1500/2000 kbps, NRZ PROFIBUS in acc. with IEC 61158, RS-485 2-wire, half duplex, automatic control D-SUB-9 female connector 9.6/19.2/45.45/93.75/187.5/500/1500 kbps, set via configuration software SHDSL interface in accordance with ITU-T G.991.2.bis 2 x 2-pos. COMBICON plug-in screw terminal blocks 4-wire operation: 64 kbps ... 30 Mbps 2-wire operation: 32 kbps ... 15.3 Mbps up to 20 km (depending on data rate and cable cross section) SHDSL interface in accordance with ITU-T G.991.2.bis 2 x 2-pos. COMBICON plug-in screw terminal blocks 4-wire operation: 64 kbps ... 30 Mbps 2-wire operation: 32 kbps ... 15.3 Mbps up to 20 km (depending on data rate and cable cross section) USB 2.0 Mini-USB type B, 5-pos. USB 2.0 Mini-USB type B, 5-pos. User-friendly software: Guided configuration, plausibility checks, diagnostic functions, log book User-friendly software: Guided configuration, plausibility checks, diagnostic functions, log book 2 2 35 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm -20°C ... 60°C (for derating, see technical documentation) 35 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm -20°C ... 60°C (for derating, see technical documentation) DIN EN 50178 (VCC, RS-232 // RS-422, RS-485 // DSL (A) // DSL (B) // FE) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU Class A product, see page 527 DIN EN 50178 (VCC // PROFIBUS // DSL (A) // DSL (B) // FE) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/SERIAL 2313669 Accessories MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2866983 2709561 DT-TELE-SHDSL 2801593 1 1 10 1 PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/PB 2313656 Accessories MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2866983 2709561 DT-TELE-SHDSL 2801593 1 1 10 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 429

430

The PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO...E end devices convert a PROFIBUS interface to a FO cable. They are ideal for point-to-point connections. The PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO...T T-couplers allow the interface to be converted to two FO cables. They can be used to create linear structures and ring structures for increased system availability. Fieldbus communication Media converters FO converters for PROFIBUS The PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO... devices convert copper-based PROFIBUS interfaces to fiber optics. The integrated optical diagnostics allow permanent monitoring of the FO paths during installation and also during operation. The floating switch contact is activated when the signal output on the fiber optic paths drops to a critical level. Depending on which wavelength is used in conjunction with the corresponding fibers, transmission distances of 70 m to 45 km can be achieved between two devices. Depending on the wavelength, devices can be used with polymer, PCF, and fiberglass. – Automatic data rate detection or fixed data rate setting via DIP switches – Suitable for all data rates of up to 12 Mbps – Integrated optical diagnostics for continuous monitoring of fiber optic paths – Floating switch contact for leading alarm generation in relation to critical fiber optic paths – High-quality electrical isolation between all interfaces (PROFIBUS // fiber optic ports // power supply // DIN rail connector) – Bit retiming for any cascading depth – Routing of supply voltage and data signals through DIN rail connectors – Redundant power supply supported in the form of optional system power supply – Can be combined with the PSI copper repeater for PROFIBUS in a modular way using DIN rail connectors 430 PHOENIX CONTACT Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption RS-485 interface Data format/encoding Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method Optical interface Connection Wavelength Transmission distance incl. 3 dB system reserve General data Bit delay Alarm output Ambient temperature range Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX UL, USA/Canada W / H / D Description FO converter, for converting data signals to fiber optics - End device with one FO interface - T-coupler with two FO interfaces DIN rail connector (optional), for routing through the supply voltage and data signal, two pieces are required per device DIN rail connector, (optional), for routing through the supply voltage, two pieces are required per device System power supply, primary-switched Max. 31 Max. 31 Max. 31 E T T FO FO FO Linear structure

431

H D W H D W H D W Fieldbus communication Media converters PROFIBUS polymer and PCF fibers PROFIBUS PCF and fiberglass (multimode) PROFIBUS fiberglass (multimode and single mode)     Ex:     Ex:     Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 100 mA (24 V DC) PROFIBUS in acc. with IEC 61158, RS-485 2-wire, half duplex, automatic control UART (11 Bit, NRZ) 12 Mbps 1200 m (depending on the data rate, with shielded, twisted pair data cable) D-SUB-9 female connector 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 120 mA (24 V DC) PROFIBUS in acc. with IEC 61158, RS-485 2-wire, half duplex, automatic control UART (11 Bit, NRZ) 12 Mbps 1200 m (depending on the data rate, with shielded, twisted pair data cable) D-SUB-9 female connector 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 55 mA (24 V DC) PROFIBUS in acc. with IEC 61158, RS-485 2-wire, half duplex, automatic control UART (11 Bit, NRZ) 12 Mbps 1200 m (depending on the data rate, with shielded, twisted pair data cable) D-SUB-9 female connector F-SMA 660 nm 70 m (with F-P 980/1000 230 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 400 m (with F-K 200/230 10 dB/km with quick mounting connector) B-FOC (ST®) 850 nm 2600 m (with F-G 50/125 2.5 dB/km) 3300 m (with F-G 62.5/125 3.0 dB/km) 800 m (with F-K 200/230 10 dB/km with quick mounting connector) SC duplex 1300 nm 25 km (with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km at 1300 nm) 22 km (with F-G 62.5/125 0.8 dB/km at 1300 nm) 45 km (with F-E 9/125 0.4 dB/km at 1300 nm) < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 0.46 A -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 106 mm Class A product, see page 527 < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 0.46 A -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 106 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, zone 2, Ex nC nL IIC T5 X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, zone 2, Ex nC nL IIC T5 X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 1 A -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 105 mm / 106 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X 508 Listed 508 recognized Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO 660 E PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO 660 T 2708290 2708287 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 10 10 1 PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO 850 T 2708274 2708261 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 10 10 1 PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO1300 E PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO1300 T 2708559 2708892 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 10 10 1 Max. 31 T T E ... max. 31 T T ... FO FO max. 31 max. 31 max. 31 max. 31 max. 31 T ........ E E E E E T T ... T T ... T T ... T T ... max. 31 ........ max. 31 T ........ FO T T Star structure Tree structure FO Redundant FO ring max. 31 ........ Max. 31 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 431

432

Fieldbus communication Media converters FO converters for DeviceNet™ and CANopen® The PSI-MOS-DNET... fiber optic transmission system enables DeviceNet™ and CANopen® users to benefit from simple and interference-free networking based on fiber optics. In addition, bus cable short circuits only affect the specific potential segment concerned. This increases overall availability, and improves flexibility when designing the bus topology. The use of fiber optic technology enables branch lines and star and tree structures to be created. The 22.5 mm space-saving devices from the PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO... series feature an internal backplane. The maximum network expansion that can be achieved (sum total of copper and fiber optic cables) essentially depends on the data rate used. – Data rates of up to 800 kbps, set via DIP switches – Integrated optical diagnostics for continuous monitoring of fiber optic paths – Floating switch contact in basic module for leading alarm generation in relation to critical fiber optic paths – High-quality electrical isolation between all interfaces (DeviceNet // fiber optic port // power supply // backplane) – Integrated backplane for routing through the supply voltage and data signals Thanks to extended functions, the modular devices in the PSI-MOS-DNET/FO... series support network expansion that is not dependent on the data rate. – Automatic data rate detection or fixed data rate setting via DIP switches – Data rates of up to 1000 kbps – Integrated optical diagnostics for continuous monitoring of fiber optic paths – Floating switch contact for leading alarm generation in relation to critical fiber optic paths – High-quality electrical isolation between all interfaces (DeviceNet // fiber optic ports // power supply // DIN rail connector) – Routing of supply voltage and data signals through DIN rail connectors – Redundant power supply supported in the form of optional system power supply – Can be combined with the PSI copper repeater in a modular way using DIN rail connectors 432 PHOENIX CONTACT Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption CAN interface Termination resistor Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method Optical interface Connection Wavelength Transmission distance incl. 3 dB system reserve General data Bit delay Alarm output Test voltage Ambient temperature range Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX UL, USA/Canada Description FO converter, for converting data signals to fiber optics - Basic module with one FO interface - Extension module with one FO interface - End device with one FO interface - T-coupler with two FO interfaces W / H / D FO B B BE BE Branch line / redundant branch line

433

Fieldbus communication Media converters DeviceNet™ and CANopen® Polymer and PCF fibers DeviceNet™ and CANopen® HCS and fiberglass (multimode) DeviceNet™ and CANopen® PCF and fiberglass (multimode) external backplane   Ex:    Ex:     Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 10 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 11 V DC ... 30 V DC (via COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block) 100 mA (24 V DC) CAN interface, in accordance with ISO/IS 11898 for DeviceNet, CAN, CANopen 120 Ω (can be connected) 800 kbps 5000 m (dependent on the data rate and the protocol used) 100 mA (24 V DC) CAN interface, in accordance with ISO/IS 11898 for DeviceNet, CAN, CANopen 120 Ω (can be connected) 800 kbps 5000 m (dependent on the data rate and the protocol used) 130 mA (24 V DC) CAN interface, in accordance with ISO/IS 11898 for DeviceNet, CAN, CANopen 124 Ω (integrated and ready to be switched) 1 Mbps (configurable via DIP switches) 5000 m (dependent on the data rate and the protocol used) Plug-in screw connection Plug-in screw connection COMBICON plug-in screw terminal block F-SMA 660 nm 100 m (with F-P 980/1000 230 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 800 m (with F-K 200/230 10 dB/km with quick mounting connector) B-FOC (ST®) 850 nm 2800 m (with F-K 200/230 8 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 4800 m (with F-G 50/125 2.5 dB/km) 4200 m (with F-G 62.5/125 3.0 dB/km) B-FOC (ST®) 850 nm 1800 m (with F-K 200/230 8 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 4600 m (with F-G 50/125 2.5 dB/km) 4200 m (with F-G 62.5/125 3.0 dB/km) < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 0.46 A 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527 < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 0.46 A 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D 1 bit (configurable) 11 V DC ... 30 V DC ; 500 mA 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 102 mm / 119 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X 508 Listed Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO 660/BM PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO 660/EM 2708054 2708067 1 1 PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO 850/BM PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO 850/EM 2708083 2708096 1 1 PSI-MOS-DNET/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-DNET/FO 850 T 2313999 2313986 1 1 FO FO B BE B BEE E ...20 BEBEBE ...20 BEE FO FO ...64x ...64x ...64x B B B B BE BE BE BEE BEE BEE FO B B B B B B Linear structure Star structure / redundant star structure Tree structure For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 433

434

The PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO... E end devices convert an RS-485 interface to a fiber optic cable. They are ideal for point-to-point connections. The PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO... T T-couplers allow the interface to be converted to two FO cables. They can be used to create linear structures and redundant structures for increased system availability. Fieldbus communication Media converters FO converters for RS-485 2-wire bus systems The RS-485 2-wire interface is the most widely used interface in the field of automation technology. Well-known bus systems, such as SUCONET K, Modbus- ASCII, Modbus/RTU, S-BUS, and DH-485, are all based on this interface, as are many other company-specific bus systems. The PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO... FO converters convert the electrical data signal into an optical one by protocol transparent means. The integrated optical diagnostics allow permanent monitoring of the FO paths during installation and also during operation. The floating switch contact is activated when the signal output on the fiber optic paths drops to a critical level. Depending on which wavelength is used in combination with the corresponding fiber, distances of between 100 m and 45 km can be achieved between two devices. – Automatic data rate detection or fixed data rate setting via DIP switches – Suitable for data rates of up to 500 kbps – Integrated optical diagnostics for continuous monitoring of fiber optic paths – Floating switch contact for leading alarm generation in relation to critical fiber optic paths – High-quality electrical isolation between all interfaces (RS-485 // fiber optic ports // power supply // DIN rail connector) – Routing of supply voltage and data signals through DIN rail connectors – Redundant power supply supported in the form of optional system power supply – Can be combined with the PSI copper repeater in a modular way using DIN rail connectors 434 PHOENIX CONTACT Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption RS-485 interface Data format/encoding Termination resistor Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method Optical interface Connection Wavelength Transmission distance incl. 3 dB system reserve General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX UL, USA/Canada W / H / D Description FO converter, for converting data signals to fiber optics - End device with one FO interface - T-coupler with two FO interfaces DIN rail connector (optional), for routing through the supply voltage and data signal, two pieces are required per device DIN rail connector, (optional), for routing through the supply voltage, two pieces are required per device System power supply, primary-switched Max. 31 Max. 31 E E FO T T Max. 31 Max. 31 Point-to-point connection Redundant point-to-point connection

435

H D W H D W H D W Fieldbus communication Media converters RS-485 2-wire polymer and PCF fibers RS-485 2-wire PCF and fiberglass (multimode) RS-485 2-wire fiberglass (multimode and single mode)    Ex:      Ex:     Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 100 mA (24 V DC) RS-485 interface, 2-wire UART (11/10 bit switchable; NRZ), slip-tolerant 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 120 mA (24 V DC) RS-485 interface, 2-wire UART (11/10 bit switchable; NRZ), slip-tolerant 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 55 mA (24 V DC) RS-485 interface, 2-wire UART (11/10 bit switchable; NRZ), slip-tolerant 390 Ω / 220 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected) 4.8/9.6/19.2/38.4/57.6/75/93.75/115.2/136/187.5/375/500 kbps 390 Ω / 220 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected) 4.8/9.6/19.2/38.4/57.6/75/93.75/115.2/136/187.5/375/500 kbps 390 Ω / 220 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected) 4.8/9.6/19.2/38.4/57.6/75/93.75/115.2/136/187.5/375/500 kbps 1200 m (depending on the data rate, with shielded, twisted data cable) Plug-in screw connection 1200 m (depending on the data rate, with shielded, twisted data cable) Plug-in screw connection 1200 m (depending on the data rate, with shielded, twisted data cable) Plug-in screw connection F-SMA 660 nm 100 m (with F-P 980/1000 230 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 800 m (with F-K 200/230 10 dB/km with quick mounting connector) B-FOC (ST®) 850 nm 2800 m (with F-K 200/230 8 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 4200 m (with F-G 50/125 2.5 dB/km) 3300 m (with F-G 62.5/125 3.0 dB/km) SC duplex 1300 nm 25 km (with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km at 1300 nm) 22 km (with F-G 62.5/125 0.8 dB/km at 1300 nm) 45 km (with F-E 9/125 0.4 dB/km at 1300 nm) 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 105 mm Class A product, see page 527 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 105 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, zone 2, Ex nC nL IIC T5 X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, zone 2, Ex nC nL IIC T5 X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 105 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X 508 Listed 508 recognized Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO 660 E PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO 660 T 2708313 2708300 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 10 10 1 PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO 850 T 2708339 2708326 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 10 10 1 PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO1300 E 2708562 1 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 10 10 1 Max. 31 Max. 31 Max. 31 E T T FO FO FO Max. 31 T T E ... max. 31 T T ... FO FO max. 31 max. 31 max. 31 max. 31 E E E E E T T ... T T ... T T ... T T ... Max. 31 Linear structure Star structure Tree structure FO For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 435

436

Fieldbus communication Media converters FO converters for INTERBUS, RS-422, and RS-485 4-wire bus systems The PSI-MOS-RS422/FO... devices are used for converting INTERBUS interfaces to fiber optics. INTERBUS lines are constructed with the PSI-MOS-RS422...E end devices. The PSI-MOS-RS422...T T-couplers also allow redundant INTERBUS connections via fiber optics. If RS-422 end devices are used, only one end device can be connected to each PSI-MOS-RS422/FO... device. A suitable communication protocol (e.g., Modbus/RTU) is implemented by means of end device addressing. – Automatic data rate detection for all data rates up to 2 Mbps – Integrated optical diagnostics for continuous monitoring of fiber optic paths – Floating switch contact for leading alarm generation in relation to critical fiber optic paths – High-quality electrical isolation between all interfaces (copper // FO ports // supply // DIN rail connector) – Connections can be plugged in using a COMBICON screw terminal block – Redundant power supply supported in the form of optional system power supply – Routing through of the supply voltage via the DIN rail connector – Approved for use in zone 2 – Intrinsically safe FO interface (Ex op is) for direct connection to devices in zone 1 (all 660 and 850 nm versions) 436 PHOENIX CONTACT Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption RS-422 interface Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method Optical interface Connection Wavelength Transmission distance incl. 3 dB system reserve General data Bit delay Alarm output Test voltage Ambient temperature range Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX UL, USA/Canada W / H / D Description FO converter, for converting data signals to fiber optics - End device with one FO interface - T-coupler with two FO interfaces DIN rail connector, (optional), for routing through the supply voltage, two pieces are required per device System power supply, primary-switched INTERBUS Master E LWL (FO) REMOTE IN REMOTE OUT E E LWL (FO) REMOTE IN E INTERBUS with PSI-MOS-RS-422

437

H D W H D W H D W Fieldbus communication Media converters INTERBUS / RS-422 / RS-485 4-wire INTERBUS / RS-422 / RS-485 4-wire INTERBUS / RS-422 / RS-485 4-wire polymer and PCF fibers PCF and fiberglass (multimode) fiberglass (multimode and single mode)    Ex:     Ex:      Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 100 mA (24 V DC) RS-422 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.11, EIA/TIA-422, DIN 66348-1 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 120 mA (24 V DC) RS-422 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.11, EIA/TIA-422, DIN 66348-1 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 110 mA (24 V DC) RS-422 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.11, EIA/TIA-422, DIN 66348-1 2 Mbps 1000 m (depending on the data rate, with shielded, twisted data cable) Plug-in screw connection 2 Mbps 1000 m (depending on the data rate, with shielded, twisted data cable) Plug-in screw connection 2 Mbps 1000 m (depending on the data rate, with shielded, twisted data cable) Plug-in screw connection F-SMA 660 nm 100 m (with F-P 980/1000 230 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 800 m (with F-K 200/230 10 dB/km with quick mounting connector) B-FOC (ST®) 850 nm 2800 m (with F-K 200/230 8 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 4200 m (with F-G 50/125 2.5 dB/km) 4800 m (with F-G 62.5/125 3.0 dB/km) SC duplex 1300 nm 27 km (with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km at 1300 nm) 22 km (with F-G 62.5/125 0.8 dB/km at 1300 nm) 45 km (with F-E 9/125 0.4 dB/km at 1300 nm) < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 0.46 A 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 103 mm Class A product, see page 527 < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 0.46 A 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 103 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, zone 2, Ex nC nL IIC T5 X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, zone 2, Ex nC nL IIC T5 X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 1 A 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 105 mm / 103 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X 508 Listed 508 recognized Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSI-MOS-RS422/FO 660 E PSI-MOS-RS422/FO 660 T 2708342 2708384 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 10 1 PSI-MOS-RS422/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-RS422/FO 850 T 2708355 2708397 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 10 1 PSI-MOS-RS422/FO1300 E 2708575 1 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 10 1 INTERBUS Master T LWL (FO) REMOTE IN REMOTE OUT T T LWL (FO) REMOTE IN T INTERBUS with PSI-MOS-RS-422 redundant connection For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 437

438

Fieldbus communication Media converters FO converters for RS-232 (V.24) Due to its electrical properties, the RS-232 interface is very susceptible to electromagnetic interference and potential differences. For this reason, it can only be used for short distances of up to max. 15 m. FO transmission technology is, therefore, the first choice for longer transmission distances and for eliminating electromagnetic interference. The PSI-MOS-RS232/FO... devices convert the RS-232interface for fiber optics. A transparent protocol is used for conversion. If addressable RS-232 devices and a suitable communication protocol are used, even multi-point networks can be constructed. These can be implemented as linear, star, and even redundant star structures. – Automatic data rate detection for all data rates up to 115.2 kbps – Integrated optical diagnostics for continuous monitoring of fiber optic paths – Floating switch contact for leading alarm generation in relation to critical fiber optic paths – High-quality electrical isolation between all interfaces RS-232 // fiber optic ports // power supply // DIN rail connector) – Redundant power supply supported in the form of optional system power supply – Connections can be plugged in using a COMBICON screw terminal block – Routing of supply voltage and data signals through DIN rail connectors – Approved for use in zone 2 – Intrinsically safe FO interface (Ex op is) for direct connection to devices in zone 1 (all 660 and 850 nm versions) 438 PHOENIX CONTACT Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption RS-232 interface Transmission speed Transmission distance Connection method Optical interface Connection Wavelength Transmission distance incl. 3 dB system reserve General data Bit delay Alarm output Test voltage Ambient temperature range Dimensions EMC note Conformance/approvals ATEX UL, USA/Canada W / H / D Description FO converter, for converting data signals to fiber optics - End device with one FO interface - T-coupler with two FO interfaces DIN rail connector (optional), for routing through the supply voltage and data signal, two pieces are required per device DIN rail connector, (optional), for routing through the supply voltage, two pieces are required per device System power supply, primary-switched E E FO T T Point-to-point connection Redundant point to point connection

439

H D W H D W H D W Fieldbus communication Media converters RS-232 polymer and PCF fibers RS-232 PCF and fiberglass (multimode) RS-232 fiberglass (multimode and single mode)     Ex:     Ex:    Ex:  Technical data Technical data Technical data 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 100 mA (24 V DC) RS-232 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.28, EIA/TIA-232, DIN 66259-1 115.2 kbps (NRZ) 15 m D-SUB 9 plug 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 120 mA (24 V DC) RS-232 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.28, EIA/TIA-232, DIN 66259-1 115.2 kbps (NRZ) 15 m D-SUB 9 plug 18 V DC ... 32 V DC 100 mA (24 V DC) RS-232 interface in acc. with ITU-T V.28, EIA/TIA-232, DIN 66259-1 115.2 kbps (NRZ) 15 m D-SUB 9 plug F-SMA 660 nm 100 m (with F-P 980/1000 230 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 800 m (with F-K 200/230 10 dB/km with quick mounting connector) B-FOC (ST®) 850 nm 2800 m (with F-K 200/230 8 dB/km with quick mounting connector) 4200 m (with F-G 50/125 2.5 dB/km) 4800 m (with F-G 62.5/125 3.0 dB/km) SC duplex 1300 nm 27 km (with F-G 50/125 0.7 dB/km at 1300 nm) 22 km (with F-G 62.5/125 0.8 dB/km at 1300 nm) 45 km (with F-E 9/125 0.4 dB/km at 1300 nm) < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 0.46 A 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 105 mm Class A product, see page 527 < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 0.46 A 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 105 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, zone 2, Ex nC nL IIC T5 X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X  II (2) G [Ex op is Gb] IIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U)  II (2) D [Ex op is Db] IIIC (PTB 06 ATEX 2042 U) Class I, Zone 2, AEx nc IIC T5 Class I, zone 2, Ex nC nL IIC T5 X Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D < 1 bit 60 V DC / 42 V AC ; 1 A 1.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 35 mm / 99 mm / 105 mm Class A product, see page 527  II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X 508 Listed 508 recognized Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSI-MOS-RS232/FO 660 E PSI-MOS-RS232/FO 660 T 2708368 2708410 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 10 10 1 PSI-MOS-RS232/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-RS232/FO 850 T 2708371 2708423 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 1 1 10 10 1 PSI-MOS-RS232/FO1300 E 2708588 1 Accessories ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK 2890014 MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 10 10 1 Master T T E ... Master Slave Slave Master TT T ... FO E T T ....... FO E E E E E Slaves A B FO B A FO FO T T T Slaves Star structure Master/Slave line structure Redundant structure For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 439

440

Fieldbus communication Fiber optic installation technology Fiber optic data transmission in the industrial field has become increasingly important in recent years. In particularly critical applications with very high requirements regarding availability it has become standard. This is due to the many advantages that fiber optic data transmission has over traditional copper systems. The main advantages are: – Maximum resistance to interference, even when exposed to extreme electromagnetic influences – High-quality electrical isolation between the devices – Maximum transmission distances of several dozen kilometers with an extremely high data rate – The maximum number of devices is not limited by the electrical properties of the communication interface used This leads to a marked gain in performance and immunity to interference for the communication infrastructure in industrial applications, without having to allow for complex surge protection measures, shielding and equipotential bonding concepts. Inexpensive end devices and polymer fiber cables are used for distances of up to 100 m. The cable can be self-assembled quickly using F-SMA fast connectors. The end devices transmit the light with a wavelength of 660 nm. The optical components based on this wavelength can be produced cost-effectively. As a result, cost-effective end devices can be offered. In conjunction with cost-effective polymer fiber and the simple connection technology, this provides an attractive introduction to FO technology. For distances of up to 800 m, the same 660 nm end devices can be used, but this time with PCF cable. This cable can also be self-assembled with fast connectors. All that is required is a special tool for stripping as well as cutting the optical fibers. If you wish to cover distances of up to 2800 m with PCF cables and fast connection technology, you must use end devices with powerful optical components featuring 850 nm technology. End devices equipped with this technology can cover distances of up to 4800 m when using multimode fiberglass. In many applications, such as tunnel construction or transportation technology, even these distances are not long enough. In this case, end devices with optical interfaces with 1300 nm technology, which are designed for maximum performance, come into play. With multimode fiberglass, these devices can cover distances of up to 25 km and, using single mode fiberglass (often referred to as monomode fiberglass), even distances of up to 45 km. 440 PHOENIX CONTACT

441

Fieldbus communication Fiber optic installation technology Cables – By the meter Phoenix Contact cables and connection systems offer solutions for various fields of application. – Polymer Optical Fiber (POF): Up to a maximum of 100 Mbps – Polymer-Cladded Fiber (PCF): Up to a maximum of 1 Gbps – Glass Optical Fiber (GOF) multimode: Up to 10 Gbps – Glass Optical Fiber (GOF) single mode: Up to 40 Gbps  Your web code: #1516 Cables – Assembled Implement flexible, consistent data transmission solutions based on our comprehensive range of standardized FO connectors. – Compact LC duplex connectors – SC-RJ with push-pull technology for POF, PCF, and GOF – Established F-SMA and ST connectors  Your web code: #0524 Fixed patch cables The patch cables have a robust design for industrial use. The strong outer sheath and connector transitions with bending protection sleeve mean that they can be safely used inside control cabinets. – Pre-assembled patch cables for fast integration of fiber optic devices into existing fiber optic networks – For the SC-RJ, SC duplex, LC, and B-FOC (ST®) connector formats – Single and multimode fiberglass in lengths of one, two, and five meters  Your web code: #0526 Assembly tools Assemble fiber optic cables directly in the field. The assembly tools from Phoenix Contact enable reliable connection in next to no time. – Tools for all fiber types – No bonding or polishing, thanks to mechanical splice – Tool sets with practical accessories  Your web code: #1515 Connectors These connectors are easy to assemble and allow fast and simple self-assembly on site. They correspond to the international F-SMA, B-FOC (STR), SC-RJ, and SC duplex standards, though their quick mounting mechanism makes them stand out from the conventional connectors. The tools required are available as a complete assembly case for polymer and HCS fibers.  Your web code: #0493 Couplings Couplings connect FO connectors with the same pin arrangement. Couplings are also used when a cable needs to be extended or when creating a non-permanent panel feed-through. The sets include two F-SMA couplings or two B-FOC (ST®) couplings for connecting duplex cables. The SC-RJ duplex, SC duplex, and LC couplings are supplied separately.  Your web code: #1514 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 441

442

Fieldbus communication Installation technology PROFIBUS cables and fast connection tool for SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIBUS If the Fast Connect cable PSM-CABLE-PROFIB/FC is used, work is reduced to a minimum by using the quick stripping tool, PSM-STRIP-FC/PROFIB: – Strip cable and single wires – Insert in the connector – Close the housing cover PROFIBUS cable, type Fast Connect Quick stripping tool for SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIBUS connectors  Technical data Technical data General data External cable diameter Ambient temperature (operation) Loop resistance Cable capacity Cable impedance Conductor material AWG signal line Cable cross section Outer sheath, material Outer sheath, color Flame resistance Resistance to oil Cable type 8 mm ±0.4 mm -40°C ... 60°C 110.00 Ω/km approx. 28.5 nF/km (at 1 kHz) 150 Ω ±10% (3 ... 20 MHz) Bare Cu wire 22 2x 0.34 mm² PVC FR VI Violet in accordance with IEC 60332-3-24 (Cat. C) in accordance with CMG FT4 Limited resistance to mineral oils and greases in accordance with IEC 60811-2-1, 4 h at 70°C PROFIBUS in acc. with IEC 61158, Type A - - - - - - - - - - - - - Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data PROFIBUS cable, Fast Connect type, up to 12 Mbps, for permanent connection (02YSY (ST)CY 1X2X22 AWG) (Length in meters as per customer specifications) Quick stripping tool for PROFIBUS cable, Fast Connect type PSM-CABLE-PROFIB/FC 2744652 1 Replacement knife block for quick stripping tool blue PSM-STRIP-KNIFEBLOCK Stripping tool, for conductors and cables black QUICK WIREFOX 6 1204384 1 QUICK WIREFOX 6 2744636 1204384 Accessories Accessories PSM-STRIP-FC/PROFIB 2744623 1 1 1 PVC outer sheath Braided shield Shielding foil Filler Separator foil Cell PE 0.34 mm² solid copper 442 PHOENIX CONTACT

443

RS-485 connection distributor If spur connections or a star distribution are to be made in a bus system, the RS-485 connection distributors come to your aid. PSM-PTK, the DIN rail-mountable T-adapter equipped with three 9-pin 1:1 connected D-SUB connections, makes for clear and tidy wiring with just one spur connection. As many as four branch lines can be picked off from one bus line in the PSM-PTK 4 version. Here too, all six D-SUB connections (9-pos.) are connected through 1:1. Both versions are mounted by snapping them onto conventional EN DIN rails. Fieldbus communication Installation technology D W H D W H RS-485 T-distributor (4-way), D-SUB and screw connection RS-485 T-distributor (6-way), D-SUB connection    Shield Shield 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Technical data Technical data General data Plug connection Nominal voltage UN Nominal current IN Test voltage Shield connection Connection cross section rigid / flexible / AWG Torque Ambient temperature (operation) Housing material Pin assignment Dimensions W/H/D Incoming Outgoing Branching D-SUB 9 male connector D-SUB-9 female connector D-SUB-9 female connector COMBICON connector 60 V AC/DC 1 A 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min, rms) D-SUB frame or shield clip 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 0.4 Nm -25°C ... 70°C PVC all 1:1 56 mm / 89.6 mm / 48 mm D-SUB 9 male connector D-SUB-9 female connector 4 x D-SUB-9 female connector - 60 V AC/DC 1 A 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min, rms) D-SUB frame - - -25°C ... 70°C PVC all 1:1 89.8 mm / 89.6 mm / 39 mm Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data Passive RS-485 T-distributor, fitted with a 9 pos. D-SUB male connector and two 9-pos. D-SUB female connectors, as well as a 9-pos. PCB terminal block with shield clip. Passive RS-485 T-distributor, fitted with one 9-pos. D-SUB male connector and five 9-pos. D-SUB female connectors PSM PTK 2760623 1 Screwdriver SZS 0,4X2,5 VDE 1205037 10 SZS 0,4X2,5 VDE Accessories Accessories PSM PTK-4 2799364 1205037 1 10 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 443

444

Fieldbus communication Installation technology SUBCON-PLUS-M12 fast connection The SUBCON-PLUS fast connectors with M12 connection ensure error-free installation of bus systems, thanks to the use of fully-tested components such as cables and connectors. The innovative housing concept is lightweight yet offers optimum mechanical protection against environmental influences. This means that the fast connection plugs are ideal, even in applications subject to vibration. The unique SPEEDCON fast locking system on the M12 connections offers reliable connection with just half a turn. Features: – Easy startup, plug and play – Lightweight – Termination using M12 termination resistor – Adapter between IP20 and IP67 environments – For PROFIBUS and CANopen® systems Advantages: – Direct connection of M12 cables – Complete range with versions for every application – Problem-free installation, thanks to 100% tested individual components – Fully molded housing – M12-SPEEDCON locking, connected securely with just half a turn 444 PHOENIX CONTACT 3 5 8 6 9 7 4 2 1 5 3 1 2 4 2 4 1 5 3 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 90° version, long, suitable for Siemens S7 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/...M12 function block diagram  3 5 8 6 9 7 4 2 1 General data Cable entry Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Housing material Number of positions Termination resistor SUBCON fixing Dimensions Technical data 90° (left) -30°C ... 80°C IP40 Polyamide 5 separately via M12 termination resistor 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm 16 mm / 41 mm / 93 mm Ordering data W / H / D Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Fast connection plugs, for PROFIBUS systems, Pin assignment 3, 5, 6, 8 - Standard version - Pg version with programming connection Fast connection plugs, for CAN-based systems, Pin assignment 2, 3, 5, 7, 9 - Standard version - Pg version with programming connection Termination resistor, M12 plug - PROFIBUS - M12 socket design Bus cable PROFIBUS, straight socket, shielded, M12 B-coded, 2-pos., straight pin, shielded, M12 B-coded, 2-pos. - Cable length 1 m - Variable cable length Termination resistor, M12 plug - DeviceNet™/CANopen® - M12 socket design Bus cable DeviceNet™/CANopen, straight socket, shielded, M12 A-coded, 5-pos., straight pin, shielded, M12 A-coded, 5-pos. - Cable length 1 m - Variable cable length SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90X/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90X/PG/M12 2902729 2902728 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/90X/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/90X/PG/M12 2902731 2902730 Accessories SAC-5P-M12MS PB TR SAC-5P-M12FS PB TR 1507803 1403911 SAC-2P-MSB/ 1,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB-FSB SCO/910/... SAC-5P-M12MS CAN TR SAC-5P-M12FS CAN TR 1518122 1538092 1507816 1529344 SAC-5P-MS/ 1,0-920/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS-FS SCO/920/... 1518274 1538157 1 1 1 1 5 5 1 1 5 5 1 1 5 4 1 5 3 2 3 2 4 1 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 2 3 5 6 7 9 1 4 8 93 42 9 3 0 4 3 3 2 1 M 2 1 M 8 3 6 4 2 3 5 6 7 9 1 4 8 35 89 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/...M12 function block diagram SUBCON-PLUS...90X...M12 dimensional drawing, long 90° version

445

Fieldbus communication Installation technology 90° version, short, universal 35° version, universal Axial version, universal    Technical data Technical data Technical data 90° (left) -30°C ... 80°C IP40 Polyamide 5 separately via M12 termination resistor 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm 16 mm / 40 mm / 71 mm 35° (left) -30°C ... 80°C IP40 Polyamide 5 separately via M12 termination resistor 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm 16 mm / 46 mm / 79 mm 180° (axial) -30°C ... 80°C IP40 Polyamide 5 separately via M12 termination resistor 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm 16 mm / 75 mm / 38 mm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/PG/M12 2902318 2902317 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/90/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/90/PG/M12 2902323 2902322 Accessories SAC-5P-M12MS PB TR SAC-5P-M12FS PB TR 1507803 1403911 SAC-2P-MSB/ 1,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB-FSB SCO/910/... SAC-5P-M12MS CAN TR SAC-5P-M12FS CAN TR 1518122 1538092 1507816 1529344 SAC-5P-MS/ 1,0-920/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS-FS SCO/920/... 1518274 1538157 1 1 1 1 5 5 1 1 5 5 1 1 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/35/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/35/PG/M12 2902320 2902319 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/35/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/35/PG/M12 2902325 2902324 Accessories SAC-5P-M12MS PB TR SAC-5P-M12FS PB TR 1507803 1403911 SAC-2P-MSB/ 1,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB-FSB SCO/910/... SAC-5P-M12MS CAN TR SAC-5P-M12FS CAN TR 1518122 1538092 1507816 1529344 SAC-5P-MS/ 1,0-920/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS-FS SCO/920/... 1518274 1538157 1 1 1 1 5 5 1 1 5 5 1 1 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/AX/M12 2902321 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/AX/M12 2902326 Accessories SAC-5P-M12MS PB TR SAC-5P-M12FS PB TR 1507803 1403911 SAC-2P-MSB/ 1,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB-FSB SCO/910/... SAC-5P-M12MS CAN TR SAC-5P-M12FS CAN TR 1518122 1538092 1507816 1529344 SAC-5P-MS/ 1,0-920/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS-FS SCO/920/... 1518274 1538157 1 1 5 5 1 1 5 5 1 1 71 79 0 3 5 3 8 3 5 4 0 5 3 3 75 38 18 4 4 1 5 5 3 35 35 SUBCON-PLUS...90...M12 dimensional drawing, SUBCON-PLUS...35...M12 dimensional drawing, SUBCON-PLUS...AX...M12 dimensional drawing, short 90° version 35° version axial (180°) version For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 445

446

Fieldbus communication Installation technology SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIBUS D-SUB fast connection PROFIBUS connectors with fast connection The D-SUB series, SUBCON-PLUS- PROFIB/... was specially designed for use in PROFIBUS systems up to 12 Mbps. Under field conditions, it allows convenient and fast connection of the incoming and outgoing bus cable. The product range includes nine fast connectors – the perfect solution for every PROFIBUS application: – 35° and 90° angled cable entry – Axial cable entry – With an additional programming interface – Integrated surge protection The connectors can be used for PROFIBUS cables with solid as well as flexible copper wires. The termination resistor is already integrated in all versions. It can be connected externally by means of a slide switch. At the same time, the outgoing bus segment is switched off. This makes it easy to start up segment by segment while incorrect terminations are avoided. In addition, the connector housing with high-quality shielding guarantees high immunity to interference even at maximum transmission speeds. A special feature of the 35° angled connector is that the internal connection unit can be turned round. Whether the cable is to be inserted from the right or left can thus be decided on-site. If it is not possible to use the angled version, the SUBCON-PLUS.../AX compact connector with axial cable entry can be used instead. The connectors are designed to be used for all standard PROFIBUS cables with 8 mm external diameter (types A and B). 446 PHOENIX CONTACT General data Cable entry Connection cross section rigid / flexible / AWG Insertion/withdrawal cycles Cable cross section (max./min.) Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Housing material Termination resistor SUBCON fixing 35° PROFIBUS connector, screw connection, reversible cable entry    Ex:  Technical data 35° (right or left) 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 16 > 200 8.4 mm / 7.6 mm -20°C ... 75°C IP40 ABS, metal-plated 390 Ω / 220 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected externally) 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PROFIBUS connector, up to 12 Mbps, integrated termination resistor which can be activated externally, 9-pos. male connector, pin assignment 3, 5, 6, 8 - Angled 35°, screw connection - Angled 35°, screw connection with second D-SUB female connector SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/SC2 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/PG/SC2 - Angled 35°, screw connection, with surge protection D-UFB-PB 2708232 2708245 2880642 - Angled 90°, screw connection - Angled 90°, screw connection with second D-SUB female connector - Angled 90°, IDC connection - Angled 90°, IDC connection with second D-SUB female connector - Axial cable entry, screw connection - Axial cable entry, spring connection PROFIBUS cable, Fast Connect type, up to 12 Mbps, for permanent connection (02YSY (ST)CY 1X2X22 AWG) (length in meters as per customer specifications) Quick stripping tool for PROFIBUS cable, Fast Connect type Accessories PSM-CABLE-PROFIB/FC 2744652 PSM-STRIP-FC/PROFIB 2744623 1 1 1 1 1 35,5 16,6 , 4 9 3 35 58

447

Fieldbus communication Installation technology 90° PROFIBUS connector, screw connection 90° PROFIBUS connector, IDC insulation displacement connection method Axial PROFIBUS connector, screw or spring connection    Ex:        Technical data Technical data Technical data 90° (left) 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 16 > 200 8.4 mm / 7.6 mm -20°C ... 75°C IP40 ABS, metal-plated 390 Ω / 220 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected externally) 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm 90° (left) 0.32 - 1 mm² / 0.32 - 1 mm² / 22 - 18 > 200 8.4 mm / 7.6 mm -20°C ... 75°C IP40 ABS, metal-plated 390 Ω / 220 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected externally) 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm 180° (axial) 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 16 > 200 8.4 mm / 7.6 mm -20°C ... 75°C IP30 ABS, metal-plated 390 Ω / 220 Ω / 390 Ω (can be connected externally) 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/SC SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/PG/SC 2313698 2313708 Accessories PSM-CABLE-PROFIB/FC 2744652 PSM-STRIP-FC/PROFIB 2744623 1 1 1 1 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/IDC SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/PG/IDC 2313672 2313685 Accessories PSM-CABLE-PROFIB/FC 2744652 PSM-STRIP-FC/PROFIB 2744623 1 1 1 1 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/AX/SC 2744380 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/AX 2744377 Accessories PSM-CABLE-PROFIB/FC 2744652 PSM-STRIP-FC/PROFIB 2744623 1 1 1 1 20 17 16,6 35,5 16,6 72 72 35,5 , 6 9 3 1 A 1 1 B B 2 A 2 2 B B 0 3 , 6 9 3 SUBCON PLUS 35 1 A 1 1 B B 2 A 2 2 B B 0 3 SUBCON PLUS 35 2 , 8 5 ON OFFOFF 31,5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 447

448

Fieldbus communication Installation technology SUBCON-PLUS-CAN D-SUB fast connection The SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/... D-SUB series is specifically designed for use in CAN systems. Under field conditions, it enables the quick and easy connection of the incoming and outgoing bus line. The termination resistor is already integrated in all versions. It can be connected externally by means of a slide switch. At the same time, the outgoing bus segment is switched off. This makes it easy to start up segment by segment while incorrect terminations are avoided. In addition, the connector housing with high-quality shielding guarantees high immunity to interference even at maximum transmission speeds. A special feature of the angled connector is that the internal connection unit can be turned round. Whether the cable is to be inserted from the right or left can thus be decided on site. If the angled version cannot be used, the SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/AX compact connector with axial cable entry can be used instead. Features: – Assembly under field conditions – Separate terminal blocks for bus cables – Termination resistor can be connected – Segment-by-segment startup – High transmission speed – High level of EMC – Flexibility in terms of cable entry selection – Suitable for bus cables in accordance with CiA Draft Recommendation 303-1 with an outside diameter of 8 mm – A version with variable cable entry is available for special cables Versions: – Angled with programming interface – Angled without programming interface – Axial cable entry 448 PHOENIX CONTACT General data Cable entry Pin assignment Nominal voltage UN Nominal current IN Connection cross section rigid / flexible / AWG Insertion/withdrawal cycles Cable cross section (max./min.) Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Housing material Termination resistor SUBCON fixing 35° D-SUB connector (socket), screw connection, two cable entries    Ex:  Technical data 35° (right or left) 2, 3, 7, 9 5 V 100 mA 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 16 > 200 8.4 mm / 7.6 mm -20°C ... 75°C IP40 ABS, metal-plated 120 Ω (can be connected externally) 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. CAN, CANopen, SafetyBUS p connector, integrated termination resistor that can be activated from the outside, with screw connection, 9-pos., socket - Angled 35° - Angled 35°, with second D-SUB connection SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/SC2 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/PG 2708999 2708119 1 1 - Angled 35°, for variable cable diameters CAN, CANopen, SafetyBUS p connector, integrated termination resistor that can be activated from the outside, with screw connection, 9-pos., socket - Axial cable entry Screwdriver Accessories SZS 0,4X2,5 VDE 1205037 10 35,5 16,6 , 4 9 3 35 58

449

Fieldbus communication Installation technology 35° D-SUB connector (socket), Axial D-SUB connector (socket), variable cable diameter two cable entries    Ex:    Technical data Technical data 35° (right or left) 2, 3, 7 5 V 100 mA 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 16 > 200 10 mm / 6 mm -20°C ... 75°C IP40 ABS, metal-plated 120 Ω (can be connected externally) 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm 180° (axial) 2, 3, 7 5 V 100 mA 0.14 - 0.5 mm² / 0.14 - 0.5 mm² / 26 - 20 > 200 8.4 mm / 7.6 mm -20°C ... 75°C IP30 ABS, metal-plated 120 Ω (can be connected externally) 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. SUBCON-PLUS-CAN 2744694 1 Accessories Accessories SZS 0,4X2,5 VDE 1205037 10 SZS 0,4X2,5 VDE 1205037 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/AX 2306566 1 10 60 16 20 17 4 4 2 , 8 5 ON OFFOFF 0 1 35 31,5 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 449

450

Fieldbus communication Installation technology SUBCON-PLUS D-SUB fast connection Fieldbus connector with screw connection Two cable entries are often required on the D-SUB connectors used in order to set up fieldbus systems with RS-485 interfaces. The SUBCON-PLUS connector range satisfies this requirement and routes the connection to screw terminal blocks – however, duplicated – for two cables. This means clarity during wiring and it simplifies every startup. These connectors are of course also shielded against electromagnetic interference by metal-plated housing. In addition, by placing the connection block in either the upper or lower shell, it is possible to select the cable entry on site from the right or left. Features: – For universal use – Assembly under field conditions – Separate terminal blocks for each cable – High transmission speed – High level of EMC – Flexibility in terms of cable entry selection – Straightforward assembly, thanks to knurled screws Versions: – Bus-specific types with matching partial assignment – Universal type with full assignment – Short mounting screw as an accessory for when space is at a premium 450 PHOENIX CONTACT General data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current IN Connection cross section rigid / flexible / AWG Insertion/withdrawal cycles Cable cross section (max./min.) Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Housing material SUBCON fixing With two cable entries, 35° angled and axial   Ex:  Technical data 50 V 100 mA 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 16 > 200 10 mm / 6 mm -20°C ... 75°C IP20 ABS, metal-plated 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. D-SUB connector, with two cable entries for MODBUS, MODBUS-PLUS, BITBUS, ARCNET, MULT/MININET (B&R), SYSTEM 2003 (B&R), P-NET, pin assignment 1,2,3,5,6,8 - Angled 35°, 9-pos., pin - Angled 35°, 9-pos., socket D-SUB connector, with two cable entries for SUCONET K1, K2 (EATON/Moeller), S-BUS (Saia), J-BUS (Merlin Gerin), pin assignment 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 SUBCON-PLUS M1 SUBCON-PLUS F1 2761826 2744267 - Angled 35°, 9-pos., pin - Angled 35°, 9-pos., socket D-SUB plug, with two cable entries, universal type, pin assignment 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 on every screw terminal block SUBCON-PLUS M2 SUBCON-PLUS F2 - Angled 35°, 9-pos., pin - Angled 35°, 9-pos., socket - Axial, 9-pos., pin - Axial, 9-pos., socket SUBCON-PLUS 9/M SUBCON-PLUS 9/F SUBCON-PLUS-M/AX 9 SUBCON-PLUS-F/AX 9 Accessories 2761839 2799490 2744018 2744241 2904467 2311797 Optional mounting screw, short (without knurl) SUBCON-SHORT-SCREW 2799694 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Screwdriver SZS 0,4X2,5 VDE 1205037 10 60 16 20 17 4 4 2 , 8 5 ON OFFOFF 0 1 35 Dimensional drawing SUBCON-PLUS... Dimensional drawing SUBCON-PLUS-.../AX... 31,5

451

SUBCON D-SUB fast connection The 9-pos. version of the SUBCON-... connector range is not just suitable for INTERBUS, but is positively ideal. A whole host of further applications are opened up by having all the connections assigned to their own 1 mm screw terminal block. The range includes SUBCON connectors for point-to-point connections with cable entry in 9-, 15-, and 25-pos. pin or socket versions. Installing the connection block either in the upper or lower shell makes it possible to introduce the cable at an angle of 0° to 90° from the right or the left. The fully metal-plated housing also ensures a high degree of shielding against electromagnetic interference. The optional fastening screw SUBCON- SHORT-SCREW is available as an accessory for narrow installation conditions. The screw is completely integrated into the housing by not having a knurl. Features: – For universal use – Assembly under field conditions – High level of EMC – Flexibility in terms of cable entry selection – Straightforward assembly, thanks to knurled screws Versions: – 9-, 15-, and 25-pos. versions – Short mounting screw as an accessory for when space is at a premium Fieldbus communication Installation technology General data Cable entry Pin assignment Nominal voltage UN Nominal current IN Connection cross section rigid / flexible / AWG Insertion/withdrawal cycles Cable cross section (max./min.) Ambient temperature (operation) Degree of protection Housing material SUBCON fixing With one cable entry    Ex:  Technical data 35° (right or left) All connections are 1:1 on the screw terminal block 50 V 100 mA 0.14 - 1.5 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 16 > 200 10 mm / 4 mm -20°C ... 75°C IP20 ABS, metal-plated 4-40 UNC 0.4 Nm Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. D-SUB connector, with screw connection - 9-pos., socket - 9-pos., pin D-SUB connector, with screw connection - 15-pos., socket - 15-pos., pin D-SUB connector, with screw connection - 25-pos., socket - 25-pos., pin SUBCON 9/F-SH SUBCON 9/M-SH SUBCON 15/F-SH SUBCON 15/M-SH SUBCON 25/F-SH SUBCON 25/M-SH 2761499 2761509 2761596 2761606 2761619 2761622 Optional mounting screw, short (without knurl) SUBCON-SHORT-SCREW 2799694 Accessories 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Screwdriver SZS 0,4X2,5 VDE 1205037 10 C 16 Dimensions of the D-SUB connectors (SUBCON) 9-pos. 15-pos. 25-pos. A [mm] 44.5 44.5 49.5 B [mm] 36.0 44.3 58.0 C [mm] 56.4 64.7 78.7 A B Dimensional drawing SUBCON...-SH For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 451

452

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Field junction boxes The FB... product range was designed specifically to meet the tough requirements of the process environment. This includes various approvals for installation in Zone 2 or Division 2 hazardous locations. The FB... range of modular fieldbus components offers connectivity from the process controller to the field devices. Together with redundant power supply, surge protection, and cable sets, a complete connection architecture is provided. The product range includes device couplers for use with both FOUNDATION Fieldbus and PROFIBUS PA.These couplers provide short-circuit protection to ensure that a fault on a spur does not disrupt the entire segment. They also offer energy limited outputs, intrinsic safety and galvanic isolation. Based on the T-bus connection system, the field components are hot-swappable and allow easy system expansion. Single-loop-integrity can be acheived by connection of a single module to a single instrument. With the limited width on the rail, the size and weight of the associated field enclosure is minimized. Also available are redundant and simplex power supplies. Each galvanically isolated supply provides power while allowing digital communications to one segment. All components include built-in status LEDs. Integrated termination resistors in the power supplies, together with a connector-mounted version in the field, reduce the opportunity for segment termination error. 452 PHOENIX CONTACT

453

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Field junction boxes – Designed specifically for field device coupler systems – Bus bar and shield clamps – Entries for trunk in, trunk out and breather connections – Each enclosure is equipped with M20 ports and can be configured as desired – Cable glands, plugs and breather ordered separately 10" x 10" 14" x 12" Ex:   Ex:   Technical data Technical data W / H / D Stainless steel 254 mm / 254 mm / 127 mm 4640 g IP66 -40°C ... 70°C DEMKO 16ATEX1704X II 3 G D Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, Ex nA nC [ic] IIC T4 Gc Ex ic IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic spurs Ex tc IIIC T135 Dc IP66 IECEx UL 16.0079X Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, Ex nA nC [ic] IIC T4 Gc Ex ic IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic spurs Ex tc IIIC T135 Dc IP66 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, AEx nA nC[ic] IIC T4 Gc Entity/FISCO spurs Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 Class I, Zone 22, AEx tc IIIC T135 Dc IP66 Stainless steel 355.6 mm / 304.8 mm / 127 mm 6540 g IP66 -40°C ... 70°C DEMKO 16ATEX1704X II 3 G D Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, Ex nA nC [ic] IIC T4 Gc Ex ic IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic spurs Ex tc IIIC T135 Dc IP66 IECEx UL 16.0079X Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, Ex nA nC [ic] IIC T4 Gc Ex ic IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic spurs Ex tc IIIC T135 Dc IP66 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, AEx nA nC[ic] IIC T4 Gc Entity/FISCO spurs Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D, T4 Class I, Zone 22, AEx tc IIIC T135 Dc IP66 General data Housing material Dimensions Weight Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data Ordering data Enclosure, stainless steel, with ten ports for use in hazardous locations, includes six-spur block device coupler (FB-6SP) - includes three terminal blocks for trunk cable connection (+, -, S) FB1-S1-6SP-T-0-10-00-0-0 - includes PLUGTRAB surge base (PT 4+F-BE) for trunk cable connection (+, -, S) FB1-S1-6SP-S-0-10-00-0-0 2316420 2316446 1 1 Enclosure, stainless steel, with 16 ports for use in hazardous locations, includes 12-spur block device coupler (FB-12SP) - includes three terminal blocks for trunk cable connection (+, -, S) - includes PLUGTRAB surge base (PT 4+F-BE) for trunk cable connection (+, -, S) FB2-S1-12SP-T-0-16-00-0-0 FB2-S1-12SP-S-0-16-00-0-0 Cable gland, M20, includes nut Stopping plug, M20, includes nut Breather plug, M20, includes nut FB-M-KV-M20-EX FB-M-BS-M20-EX FB-M-BD-M20-EX 2900197 2900209 2901859 1 10 1 FB-M-KV-M20-EX FB-M-BS-M20-EX FB-M-BD-M20-EX Accessories Accessories 2316417 2316433 2900197 2900209 2901859 1 1 1 10 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 453

454

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Device couplers for the field The fieldbus device couplers are suitable for FOUNDATION Fieldbus and PROFIBUS PA. They provide an interface between the fieldbus trunk line and field devices. The compact width on the DIN rail reduces the required dimensions and weight of the field housing. FB-ET/E – Connects to the trunk and provides voltage limiting – Includes a pre-installed external termination resistor, ensuring termination is always available – Diagnostic LEDs include DC OK, low voltage warning, and communication on the segment FB-2SP/E and FB-ISO – Hot-swappable and scalable – Single-sided connector configuration simplifies wiring in field housing – Diagnostic LEDs indicate DC OK and errors at the spur connection For FB-ISO device only – Comprehensive channel-to-channel galvanic isolation – Provides an intrinsically safe, FISCO connection FB-2SP/24DC – Isolator with terminal blocks for two spur connections to each device coupler – Short-circuit protection to the fieldbus trunk with an additional voltage-limitation circuit – Allows the connection of spurs and end devices in an Ex nA ic hazardous location All modules are supplied with the ME 17,5 TBUS... DIN rail connector. If you wish to maintain a distance of 50 mm between intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe modules, you will require an insulation plate and a 22.5 mm bus connector. 454 PHOENIX CONTACT Device coupler with TBUS for trunk line connection and termination Ex:    Technical data 10.5 V DC ... 32 V DC (input on trunk line side) - 2 mA (with termination resistor) - 100 Ω, external removable plug included Active if voltage exceeds 39 V (typ.) or 41 V (max.) W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 17.5 mm / 99.1 mm / 70.4 mm IP20 -40°C ... 85°C < 95% (non-condensing) CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 NAMUR NE 21 Sira 14ATEX4017X; II 3G; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc; Ex ic IIC T4, FISCO ic Supply Supply voltage range Typical current consumption Max. current consumption Fieldbus interface Rated voltage Termination resistor Surge protection General data Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Max. permissible relative humidity (operation) Conformance/approvals Conformance NE ATEX IECEx IECEx SIR 14.0010X; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc; Ex ic IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic CSA, USA/Canada FOUNDATION Fieldbus EMC note Description Device coupler, for FOUNDATION Fieldbus and PROFIBUS PA Isolator, for FOUNDATION Fieldbus Partition plate DIN rail connector Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Ex nA IIC T4 Gc, Ex nL IIC T4, FNICO, Ex ic IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic Class I, Zone 2 AEx nA IIC T4 Gc, AEx nL IIC T4, FNICO, AEx ic IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic FF-846 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type FB-ET/E Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2316050 1 Accessories FB-MODULAR-PP ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2316061 2707437 1 50

455

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART FOUNDATION FOUNDATION FOUNDATION Device coupler with TBUS for 2 spurs Device coupler with TBUS for 1 electrically isolated spur connection Isolator for Zone 2 installation using the intrinsically safe [ic] protection method Ex:    Ex:    Technical data Technical data Technical data 10.5 V DC ... 32 V DC (via FB-ET/E) 17 V DC ... 32 V DC (input on trunk line side) 9 V DC ... 30 V DC - 3.5 mA (no-load) 32 V (per spur) - - 10 mA - 10 V (per spur) - - - - 32 V (per spur) - - 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 17.5 mm / 89.7 mm / 70.4 mm IP20 -40°C ... 85°C (depending on set rated current) 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 17.5 mm / 89.7 mm / 70.4 mm IP20 -40°C ... 60°C 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 17.5 mm / 89.7 mm / 70.4 mm IP20 -40°C ... 85°C < 95% (non-condensing) < 95% (non-condensing) - - NAMUR NE 21 Sira 14ATEX4018X;  II 3(3)G Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc; Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic spurs IECEx SIR 14.0011X; Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc; Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic spurs Class I, Div. 2, Groups A,B,C,D Ex nL IIC T4 FNICO, Ex ic IIC T4 FISCO ic Ex nA [nL] IIC T4, Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Ex nA [nL] IIC T4 FNICO spurs, Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 FISCO ic spurs Class I, Zone 2 AEx nL IIC T4 FNICO, AEx ic IIC T4 FISCO ic AEx nA [nL] IIC T4, AEx nA [ic] IIC T4 AEx nA [nL] IIC T4 FNICO spurs, AEx nA [ic] IIC T4 FISCO ic spurs FF-846 Class A product, see page 527 CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326 NAMUR NE 21 II 3(3) G Ex nA [nL Gc] IIC T4 Gc, FNICO power supply (spur) II 3(1) GD Ex nA [ia Ga Da] IIC T4 Gc, FISCO power supply (spur) - NAMUR NE 21 Sira 13ATEX4016; II 3(3)G Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA [nL Gc] IIC T4 Gc, FNICO power supply (spur) Ex nA [ia Ga Da] IIC T4 Gc, FISCO power supply (spur) IECEx SIR 13.0001X; Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc Ex nA [ia] IIC T4 Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Ex nA[ic] IIC T4 Gc Class I, Zone 2; AEx nA[ic] IIC T4 Gc - Class A product, see page 527 FF-846 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FB-2SP/E 2316052 1 FB-ISO 2316064 1 Accessories Accessories Accessories FB-MODULAR-PP ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2316061 2707437 1 50 FB-MODULAR-PP ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2316061 2707437 1 50 FB-MODULAR-PP ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN 2316061 2707437 FB-2SP/24DC 2316352 1 1 50 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 455

456

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Device couplers for field devices – Couple field devices and provide short-circuit current limiting – Provide non-sparking and FISCO ic spur connections – Single-sided connection configuration simplifies wiring in field housing – Diagnostic LEDs indicate DC OK and errors at the spur connection – Satisfies the requirements of EN 60079-0:2012, EN 60079-11:2012, EN 60079-15:2005 and EN 60079-15:2010. Supply Supply voltage range Typical current consumption Max. current consumption Fieldbus interface Rated voltage Rated current Termination resistor General data Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Max. permissible relative humidity (operation) Conformance/approvals NE ATEX IECEx CSA, USA/Canada FOUNDATION Fieldbus EMC note FOUNDATION FOUNDATION For installation in Ex zone 1 For installation in Ex zone 2 Ex:     Ex:     Technical data Technical data FB-8SP ISO FB-12SP ISO FB-6SP FB-12SP 16 V DC ... 32 V DC (input on trunk line side) 10.5 V DC ... 32 V DC (input on trunk line side) 35 mA (trunk, no load) 50 mA (trunk, no load) 350 mA (maximum trunk current) 550 mA (maximum trunk current) - 4.8 mA 6.5 mA - 14 V (per spur) 35 mA (per spur) Integrated termination, activated with bridge located in correct terminals 32 V (per spur) 38 mA 100 Ω, external removable plug included W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 279 mm / 142 mm / 66 mm 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 148.2 mm / 112.5 mm / 83.5 mm 254.1 mm / 112.5 mm / 83.5 mm IP20 -40°C ... 80°C < 95% (non-condensing) NE21 DEMKO 16ATEX 1689X II 2(1) G Ex eb ib mb [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb II (1D) [Ex ia Da] IIIC FISCO power supply (spur) IECEx UL 16.0114X Ex eb ib mb [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb [Ex ia Da] IIIC FISCO power supply (spur) - FF-846 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data IP20 -50°C ... 90°C < 95% (non-condensing) NE21 Sira 13ATEX4247X;  II 3(3)G Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, Entity/FISCO ic spurs Ex nA [nL] IIC T4 Gc;  II 3G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic IECEx SIR 13.0089X; Ex nA [ic] IIC T4 Gc, Entity/FISCO ic spurs; Ex nA [nL] IIC T4 Gc; Ex ic IIC T4 Gc, FISCO ic Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Ex nA [nL] IIC T4; Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA [nC] IIC T4 FF-846 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Fieldbus barrier, for FOUNDATION Fieldbus and PROFIBUS PA - 8 spurs - 12 spurs Device coupler, for FOUNDATION Fieldbus and PROFIBUS PA FB-8SP ISO FB-12SP ISO - 6 spurs - 12 spurs 2316311 2316312 1 1 FB-6SP FB-12SP 2316307 2316310 1 1 456 PHOENIX CONTACT

457

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Field diagnostic modules for FOUNDATION Fieldbus – Reads physical layer diagnostics in the field – Segment voltage, noise and signal can be monitored – Easy control system integration with DD and EDDL – Adjustable alarm condition thresholds allow for precision monitoring and trending – Diagnostic data for up to 24 field devices – Two module types for easy integration across all system platforms With terminal block for FF power supply For modular device couplers and/or block coupler applications mounted on TBUS Ex:   Ex:   Technical data Technical data Supply Supply voltage range Typical current consumption Max. current consumption Fieldbus interface Rated voltage Rated current General data Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Max. permissible relative humidity (operation) Conformance/approvals FOUNDATION Fieldbus EMC note 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 27 mA 29 mA - - W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 17.7 mm / 93.9 mm / 70.4 mm IP20 -40°C ... 85°C 95% (non-condensing) FF-830 Class A product, see page 527 9 V DC ... 32 V DC 27 mA 29 mA 32 V 29 mA - 17.7 mm / 85 mm / 70.4 mm IP20 -40°C ... 85°C 95% (non-condensing) FF-830 Class A product, see page 527 Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Field diagnostic module, for FOUNDATION Fieldbus FB-DIAG/FF/LI 2316284 1 FB-DIAG/FF/NC 2316297 1 Ordering data Ordering data For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 457

458

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Power supply 4-channel redundant power supplies – No additional monitoring of remote signaling required, as it is already integrated in the redundant configuration – Double the service life, thanks to even load distribution by means of ACB (auto current balancing) technology – Local diagnostics via LEDs on the device as well as remote diagnostics via remote indication contact Each DIN rail-mounted fieldbus power supply provides high-integrity power for one H1 segment. Built-in termination resistors enable digital communication and DC power to co-exist on a pair of wires. – Galvanically isolated – Integrated termination resistor FB-PS... modular redundant power supply – Modular base, one per segment, eliminates unused capacity – Swappable bases for increased plant integrity – Compact width optimizes critical enclosure space – Redundant power modules, with common conditioning in the base, provides greatest system performance and reliability – Auto Current Balance technology enhances product life by closely sharing power between modules – High efficiency including MOSFET outputs W / H / D Input data Nominal input voltage range Nominal current range Output data Output voltage range Output current Can be connected in parallel/series Max. power dissipation Signaling Signaling DC OK Signaling alarm Redundancy indication OK General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Max. permissible relative humidity (operation) Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx CSA, USA/Canada NE EN FOUNDATION Fieldbus Description Power supply, modular redundant - Plug, 28 V DC, 500 mA - Base Redundant fieldbus power supply base - Connection: D-SUB 25 base plug - Connection: Invensys® D-SUB 25 cable - Connection: two 20-pos. Yokogawa AKB336 cables PCB connector, 5.0 mm pitch, color: black PCB connector, 3.5 mm pitch, color: green End cap 458 PHOENIX CONTACT

459

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Power supply plug Power supply base Redundant fieldbus power supply base Technical data Technical data Technical data 18.5 V DC ... 30.5 V DC 700 mA ... 1.1 A 28 V DC ... 30 V DC (on the trunk) 500 mA Yes / No 4 W (typical) Green LED Yellow LED Green LED 17.5 / 117.6 / 115 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 85°C 95% (non-condensing) - - - - / - - - - - 36 / 202.5 / 61.5 mm - -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 85°C 95% (non-condensing) - - - - / - - - - - 180 / 77 / 180 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C -40°C ... 85°C 95% (non-condensing) Sira 11ATEX4216X; II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc IECEx SIR 11.0097X; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T4 NAMUR NE 21 EN 61326 FF-831 Sira 11ATEX4216X; II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc IECEx SIR 11.0097X; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T4 NAMUR NE 21 EN 61326 FF-831 Sira 11ATEX4216X; II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc IECEx SIR 11.0097X; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA nC IIC T4 NAMUR NE 21 EN 61326 FF-831 Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. FB-PS-PLUG-24DC/28DC/0.5/EX 2316132 1 FB-PS-BASE/EX 2316145 1 Accessories Accessories Accessories ZEC 1,5/ 4-LPV-5,0 C2,4 BK ZEC 1,0/ 6-LPV-3,5 C1 D-FB-PS 1793260 1915699 2316226 50 50 1 FB-PS-MB-25DSUB/EX FB-PS-MB-I/EX FB-PS-MB-Y/EX 2316146 2316149 2316148 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 459

460

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART PROFIBUS DP/PA coupler The PROFIBUS DP/PA coupler provides a powerful and reliable interface to connect PROFIBUS DP to the PROFIBUS PA process fieldbus network. – Integrated PA termination resistor – 500 mA PA current – Expandable to 9 PA modules – Transparent data transfer – Integrated web server for configuration and diagnostics – Integrated oscilloscope functionality 6 A power supply is recommended for applications where 2.5 A backplane current is exceeded. 75 132 RDY RX SW RDY ETH RDY ER SF IOF RX2 ER2 USB SD SW2 SW1 RX1 ER1 NW 0 NW 1 RED H/S MENU NAV. HEADPHONE SD CARD NW 0 NW 1 RED H/S NW 0 NW 1 RED H/S 0 0 1 Supply Supply voltage range Ethernet interface Description Connection method General data Screw connection rigid / flexible / AWG Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Conformance/approvals UL, USA/Canada Technical data 10.8 V DC ... 26.4 V DC 10/100 Mbps Ethernet RJ45 W / H / D 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 75 mm / 100 mm / 132 mm IP20 -20°C ... 60°C UL 508 Listed Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Coupler, with oscilloscope function for PROFIBUS PA Coupler, with oscilloscope function for PROFIBUS PA and PROFIBUS DP Head station, with a PROFIBUS DP repeater, provides network diagnostics and an oscilloscope function FB-HSB-DP/PA 2316370 FB-HSB-DP-SC/PA 2316381 FB-HSB-DP-SC 2316382 Accessories Repeater, for PROFIBUS DP Repeater, for PROFIBUS DP, with oszilloscope FB-DP-RPTR FB-DP-RPTR/SC PROFIBUS PA interface module, with oscilloscope FB-PA/SC 6 A power supply Head station, for monitoring up to four PROFIBUS networks FB-HSP-PLUG/24DC/6A FB-HSC Head station, for basic system functionality, no monitoring of PROFIBUS networks FB-HSA 2316373 2316374 2316375 2316383 2316371 2316372 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 460 PHOENIX CONTACT

461

PROFIBUS PA I/O multiplexer Notes: For further information on Radioline I/O extension modules, see from page 380 Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Analog and digital I/Os are integrated within a PROFIBUS PA system via a PA head station, Radioline I/O modules, and the four-channel NAMUR digital input module. Thanks to the preconfigured head station, five application variants are available: – Valve controller – 24-channel digital inputs with NAMUR sensors – Combination of digital and analog I/Os – Temperature inputs and/or analog inputs and outputs – Temperature inputs and/or analog inputs Each head station is addressed as a PROFIBUS PA device and is integrated by the host system with an EDD or GSD file. The four-channel and eight-channel I/O modules enable flexible configuration. They are extended as required, depending on the PROFIBUS PA telegram length.  Your web code: #1792 Supply Supply voltage range General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) EMC note  Ex:    Technical data W / H / D 19.2 V DC ... 30.5 V DC 17.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Head station for valve controller, for combination with a maximum of three RAD-NAM4-IFS digital NAMUR input modules and two RAD-DOR4-IFS digital relay output modules Head station, for combination with a maximum of six RAD-DI4-IFS digital input modules, six RAD-NAM4-IFS digital NAMUR input modules, three RAD-DI8-IFS digital input modules or any combination for a maximum of 24 input channels Head station, for combination with a maximum of three RAD-DAIO6-IFS analog/digital I/O modules Head station, for combination with a maximum of three RAD-AI4-IFS analog input modules or RAD-PT100-4-IFS temperature input modules and two RAD-AO4-IFS analog output modules Head station, for combination with a maximum of five RAD-AI4-IFS analog input modules or RAD-PT100-4-IFS temperature input modules or any combination for a maximum of 20 input channels FB-MUX/HS/DIO-NAM/PA 2316270 FB-MUX/HS/DI24/PA 1005332 FB-MUX/HS/DAIO/PA 1005329 FB-MUX/HS/AIOTEMP/PA 1005330 FB-MUX/HS/AI/PA 1005331 Accessories Digital input module for NAMUR proximity sensors, 4-channel RAD-NAM4-IFS Digital relay output module Analog/digital I/O module Digital input module Digital/pulse input module Analog input module Temperature input module Analog output module RAD-DOR4-IFS RAD-DAIO6-IFS RAD-DI4-IFS RAD-DI8-IFS RAD-AI4-IFS RAD-PT100-4-IFS RAD-AO4-IFS 2316275 2901536 2901533 2901535 2901539 2901537 2904035 2901538 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 461

462

Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Modbus and HART gateways for PROFIBUS DP/PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus Use the Modbus and HART gateways to connect Modbus/RTU or HART devices to the FOUNDATION Fieldbus, PROFIBUS DP, and PROFIBUS PA process fieldbuses. Features: – Up to four Modbus/RTU or HART devices supported with just one gateway – Space savings with just 6 mm required per channel FOUNDATION Modbus gateways HART gateways Supply Supply voltage range Max. current consumption Serial port Data rate Number of connections Connection method Serial port Designation Data rate Number of connections Connection method General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada EMC note Description Protocol converter - Modbus/RTU to FOUNDATION Fieldbus - Modbus/RTU to PROFIBUS PA - Modbus/RTU to PROFIBUS DP Protocol converter - HART to FOUNDATION Fieldbus - HART to PROFIBUS PA - HART to PROFIBUS DP Adapter cable, 1 m long, with USB connection, for HART parameterization Ex:    Ex:    Technical data Technical data GW PL FF/MODBUS GW PL DP/MODBUS GW PL FF/HART GW PL DP/HART 34 mA 31.25 kbps 1 COMBICON 18 V DC ... 30 V DC 60 mA 9.6 kbps (min.) 2 D-SUB 9, COMBICON 70 mA 31.25 kbps 1 COMBICON 18.5 V DC ... 30 V DC 75 mA 9.6 kbps (min.) 2 D-SUB 9, COMBICON Modbus/RTU 115.2 kbps (max.) 2 COMBICON W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm IP20 -40°C ... 85°C HART FSK - 3 COMBICON 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm IP20 -40°C ... 85°C PRESAFE 16ATEX7686X, II 3G, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc PRESAFE 16ATEX7686X, II 3G, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc IECEx PRE 16.0001X, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D IECEx PRE 16.0001X, Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4, Ex nA IIC T4 GcX Class I, Zone 2, AEx nA IIC T4, Ex nA IIC T4 GcX Class A product, see page 527 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. GW PL FF/MODBUS GW PL PA/MODBUS GW PL DP/MODBUS 2316363 2316364 2316365 1 1 1 GW PL FF/HART GW PL PA/HART GW PL DP/HART 2316360 2316361 2316362 Accessories Accessories GW HART USB MODEM 1003824 1 1 1 1 462 PHOENIX CONTACT

463

Ethernet HART multiplexer Transmit critical HART process data over Ethernet networks with the multiplexer. In addition to the high Ethernet speed, benefit from the additional transmission of secondary process data. The universal version also supports PROFINET in addition to Modbus/TCP and HART IP. Features: – Modular system enables scalable station configuration with up to five extension modules – Connection of up to 40 HART devices per station – In Modbus/TCP operation, the digital extension module enables additional digital I/Os to be acquired – Monitoring and targeted response to active and passive process data with the aid of the digital inputs and outputs – Parameterization via integrated web server – Use of familiar software tools, thanks to HART IP protocol Fieldbus communication PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus / HART Supply Supply voltage range Nominal current consumption Max. current consumption Ethernet interface Interface Connection method Supported protocols General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Electromagnetic compatibility Conformance/approvals ATEX IECEx UL, USA/Canada Noxious gas test  Ex:  Technical data GW PL ETH/UNI-BUS GW PL ETH/BASIC-BUS 19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC 46 mA (at 24 V DC) 63 mA (at 24 V DC) 45 mA (at 24 V DC) 62 mA (at 24 V DC) Ethernet 10/100Base T RJ45 socket, auto negotiation and auto crossing Modbus/TCP, HART IP, PROFINET TCP/IP, HART IP, Modbus/TCP W / H / D 22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm IP20 -40°C ... 70°C Conformance with EMC Directive 2004/108/EC  II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc DEMKO 17 ATEX 1749X IECEx ULD 17.0020X Ex nA IIC T4 Gc - - Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D ISA-S71.04-1985 G3 Harsh Group A Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ethernet head station, for modular gateway, supports five extension modules - with Modbus/TCP, HART IP, PROFINET - with Modbus/TCP, HART IP Extension module - HART, passive, 4x AI or AO - HART, passive, 8x AI or AO - HART, active, 8x AI - Modbus/TCP, active, 4x DI and 4x DO Adapter cable, 1 m long, with USB connection, for HART parameterization GW PL ETH/UNI-BUS GW PL ETH/BASIC-BUS GW PL HART4-BUS GW PL HART8-BUS GW PL HART8+AI-BUS GW PL DIO4-BUS 2702233 2702321 2702234 2702235 2702236 2702237 Accessories GW HART USB MODEM 1003824 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 463

465

Product overview HMIs HMIs for HTML5 applications HMIs for WebVisit software HMIs for Visu+ Industrial PCs Box PCs Rackmount PC Monitors with touch function Panel PCs IPCs for mobile applications Tablet PCs Mobile panels HMIs and IPCs for harsh ambient conditions IPCs for the Ex area HMIs for maritime applications HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs and industrial PCs are the key to the efficient operation and monitoring of your systems and machines. You can work with a fully enclosed IP65 panel PC directly on site – or design detailed user interfaces as the interface to your system using a powerful HMI device. HMIs Human-machine interfaces, or HMIs for short, represent cost-effective automation based on efficient input and monitoring. Depending on your requirements, choose devices for WebVisit or Visu+ software, or for HTML5 applications. Industrial PCs Industrial PCs, or IPCs for short, combine the computing power of modern processors with the robustness and reliability of industrial components. Together with the right software, IPCs provide efficient and versatile solutions for control, operation, and monitoring. IPCs for mobile applications Mobile panel PCs are a state-of-the-art solution for intuitive teach-in. HMIs and IPCs for harsh ambient conditions Robust HMIs and industrial PCs are designed for permanent exposure to weather influences. Thanks to the IP67-protected front, sunlight readable display, and extended temperature range, you can use these devices in charging stations or sewage treatment plants, for example. IPCs for the Ex area Robust industrial PCs, developed for use in potentially explosive environments, are certified in accordance with IECEx and ATEX Zone 2/22. HMIs for maritime applications For demanding use on ships, Phoenix Contact offers robust operator and display panels. 466 468 470 471 474 477 481 485 486 487 488 491 494 PHOENIX CONTACT 465

466

HMIs and industrial PCs Product overview HMIs for HTML5 applications HMIs for WebVisit software Web panels Page 468 Configurable web panels Page 469 Web panels Page 470 HMIs for Visu+ Touch panels Page 471 Touch panels Page 472 Touch panels Page 473 Box PCs Box PCs Page 474 Box PCs Page 475 Box PCs Page 476 Rackmount PCs Remote monitoring Software PLC Rackmount PC – 4U Page 477 Rackmount PC – 2U Page 477 KVM extender Page 478 Software PLCs with and without real-time extension Page 479 466 PHOENIX CONTACT

467

Panel PCs HMIs and industrial PCs Product overview Valueline panel PCs Page 481 Basicline panel PCs Page 482 Panel PCs in IP65 Page 484 Monitors with touch function IPCs for mobile applications Monitors with touch function Page 485 Tablet PCs Page 486 Mobile panels Page 487 HMIs and IPCs for harsh ambient conditions IPCs for the Ex area Web panels and panel PCs Page 488 Panel PCs Page 490 Configurable box PCs Page 491 Configurable panel PCs Page 492 HMIs for maritime applications Software Touch panels Page 494 Software for SCADA and web-based visualizations Page 31 VL Portico server ... – Remote control of networked IPCs Page 38 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 467

468

HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs for HTML5 applications Web panels The new BWP 2000 HMI device series with HTML5-compatible browser offers cost-effective web panels for basic applications. The touch panels with open web browser, which are an efficient entry-level version, extend the existing portfolio and perform operating and monitoring tasks with basic visualization requirements. Your advantages: – HTML5-compatible browser integrated in all devices – Easy startup, just enter the IP and URL – No security updates are required for Java or Flash plug-ins, thanks to HTML5 – Energy efficient, thanks to LED backlight – Best price/performance ratio Display data Display lighting type Brightness Display backlight MTBF Color spectrum Touch technology Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note new For basic HTML5 applications Ex:  Technical data LED 350 cd/m² 25000 h 16.7 million colors analog resistive (polyester) Yocto/Linux Arm® Cortex®-A9, 1 GHz 1 GB DDR2 Flash eMMC, 4 GB 1x USB Host 2.0 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±15% IP66 (on the front), IP20 (on the back) 0°C ... 50°C Front installation DIN EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Web panel - Display: 10.92 cm (4.3"), 480 x 272 Pixel(s) (WQVGA) - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 25.9 cm (10.2"), 1024 x 600 Pixel(s) BWP 2043W BWP 2070W BWP 2102W 1060549 1060632 1060630 1 1 1 468 PHOENIX CONTACT

469

Configurable web panels The new WP 4000 HMI device series with HTML5-compatible browser offers high-performance web panels for demanding applications. The WP 4000 devices perform operating and monitoring tasks with high visualization requirements, thereby extending the existing product portfolio to include a standard version. Your advantages: – Flexible, thanks to open web standard and free choice of web server and visualization software – No security updates are required for Java or Flash plug-ins, thanks to HTML5 – Ideal for use with PLCnext Engineer or CODESYS – Visualization of self-programmed JavaScript applications possible – Secure communication, thanks to SSL-encrypted data transmission Display data Display (configuration option) Screen resolution Display lighting type Brightness Display backlight MTBF Color spectrum Touch technology (configuration option) Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Description Web panel HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs for HTML5 applications new For demanding HTML5 applications  Technical data 17.8 cm/7" TFT 25.7 cm / 10.1" TFT 30.7 cm/12.1" TFT 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) 7"-TFT resistive 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) 7"- / 10.1"-/ 12.1"-TFT PCAP LED 350 cd/m², typical (adjustable) 40000 h 16.7 million colors Projective-capacitive (PCAP) analog resistive (polyester) Yocto/Linux Arm® Cortex®-A53, 4x 1.2 GHz 1 GB LPDDR3 Flash eMMC, 8 GB 2x USB host 2.0 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP65 (front), IP20 (back) 0°C ... 50°C Front installation DIN EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Type WP 4000 Mounting kit, including hardware for installation - panel installation - panel installation HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 6 HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 8 2701385 2701387 Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 1065546 Accessories 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 469

470

HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs for WebVisit software Web panels Web panels for the WebVisit visualization software satisfy all requirements for basic operating and monitoring tasks. Your advantages: – Tailor-made for class 100 modular small-scale controllers – Fast startup, thanks to Plug and Play – Full graphic color display for clear representation – Quick and user-friendly representation of your control variables using PC Worx Express and WebVisit software tools – Multi-user operation, thanks to server/ client structure – Easy device replacement, as the project is saved on the PLC – 4:3 or 16:9 display format 470 PHOENIX CONTACT Display with resistive single-touch technology   Technical data LED 65536 colors analog resistive (polyester) Windows® CE 5.0 Arm9™, 200 MHz 64 MB SDRAM Flash, 32 MB 2x USB host 2.0 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP65 (front), IP20 (back) 0°C ... 50°C Front installation DIN EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Display data Display lighting type Color spectrum Touch technology Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Description Web panel - Display: 8.9 cm (3.5"), 320 x 240 Pixel(s) (QVGA) - Display: 14.5 cm (5.7"), 320 x 240 Pixel(s) (QVGA) - Display: 26.4 cm (10.4"), 800 x 600 Pixel(s) (SVGA) - Display: 38.1 cm (15"), 1024 x 768 Pixel(s) (XGA) Widescreen web panel - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 22.9 cm (9"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) Mounting kit, including hardware for installation Type WP 04T WP 06T WP 10T WP 15T WP 07T/WS WP 09T/WS - panel installation - panel installation HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 6 HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 8 2701385 2701387 Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2913632 2913645 2700934 2700935 2700307 2700309 Accessories 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

471

Touch panels Touch panels for visualization projects with basic requirements. Visualize your user interfaces using the free Visu+ Express engineering software, and benefit from flexible connection to a wide range of third-party systems. Your advantages: – VISU+ RT integrated as standard in all BTP 2000 devices – Connection to various control systems, thanks to a large number of available drivers and OPC UA communication – Developed for basic applications with attractive price/performance ratio – 16:9 display format HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs for Visu+ Display data Display lighting type Display backlight MTBF Color spectrum Touch technology Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Touch panel for basic applications Ex:  Technical data LED 20000 h 262144 colors analog resistive (polyester) Windows® CE 6.0 Arm9™ i.MX28, 454 MHz 128 MB DDR2 SDRAM Flash, 512 MB 2x COM (RS-232/422/485) 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±15% IP66 (on the front), IP20 (on the back) 0°C ... 50°C Front installation DIN EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Web panel - Display: 10.92 cm (4.3"), 480 x 272 Pixel(s) (WQVGA) - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 26.4 cm (10.4"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) Type BTP 2043W BTP 2070W BTP 2102W Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 1050387 1046666 1046667 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 471

472

HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs for Visu+ Touch panels Powerful touch panels for visualizing demanding applications. Use the free Visu+ Express visualization software to design complex operating and monitoring interfaces and benefit from comprehensive features for all visualization requirements. Thanks to the variety of drivers, benefit from flexible connection to a wide range of third-party systems. Your advantages: – Powerful and versatile, thanks to the new processor generation and integrated Visu+ visualization software – Flexible connection, thanks to various drivers, even for third-party systems – Robust and durable, thanks to the aluminum front – Various display sizes and image formats – Mobile system access possible via the Visu+ mobile app or HTML5 web client 472 PHOENIX CONTACT Display data Display lighting type Touch technology Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock Display with resistive single-touch technology  Ex:  Technical data LED analog resistive (polyester) Windows® Embedded Compact 7 Arm® Cortex®-A8, 800 MHz 512 MB RAM Flash, 1 GB 2x USB host 2.0 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP65 (front), IP20 (back) 0°C ... 50°C Front installation DIN EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Touch panel with graphics-capable TFT display, 1 x Ethernet, 2 x USB, integrated AX OPC server and integrated runtime of the Visu+ visualization software - Display: 10.92 cm (4.3"), 480 x 272 Pixel(s) (WQVGA) - Display: 14.5 cm (5.7"), 320 x 240 Pixel(s) (QVGA) - Display: 14.5 cm (5.7"), 640 x 480 Pixel(s) (VGA) - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 22.9 cm (9"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 26.4 cm (10.4"), 800 x 600 Pixel(s) (SVGA) - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 800 x 600 Pixel(s) (SVGA) - Display: 38.1 cm (15"), 1024 x 768 Pixel(s) (XGA) - Display: 39.12 cm (15.4"), 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) TP 3043W TP 3057Q TP 3057V TP 3070W TP 3090W TP 3105S TP 3120W TP 3121S TP 3150S TP 3154W 2402629 2400452 2400453 2400454 2402630 2400455 2400457 2400456 2400458 2402631 Mounting kit, including hardware for installation - panel installation - panel installation HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 6 HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 8 2701385 2701387 Accessories 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

473

Touch panels Using the HMIs for the Visu+ visualization software, you can optimally reproduce your systems and processes. The devices have a new design and projected-capacitive (PCAP) touch displays with multi-touch function. The robust interface and various display sizes give you even more flexibility when it comes to system planning. Your advantages: – Robust and sturdy, thanks to glass front suitable for industrial use – Integrated Visu+ visualization software – Flexible connection, thanks to various drivers, even for third-party systems – Fast response and display refresh, thanks to powerful processor – Mobile system access possible via the Visu+ mobile app or HTML5 web client HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs for Visu+ Display data Display lighting type Touch technology Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock Display with multi-touch function  Ex:  Technical data LED Projective-capacitive (PCAP) Windows® Embedded Compact 7 Arm® Cortex®-A8, 1000 MHz 512 MB LPDDR RAM NAND-Flash, 1 GB 2x USB host 2.0 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP65 (front), IP20 (back) 0°C ... 50°C Front installation DIN EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Touch panel with graphics-capable TFT display, 1 x Ethernet, 2 x USB, and integrated runtime of the Visu+ visualization software - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 22.9 cm (9"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) - Display: 39.6 cm (15.6"), 1366 x 768 Pixel(s) (WXGA) - Display: 47.0 cm (18.5"), 1366 x 768 Pixel(s) (WXGA) TP 3070W/P TP 3090W/P TP 3120W/P TP 3156W/P TP 3185W/P 2403459 2403460 2403461 2403462 2403862 Mounting kit, including hardware for installation - panel installation - panel installation HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 6 HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 8 2701385 2701387 Accessories 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 473

474

Notes: You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Computer data Operating system (configuration option) RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Raid system Interfaces Optional interfaces (configuration option) Slots Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type (configuration option) Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable box PC   Ex:  Technical data without operating system Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-Bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), English Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (64 bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), English Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), German Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (64-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (64-bit), Multi-language 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM 8 GB DDR3 SODIMM 16 GB DDR3 SODIMM without mass storage SSD (SLC), 4 GB SSD (SLC), 8 GB SSD (SLC), 16 GB SSD (SLC), 32 GB 2.5" HDD SATA, 320 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 240 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 480 GB 0, 1 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x USB 2.0 2x USB 3.0 Without optional interface 2x COM (RS-232), 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x Ethernet, 1x audio out (3.5 mm), 1x audio in (3.5 mm) PCI/PCIe optional 2x DisplayPort 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP30 0°C ... 45°C (with HDD) -20°C ... 60°C (with SSD) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Bookshelf mounting Wall mounting DIN EN 60068-2-6 15g, 11 ms in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Industrial PC - with Intel® Atom™ E3845 technology - with Intel® Celeron® N2930 technology - with Intel® Core i3-4010U technology - with Intel® Core i5-4300U technology - with Intel® Core i7-6822EQ technology VL2 BPC 1000 VL2 BPC 2000 VL2 BPC 3000 VL2 BPC 7000 VL2 BPC 9000 2403046 2400332 2400492 2400333 2400499 1 1 1 1 1 HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs Box PCs Box PCs are compact, easy to maintain, and powerful. They are particularly impressive when it comes to demanding applications. These include measuring, controlling, and testing process and machine data or distributed visualizations in conjunction with remote monitors. Various mounting options and scalable performance make box PCs the ideal platform for machine building and systems manufacturing. Your advantages: – High system availability, thanks to a fanless design which is suitable for industrial applications and the absence of moving parts – Versatile use, thanks to various mounting options, e.g., on the DIN rail – Energy-efficient Intel® Atom™ to Core™ i7 processors – Large-scale compatibility, thanks to open IT standards, numerous interfaces and operating systems – Particularly easy to maintain, thanks to easily accessible components in the IPC housing Additional features: – Configurable based on customer requirements – System protection through the use of embedded operating systems 474 PHOENIX CONTACT

475

Box PCs The new generation of compact box PCs is optimized for automation applications in the lower price segment. The IPCs are suitable for assembly stations, warehousing and logistics, for production data and energy data collection, and for production networking. Your advantages: – High system availability, thanks to a fanless design which is suitable for industrial applications and the absence of moving parts – Long-term availability, thanks to the latest 7th generation Intel processors – Space saving, thanks to new M.2 storage technology – Wireless connection, thanks to optional WLAN module (WLAN-capable) Notes: You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs new Computer data Operating system (configuration option) RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type (configuration option) Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable box PC   Technical data Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2016 (64-bit), Multi-language 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM M.2 SSD, 128 GB 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x COM (RS-232) 2x USB 2.0 2x USB 3.0 2x DisplayPort 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP20 0°C ... 50°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Wall mounting DIN rail mounting DIN EN 60068-2-6 15g, 11 ms in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Industrial PC - with Intel® Celeron® N3350 technology (dual-core) BL2 BPC 1000 - with Intel® Pentium® N4200 technology (quad-core) BL2 BPC 2000 - with Intel® Core™ i5-7442EQ technology (quad-core) BL2 BPC 7000 2404777 2404844 1016240 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 475

476

HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs Box PCs Box PCs are compact, easy to maintain, and powerful. They are particularly impressive when it comes to demanding applications. These include measuring, controlling, and testing process and machine data or distributed visualizations in conjunction with remote monitors. Various mounting options and scalable performance make box PCs the ideal platform for machine building and systems manufacturing. Your advantages: – High system availability, thanks to a fanless design which is suitable for industrial applications and the absence of moving parts – Powerful Intel® Celeron® or Core™-i3 processors – Large-scale compatibility, thanks to open IT standards, numerous interfaces and operating systems – Can be extended via two PCI slots – Particularly easy to maintain, thanks to easily accessible components in the IPC housing – Configurable based on customer requirements 476 PHOENIX CONTACT Notes: You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Configurable box PC   Ex:  Technical data without operating system Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (64 bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), English Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), English Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), Chinese Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-Bit), Chinese Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® Embedded Standard 7 E SP1 (32-bit) Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (64-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2016 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2016 (64-bit), Multi-language 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM 8 GB DDR3 SODIMM 16 GB DDR3 SODIMM without mass storage CompactFlash®, 1 GB CompactFlash®, 2 GB CompactFlash®, 4 GB CompactFlash®, 8 GB CompactFlash®, 16 GB CompactFlash®, 32 GB SSD (SLC), 16 GB SSD (SLC), 32 GB 2.5" HDD SATA, 320 GB 2.5" HDD SATA, 500 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 150 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 240 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 480 GB 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 3x USB 2.0 1x USB 3.0 without slots 2x PCI 1x DisplayPort 1x DVI-D 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% W / H / D 265 mm / 207 mm / 87 mm IP20 -20°C ... 50°C (configuration options can affect the operating temperature. See user manual for details) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Bookshelf mounting Wall mounting IEC 60068-2-27 15g, 11 ms impulse in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Computer data Operating system (configuration option) RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Slots Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type (configuration option) Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Industrial PC - with Intel® Celeron® N2930 technology - with Intel® Core i3-4010U technology VL BPC 2000 VL BPC 3000 2402759 2400183 1 1

477

Rackmount PCs The powerful rackmount PCs in standardized 19" format provide the right solution for demanding applications in your industry. Your advantages: – Tailored to the 19" rack format with 2 RU or 4 RU (Rack Units) – Can be extended via PCI/PCIe slots – High system availability and data security, thanks to RAID support (0/1/5) – Easy maintenance, thanks to 2 or 3 hot-swappable drives HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs Rackmount PC with 2 RU Rackmount PC with 4 RU – Increased security, thanks to lockable     front flap – Easy access to air filters Computer data Processor (configuration option) RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Raid system Interfaces Slots Extended functions Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock Description Rackmount PC - 19-inch, 2U - 19-inch, 4U Mass storage - 1 TB HDD 3.5" - 2 TB HDD 3.5" - 4 TB HDD 3.5" Redundant power supply for the BL RACKMOUNT 2U Technical data Technical data Intel® Core™ i7-4770S 3.90 GHz Intel® Core™ i3-4330TE 2.40 GHz 16 GB DDR3 SODIMM 8 GB DDR3-1066 SODIMM without mass storage 1 TB HDD 3.5" SATA 2 TB HDD 3.5" SATA 4 TB HDD 3.5" SATA 0, 1 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x COM (RS-232) 4x USB 2.0 2x USB 3.0 optional 3x PCI 1x PCIe x4 1x PCIe x16 1x DVI-D 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 110/220 V AC Intel® Core™ i7-4770S 3.90 GHz Intel® Core™ i3-4330TE 2.40 GHz 16 GB DDR3 SODIMM 8 GB DDR3-1066 SODIMM without mass storage 1 TB HDD 3.5" SATA 2 TB HDD 3.5" SATA 4 TB HDD 3.5" SATA 0, 1, 5 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x COM (RS-232) 6x USB 2.0 2x USB 3.0 optional 8x PCI 3x PCI Express x1 1x PCI Express x16 1x DVI-D 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 110/220 V AC IP20 0°C ... 55°C (configuration options can affect the operating temperature. See user manual for details) IP20 0°C ... 55°C (configuration options can affect the operating temperature. See user manual for details) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Installation in the control cabinet (19") DIN EN 60068-2-6 15g in all directions in acc. with IEC 60068-2-27 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Installation in the control cabinet (19") DIN EN 60068-2-6 15g in all directions in acc. with IEC 60068-2-27 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. BL RACKMOUNT 2U 2400063 Accessories IPC 3.5 1TB HDD IPC 3.5 2TB HDD IPC 3.5 4TB HDD 2403835 2403836 2403837 BL RM 2U REDUNDANT 350W PS 2404379 1 1 1 1 4 BL RACKMOUNT 4U 2400064 Accessories IPC 3.5 1TB HDD IPC 3.5 2TB HDD IPC 3.5 4TB HDD 2403835 2403836 2403837 BL RM 2U REDUNDANT 350W PS 2404379 1 1 1 1 4 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 477

478

Computer data Interfaces Monitor output Power supply unit General data Dimensions Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Shock EMC note Description KVM extender Technical data 1x USB 2.0, type B (VL KVM EXTENDER (TX)) 3x USB 2.0, type A (VL KVM EXTENDER (RX)) 1x micro-B USB 1x RJ45 1x DisplayPort 1x DVI-D 24 V DC ±20% W / H / D 150 mm / 80 mm / 43 mm IP20 -20°C ... 50°C 5% ... 95% (relative humidity, non-condensing) DIN rail mounting 15g, 11 ms in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. VL KVM EXTENDER 2404770 1 HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs KVM extender The VL KVM EXTENDER enables data transmission between an industrial PC and an operator panel over a distance of up to 90 m. With just one standard Ethernet cable, you can transmit video, audio, and USB signals between a remote operator panel and a control cabinet PC without losses. Your advantages: – Flexible, thanks to remote operating solutions up to 90 m – Cost-effective, thanks to elimination of cable and mounting costs – Increased system availability, thanks to the use of purely passive displays – Industry-capable, thanks to an extended temperature range of -20°C to +50°C – Fast startup, thanks to a solution consisting purely of hardware 478 PHOENIX CONTACT

479

Software PLC for installation on IPCs Industrial PCs for visualizing and operating processes are often only utilized to a limited extent. Make use of these available resources and also transform your industrial PC into a full-fledged PLC. Depending on the performance requirements, choose between PC Worx SRT with statistically guaranteed response times for small to medium tasks and PC Worx RT Basic for complex automation with real-time requirements. Your advantages: – Stable and reliable, thanks to operating system expansion with PC Worx RT Basic – Easy and inexpensive visualization, thanks to integrated web server – Maximum Ethernet openness, as all common protocols are supported Hardware requirements Processor Main memory (RAM) Hard disk memory Interfaces Operating equipment Monitor resolution Software requirements Operating system Supported browsers Basic functions IEC 61131 runtime system Programmable under Processing speed Program memory Mass storage Retentive mass storage Number of data blocks Number of timers, counters Number of control tasks Description Software PLC HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs Software PLC with real-time extension Software PLC without real-time extension Technical data Technical data min. Intel® Core™2 Duo min. 2 GByte min. 1 GByte Ethernet port, USB port Keyboard, mouse recommended XGA (1024 x 768) Windows® 7 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® Embedded Standard 7 Windows® Embedded 2009 Windows® 10 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Internet Explorer Version 8 or later Complete PLC PROFINET controller and device functionality only in conjunction with a Valueline PC INTERBUS functionality only in conjunction with an INTERBUS master controller board Integration of Modbus/TCP in the firmware min. Intel® Atom™ min. 512 Mbyte min. 1 GByte Ethernet Port Keyboard, mouse recommended XGA (1024 x 768) Windows® 7 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® 8.1 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Windows® Embedded Standard 7 Windows® Embedded 2009 Windows® 10 (32-Bit/64-Bit) Internet Explorer Version 8 or later Complete PLC Non-real-time-capable software PLC for installation on a standard PC with integrated Modbus/TCP, plus PROFINET controller and device functionality PC Worx in IEC 61131 0.001 ms (1 K mixed instructions, Intel® Core™2 Duo 1.5 GHz) 0.7 µs (1 K bit instructions, Intel® Core™2 Duo 1.5 GHz) PC Worx in IEC 61131 5.5 µs (1 K mixed instructions, Intel® Atom™ Z510PT) 4 µs (1 K bit instructions, Intel® Atom™ Z510PT) 8 Mbyte 16 Mbyte 240 kByte depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 16 1 Mbyte 1 Mbyte 48 kByte depends on mass storage depends on mass storage 8 Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 1 1 1 PC WORX SRT 2701680 Accessories AX OPC SERVER 2985945 1 1 PC controller board AX OPC SERVER, communication interface for OPC-compatible visualization with PC Worx-based controllers IBS PCI SC/I-T AX OPC SERVER Accessories 2725260 2985945 PC WORX RT BASIC 2700291 Industrial PC See page 474 onwards See page 474 onwards For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 479

480

Notes: You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Display data Display lighting type Computer data Operating system (configuration option) Processor RAM Interfaces Optional interfaces (configuration option) Slots Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable panel PC with Intel® AtomE3845 technology   Ex:  LED Technical data without operating system Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-Bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), English Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (64 bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), English Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), German Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (64-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (64-bit), Multi-language Intel® Atom™ E3845 1.91 GHz 4 GB DDR3 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x USB 2.0 1x USB 3.0 Without optional interface 1x COM (RS-232), 1x COM (RS-485), 2x CAN 1x COM (RS-232), 1x COM (RS-485) 1x SD 1x DisplayPort 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP66 (front), IP30 (back) 0°C ... 50°C 20% ... 85% (non-condensing) Front installation 1g, in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Industrial panel PC (PPC) with projected-capacitive touch screen (4-touch control). Configurable options for mass storage. - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 22.9 cm (9"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) VL2 PPC7 1000 VL2 PPC9 1000 - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) VL2 PPC12 1000 2403708 2403709 2403710 Industrial panel PC (PPC) with projected capacitive touch screen (ten-point touch). Configurable options for display size, screen resolution, and mass storage. VL2 PPC 1000 2403047 1 1 1 1 HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs Valueline panel PCs The new generation of Valueline panel PCs combines the latest technology and robust industrial design to create a powerful operation and monitoring device. With various display sizes and numerous configuration options, the new Valueline panel PC is the tailor-made IPC solution. Your advantages: – Multitouch capability with projected capacitive touch-screen technology – Extremely robust, thanks to the industrial, fanless design – Maintenance friendly with access to all important components 480 PHOENIX CONTACT

481

Valueline panel PCs Notes: HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs The new generation of Valueline panel PCs combines state-of-the-art technology and robust industrial design into one high-performance operation and monitoring device. Various display sizes and numerous configuration options make the Valueline panel PC the tailor-made IPC solution. Your advantages: – Multitouch capability with projected capacitive touch-screen technology – Extremely robust, thanks to the industrial, fanless design – Maintenance friendly with access to all important components – Can be extended via PCI/PCIe slot – High data security, thanks to 2 forms of mass storage and RAID support You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Display data Display (configuration option) Screen resolution Display lighting type Brightness Display backlight MTBF Color spectrum Touch technology Computer data Operating system (configuration option) RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Raid system Interfaces Optional interfaces (configuration option) Slots Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable panel PC   Ex:  Technical data 39.6 cm/15.6" TFT 47.0 cm / 18.5" TFT 54.6 cm/21.5" TFT 1366 x 768 Pixel(s) (WXGA) 15.6" TFT; 18.5" TFT 1920 x 1080 Pixel(s) (Full HD) LED 300 cd/m², typical (adjustable) > 50000 h (dependent on configuration) 16.7 million colors projective-capacitive, ten-touch control without operating system Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-Bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), English Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (64 bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), English Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), German Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (64-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (64-bit), Multi-language 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM 8 GB DDR3 SODIMM without mass storage SSD (SLC), 4 GB SSD (SLC), 8 GB SSD (SLC), 16 GB SSD (SLC), 32 GB 2.5" HDD SATA, 320 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 240 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 480 GB without RAID system 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 4x USB 2.0 without optional interface 2x COM (RS-232), 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x Ethernet, 1x audio out (3.5 mm), 1x audio in (3.5 mm) PCI/PCIe optional 1x DisplayPort 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP66 (front), IP30 (back) 0°C ... 45°C (with HDD) -20°C ... 60°C (with SSD) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Front installation DIN EN 60068-2-6 15g, 11 ms in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Industrial panel PC (PPC) with projected-capacitive touch screen. Configurable options for display size, RAM, and mass storage. - with Intel® Celeron® N2930 technology - with Intel® Core i3-4010U technology - with Intel® Core i5-4300U technology - with Intel® Core i7-6822EQ technology VL2 PPC 2000 VL2 PPC 3000 VL2 PPC 7000 VL2 PPC 9000 2400334 2400498 2400346 2400500 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 481

482

HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs Basicline panel PCs The new generation of robust panel PCs is optimized for automation applications in the lower price segment. The IPCs are suitable for assembly stations, warehousing and logistics, for production data and energy data collection, and for production networking. Your advantages: – High system availability, thanks to a fanless design which is suitable for industrial applications and the absence of moving parts – Easy integration into existing systems, thanks to proven design with unchanged dimensions – Long-term availability, thanks to the latest 7th generation Intel processors – Space saving, thanks to new M.2 storage technology – Wireless connection, thanks to optional WLAN module (WLAN-capable) Notes: You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. new Display data Display (configuration option) Screen resolution Display lighting type Brightness Display backlight MTBF Color spectrum Touch technology Computer data Operating system (configuration option) Processor (configuration option) RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable panel PC   Technical data 30.7 cm/12.1" TFT 38.1 cm/15" TFT 43.0 cm/17'' TFT 1280 x 1024 Pixel(s) (SXGA) 17"-TFT 1024 x 768 Pixel(s) (XGA) 12.1"- / 15"-TFT LED Dependent on configuration 50000 h Dependent on configuration Analog resistive (polyester) without operating system Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2016 (64-bit), Multi-language Intel® Celeron® N3350 1.10/2.40 GHz 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM without mass storage M.2 SSD, 128 GB 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x COM (RS-232) 2x USB 2.0 2x USB 3.0 2x DisplayPort 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP20 0°C ... 50°C 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Front installation DIN EN 60068-2-6 15g, 11 ms in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Panel PC - with Intel® Celeron® N3350 technology (dual-core) BL2 PPC 1000 - with Intel® Pentium® N4200 technology (quad-core) BL2 PPC 2000 - with Intel® Core™ i5-7442EQ technology (quad-core) BL2 PPC 7000 2404845 2404846 1016236 1 1 1 482 PHOENIX CONTACT

483

Valueline panel PCs Notes: HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs Panel PCs with analog-resistive touch technology combine the advantages of a modern industrial PC with the operation and monitoring functions of a touch monitor. Typically installed in the front of the control cabinet, they provide monitoring and control directly on site. Features: – High system availability, thanks to a fanless design or convection booster, suitable for industrial applications and absence of moving parts – Powerful Intel® Celeron® and Core™-i processors – Large-scale compatibility with open IT standards, numerous interfaces and operating system options – Display sizes from 12" (SVGA) to 24" (Full HD) – High graphic performance with Intel HD graphics 4000 You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Display data Display (configuration option) Screen resolution Brightness Display backlight MTBF Touch technology Computer data RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable panel PC   Ex:  Technical data 30.7 cm/12.1" TFT 30.7 cm / 12.1"-TFT FRONT USB 38.1 cm / 15" TFT 38.1 cm / 15" TFT FRONT USB 38.1 cm / 15" TFT STAINLESS 38.1 cm / 15" TFT USB BK 43.0 cm/17'' TFT 43.0 cm / 17'' TFT FRONT USB 47.0 cm / 18.5" TFT 48.3 cm / 19"-TFT 48.3 cm / 19" TFT FRONT USB 54.6 cm / 21.5" TFT 60.9 cm / 24" TFT FRONT USB 800 x 600 Pixel(s) (SVGA) 1024 x 768 Pixel(s) (XGA) 1280 x 1024 Pixel(s) (SXGA) 1366 x 768 Pixel(s) (WXGA) 1920 x 1080 Pixel(s) (Full HD) Dependent on configuration Dependent on configuration analog resistive (polyester) 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM 8 GB DDR3 SODIMM 16 GB DDR3 SODIMM without mass storage CompactFlash®, 1 GB CompactFlash®, 2 GB CompactFlash®, 4 GB CompactFlash®, 8 GB CompactFlash®, 16 GB CompactFlash®, 32 GB SSD (SLC), 16 GB SSD (SLC), 32 GB 2.5" HDD SATA, 320 GB 2.5" HDD SATA, 500 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 150 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 240 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 480 GB 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 3x USB 2.0 1x USB 3.0 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP65 (front), IP20 (back) -20°C ... 50°C (configuration options can affect the operating temperature. See user manual for details) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Front installation IEC 60068-2-27 15g, 11 ms impulse in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Industrial panel PC (PPC) with resistive touch screen. Configurable options for display size, memory and mass storage. - with Intel® Celeron® N2930 technology - with Intel® Core i3-4010U technology VL PPC 3000 VL PPC 2000 2400184 2402760 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 483

484

Notes: You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Display data Display lighting type Touch technology Computer data Operating system (configuration option) Processor RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Slots Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable panel PC   Technical data LED projective-capacitive, ten-touch control without operating system Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), English Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), English Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (64 bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (64-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (64-bit), Multi-language Intel® Core™ i7-4650U 3.30 GHz 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM 8 GB DDR3 SODIMM 12 GB DDR3 SODIMM without mass storage SSD (SLC), 4 GB SSD (SLC), 8 GB SSD (SLC), 16 GB SSD (SLC), 32 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 80 GB 2.5" SSD (MLC), 160 GB 2.5" HDD SATA, 320 GB 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 4x USB 2.0 1x USB 3.0 1x Audio without slots without 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP65 0°C ... 45°C (with HDD) -20°C ... 45°C (with SSD) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) VESA MIS-D, 100 1g with SSD, 0.5g with HDD, in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 15g, 11 ms in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Panel PC - Display: 38.1 cm (15"), 1024 x 768 Pixel(s) (XGA) DL PPC15M 7000 - Display: 47.0 cm (18.5"), 1366 x 768 Pixel(s) (WXGA) DL PPC18.5M 7000 - Display: 54.6 cm (21.5"), 1920 x 1080 pixels (Full HD) DL PPC21.5M 7000 2400017 2400015 2400016 1 1 1 HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs IP65 panel PCs The panel PCs in the Designline range combine high-performance technology and an attractive design. They are narrow, feature IP65 protection and multi-touch capability, and are always close to the action as they can be installed quickly and easily directly on the machine. Thanks to their fanless and energy-efficient design, they are the ideal solution for future operating concepts in industrial systems: easy maintenance, custom configuration, and robust. Additional features: – Single or multi-touch screen – Energy-efficient Intel® Core™ i7 processors – Can be configured individually – Fully enclosed housing with IP65 protection – Extended temperature range (-20°C ... +45°C) – User-friendly handling, thanks to the attractive and practical industrial design – Easy access to all important components 484 PHOENIX CONTACT

485

Monitors with touch function The monitors with a modern industrial design and with multi-touch display are suitable for operating concepts where the processor unit and display unit are physically separated. Thanks to the different display sizes, you will find the right monitor for your application. Your advantages: – System enhanced by an attractive design – Robust and sturdy, thanks to glass front suitable for industrial use – Implementation of state-of-the-art operating concepts, thanks to multi-touch support – Easy integration into existing systems, thanks to standardized interfaces Display data Display lighting type Brightness Display backlight MTBF Color spectrum Touch technology Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note HMIs and industrial PCs Industrial PCs Flat panel monitor with projected-capacitive multi-touch screen   Technical data LED 300 cd/m², typical (adjustable) > 50000 h 16.7 million colors projective-capacitive, ten-touch control 24 V DC IP65 (front), IP20 (back) -10°C ... 60°C 10% ... 90% (non-condensing) VESA MIS-D, 100 1g 15g, 11 ms impulse Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Flat panel monitor with projected-capacitive multi-touch screen - Display: 39.6 cm (15.6"), 1366 x 768 Pixel(s) (WXGA) - Display: 46.9 cm (18.5"), 1366 x 768 Pixel(s) (WXGA) - Display: 54.6 cm (21.5"), 1920 x 1080 pixels (Full HD) BL FPM 15.6 BL FPM 18.5 BL FPM 21.5 2402980 2402981 2400515 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 485

486

HMIs and industrial PCs IPCs for mobile applications Tablet PCs Tablet PCs suitable for industrial use are the ideal solution for working on the go indoors and outdoors. The new generation offers improved processor power and Full HD displays. Thanks to optimized energy efficiency, you can operate the devices for up to eight hours. Your advantages: – Work on the go without interruption, as the battery can be replaced during operation – Large visualization, thanks to 13.3" display with Full HD resolution – Optimum performance for every application, thanks to Intel® Celeron® and Intel® Core™ processors – Stable connections via WLAN and Bluetooth – Sound and proven handling, thanks to enclosed monocoque frame Notes: You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Display data Display Screen resolution Display lighting type Display backlight MTBF Touch technology Computer data Operating system (configuration option) Processor (configuration option) RAM (configuration option) Mass storage Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Configurable tablet PC Technical data 33.8 cm/13.3" TFT 1920 x 1080 Pixel(s) (Full HD) LED > 50000 h projective-capacitive, ten-touch control without operating system Windows® 7 Ultimate (64-Bit) Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise Windows® Embedded Standard 7 (64-Bit) Intel® Core™ i5 4300U 1.90 GHz Intel® Celeron® 2980U 1.60 Ghz 8 GB DDR3 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM 2.5" SSD, 120 GB (SATA) 2x USB 3.0 1x USB 3.0 inset WLAN 802.11 a/g/n Bluetooth 4.0 Class 1+2 1x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 20 V/3.5 A external IP65 (on the front), IP53 (on the back) 0°C ... 40°C 10% ... 85% (non-condensing) Mobile application Ordering data Description Tablet PC - Configurable Tablet PC, processor type: Intel® Core™ i5 4300U 1.90 GHz, RAM: 8 GB DDR3 - Windows® 7 Ultimate (64-bit) Tablet PC, processor type: Intel® Celeron® 2980U 1.60 GHz, RAM: 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM - Windows® 7 Ultimate (64-bit) - Windows® Embedded 8.1 Industry Pro (64-bit) Type ITC 8113 ITC 8113 PW7 ITC 8113 SW7 ITC 8113 SWES8 Charging station, for simultaneous charging of two batteries Battery, with charge level indicator Power supply unit, for tablet PC, charging station and port replicator Port replicator for tablet PC, can be rotated and tilted, with 1x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps) RJ45 and 4 x USB 2.0 Handle 3-point strap for tablet PC Transport case Accessories ITC 8113 CHARGING STATION 2403081 ITC 8113 RECHARGEABLE BATTERY 2403082 ITC 8113 POWER SUPPLY 2403083 ITC 8113 PORTREPLICATOR 2403313 ITC 8113 HANDLE 2403314 ITC 8113 CARRYING STRAP 2404751 ITC 8113 TRANSPORT CASE 2404752 486 PHOENIX CONTACT Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 2403738 2402961 2402957 2402959 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

487

Mobile panel The HTP10 1000 mobile panel is equipped with ergonomic housing, a brilliant display, and integrated safety elements. With PC-level performance and Windows 10 IoT®, the mobile panel is the state-of-the-art solution for intuitive teach-in (starting and setting up the machine), startup, plus diagnostics and maintenance. Your advantages: – Ergonomic design – Robust for harsh industrial environment – Integrated safety functions – Simple and intuitive operation – Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2016 for the simple use of common visualization tools or C#, C++ for creating the application Display data Display Screen resolution Display lighting type Touch technology Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Slots Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock Description Mobile panel Ethernet connecting cable - Length: 5.0 m - Length: 10.0 m Connection box Touch pens for tablet PC Wall bracket HMIs and industrial PCs IPCs for mobile applications new Industrial PC for mobile applications Technical data 25.7 cm / 10.1" TFT 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) LED analog resistive (polyester) Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2016 (64-bit), Multi-language Intel® Atom™ E3815 1.46 GHz 4 GB DDR3 Flash SSD, 32 GB 1x USB 2.0 1x SD 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP65 0°C ... 45°C none 1g, Criterion 1, in accordance with IEC 60068-2-6 15g, 11 ms, in accordance with EN 61131-2 Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. HTP10 1000 1047318 Accessories HTP10 1000 CC5M HTP10 1000 CC10M HTP10 1000 CB HTP10 1000 TP HTP10 1000 WH 1047320 1047373 1047323 1047361 1047367 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 487

488

HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs and IPCs for harsh ambient conditions Web panels The web panels for harsh environments with a powerful generation of processors and glass-film-glass touch technology offer performance and robustness for demanding applications. Operate and monitor your system in any environment, thanks to C1D2 certification for extreme operating conditions. Web panels are inexpensive operator panels for basic operation and monitoring tasks. Your advantages: – Display can be read in direct sunlight – Resistant to UV and IR radiation – Extended temperature range – Weatherproof, thanks to IP67 protection – Resistant to environmental influences, such as salt spray, termites, and chemicals – Can be operated when wearing work gloves Display data Display Screen resolution Display lighting type Brightness Display backlight MTBF Color spectrum Touch technology Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Network Power supply unit Dimensions External dimensions (front plate) Installation cutout General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock Rugged web panel  Technical data WP 06T/WT WP 07T/WT 14.5 cm/5.7" TFT active 320 x 240 Pixel(s) (QVGA) 17.8 cm/7" TFT 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) LED 400 cd/m², typical (adjustable) 350 cd/m², typical (adjustable) 40000 h 65536 colors Analog resistive (GFG), anti-reflective coating Windows® CE 5.0 Arm9™, 184 MHz 128 MB SDRAM Flash, 64 MB 2x USB host 2.0 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% W / H / D W / H / D 195 mm / 153 mm / 5 mm 161 mm / 119 mm / 42 mm 234 mm / 173 mm / 5 mm 200 mm / 140 mm / 42 mm IP67 (front), IP20 (back) -20°C ... 70°C Front installation DIN EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Ordering data Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Description Web panel, extended temperature range - Display: 14.5 cm (5.7"), 320 x 240 Pixel(s) (QVGA) - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) Type WP 06T/WT WP 07T/WT 2400163 2400164 Accessories 1 1 1 Mounting kit, including hardware for installation - panel installation HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 8 2701387 488 PHOENIX CONTACT

489

Touch panels The touch panels for harsh environments with a powerful generation of processors and glass-film-glass touch technology offer performance and robustness for demanding applications. Operate and monitor your system in any environment, thanks to C1D2 certification for extreme operating conditions. Your advantages: – Display can be read in direct sunlight – Resistant to UV and IR radiation – Extended temperature range – Weatherproof, thanks to IP67 or IP65 protection – Resistant to environmental influences, such as salt spray, termites, and chemicals – Can be operated when wearing work gloves HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs and IPCs for harsh ambient conditions Rugged touch panel  Technical data TP 3120W/WT TP 3120W/WT-65 LED Analog resistive (GFG) Windows® Embedded Compact 7 Arm® Cortex®-A8, 1000 MHz 512 MB LPDDR SDRAM NAND-Flash, 1 GB 2x USB 2.0 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP67 (front), IP20 (back) IP65 (front), IP20 (back) -20°C ... 70°C Bolt fixing Front installation 1g, in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 15g, in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Ordering data Display data Display lighting type Touch technology Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Touch panel, extended temperature range, degree of protection: IP67 - Display: 10.92 cm (4.3"), 480 x 272 Pixel(s) (WQVGA) - Display: 14.5 cm (5.7"), 640 x 480 Pixel(s) (VGA) - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) TP 3043W/WT TP 3057V/WT TP 3070W/WT - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) TP 3120W/WT - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 800 x 600 Pixel(s) (SVGA) - Display: 38.1 cm (15"), 1024 x 768 Pixel(s) (XGA) Touch panel, extended temperature range, degree of protection: IP65 - Display: 14.5 cm (5.7"), 640 x 480 Pixel(s) (VGA) TP 3121S/WT TP 3150S/WT TP 3057V/WT-65 - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) TP 3070W/WT-65 - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) TP 3120W/WT-65 - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 800 x 600 Pixel(s) (SVGA) TP 3121S/WT-65 - Display: 38.1 cm (15"), 1024 x 768 Pixel(s) (XGA) TP 3150S/WT-65 2404286 2403464 2403465 1029308 2403466 1029281 1044278 1044266 1029352 1029343 1029309 Mounting kit, including hardware for installation - panel installation - panel installation HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 6 HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 8 2701385 2701387 Accessories 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 489

490

HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs and IPCs for harsh ambient conditions Rugged panel PC new Configurable operator interface Technical data 26,4 см / 10,4"-TFT 30.7 cm/12.1" TFT 38.1 cm/15" TFT 1024 x 768 Pixel(s) (XGA) 10.4"; 12.1"; 15" 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) 12.1" LED 500 cd/qm (10.4") 600 cd/qm (12.1") 400 cd/qm (12.1" wide) 300 cd/qm (15") > 50000 h 16.2 million colors Projective-capacitive (PCAP) analog resistive (polyester) without operating system Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise Intel® Atom™ x7-E3950 2.0 GHz 4 GB LPDDR4 8 GB LPDDR4 Flash eMMC, 64 GB (integrated) Flash eMMC, 64 GB + M.2 SSD, 128 GB 1x COM (RS-232) 3x USB 3.0 1x USB 3.0 on the front with IP65 cover (can be deactivated via software) 1x COM (RS-232) LTE/GPS module Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g/n/ac + Bluetooth 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 12 ... 48 V DC (9 .... 60 V DC IN) IP66 -30°C ... 60°C VESA MIS-D, 75 (integrated in back panel as a mounting option) Class 5M3 in accordance with EN 60721-3-5 Class 5M3 in accordance with EN 60721-3-5 Ordering data Type VMT 9000 Order No. Pcs./Pkt. 1084510 1 Display data Display (configuration option) Screen resolution Display lighting type Brightness (configuration option) Display backlight MTBF Color spectrum Touch technology (configuration option) Computer data Operating system (configuration option) Processor RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Optional interfaces (configuration option) Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock Description Rugged panel PC, configurable With its high-end design and superior quality, the VMT 9000 series has been specifically developed for the target markets of logistics as well as agricultural and construction machinery. The terminals are characterized by their particularly compact and extremely robust design, ensuring that they will function reliably even in the harshest environments. Your advantages: – Display can be read in direct sunlight – Can be operated when wearing work gloves – Convenient operation via four freely assignable front buttons – Screwless design for easy cleaning – Weatherproof, thanks to IP66 protection 490 PHOENIX CONTACT

491

Box PCs The box PCs with IECEx and ATEX Zone 2/22 approvals have been specifically developed for use in potentially explosive areas. The devices for the Ex area are available in various performance classes. Your advantages: – High system availability, thanks to a fanless design which is suitable for industrial applications and the absence of moving parts – Approvals for use in the Ex area of Zone 2/22 without additional measures – Processor performance suited to the application: with the latest generation of powerful and energy-efficient Intel® Atom™, Celeron® or Core™ i processors – Flexible configuration, thanks to a multitude of equipment versions HMIs and industrial PCs IPCs for the Ex area Notes: You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Computer data Operating system (configuration option) RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Optional interfaces (configuration option) Slots Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type (configuration option) Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable box PC  Ex:    Technical data without operating system Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-Bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), English Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (64 bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), English Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), German Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (64-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (64-bit), Multi-language 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM 8 GB DDR3 SODIMM 16 GB DDR3 SODIMM without mass storage SSD (SLC), 4 GB SSD (SLC), 8 GB SSD (SLC), 16 GB SSD (SLC), 32 GB 2.5" HDD, 160 GB (SATA) 2.5" SSD, 240 GB 2.5" SSD, 480 GB 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x USB 2.0 2x USB 3.0 without optional interface 2x COM (RS-232), 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) PCI/PCIe optional 2x DisplayPort 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP30 -10°C ... 50°C (with SSD) 0°C ... 45°C (with HDD) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Bookshelf mounting Wall mounting DIN EN 60068-2-6 15g, 11 ms in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Industrial PC - with Intel® Atom™ E3845 technology - with Intel® Celeron® N2930 technology - with Intel® Core i3-4010U technology - with Intel® Core i5-4300U technology - with Intel® Core i7-6822EQ technology VL2 BPC 1000 EX VL2 BPC 2000 EX VL2 BPC 3000 EX VL2 BPC 7000 EX VL2 BPC 9000 EX 1054028 1054027 1054025 1054024 1054023 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 491

492

HMIs and industrial PCs IPCs for the Ex area Valueline panel PCs The panel PCs with IECEx and ATEX Zone 2/22 approvals have been specifically developed for use in potentially explosive areas. The devices for the Ex area are available in various performance classes. The robust panel PCs have widescreen displays with PCAP touch technology. Your advantages: – High system availability, thanks to a fanless design which is suitable for industrial applications and the absence of moving parts – Approvals for use in the Ex area of Zone 2/22 without additional measures – Processor performance suited to the application: with the latest generation of powerful and energy-efficient Intel® Atom™ processors – Flexible configuration, thanks to a multitude of equipment versions – Unchanged display dimensions enable easy integration into existing applications Notes: You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Display data Display lighting type Color spectrum Touch technology Computer data Operating system (configuration option) Processor RAM Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Optional interfaces (configuration option) Slots Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock Configurable panel PC with Intel® AtomE3845 technology Technical data LED 16.7 million colors projective-capacitive, ten-touch control without operating system Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-Bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), English Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (64 bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), English Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), German Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (64-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (64-bit), Multi-language Intel® Atom™ E3845 1.91 GHz 4 GB DDR3 SATA DOM SSD (SLC), 8 GB SATA DOM SSD (SLC),16 GB SATA DOM SSD (SLC), 32 GB SATA DOM SSD (MLC), 64 GB 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x USB 2.0 1x USB 3.0 without optional interface 1x COM (RS-232), 1x COM (RS-485), 2x CAN 1x COM (RS-232), 1x COM (RS-485) 1x SD 1x DisplayPort 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP66 (front), IP30 (back) 0°C ... 45°C (with HDD) 0°C ... 50°C (with SSD) 20% ... 85% (non-condensing) Front installation 1g with SSD, 0.5g with HDD, in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Industrial panel PC (PPC) with projected capacitive touch screen, configurable - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) VL2 PPC7 1000 EX - Display: 22.9 cm (9"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) VL2 PPC9 1000 EX - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) VL2 PPC12 1000 EX 1054096 1054095 1054094 1 1 1 492 PHOENIX CONTACT

493

Valueline panel PCs Notes: HMIs and industrial PCs IPCs for the Ex area The panel PCs with IECEx and ATEX Zone 2/22 approvals have been specifically developed for use in potentially explosive areas. The devices for the Ex area are available in various performance classes. The robust panel PCs have widescreen displays with PCAP touch technology. Your advantages: – High system availability, thanks to a fanless design which is suitable for industrial applications and the absence of moving parts – Approvals for use in the Ex area of Zone 2/22 without additional measures – Processor performance suited to the application: with the latest generation of powerful and energy-efficient Intel® Atom™, Celeron® or Core™ i processors – Flexible configuration, thanks to a multitude of equipment versions – Can be extended via PCI/PCIe slot – Unchanged display dimensions enable easy integration into existing applications You can find additional information about industrial PCs and the corresponding accessories in the product area of our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Display data Display (configuration option) Screen resolution Display lighting type Brightness Display backlight MTBF Color spectrum Touch technology Computer data Operating system (configuration option) RAM (configuration option) Mass storage (configuration option) Interfaces Optional interfaces (configuration option) Slots Monitor output Network Power supply unit General data Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Permissible humidity (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable panel PC  Ex:    Technical data 39.6 cm/15.6" TFT 47.0 cm / 18.5" TFT 54.6 cm/21.5" TFT 1366 x 768 Pixel(s) (WXGA) 15.6" TFT; 18.5" TFT 1920 x 1080 Pixel(s) (Full HD) LED 300 cd/m², typical (adjustable) > 50000 h (dependent on configuration) 16.7 million colors projective-capacitive, ten-touch control without operating system Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-Bit), German Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (64-bit), English Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (64 bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Ultimate SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), English Windows® 7 Professional SP1 (32-bit), German Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® Embedded Standard 7 SP1 (64-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (32-bit), Multi-language Windows® 10 IoT Enterprise LTSB 2015 (64-bit), Multi-language 4 GB DDR3 SODIMM 8 GB DDR3 SODIMM 16 GB DDR3 SODIMM without mass storage SSD (SLC), 4 GB SSD (SLC), 8 GB SSD (SLC), 16 GB SSD (SLC), 32 GB 2.5" HDD, 160 GB (SATA) 2.5" SSD, 150 GB 2.5" SSD, 240 GB 2.5" SSD, 480 GB 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) 2x USB 2.0 2x USB 3.0 without optional interface 2x COM (RS-232), 1x COM (RS-232/422/485) PCI/PCIe optional 2x DisplayPort 2x Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% IP66 (front), IP30 (back) 0°C ... 45°C (with HDD) -10°C ... 50°C (with SSD) 5% ... 95% (non-condensing) Front installation 1g with SSD, 0.5g with HDD, in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 DIN EN 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Industrial panel PC (PPC) with projected capacitive touch screen (ten-point touch). Configurable options for display size, screen resolution, and mass storage. - with Intel® Atom™ E3845 technology - with Intel® Celeron® N2930 technology - with Intel® Core i3-4010U technology - with Intel® Core i5-4300U technology - with Intel® Core i7-6822EQ technology VL2 PPC 1000 EX VL2 PPC 2000 EX VL2 PPC 3000 EX VL2 PPC 7000 EX VL2 PPC 9000 EX 1050366 1050367 1050368 1050365 1050364 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 493

494

HMIs and industrial PCs HMIs for maritime applications Touch panels The powerful HMIs in the TPM 3000 series are designed for demanding use on ships. New display sizes, various configuration options, and a wide range of functions ensure user-friendly and reliable operation, monitoring, and alarms when seafaring. Features: – Light-absorbing front plates – Dimmable backlight – Certifications in accordance with ABS, BV, DNV-GL, LR, RINA – Certified compass safe distance in accordance with DIN EN 60945 – Acoustic warning from integrated horn – All common communication standards supported – Floating output – 4:3 or 16:9 display format – Versions with black front incl. dimming buttons and horn or with silver front and no buttons 494 PHOENIX CONTACT Display data Display lighting type Touch technology Computer data Operating system Processor RAM Mass storage Interfaces Optional interfaces (configuration option) User software (configuration option) Network Power supply unit General data Front panel (configuration option) Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Vibration (operation) Shock EMC note Configurable maritime touch panel       Technical data LED analog resistive (polyester) Windows® Embedded Compact 7 Arm® Cortex®-A8, 1000 MHz 512 MB LPDDR RAM NAND-Flash, 1 GB 2x USB host 2.0 without optional interface 1 x COM (RS-232), 1 x COM (RS-422; 4-wire, full duplex) 1 x COM (RS-232), 1 x COM (RS-422; 4-wire, full duplex), 2 x CAN 2x CAN Visu+ MicroBrowser 1 x Ethernet (10/100 Mbps), RJ45 24 V DC ±20% Aluminum (black anodized) with dimming buttons and horn Aluminum (naturally anodized) without dimming buttons and horn IP65 (front), IP20 (back) -20°C ... 60°C (front aluminum, black anodized) Front installation 1g, in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 15g, in accordance with IEC 60068-2-27 Class A product, see page 527 Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Touch panel with graphics-capable display, for maritime applications - Display: 10.92 cm (4.3"), 480 x 272 Pixel(s) (WQVGA) - Display: 14.5 cm (5.7"), 640 x 480 Pixel(s) (VGA) - Display: 17.8 cm (7"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 22.9 cm (9"), 800 x 480 Pixel(s) (WVGA) - Display: 26.4 cm (10.4"), 800 x 600 Pixel(s) (SVGA) - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 800 x 600 Pixel(s) (SVGA) - Display: 30.7 cm (12.1"), 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) - Display: 38.1 cm (15"), 1024 x 768 Pixel(s) (XGA) - Display: 39.05 cm (15.4"), 1280 x 800 Pixel(s) (WXGA) Stylus for touch screens USB memory stick, memory capacity 8 GB CMOS battery Mounting kit, including hardware for installation - panel installation Protective foil for touch screen TPM 3043 TPM 3057 TPM 3070 TPM 3090 TPM 3105 TPM 3121 TPM 3120 TPM 3150 TPM 3154 Accessories TOUCH PEN USB FLASH DRIVE HMI BATTERY 2404516 2404517 2404518 2404519 2404520 2404521 2404522 2404524 2404525 2701379 2402809 2701383 HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 6 2701385 7" DISPLAY PROTECTIVE FOIL 2701374 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

497

Product overview Enclosure lights Class 400 LED enclosure lights Class 600 LED enclosure lights Machine lights Class 100 LED machine lights Class 200 LED machine lights Tower lighting LED tower lighting Signal lights LED signal lights, Ø 174 mm LED signal lights, Ø 272 mm Signal towers Visual signal elements Audible signal elements Connection and mounting elements Lighting and signaling The LED lights, signal lights, and signal towers from Phoenix Contact are highly efficient, durable, and maintenance-free. They therefore represent the perfect solution for optimum application lighting and clear status signaling. LED enclosure lights Optimum illumination of the control cabinet ensures fast troubleshooting and wiring errors can be avoided. The LED enclosure lights in the PLD (Phoenix Contact Lighting Devices) product range provide optimum illumination inside your control cabinets right down to the bottom. Thanks to tool-free mounting, the lights can be mounted in no time at all. LED machine lights The LED machine lights from the PLD (Phoenix Contact Lighting Devices) product range illuminate your machines efficiently, homogeneously, and without glare. Select your machine lights from the comprehensive range: tailored to your application in terms of size, length, degree of protection, and beam angle. LED tower lighting The LED lights illuminate towers and shafts reliably and efficiently. LED signal lights With the robust LED signal lights, you can design reliable and energy-efficient signaling systems for maritime use, e.g., for locks, movable bridges, and waterways, in accordance with the Machinery Directive. LED signal towers Thanks to the considerable signal diversity of the modular signal towers in the PSD (Phoenix Contact Signaling Devices) product range, you can implement unambiguous signaling of your machine and system states. This reduces downtimes and avoids unnecessary costs. 498 499 500 502 504 508 510 512 515 518 520 PHOENIX CONTACT 497

498

Lighting and signaling Product overview Enclosure lights Class 400 LED enclosure lights Page 499 Plug-in power supply unit for class 400 LED enclosure lights Page 499 Class 600 LED enclosure lights - With motion detector Page 500 Class 600 LED enclosure lights - With motion detector and socket Page 501 Machine lights Class 100 LED machine lights Width 23 mm, degree of protection IP67 Page 502 Class 200 LED machine lights Ø 40 mm, degree of protection IP67 Page 504 Class 200 LED machine lights Ø 70 mm, degree of protection IP67 Page 506 Class 200 LED machine lights Length 284 mm, degree of protection IP69 Page 505 Tower lights Signal lights LED tower lighting Page 508 LED signal lights, Ø 174 mm Page 510 LED signal lights, Ø 272 mm Page 512 Signal towers Visual signal elements Page 515 Audible signal elements Page 518 Voice output element Page 519 Connection and mounting elements - For surface and tube mounting Page 520 498 PHOENIX CONTACT

499

Class 400 LED enclosure lights These LED lights are intended for use inside a control cabinet and provide optimum and efficient illumination right down to the bottom of the cabinet. Thanks to the various lengths and swivelable light emission window, the lights can be adapted to different control cabinet widths and heights as well as to the depth of the control cabinet plate. Your advantages – Tool-free mounting, thanks to clip fastening – Series connection reduces cabling effort for control cabinets arranged in series – Optimum lighting of the control cabinet, thanks to integrated prismatics and capacity to swivel – LED service life of 50,000 h (L70 value) prevents bulb replacement Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Power consumption Light properties Source of light type Service life, lighting appliance Number of LEDs Color temperature Color rendering index Net luminous flux General data Connection method Weight Protection class Degree of protection Width Height Length Mounting position Ambient temperature (operation) Description LED enclosure light - Length: 250 mm - Length: 375 mm - Length: 500 mm Mounting set, with magnets Mounting set, with screws and washers Lighting and signaling Enclosure lights Length 250 mm / 375 mm / 500 mm   Technical data PLD...250 PLD...375 PLD...500 1.5 W 5 140 lm 120 g 250 mm 24 V DC 3 W LED 50,000 h (L70) 12 5000 K 75 340 lm M8 connector (snap-in) 170 g III IP20 23 mm 38 mm 375 mm any -25°C ... 60°C Ordering data 5 W 20 560 lm 220 g 500 mm Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLD E 400 W 250 PLD E 400 W 375 PLD E 400 W 500 PLD E 400-ME MM PLD E 400-ME SM Accessories 2702221 2702222 2702223 2702312 2702313 2702314 Mounting set (replacement part), with clip retainers PLD E 400-ME CM Sensor/actuator cable, 3 m, free cable end with ferrules Sensor/actuator cable, 0.6 m Sensor/actuator cable, 1 m Sensor/actuator cable, 3 m Door position switch, 3 m cable with free cable end, 0.6 m cable with M8 socket Door position switch, 1 m cable with M8 connector, 0.6 m cable with M8 socket Plug-in power supply unit 12 W, with adapter for EU, GB, US, AU Plug-in power supply unit 30 W, with adapter for EU, GB, US, AU SAC-3P- 3,0-PUR/M 8SIFS AE 1417698 SAC-3P-M 8MS/ 0,6-PUR/M 8SIFS SAC-3P-M 8MS/ 1,0-PUR/M 8SIFS SAC-3P-M 8MS/ 3,0-PUR/M 8SIFS PLD E 400-DS-3,0/FS/0,6 1417699 1417700 1417701 2702336 PLD E 400-DS-MS/1,0-FS/0,6 2702337 PLD E 400-PS/1AC/24DC/12W 2702435 PLD E 400-PS/1AC/24DC/30W 2702436 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 499

500

Lighting and signaling Enclosure lights Class 600 LED enclosure lights These LED lights are intended for use inside a control cabinet and provide optimum and efficient illumination right down to the bottom of the cabinet. Thanks to the integrated motion detector and integrated socket, you can save cabling material and cabling time. Your advantages – Tool-free mounting, thanks to the patented snap-in hook system – Worldwide use, thanks to AC wide range input – Integrated motion detector saves on MRP and installation costs for door position switches – Socket enables the operation of external devices even when power is disconnected to the control cabinet – Series connection reduces cabling effort for control cabinets arranged in series – Optimum lighting of the control cabinet, thanks to integrated optics – LED service life of 50,000 h (L70 value) prevents bulb replacement Length: 265 mm   Technical data 85 V AC ... 265 V AC (50/60 Hz) 9.8 W LED 50,000 h (L70) 23 4000 K 85 685 lm Installation coupler 650 g I IP20 91 mm 44 mm 265 mm any -25°C ... 60°C Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage range Power consumption Light properties Source of light type Service life, lighting appliance Number of LEDs Color temperature Color rendering index Net luminous flux General data Connection method Weight Protection class Degree of protection Width Height Length Mounting position Ambient temperature (operation) Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Ordering data LED enclosure light, with motion detector - Length: 265 mm LED enclosure light, with motion detector and socket - Length: 315 mm, with type F socket (CEE 7/4) - Length: 315 mm, with type E socket (CEE 7/5) - Length: 315 mm, with type B socket (NEMA 5-15 ) PLD E 608 W 265 2702224 1 Mounting set, with magnets Mounting set, with screws and washers Mounting set (replacement part), mounting carriage with snap-in hooks Connector, for series connection, black, 3-pos. PLD E 608-ME MM PLD E 608-ME SM PLD E 608-ME SFM PLD E 608-CO-MS Socket, for power supply and series connection, black, 3-pos. PLD E 608-CO-FS Accessories T-distributor, with 2 sockets and one connector for series connection, black, 3-pos. Cable, for connecting to the supply voltage, 3 m long Cable for series connection, 0.6 m long Cable for series connection, 1 m long Cable for series connection, 4 m long Cable, for connecting to the supply voltage, 3 m long, with UL approval Cable for series connection, 0.6 m long, with UL approval 500 PHOENIX CONTACT 2702315 2702316 2702317 2702308 2702309 2702310 2702302 2702303 2702304 2702305 2702306 1 1 1 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 PLD E 608-CO-MS/FS/FR PLD E 608-CA-3,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/0,6/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/1,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/4,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-3,0/FS/UL PLD E 608-CA-MS/0,6/FS/UL 2702307

501

Lighting and signaling Enclosure lights Length: 315 mm, type F socket (CEE 7/4) Length: 315 mm, type E socket (CEE 7/5) Length: 315 mm, type B socket (NEMA 5-15)   Technical data Technical data Technical data 85 V AC ... 265 V AC (50/60 Hz) 9.8 W 85 V AC ... 265 V AC (50/60 Hz) 9.8 W 100 V AC ... 125 V AC (50/60 Hz) 9.8 W LED 50,000 h (L70) 23 4000 K 85 685 lm Installation coupler 770 g I IP20 91 mm 44 mm 315.4 mm any -25°C ... 60°C LED 50,000 h (L70) 23 4000 K 85 685 lm Installation coupler 770 g I IP20 91 mm 44 mm 315.4 mm any -25°C ... 60°C LED 50,000 h (L70) 23 4000 K 85 685 lm Installation coupler 770 g I IP20 91 mm 44 mm 315.4 mm any -25°C ... 60°C Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLD E 608 W 315/F 2702226 1 PLD E 608 W 315/E 2702228 Accessories Accessories PLD E 608-ME MM PLD E 608-ME SM PLD E 608-ME SFM PLD E 608-CO-MS PLD E 608-CO-FS PLD E 608-CO-MS/FS/FR PLD E 608-CA-3,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/0,6/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/1,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/4,0/FS AM 2702315 2702316 2702317 2702308 2702309 2702310 2702302 2702303 2702304 2702305 1 1 1 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 PLD E 608-ME MM PLD E 608-ME SM PLD E 608-ME SFM PLD E 608-CO-MS PLD E 608-CO-FS PLD E 608-CO-MS/FS/FR PLD E 608-CA-3,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/0,6/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/1,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/4,0/FS AM 2702315 2702316 2702317 2702308 2702309 2702310 2702302 2702303 2702304 2702305 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 PLD E 608 W 315/B 2702227 Accessories PLD E 608-ME MM PLD E 608-ME SM PLD E 608-ME SFM PLD E 608-CO-MS PLD E 608-CO-FS PLD E 608-CO-MS/FS/FR PLD E 608-CA-3,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/0,6/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/1,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/4,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-3,0/FS/UL 2702315 2702316 2702317 2702308 2702309 2702310 2702302 2702303 2702304 2702305 2702306 PLD E 608-CA-MS/0,6/FS/UL 2702307 1 1 1 1 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 501

502

Lighting and signaling Machine lights Class 100 LED machine lights These LED lights are designed for use inside machinery. They provide surface illumination of the interior of the machine. Your advantages – Narrow design enables mounting even in confined spaces – Ready to connect by means of punched-on 3 m supply line – Focused illumination, thanks to swivel action – IP67 protection enables use even in wet environments – ETL approval permits use on the  North American market – Particularly economical, thanks to energy-efficient LED technology and an LED service life of at least 50,000 h Length 196 mm Length 336 mm  196 150 23 ° 5 3 ± , 5 2 2 336 290 23 ° 5 3 ± , 5 2 2 Ø4,4 Ø4,4 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 22 V DC ... 26 V DC typ. 0.15 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 3.5 W (at 24 V DC) LED 50,000 h (L70) 6 daylight white 6200 K ±10% 75 max. 206 lx (50 cm distance) 89 lx (distance of 50 cm over 1 m2 area) 95 ° (C0-C180) 105 ° (C90-C270) A+ free cable end 0.2 kg IP67 any 0°C ... 40°C 24 V DC 22 V DC ... 26 V DC typ. 0.3 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 7 W (at 24 V DC) LED 50,000 h (L70) 12 daylight white 6200 K ±10% 75 max. 391 lx (50 cm distance) 169 lx (distance of 50 cm over 1 m2 area) 95 ° (C0-C180) 105 ° (C90-C270) A+ free cable end 0.4 kg IP67 any 0°C ... 40°C Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLD M 160 W-95/105 196 2702475 1 PLD M 160 W-95/105 336 2702476 1 Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Current consumption Power consumption Light properties Source of light type Service life, lighting appliance Number of LEDs Light color Color temperature Color rendering index Illumination Average illumination Emission angle Energy efficiency class General data Connection method Weight Degree of protection Mounting position Ambient temperature (operation) Description LED machine light 502 PHOENIX CONTACT

503

Lighting and signaling Machine lights Length 616 mm Length 896 mm Length 1176 mm    616 570 23 ° 5 3 ± , 5 2 2 896 850 23 ° 5 3 ± , 5 2 2 1176 1130 23 ° 5 3 ± , 5 2 2 Ø4,4 Ø4,4 Ø4,4 Technical data Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 22 V DC ... 26 V DC typ. 0.58 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 14 W (at 24 V DC) LED 50,000 h (L70) 24 daylight white 6200 K ±10% 75 max. 691 lx (50 cm distance) 336 lx (distance of 50 cm over 1 m2 area) 95 ° (C0-C180) 105 ° (C90-C270) A+ free cable end 0.7 kg IP67 any 0°C ... 40°C 24 V DC 22 V DC ... 26 V DC typ. 0.875 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 21 W (at 24 V DC) LED 50,000 h (L70) 36 daylight white 6200 K ±10% 75 max. 833 lx (50 cm distance) 449 lx (distance of 50 cm over 1 m2 area) 95 ° (C0-C180) 105 ° (C90-C270) A+ free cable end 0.8 kg IP67 any 0°C ... 40°C 24 V DC 22 V DC ... 26 V DC typ. 1.17 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 28 W (at 24 V DC) LED 50,000 h (L70) 48 daylight white 6200 K ±10% 75 max. 908 lx (50 cm distance) 535 lx (distance of 50 cm over 1 m2 area) 95 ° (C0-C180) 105 ° (C90-C270) A+ free cable end 1 kg IP67 any 0°C ... 40°C Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLD M 160 W-95/105 616 2702477 1 PLD M 160 W-95/105 896 2702478 1 PLD M 160 W-95/105 1176 2702479 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 503

504

Lighting and signaling Machine lights Class 200 LED machine lights These LED lights are designed for use inside machinery. Your advantages – Space saving, thanks to the small diameter – Plug-in supply line enables free choice of the cable length as well as quick and easy installation – Focused illumination, thanks to swivel action and different emission angles – IP67 protection and resistance to cooling agents and lubricants enables use in machine tools – Can be used at high temperatures and can be subjected to strong vibrations and shocks – Safety glass enables use even in environments with potential mechanical strain – Particularly economical, thanks to Ø 40 mm Length 190 mm Ø 40 mm Length 365 mm   13 190 40 13 365 40 energy-efficient LED technology and an LED service life of at least 60,000 h 0 3 0 3 Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Current consumption Power consumption Light properties Source of light type Service life, lighting appliance Number of LEDs Light color Color temperature Color rendering index Illumination Average illumination Emission angle Energy efficiency class General data Connection method Weight Degree of protection Note regarding dimensions Mounting position Ambient temperature (operation) Technical data Technical data PLD M...W-85/95... PLD M...W-40/80... PLD M...W-85/95... PLD M...W-40/80... 24 V DC 20 V DC ... 28 V DC typ. 0.21 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 5 W (at 24 V DC) LED 60000 h (L70) 12 Neutral white 5000 K 24 V DC 20 V DC ... 28 V DC typ. 0.44 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 10.5 W (at 24 V DC) LED 60000 h (L70) 27 Neutral white 5000 K max. 216 lx (distance of 1 m) 156 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 85 ° (C0-C180) 95 ° (C90-C270) 80 A+ max. 393 lx (distance of 1 m) 223 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) max. 477 lx (distance of 1 m) 348 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 40 ° (C0-C180) 80 ° (C90-C270) 85 ° (C0-C180) 95 ° (C90-C270) 80 A+ max. 846 lx (distance of 1 m) 487 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 40 ° (C0-C180) 80 ° (C90-C270) M12 connector, (A-coded) M12 connector, (A-coded) 0.3 kg IP67 0.55 kg IP67 Length without M12 flush-type connector Length without M12 flush-type connector any 0°C ... 50°C Ordering data any 0°C ... 50°C Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. LED machine light, emission angle: 85° - Can be connected in series LED machine light, emission angle: 40° Mounting holder Mounting brackets PLD M 260 W-85/95 190/D40 PLD M 260 W-85/95 190/D40/SC 2702480 2702933 PLD M 260 W-40/80 190/D40 2702938 Accessories PLD M-ME MC/D40 PLD M-ME MB/D40 2702492 2702527 1 1 1 1 1 PLD M 260 W-85/95 365/D40 PLD M 260 W-85/95 365/D40/SC 2702481 2702934 PLD M 260 W-40/80 365/D40 2702939 Accessories PLD M-ME MC/D40 PLD M-ME MB/D40 2702492 2702527 1 1 1 1 1 504 PHOENIX CONTACT

505

Lighting and signaling Machine lights Ø 40 mm Length 540 mm Ø 40 mm Length 715 mm IP67/IPX9 protection  0 3  13 540 40 13 715 40 0 3  8 5 284 162 Ø4,5 20 4 7 Technical data Technical data Technical data PLD M...W-85/95... PLD M...W-40/80... PLD M...W-85/95... PLD M...W-40/80... 24 V DC 20 V DC ... 28 V DC typ. 0.67 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 16 W (at 24 V DC) LED 60000 h (L70) 42 Neutral white 5000 K 24 V DC 20 V DC ... 28 V DC typ. 0.9 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 21.5 W (at 24 V DC) 24 V DC 22 V DC ... 26 V DC typ. 0.54 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 13 W (at 24 V DC) LED 60000 h (L70) 57 Neutral white 5000 K max. 732 lx (distance of 1 m) 541 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 85 ° (C0-C180) 95 ° (C90-C270) 80 A+ max. 1270 lx (distance of 1 m) 746 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) max. 957 lx (distance of 1 m) 718 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 40 ° (C0-C180) 80 ° (C90-C270) 85 ° (C0-C180) 95 ° (C90-C270) 80 A+ max. 1692 lx (distance of 1 m) 1001 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 40 ° (C0-C180) 80 ° (C90-C270) M12 connector, (A-coded) M12 connector, (A-coded) 0.8 kg IP67 1.1 kg IP67 Length without M12 flush-type connector Length without M12 flush-type connector any 0°C ... 50°C Ordering data any 0°C ... 50°C Ordering data LED 50,000 h (L70) 6 daylight white 6500 K ±10% 65 max. 869 lx (distance of 1 m) 347 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 40 ° A+ free cable end 1 kg IP67/IPX9 - any 0°C ... 40°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLD M 260 W-85/95 540/D40 PLD M 260 W-85/95 540/D40/SC 2702482 2702935 PLD M 260 W-40/80 540/D40 2702941 Accessories PLD M-ME MC/D40 PLD M-ME MB/D40 2702492 2702527 1 1 1 1 1 PLD M 260 W-85/95 715/D40 PLD M 260 W-85/95 715/D40/SC 2702483 2702936 PLD M 260 W-40/80 715/D40 2702942 Accessories PLD M-ME MC/D40 PLD M-ME MB/D40 2702492 2702527 1 1 1 1 1 PLD M 280 W-40 284 2702491 1 Accessories For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 505

506

Lighting and signaling Machine lights Class 200 LED machine lights These LED lights are designed for use inside machinery. Your advantages – Easy mechanical replacement of traditional tube lights (retrofit), thanks to 70 mm diameter – Plug-in supply line enables free choice of the cable length as well as quick and easy installation – Focused illumination, thanks to swivel action – IP67 protection and resistance to cooling agents and lubricants enables use in machine tools  – Can be used at high temperatures and can be subjected to strong vibrations and shocks – Safety glass enables use even in environments 13 with potential mechanical strain Ø 70 mm Length 370 mm Ø 70 mm Length 510 mm  370 510 70 13 8 5 70 8 5 Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC typ. 0.5 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 12 W (at 24 V DC) LED 60000 h (L70) 24 Neutral white 5000 K ±8% 85 max. 443 lx (distance of 1 m) 340 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 75 ° (C0-C180) 95 ° (C90-C270) A+ M12 connector, (A-coded) 1.2 kg IP67 Length without M12 flush-type connector any 0°C ... 45°C 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC typ. 0.75 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 18 W (at 24 V DC) LED 60000 h (L70) 36 Neutral white 5000 K ±8% 85 max. 662 lx (distance of 1 m) 506 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 75 ° (C0-C180) 95 ° (C90-C270) A+ M12 connector, (A-coded) 1.7 kg IP67 Length without M12 flush-type connector any 0°C ... 45°C Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLD M 260 W-75/95 370/D70 2702484 Accessories PLD M-ME MC/D70 PLD M-ME MB/D70 2702493 2702494 1 1 1 PLD M 260 W-75/95 510/D70 2702485 Accessories PLD M-ME MC/D70 PLD M-ME MB/D70 2702493 2702494 1 1 1 Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Supply voltage range Current consumption Power consumption Light properties Source of light type Service life, lighting appliance Number of LEDs Light color Color temperature Color rendering index Illumination Average illumination Emission angle Energy efficiency class General data Connection method Weight Degree of protection Note regarding dimensions Mounting position Ambient temperature (operation) Description LED machine light Mounting holder Mounting brackets 506 PHOENIX CONTACT

507

Lighting and signaling Machine lights  13 Ø 70 mm Length 650 mm Ø 70 mm Length 790 mm Ø 70 mm Length 1070 mm   650 790 1070 70 13 70 13 8 5 8 5 70 8 5 Technical data Technical data Technical data 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC typ. 1 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 24 W (at 24 V DC) LED 60000 h (L70) 48 Neutral white 5000 K ±8% 85 max. 856 lx (distance of 1 m) 657 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 75 ° (C0-C180) 95 ° (C90-C270) A+ M12 connector, (A-coded) 2.1 kg IP67 Length without M12 flush-type connector any 0°C ... 45°C 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC typ. 1.25 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 30 W (at 24 V DC) LED 60000 h (L70) 60 Neutral white 5000 K ±8% 85 max. 1056 lx (distance of 1 m) 814 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 75 ° (C0-C180) 95 ° (C90-C270) A+ M12 connector, (A-coded) 2.6 kg IP67 Length without M12 flush-type connector any 0°C ... 45°C 24 V DC 18 V DC ... 30 V DC typ. 1.75 A (at 24 V DC) approx. 42 W (at 24 V DC) LED 60000 h (L70) 84 Neutral white 5000 K ±8% 85 max. 1391 lx (distance of 1 m) 1089 lx (distance of 1 m over 1 m² area) 75 ° (C0-C180) 95 ° (C90-C270) A+ M12 connector, (A-coded) 3.8 kg IP67 Length without M12 flush-type connector any 0°C ... 45°C Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLD M 260 W-75/95 650/D70 2702486 Accessories PLD M-ME MC/D70 PLD M-ME MB/D70 2702493 2702494 1 1 1 PLD M 260 W-75/95 790/D70 2702488 Accessories PLD M-ME MC/D70 PLD M-ME MB/D70 2702493 2702494 1 1 1 PLD M 260 W-75/95 1070/D70 2702489 Accessories PLD M-ME MC/D70 PLD M-ME MB/D70 2702493 2702494 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 507

508

Lighting and signaling Tower lighting LED tower lighting The LED lights illuminate towers and shafts reliably and efficiently. The light is designed for continuous operation for work spaces or ladders. Your advantages: – Time-saving installation, thanks to pre-assembled cabling – No electrician required, thanks to plug-in connection technology – Long service life of the lights for maintenance-free lighting Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage range Current consumption Power consumption Light properties Source of light type Service life, lighting appliance Number of LEDs Light color Color temperature Color rendering index Luminous flux General data Connection method Weight Degree of protection Width Height Length Note regarding dimensions Mounting position Ambient temperature (operation) Description LED lighting LED lighting - Suitable for series connection Wide optical distribution  Technical data 100 V AC ... 250 V AC (50/60 Hz) typ. 42 mA (for 230 V AC) approx. 10 W (for 230 V AC) LED 50,000 h (L70) 24 Neutral white 5000 K 70 1100 lm (Gross) QUICKON fast connection 687 g IP67 91.7 mm 76.2 mm 307 mm Specfications with connectors any -40°C ... 70°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLD T/1AC/AS/1CON 2402991 Accessories 1 1 Mounting set, with two brackets PLD T/1AC/MNT 2402993 508 PHOENIX CONTACT

509

Lighting and signaling Tower lighting Wide optical distribution, suitable for series connection Directional light Directional light, suitable for series connection    Technical data Technical data Technical data 100 V AC ... 250 V AC (50/60 Hz) typ. 42 mA (for 230 V AC) approx. 10 W (for 230 V AC) 100 V AC ... 250 V AC (50/60 Hz) typ. 42 mA (for 230 V AC) approx. 10 W (for 230 V AC) 100 V AC ... 250 V AC (50/60 Hz) typ. 42 mA (for 230 V AC) approx. 10 W (for 230 V AC) LED 50,000 h (L70) 24 Neutral white 5000 K 70 1100 lm (Gross) QUICKON fast connection 802 g IP67 91.7 mm 76.2 mm 362 mm Specfications with connectors any -40°C ... 70°C LED 50,000 h (L70) 6 Neutral white 5000 K 70 1100 lm (Gross) QUICKON fast connection 702 g IP67 91.7 mm 76.2 mm 307 mm Specfications with connectors any -40°C ... 70°C LED 50,000 h (L70) 6 Neutral white 5000 K 70 1100 lm (Gross) QUICKON fast connection 819 g IP67 91.7 mm 76.2 mm 362 mm Specfications with connectors any -40°C ... 70°C Ordering data Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PLD T/1AC/AS/2CON 2402992 Accessories PLD T/1AC/MNT 2402993 1 1 Accessories PLD T/1AC/MNT 2402993 PLD T/1AC/UD/1CON 2403121 1 1 PLD T/1AC/UD/2CON 2403122 Accessories PLD T/1AC/MNT 2402993 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 509

510

Lighting and signaling Signal lights LED signal lights, Ø 174 mm The signal lights for maritime use can be used for the reliable and energy-efficient operation of light signal systems, such as at locks, movable bridges, and on waterways. In combination with SafetyBridge Technology from Phoenix Contact, you can transmit and evaluate safety-related signals quickly and easily. Configure your system in accordance with the requirements of the Machinery Directive and satisfy safety functions up to SIL 2/PL d. Your advantages: – Safety-related function in accordance with safety standard IEC 61508 (signal light type 200S) – Quick and easy integration into your network, thanks to standard interfaces – Robust aluminum housing with IP65 protection for harsh outdoor use – Reduced costs, thanks to durable and efficient LED technology – High system availability, thanks to the use of safety-related autonomous monitoring functions Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Light properties Source of light type Service life, lighting appliance Number of LEDs Light color Color temperature Luminous intensity Emission angle Can be dimmed General data Connection method Weight Degree of protection Width Height Depth Ambient temperature (operation) new Light color: white Technical data CSD-SL 200S WH CSD-SL 200 WH max. 590 mA (white LEDs) max. 450 mA (white LEDs) 24 V DC (DC) typ. 12 W (white LEDs) typ. 9 W (white LEDs) LED 50000 h 8 (in acc. with IALA recommendation E200-1 and CIE 1931) IALA white, optimum 5000 K ±1000K 7300 Cd 7,5° x 7,5° Yes, in 256 steps M12 connector 1400 g IP65/IP67, when installed 174 mm 178 mm 66 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. LED signal light - With safe diagnostic interface LED signal light - Without diagnostic interface CSD-SL 200S WH CSD-SL 200 WH 1029564 2701781 1 1 510 PHOENIX CONTACT

511

new new Lighting and signaling Signal lights new Light color: green Light color: red Light color: yellow Technical data Technical data Technical data CSD-SL 200S GN CSD-SL 200 GN CSD-SL 200S RD CSD-SL 200 RD max. 740 mA (green LEDs) max. 600 mA (green LEDs) max. 590 mA (red LEDs) max. 450 mA (red LEDs) 24 V DC (DC) 24 V DC (DC) 24 V DC (DC) max. 400 mA (yellow LEDs) typ. 14 W (green LEDs) typ. 11 W (green LEDs) typ. 12 W (red LEDs) typ. 9 W (red LEDs) typ. 8 W (yellow LEDs) LED 50000 h LED 50000 h 8 (in acc. with IALA recommendation E200-1 and CIE 1931) 8 (in acc. with IALA recommendation E200-1 and CIE 1931) LED 50000 h 8 (in acc. with IALA recommendation E200-1 and CIE 1931) IALA green, optimum 490...510 nm 4200 Cd 7,5° x 7,5° Yes, in 256 steps M12 connector 1400 g IP65/IP67, when installed 174 mm 178 mm 66 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data IALA red, optimum 620...645 nm 3200 Cd 7,5° x 7,5° Yes, in 256 steps M12 connector 1400 g IP65/IP67, when installed 174 mm 178 mm 66 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data IALA yellow, optimum 588...592 nm 2800 Cd 7,5° x 7,5° Yes, in 256 steps M12 connector 1400 g IP65/IP67, when installed 174 mm 178 mm 66 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. CSD-SL 200S GN CSD-SL 200 GN 2404768 2701782 1 1 CSD-SL 200S RD CSD-SL 200 RD 2404767 2701784 1 1 CSD-SL 200 YE 2701783 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 511

512

Lighting and signaling Signal lights LED signal lights, Ø 272 mm The signal lights for maritime use can be used for the reliable and energy-efficient operation of light-signal systems, such as locks. Status and diagnostic functions provide a detailed database for smart maintenance and ensure the traceability of the system operating behavior. Your advantages: – Fast diagnostics and long-term data backup through integration into your network with standard protocols – Robust aluminum housing with IP65 protection for harsh outdoor use – Reduced costs, thanks to durable and efficient LED technology 512 PHOENIX CONTACT Light color: white Technical data CSD-SL 300 CSD-SL 300 WH 8X8 WH CSD-SL 300 WH 30X30 24 V DC (DC) max. 2.51 A (white LEDs) max. 70 W (white LEDs) LED 50000 h 30 (in acc. with IALA recommendation E200-1 and CIE 1931) 35868 Cd 8° x 30° IALA white, optimum 5000 K ±1000K 175429 Cd 8° x 8° Yes, in 256 steps 12706 Cd 30° x 30° M17 hybrid connectors with SPEEDCON locking system 4200 g IP65/IP67, when installed 272 mm 291 mm 68 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data Power supply for module electronics Supply voltage Current consumption Power consumption Light properties Source of light type Service life, lighting appliance Number of LEDs Light color Color temperature Luminous intensity Emission angle Can be dimmed General data Connection method Weight Degree of protection Width Height Depth Ambient temperature (operation) Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. LED signal light - Emission angle: 8° x 8° - Emission angle: 8° x 30° - Emission angle: 30° x 30° LED signal light, emission angle: 8° x 30° - Light color: yellow - Light color: blue CSD-SL 300 WH 8X8 CSD-SL 300 WH CSD-SL 300 WH 30X30 1002733 2701785 1051096 1 1 1

513

Lighting and signaling Signal lights Light color: green Light color: red Light color: yellow/blue Technical data Technical data Technical data CSD-SL 300 GN CSD-SL 300 GN 30X30 CSD-SL 300 RD CSD-SL 300 RD 30X30 CSD-SL 300 YE CSD-SL 300 BU 24 V DC (DC) max. 2.73 A (green LEDs) max. 75 W (green LEDs) LED 50000 h 24 V DC (DC) max. 1.95 A (red LEDs) max. 55 W (red LEDs) LED 50000 h max. 2.51 A (yellow LEDs) max. 2.43 A (blue LEDs) 24 V DC (DC) max. 70 W (yellow LEDs) max. 70 W (blue LEDs) LED 50000 h 30 (in acc. with IALA recommendation E200-1 and CIE 1931) 30 (in acc. with IALA recommendation E200-1 and CIE 1931) 30 (in acc. with IALA recommendation E200-1 and CIE 1931) IALA green, optimum 490...510 nm 18504 Cd 8° x 30° 6800 Cd 30° x 30° Yes, in 256 steps 15856 Cd 8° x 30° IALA red, optimum 620...645 nm Yes, in 256 steps 4482 Cd 30° x 30° IALA yellow, optimum IALA blue, optimum 588...592 nm 11394 Cd 467 nm 6405 Cd 8° x 30° Yes, in 256 steps M17 hybrid connectors with SPEEDCON locking system M17 hybrid connectors with SPEEDCON locking system M17 hybrid connectors with SPEEDCON locking system 4200 g IP65/IP67, when installed 272 mm 291 mm 68 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data 4200 g IP65/IP67, when installed 272 mm 291 mm 68 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data 4200 g IP65/IP67, when installed 272 mm 291 mm 68 mm -25°C ... 55°C Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. CSD-SL 300 GN CSD-SL 300 GN 30X30 2701786 1051088 1 1 CSD-SL 300 RD CSD-SL 300 RD 30X30 2701788 1051076 1 1 CSD-SL 300 YE CSD-SL 300 BU 2701787 2402723 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 513

514

Lighting and signaling Signal towers Erecting a tower A signal tower can be erected or extended without using any tools in a matter of seconds by simply placing the individual signal elements on top of each other and twisting the bayonet locking system. This automatically establishes an electrical connection between the elements. The control lines are then connected to screw or spring-cage terminal blocks in the connection element (bottom element). Visual signal elements The visual elements are available in a choice of five colors with various different signal types. Audible signal elements Signaling can also be supported by an audible element. Mounting elements The signal tower portfolio is completed by a wide range of mounting elements, which ensure optimum mounting of the signal towers according to the conditions. Assemble your signal towers individually as follows: ① Select the appropriate mounting type for your application: surface or tube mounting. ② If applicable, select the mounting bracket or junction box. ③ If applicable, select the foot and the required tube length: 110 mm ... 1000 mm. ④ Select the appropriate connection element for the mounting type: screw or spring-cage connection. ⑤ Select the required visual signal elements and if applicable, an audible signal element. Visual and audible signal elements Connection element with screw or spring-cage connection ⑤ ④ ② Foot with tube Foot/tube Adapter for single-hole mounting Junction box Bracket Tube mounting Junction box / bracket ① Surface mounting 514 PHOENIX CONTACT ⑤ ④ ③ ② ①

515

Visual signal element – Multicolor With the multicolor element, up to seven colors can be displayed with just one optical element. You can therefore save costs when it comes to storing and controlling signal towers. The seven colors (red, yellow, green, blue, white, violet, and turquoise) are selected via a maximum of three control lines. Features: – Supply voltage: 24 V DC – 7 colors can be selected – The colors red, yellow, and green can be selected via just two control lines – Minimum LED service life of 50,000 h Lighting and signaling Signal towers PSD electrical data Input voltage Maximum inrush current Current consumption General data Material Weight Height Diameter Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position LED permanent light element, multicolor  24 V DC max. 500 mA 120 mA Technical data Polycarbonate PC 63 g 65.5 mm 70 mm IP65, when installed or with cover -20°C ... 50°C any Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. LED permanent light element, multicolor The colors white, red, yellow, green, blue, violet or turquoise can be selected via control signal combination End cover, black (replacement part) Label board for towers with tube mounting, complete with assembly material PSD-S OE LED MC 2702090 Accessories PSD-S AS END COVER PSD-S AS LABEL BOARD 2700148 2700147 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 515

516

LED permanent light element LED blinking light element     Technical data Technical data ...GN / ...CL / ...BU ...RD / ...YE ...GN / ...CL / ...BU ...RD / ...YE 24 V AC/DC max. 500 mA 24 V AC/DC max. 500 mA 25 mA max. 40 mA 25 mA max. 35 mA Polycarbonate PC 58 g 65.5 mm 70 mm Polycarbonate PC 59 g 65.5 mm 70 mm IP65, when installed or with cover IP65, when installed or with cover -30°C ... 50°C any Ordering data -20°C ... 50°C any Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSD-S OE LED GN PSD-S OE LED CL PSD-S OE LED BU PSD-S OE LED RD PSD-S OE LED YE Accessories 2700119 2700127 2700131 2700107 2700122 2700148 2700147 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PSD-S OE LED BL GN PSD-S OE LED BL CL PSD-S OE LED BL BU PSD-S OE LED BL RD PSD-S OE LED BL YE Accessories PSD-S AS END COVER PSD-S AS LABEL BOARD 2700121 2700128 2700132 2700114 2700123 2700148 2700147 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lighting and signaling Signal towers Visual signal elements The visual signal elements enable clear visual indication of the machine or system state. Features: – 5 signal types to choose from – Can be freely combined – High light and color intensity – Minimum LED service life of 50,000 h – All elements for 24 V DC – Random flashing beacon ensures display cannot be ignored PSD electrical data Input voltage Maximum inrush current Current consumption General data Material Weight Height Diameter Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Description Visual signal elements Color: green Color: white Color: blue Color: red Color: yellow End cover, black (replacement part) Label board for towers with tube mounting, complete with assembly material PSD-S AS END COVER PSD-S AS LABEL BOARD 516 PHOENIX CONTACT

517

Lighting and signaling Signal towers LED random flashing light element LED flashing light element LED rotating light element       Technical data Technical data Technical data ...CL / ...BU ...RD / ...YE 24 V DC max. 500 mA 250 mA 350 mA 24 V DC max. 200 mA 35 mA Polycarbonate PC 78 g 65.5 mm 70 mm IP65, when installed or with cover -20°C ... 50°C any Ordering data Polycarbonate PC 72 g 65.5 mm 70 mm IP65, when installed or with cover -20°C ... 50°C any 24 V AC/DC max. 500 mA 40 mA Polycarbonate PC 65 g 65.5 mm 70 mm IP65, when installed or with cover -20°C ... 50°C any Ordering data Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSD-S OE LED RFL CL PSD-S OE LED RFL BU PSD-S OE LED RFL RD PSD-S OE LED RFL YE Accessories PSD-S AS END COVER PSD-S AS LABEL BOARD 2700130 2700135 2700118 2700126 2700148 2700147 1 1 1 1 1 1 PSD-S OE LED FL CL PSD-S OE LED FL BU PSD-S OE LED FL RD PSD-S OE LED FL YE Accessories PSD-S AS END COVER PSD-S AS LABEL BOARD 2700129 2700134 2700115 2700124 2700148 2700147 1 1 1 1 1 1 PSD-S OE LED RL RD PSD-S OE LED RL YE Accessories PSD-S AS END COVER PSD-S AS LABEL BOARD 2700116 2700125 2700148 2700147 1 1 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 517

518

Lighting and signaling Signal towers Audible signal elements The audible signal elements enable clear audible indication of the machine or system state. Features: – Buzzer and siren elements – Minimum volume of 80 dB(A) – Adjustable volume – Multi-tone siren signaling depending on the situation – Multilingual signaling, thanks to voice output PSD electrical data Input voltage Nominal input voltage range Maximum inrush current Current consumption Signaling Type of audible signal Signal frequency Tone frequency Volume General data Material Weight Height Diameter Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) Electromagnetic compatibility Mounting position Buzzer element, continuous/pulse tone Siren element, continuous tone and alternating continuous tone     Technical data Technical data 24 V AC/DC ±10% 21.6 V AC/DC ... 26.4 V AC/DC max. 200 mA 25 mA Continuous/pulse tone approx. 1 Hz approx. 1.75 kHz 85 dB(A) 24 V AC/DC ±10% 21.6 V AC/DC ... 26.4 V AC/DC max. 100 mA 40 mA Continuous tone Alternating continuous tone - approx. 3 kHz max. 105 dB Polycarbonate PC 73 g 72 mm 70 mm IP65, when installed -30°C ... 50°C Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU any Polycarbonate PC 80 g 54 mm 70 mm IP65, when installed -30°C ... 50°C Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU any Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Buzzer element, continuous/pulse tone Siren element - Continuous tone and alternating continuous tone - Pulse tone, automatic volume control - 8 tones, tone selection via DIP switches - 7 tones, tone selection via 3 signal cables Voice output element, up to 15 sound sequences, maximum play time of 60 minutes PSD-S AE BM2-1 85DB 2700136 1 PSD-S AE SM2-7 105DB/1 2702998 1 518 PHOENIX CONTACT

519

Lighting and signaling Signal towers Siren element, pulse tone Siren element, tones can be selected Voice output element       Technical data Technical data Technical data 24 V DC ±10% 21.6 V DC ... 26.4 V DC max. 500 mA 150 mA PSD-S AE SM8-6 102DB/1 PSD-S AE SM7-4 100DB/3 24 V AC/DC ±10% 24 V DC ±10% 21.6 V AC/DC ... 26.4 V AC/DC 21.6 V DC ... 26.4 V DC 24 V DC ±10% 21.6 V DC ... 26.4 V DC max. 250 mA 30 mA max. 500 mA 80 mA max. 3 A (for approximately 2 ms) < 50 mA (in standby mode) Pulse tone, automatic volume control 8 tones, adjustable volume 7 tones, remotely controlled Voice, max. 15 texts approx. 1 Hz approx. 2.5 kHz - Polycarbonate PC 122 g 110 mm 71.5 mm IP65, when installed -20°C ... 50°C Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU any Ordering data approx. 20 Hz (trill tone) approx. 1 Hz (pulse tone) approx. 2.8 kHz approx. 1.6 kHz max. 102 dB (continuous and max. 100 dB(A) (continuous and pulse tone at 2.8 kHz) pulse tone at 3.4 kHz) - - approx. 88 dB(A) 54 mm Polycarbonate PC 80 g 70 mm 72 mm IP65, when installed -30°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU any Ordering data Polycarbonate PC 184 g 110 mm 71.5 mm IP65, when installed -20°C ... 50°C Conformance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU any Ordering data Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. PSD-S AE SP1-3 100DB/2 2700137 1 PSD-S AE SM8-6 102DB/1 PSD-S AE SM7-4 100DB/3 2702997 2700141 1 1 PSD-S AE V15/1 2700140 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 519

520

Lighting and signaling Signal towers Connection elements The cables for controlling the visual and/or audible elements are connected to the connection element. They can either be mounted directly on a surface or on a tube. PSD electrical data Nominal input voltage range General data Material Weight Height Diameter Degree of protection Ambient temperature (operation) For surface mounting For tube mounting Technical data Technical data 12 V AC/DC ... 240 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC ... 240 V AC/DC PA-GF 83 g 27 mm 69 mm IP65, when installed -30°C ... 50°C PA-GF 84 g 27 mm 69 mm IP65, when installed -30°C ... 50°C Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Connection element - With screw connection terminal blocks - With spring-cage terminal blocks Cable gland, M16 x 1.5 mm, black PSD-S CE-SM SCREW PSD-S CE-SM SPRING 2700093 2700091 Accessories PSD-S AS CABLE GLAND M16X1,5 2700145 1 1 1 PSD-S CE-TM SCREW PSD-S CE-TM SPRING 2700095 2700092 1 1 Accessories Mounting elements for base mounting For base mounting, the mounting foot of the connection element can be mounted on an outlet box or an angled connector as an option. Your options: – With visible cable routing – With concealed cable routing – Two-sided mounting for up to 10 signal elements General data Material Weight Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type Junction box and bracket Bracket with concealed cable routing Technical data Technical data PSD-S ME OB PSD-S ME BR-SM PSD-S ME BR-SM/1S PSD-S ME BR-SM/2S PA-GF 73 g -30°C ... 60°C Base mounting PA A3 x 2G5 40 g -30°C ... 50°C Base mounting PA A3 x 2G5 78 g -30°C ... 60°C Base mounting PA A3 x 2G5 71 g -30°C ... 60°C Base mounting Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Outlet box with lateral cable entry - For base mounting Angled connector - With visible cable routing Angled connector with concealed cable routing - For single-sided base mounting - For two-sided base mounting 520 PHOENIX CONTACT PSD-S ME OB PSD-S ME BR-SM 2700153 2700144 1 1 PSD-S ME BR-SM/1S PSD-S ME BR-SM/2S 2700160 2700161 1 1

521

Lighting and signaling Signal towers Mounting feet and tubes For tube mounting, the connection element is mounted directly on a tube. The options are as follows: – Adapter for single hole mounting – Foot with integrated tube – Plastic foot for short tubes – Metal foot for long tubes – Foldaway base for vertical alignment with angled surfaces Adapter and mounting foot with tube Mounting feet and tubes Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Adapter for single hole mounting Foot with integrated tube - 110 mm long Foot for tube, Ø 25 mm - Plastic - Metal Tube, Ø 25 mm - 250 mm long - 400 mm long - 1000 mm long Foldaway base - 7.5° pitch Tube, for direct mounting on the foldaway base - 45 mm long Mounting elements for tube mounting For tube mounting, the mounting foot can be mounted on an outlet box or an angled connector as an option. Your options: – With visible cable routing – With concealed cable routing – Magnetic base for tool-free mounting on metal surfaces General data Material Weight Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting type PSD-S ME A-SH M18 PSD-S ME BT 110 2700150 2700156 1 1 PSD-S ME B-P PSD-S ME B-M PSD-S ME T-M 250 PSD-S ME T-M 400 PSD-S ME T-M 1000 PSD-S ME FB 2700163 2700164 2700157 2700158 2700154 2700151 PSD-S ME T-P 45 2700152 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Junction boxes Brackets Technical data Technical data PSD-S ME OB PSD-S ME OB/MB PSD-S ME BR-BM/HCR PSD-S ME BR-BM PA-GF 73 g -30°C ... 60°C Base mounting PA-GF 299 g -30°C ... 60°C Base mounting ABS-PC 80 g -30°C ... 60°C Base mounting, concealed cable routing PA A3 x 2G5 60 g -30°C ... 50°C Base mounting Ordering data Ordering data Description Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs./Pkt. Outlet box with lateral cable entry - For base mounting - With magnetic base Angled connector - With concealed cable routing - With visible cable routing PSD-S ME OB PSD-S ME OB/MB 2700153 2700155 1 1 PSD-S ME BR-BM/HCR PSD-S ME BR-BM 2700149 2700143 1 1 For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 521

522

COMPLETE line The comprehensive solution for the control cabinet Easy planning, intuitive installation COMPLETE line is a system comprising technologically leading and coordinated hardware and software products, consulting services, and system solutions that help you optimize your processes in control cabinet manufacturing. Engineering, purchasing, installation, and operation become significantly easier for you. Your advantages at a glance: – Intuitive handling, thanks to the uniform design, look, and function – Time savings across the entire engineering process, thanks to consistent software support – Reduced logistics costs with standardized accessories and reduced variety of parts – Optimized processes in control cabinet manufacturing, thanks to custom services and innovative manufacturing solutions 522 PHOENIX CONTACT

523

The comprehensive solution for the control cabinet COMPLETE line Comprehensive product portfolio With COMPLETE line, we offer a complete product portfolio of technologically leading products. These include: – Controllers and I/O modules – Power supplies and device circuit breakers – Terminal blocks and distribution blocks – Relay modules and motor starters – Signal conditioners – Safety technology – Surge protection – Heavy-duty connectors Intuitive handling Thanks to the simple, intuitive handling of the coordinated hardware components you will save time during installation, startup, and maintenance. Push-in connection technology enables you to wire applications quickly – without using tools. The broad, technologically leading product portfolio will always provide you with the right product for standard or special applications. Time savings across the entire engineering process The PROJECT complete planning and marking software supports the entire control cabinet manufacturing process. The program features an intuitive user interface and enables the individual planning, automatic checking, and direct ordering of terminal strips. Reduced logistics costs Reduced variety of parts, thanks to standardized marking, bridging, and testing accessories. The COMPLETE line system coordinates products, design, and accessories in a way that you benefit from maximum reusability and thus reduce your logistics costs. Optimized processes in control cabinet manufacturing From engineering through to manufacturing, COMPLETE line supports you in making your control cabinet production as efficient as possible. Thus creating a customized concept for optimizing your processes in control cabinet manufacturing. Our terminal strip production helps you to flexibly manage peak order times or to supply your control cabinet production with fully assembled DIN rails just-in-time. Additional information: Find our more about COMPLETE line and your comprehensive solutions for the control cabinet. Visit our website: phoenixcontact.com/completeline For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 523

524

At Phoenix Testlab, devices are also tested with regard to their electrical safety, mechanical influences, and their behavior in relation to environmental influences. Phoenix Testlab is also a notified body in accordance with EMC Directive 2014/30/EU and Radio Equipment Directive (RED) 2014/53/EU. As a certification body (TCB, FCB, and RCB), Phoenix Testlab is also able to approve these products for the markets in the USA, Canada, and Japan. Standards and regulations All relevant standards and regulations are used as the basis for the development and maintenance of our products. International standards are subject to continuous changes as a result of harmonization and new developments. In line with this process, the current version of all standards that are relevant to our products is documented in the product area on our website at phoenixcontact.net/products. Online product information service on the world wide web Phoenix Contact is continuously extending its product range. Within the scope of our product monitoring obligation, all products are subject to an improvement process. The Internet is an ideal platform to quickly communicate new product developments and improvements to the market. You can quickly access the relevant Phoenix Contact website for your region via phoenixcontact.com. There you will always find an up-to-date overview of products, solutions, and services from Phoenix Contact. This includes technical documents such as data sheets and user manuals, current driver and demo software, and a direct link to the relevant contact person. Technical information Quality in quantity Integrated management system The objective of the Phoenix Contact integrated management system is to integrate all requirements pertaining to products, processes, and the organization. Statutory and regulatory requirements, as well as those of international standards and our customers, are met and, in some cases, even exceeded in all phases of the product lifecycle. The Phoenix Contact management system is monitored by internationally recognized independent bodies each year to ensure that quality, environmental protection, energy efficiency, and occupational safety have been integrated in conformance with the relevant requirements. Certification in accordance with international standards ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ISO 50001, and BS OHSAS 18001 is the result of our corporate philosophy of meeting the needs of our customers, staff, and environment as best as possible. This serves as the basis for innovative products with the familiar high Phoenix Contact quality standard, actively practiced environmental protection through efficient production and products that conserve resources, and responsibility in the field of occupational health and safety. It goes without saying that we integrate all further requirements of standards, international approvals or special customer requirements into our company processes. The result of this system is a building block for the success of the Phoenix Contact Group as well as its products and services. CE marking CE marking was introduced as an important instrument for the free movement of goods and services within the single European market. By applying the mark to a product, the manufacturer confirms its compliance with all EU directives applicable to this product. The EU directives describe the product characteristics with regard to device safety and the avoidance of risks. They have been incorporated in national legislation. Compliance with the requirements is a condition for placing the product on the market within the EU. 524 PHOENIX CONTACT Where applicable, our products currently fall within the scope of the following directives in particular: – 2014/35/EU Electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Low Voltage Directive) – 2014/30/EU Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Directive) – 2014/32/EU Measuring instruments – 2006/42/EC Safety of machinery (Machinery Directive) – 2014/34/EU Equipment and protective systems intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres (ATEX Directive) – 2014/53/EU Radio equipment (RED) – 2011/65/EU Restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances (RoHS Directive) – 2012/19/EU Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE Directive) The standards used as the basis for the aforementioned directives have been at the heart of our development standard for some time as a way of ensuring compliance with European directives. The numbers of the directives indicate their version at the time of publication. In the event of changes to directives and/or standards, our products will undergo conformity assessment again in good time and a new declaration of conformity will be issued promptly. The current declarations for each product can also be found in our download area. Among the aforementioned European directives, the EMC Directive plays a particularly important role. It uses a directive enshrined in national legislation as the basis for defining electromagnetic compatibility as a fundamental device property. European legislation therefore places great emphasis on the electromagnetic compatibility of devices and systems as a basic prerequisite for the error-free operation of machines and systems. As an international leader in the field of surge protection, Phoenix Contact has extensive expertise in EMC. This expertise and the experience gained over many years in the development and application of industrial interface and communication technology have resulted in an extremely high standard of quality for our products when it comes to electromagnetic compatibility. Our independent laboratory, Phoenix Testlab, was founded in order to share this expertise with other companies. Phoenix Testlab GmbH is an accredited service company, which carries out EMC testing in compliance with European standards.

525

Touch protection Touch-proof 60 Technical information 200 Back of hand safety Example: pressure actuation Touch-proof Back of hand safety must be taken into account when selecting the individual types of terminal blocks and accessories. The accident prevention regulations BGV A 2 issued by the German employer's liability insurance association for precision mechanics and electrical engineering apply to the operators of electrical systems and are aimed at the prevention of electrical accidents by means of special safety requirements. These regulations contain specifications regarding the safety distances for work, operation, and occasional handling in the proximity of “live parts” in low-voltage systems up to 1000 V ~ or 1500 V –. – Work with live parts is only permitted once they have been de-energized. Operation in the proximity of live parts is only permitted if these parts are de-energized or are protected against direct contact (§ 6). The following safety measures apply when working in the proximity of live parts: – Provision of the de-energized state for the duration of the work – Ensure shock protection is in place in the form of covers or barriers during the work – Assurance that proximity limits will not be violated (§ 7). The term “occasional handling” has been introduced for the operation of elements such as pushbuttons, rocker arms or rotary buttons in the proximity of live parts. According to VDE 0105-1, this is covered by “operation with partial protection against direct contact”. Detailed specifications for “occasional handling” can be found in DIN VDE 0106-100. This specifies to what degree live parts in the proximity of operating elements are to be protected against contact. The basis for this is the definition of a “protection area for occasional handling”; this is the area into which the user must reach in order to handle the machine. The most important thing is that an area formed by an even envelope curve 30 mm in radius must surround the live parts. This area must be touch-proof, i.e., the live parts of the electrical device must not be within reach of the VDE test finger in accordance with IEC 60529/DIN VDE 0470-1 (test finger). Back of hand safety is specified for the “rest of the area” up to 100 mm around the operating element. Back of hand safety means that when a force of 50 N is applied to a ball with a diameter of 50 mm, this does not come into contact with the live parts of the equipment. No special measures for ensuring contact safety are stipulated outside this area. Note: systems and equipment that are operated with PELV up to 25 V ~ or 60 V – are considered to be protected against “direct contact”. According to § 5, Subsection 4 of the BGV A 2 regulations, there is no need to test the condition of the system prior to initial startup if the company has confirmation from the manufacturer or installer that the electrical systems and equipment conform to BGV A 2. The confirmation required relates to systems and equipment that have been installed and are ready for operation and can only be issued by the installer or installation company. The manufacturer of the electrical equipment can only issue a confirmation that products have been produced in accordance with the relevant electrotechnical DIN VDE regulations stipulated in BGV A 2. The installer must bear this in mind when selecting the equipment to be used. In the field of connection technology, Phoenix Contact offers a wide range of products which are touch-proof or can be protected against contact by means of covers. Depending on the conditions, all of this For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 525

526

Technical information Quality features of insulating housings parameters. At very low temperatures, this means that any form of mechanical load on the plastic components must be avoided (e.g., mounting of products on/removal of products from the DIN rail, actuation of terminal points, locking/ ejection of relays from bases, prizing out of plug-in bridges, bending of cables and lines, etc.), as there is always an associated risk of damage. Unless otherwise indicated, it is recommended that you carry out the specified mounting/operational tasks in a temperature range from -10°C to +40°C. Flammability characteristics of plastics (UL 94) The flammability tests for plastics have been defined by the Underwriters Laboratory (USA) in regulation UL 94. This applies to all areas of application, particularly in electrical engineering. A horizontal or vertical test is carried out at the test laboratory to determine the flammability of the plastic material with a naked flame. In order of increasing flame- retardant behavior, the evaluation classes are HB, V2, V1, V0, and 5V. Test results are recorded on “yellow cards” and are published annually in the Recognized Component Directory. Thermoplastics: non-reinforced polyamide, PA We use the modern, semi-crystalline insulation material, polyamide, which is now an essential component in electrical engineering and electronics. It has long occupied a leading position and is authorized for use by the relevant approval authorities such as the CSA, NEMKO, KEMA, PTB, SEV, UL, VDE, etc. Polyamide has excellent electrical, mechanical, chemical, and other properties even at high operating temperatures. Brief peak temperatures of up to approximately 200°C are permitted as a result of heat aging stabilization. Depending on the type (PA 4.6, 6.6, 6.10, etc.), its melting point is in the region of 215°C to 295°C. Polyamide absorbs moisture from its surroundings, on average 2.8%. However, this moisture is not crystallization water in the plastic itself, but chemically bonded H2O groups in the molecular structure. This makes the plastic flexible and resistant to breakage, even at temperatures as low as -40°C. As per UL 94, PA has a flammability rating of V2 to V0. Thermoplastics The majority of our insulating housing is made from thermoplastic materials. Roughly speaking, these can be divided into amorphous and semi-crystalline substances. Thermoplastics are processed using the efficient and environmentally-friendly injection molding process. They have good recycling properties and can be re-used. We use many materials that are modified in different ways to meet the demanding requirements of electrical and electronic modules, devices, and systems with regard to their mechanical, thermal, and electrical properties. Behavior of plastics under the influence of temperature (operating temperatures, mechanical influences) Plastics undergo a process referred to as thermal aging when they are subjected to heat over long periods. This process causes changes in the mechanical and electrical properties of the material. External influences such as radiation and additional mechanical, chemical, and electrical stresses amplify this effect. Special tests on samples can yield characteristic data which provides a good means of drawing comparisons between different plastics. However, applying these characteristics to an evaluation of molded plastic parts is only possible to a limited extent, and can only give the designer a rough guide when it comes to selecting a plastic material. This catalog uses the following assessment criteria: the RTI value in accordance with UL746B/ANSI 746 B (elec. based on electric strength) and the Ti value in accordance with IEC 60216-1 (based on a 50% reduction in tensile strength after 20,000 hours). IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1 specifies a permissible temperature increase of 45 K for terminal blocks under nominal load. Phoenix Contact terminal blocks satisfy this requirement. The properties of plastics are not only affected by the influence of heat as described above; they also undergo changes as a result of cold influences. When subjected to cold as well as low levels of humidity, plastics become increasingly brittle with the result that they are no longer capable of withstanding the same mechanical loads. As the table on the right shows, the plastics concerned can be used down to a temperature of -40°C, but only without a mechanical load. As far as the products presented in the catalog are concerned, it is the ambient temperature specified in each case that is to be regarded as definitive for operation. Regardless of the plastics used, this may be subject to further restrictions (e.g., limited to -20°C) as a result of the components used or other restrictive 526 PHOENIX CONTACT Thermoplastics: polyester, PBT We use the semi-crystalline thermoplastic polyester in non-reinforced and fiberglass- reinforced variants for special applications which require increased dimensional and form stability. In addition to the high operating temperature, the material is characterized by excellent mechanical strength and hardness. Polyester does not absorb moisture from its surroundings. Therefore, PBT is particularly suitable for strips, for example, that are soldered onto PCBs and are subsequently required to pass a burn-in test where they are subjected to the influence of heat. As per UL 94, PBT has a flammability rating of V2 to V0. Thermoplastics: polycarbonate, PC Polycarbonate combines many advantages such as rigidity, impact strength, transparency, dimensional stability, good insulation properties, and resistance to heat. The amorphous material only absorbs moisture to a very limited degree, and is used for items such as large, rigid electronic component housings. In its transparent form, polycarbonate is particularly suitable for use as a material for cover profiles or marking materials. PC has good resistance properties against mineral acids, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons, gasoline, greases, and oils. This material is not very resistant to solvents, benzene, alkalis, acetone, and ammonia. Strain cracks may result from contact with certain chemicals. As per UL 94, PC has a flammability rating of V2 to V0. Thermoplastics: polycarbonate fiber-reinforced, PC-F Compared to non-reinforced materials, fiber-reinforced polycarbonates feature greater rigidity and impact strength, and have a higher operating temperature. Otherwise, their properties are largely the same as those of non-reinforced polycarbonate.

527

Technical information Thermoplastics: ABS As per UL 94, the molding compound used We use the thermoplastic molding has a flammability rating of HB to V0. compound ABS for products which must have good impact and notched impact properties in addition to high mechanical stability and rigidity. The products are characterized by their resistance to chemicals and stress cracking due to their special surface quality and hardness. The characteristic thermal properties provide good dimensional stability at both low and high temperatures. Products made from ABS can be coated with metallic surfaces, e.g., nickel. Properties Operating temperature RTI */** Minimum temperature (without mechanical load) Electric strength IEC 60243-1/DIN VDE 0303-21 Resistance to creepage IEC 60112/DIN VDE 0303-1 Tropical and termite resistance Specific contact resistance IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31 Surface resistance IEC 60093/VDE 0303 Part 30; IEC 60167/VDE 0303 Part 31 Flammability rating UL 94 * As per UL 746 B/ANSI 746 B (elec.) Unit/level °C °C kV/cm CTI...M CTI...  cm  ** Minimum value Polyamide PA  105 Polyester PBT  105 -40 600 550 600 Good 1012 1010 V2-V0 -40 400 225 225 Good 1016 1013 V0 Polycarbonate PC Polycarbonate PC-F  120 -40 175 > 1014  125 -40 > 300 175 175 Good > 1016 > 1014 V2-V0 ABS  80 -40 850 200 600 1014 1013 V0 HB-V0 Dimensions EMC: Class A product Note Subject to changes that serve the purpose of technical progress. In accordance with statutory regulations, our products are indicated with this footnote if they are intended for use in industrial environments. This means that the permitted limit values for residential applications may be exceeded in the event of conducted and emitted disturbance variables. In such cases, the operator may have to take additional safety measures in order to ensure electromagnetic compatibility in residential applications. Dimensions: Width/Height/Depth H D W D W H The dimensions “Width/Height/Depth” are defined as follows for all DIN-rail-mountable products: – Width: measurement taken along the DIN rail – Height: measurement taken across the DIN rail – Depth: measurement taken starting from the mounting plate and including the NS 35/7,5 DIN rail (EN 60715) The width, height, and depth never change, even if the products shown in this catalog happen to be photographed from two different perspectives (horizontal or vertical). To make things easier for you, one of the two symbols shown above has been included next to each product photo. For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 527

528

Technical information Connection cross section The rated cross section of terminal blocks must be specified by the manufacturer in accordance with IEC 60947-7-1. The rated cross section is the maximum conductor cross section that can be connected in solid, multi-stranded or fine-stranded versions subject to specific thermal, mechanical, and electrical requirements. The manufacturer must also specify the rated connection capacity, i.e., the area of connectable conductors as well as the number of conductors which can be connected simultaneously and the necessary preparation of the conductor ends. The conductors can be rigid (solid or multi-stranded) or flexible (fine-stranded). These values can be found in the product-specific technical data. The rated connection capacity of Phoenix Contact terminal blocks usually exceeds standard requirements, which specify that it must only be possible to connect one conductor with one of the two next smallest cross sections, excluding the rated cross section (standardized for the cross section range from 0.2 to 35 mm2). In addition, conductors with a rated cross section can usually be wired with ferrules with plastic sleeve. Structure and dimensions of connecting cables Phoenix Contact terminal blocks are designed to allow copper wires to be connected to them untreated. “Special treatment” or the use of ferrules – both permitted in accordance with IEC 60947-7-1 – is not required. If ferrules are nevertheless used to protect flexible conductors against splicing, the connection capacity of the flexible conductor is generally reduced by one level. Cross section [mm2] 0.2 0.5 0.75 1 – 1.5 – 2.5 – 4 – 6 – Solid Multi-stranded Fine-stranded American Wire Gauge [AWG] Diameter max. dimension Number of wires Diameter max. dimension Number of wires (minimum number) Diameter max. dimension Number of wires (guide value) 0.5 0.9 1.0 1.2 – 1.5 – 1.9 – 2.4 – 2.9 – 1 1 1 1 – 1 – 1 – 1 – 1 – – 1.1 1.2 1.4 – 1.7 – 2.2 – 2.7 – 3.3 – – 7 7 7 – 7 – 7 – 7 – 7 – – 1.1 1.3 1.5 – 1.8 – 2.3 – 2.9 – 3.9 – – 16 24 32 – 30 – 50 – 56 – 84 – Gauge no. Rigid wires Flexible wires AWG 24 20 18 (17) 16 (15) 14 (13) 12 (11) 10 (9) 8 [ mm] 0.51 0.81 1.02 1.15 1.29 1.45 1.63 1.83 2.05 2.30 2.59 2.91 3.26 [circ. mils] 404 1022 1620 2050 2580 3260 4110 5180 6530 8230 10380 13100 16510 [mm2] 0.21 0.52 0.82 1.04 1.31 1.65 2.08 2.63 3.31 4.17 5.26 6.63 8.37 [ mm] – 0.97 1.16 – 1.50 – 1.85 – 2.41 – 2.95 – 3.73 [circ. mils] [mm2] – 1111 1600 – 2580 – 4100 – 6500 – 10530 – 16625 – 0.56 0.82 – 1.32 – 2.09 – 3.32 – 5.37 – 8.48 Tightening torque of terminal block screws IEC 60947-1/EN 60947-1, modified, Table 4 specifies tightening torques for screw connections based on the screw size for electrical and mechanical type tests. Extract from IEC 60947-1/EN 60947-1, Table 4 The IEC torque and the recommended torque for Phoenix Contact terminal blocks are specified Thread Head screw with slot M2.5 (M2.6) M3 M3.5 M4 Torque [Nm] 0.4 0.5 0.8 1.2 Recommended tightening torque [Nm] 0.4 - 0.5 0.5 - 0.6 0.8 - 1.0 1.2 - 1.5 Current carrying capacity Standard IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1/ DIN VDE 0611-1 specifies the test currents for the individual conductor cross sections listed in the adjacent table. The corresponding currents are listed with the connection data for the individual terminal blocks. The type tests of terminal blocks are based on this data. 528 PHOENIX CONTACT Test currents in accordance with IEC 60947-7-1/EN 60947-7-1, Table 5 Rated cross section [mm2] 0.2 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.5 2.5 Test current [A] 4 6 9 13.5 17.5 24 4 32 6 41 10 57 16 76

529

Certification authorities and marks Certification authorities and approvals Country code Explosion protection Country code Marine classification societies Country code Technical information IECEE CB Scheme (in combination with certifying body) International ) International Electrotechnical Commission International DNV GL - MARITIME CENELEC Certification Agreement (CCA inspection report) (in combination with certifying body) EU X ATEX Directive EU  CA x Bureau Veritas Lloyd's Register of Shipping Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Canadian Standards Association (CSA) - CSA approval for the USA - US m Nippon Kaiji Kyokai Canadian Standards Association (CSA) combined logo - CSA approval for Canada and the USA - Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) - UL approval for Canada - CA US z US y CA d Polski Rejestr Statków Russian Maritime Register of Shipping RU Korean Register of Shipping Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) combined logo - UL approval for the USA and Canada - US CA l American Bureau of Shipping FM Approvals US  Registro Italiano Navale FM Approvals - FM approval for Canada - CA FM Approvals - FM approval for the USA and Canada - US CA DE FR GB JP PL KR US IT Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Canadian Standards Association (CSA) - CSA approval for the USA - Canadian Standards Association (CSA) combined logo - CSA approval for Canada and the USA - Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) - UL approval for Canada - Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) combined logo - UL approval for the USA and Canada - INSIEME PER LA QUALITA‘E LA SICUREZZA Eurasian Conformity DEKRA Certification B.V. CA US CA C US & US ,  A  a  u IT f EAEU . NL / CA US CA j CCA C + &  , *  A  a  u g   K s J V     T   Österreichischer Verband für Elektrotechnik AT Eurasian Conformity for Ex-products EAEU s Korean Certification Mark for Ex-products KR  National Institute of Metrology, Standardization and Industrial Quality National Supervision and Inspection Center for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation BR CN Corp. Centro de Investigación y Desarrollo Tecnólogico del Sector Eléctrico CO CH  DE  US  Eurofins Electrosuisse Product Testing AG SEV certification scheme Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker e.V. (VDE) – Approval of drawings – Reports with production monitoring DE Berufsgenossenschaft (BG) GS – Geprüfte Sicherheit (tested safety) Intertek ETL Listed - Approval for the USA - Intertek ETL Listed - Approval for Canada - Intertek ETL Listed - Approval for the USA and Canada - CA US CA TÜV Rheinland Industrie Service GmbH DE China Compulsory Certification Korean Certification Mark CN KR For further information and full technical data, visit phoenixcontact.net/products PHOENIX CONTACT 529

530

Index Alphabetical Type 7 7" DISPLAY PROTECTIVE FOIL 2701374 494 A ANT-DIR-2459-01 ANT-DIR-5900-01 ANT-DIR-868-01 ANT-OMNI-2459-02 ANT-OMNI-5900-01 ANT-OMNI-868-01 ANT-OMNI-VAN-868-01 ASI CC ADR ASI CC ADR CAB CINCH ASI IO ME DI 4 AB ASI IO ME DIO 4/3 AB ASI MA IL UNI ASI QUINT 100-240/2.4 EFD ASI QUINT 100-240/4.8 EFD AX OPC SERVER AXC 1050 AXC 1050 PN STARTERKIT AXC 1050 XC AXC 3050 AXC CLOUD-PRO AXC F 2152 AXC F 2152 STARTERKIT AXC F IL ADAPT AXC F XT ETH 1TX AXL BS BK AXL E EC DI16 M12 6M AXL E EC DI16 M12 6P AXL E EC DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E EC DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E EC DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E EC DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E EC DIO16 M12 6M AXL E EC DIO16 M12 6P AXL E EC IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E EC IOL8 DI4 M12 6P AXL E EIP DI16 M12 6M AXL E EIP DI16 M12 6P AXL E EIP DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E EIP DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E EIP DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E EIP DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E EIP DIO16 M12 6M AXL E EIP DIO16 M12 6P AXL E EIP IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E EIP IOL8 DI4 M12 6P AXL E ETH DI16 M12 6M AXL E ETH DI16 M12 6P AXL E ETH DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E ETH DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E ETH DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E ETH DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E ETH DIO16 M12 6M AXL E ETH DIO16 M12 6P AXL E ETH IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E ETH IOL8 DI4 M12 6P AXL E IOL AI1 I M12 R AXL E IOL AI1 I M12 S AXL E IOL AI1 U M12 R AXL E IOL AI1 U M12 S AXL E IOL AO1 I M12 R AXL E IOL AO1 I M12 S AXL E IOL AO1 U M12 R AXL E IOL AO1 U M12 S AXL E IOL DI16 M12 6P AXL E IOL DI8 M12 6P AXL E IOL DO8 M12 6P AXL E IOL RTD1 M12 R AXL E IOL RTD1 M12 S 530 PHOENIX CONTACT 2701186 2701348 2702137 2701408 2701347 2702136 1090616 2741338 2741341 2741671 2741668 2736628 2736686 2736699 2985945 2700988 2400361 2701295 2700989 2402985 2404267 1046568 1020304 2403115 2701422 2701526 2701521 2701529 2701523 2701525 2701520 2701528 2701522 2701531 2701524 2701488 2701493 2701490 2701495 2701487 2701492 2701489 2701494 2701491 2701496 2701538 2701533 2701540 2701535 2701537 2701532 2701539 2701534 2701541 2701536 2700275 2700338 2700273 2700336 2700282 2700351 2700278 2700350 2702660 2702658 2702659 2700305 2700352 389 389 390 388 389 390 390 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 37 44 56 44 45 22 10 13 12 13 68 168 168 169 169 169 169 168 168 169 169 170 170 171 171 171 171 170 170 171 171 172 172 173 173 173 173 172 172 173 173 182 182 182 182 183 183 183 183 180 180 180 183 183 Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page AXL E IOL SDI8 SDO4 2A M12 6P AXL E IOL TC4/K M12 AXL E PB DI16 M12 6M AXL E PB DI16 M12 6P AXL E PB DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E PB DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E PB DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E PB DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E PB DIO16 M12 6M AXL E PB DIO16 M12 6P AXL E PB IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E PB IOL8 DI4 M12 6P AXL E PN DI16 M12 6M AXL E PN DI16 M12 6P AXL E PN DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E PN DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E PN DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E PN DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E PN DIO16 M12 6M AXL E PN DIO16 M12 6P AXL E PN IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E PN IOL8 DI4 M12 6P AXL E S3 DI16 M12 6M AXL E S3 DI16 M12 6P AXL E S3 DI8 DO4 2A M12 6M AXL E S3 DI8 DO4 2A M12 6P AXL E S3 DI8 DO8 M12 6M AXL E S3 DI8 DO8 M12 6P AXL E S3 DIO16 M12 6M AXL E S3 DIO16 M12 6P AXL E S3 IOL8 DI4 M12 6M AXL E S3 IOL8 DI4 M12 6P AXL F AI2 AO2 1H AXL F AI2 AO2 XC 1H AXL F AI4 I 1H AXL F AI4 I XC 1H AXL F AI4 U 1H AXL F AI4 U XC 1H AXL F AI8 1F AXL F AI8 XC 1F AXL F AO4 1H AXL F AO4 XC 1H AXL F AO8 1F AXL F AO8 XC 1F AXL F BK EC AXL F BK EIP AXL F BK EIP EF AXL F BK ETH AXL F BK ETH NET2 AXL F BK ETH XC AXL F BK PB AXL F BK PB XC AXL F BK PN AXL F BK PN TPS AXL F BK S3 AXL F BK SAS AXL F BS F AXL F BS H AXL F CNT2 INC2 1F AXL F CNT2 INC2 XC 1F AXL F DI16/1 1H AXL F DI16/1 DO16/1 2H AXL F DI16/1 DO8/2-2A 2H AXL F DI16/1 HS 1H AXL F DI16/4 2F AXL F DI16/4 XC 2F AXL F DI32/1 1F AXL F DI32/1 2H AXL F DI32/1 XC 1F AXL F DI64/1 2F AXL F DI8/1 DO8/1 1H AXL F DI8/1 DO8/1 XC 1H AXL F DI8/2 110/220DC 1F AXL F DI8/2 24DC 1F AXL F DI8/2 48/60DC 1F AXL F DI8/3 DO8/3 2H AXL F DO16 FLK 1H AXL F DO16/1 1H AXL F DO16/2 2H AXL F DO16/3 2F 2702833 2702983 2701505 2701498 2701507 2701502 2701504 2701497 2701506 2701499 2701508 2701503 2701516 2701510 2701518 2701512 2701515 2701509 2701517 2701511 2701519 2701513 2701549 2701544 2701551 2701546 2701548 2701542 2701550 2701545 2701552 2701547 2702072 1035429 2688491 2702007 2688501 2702008 2688064 2701232 2688527 2702153 2688080 2701237 2688899 2688394 2702782 2688459 2702177 2701949 2688530 2702463 2701815 2403869 2701686 2701457 2688129 2700992 2688093 2701239 2688310 2702106 2702291 2701722 2688022 2701224 2688035 2702052 2701226 2701450 2701916 2702017 2700684 2702783 2702654 2702071 2701813 2688349 1027904 2688048 272 181 178 178 179 179 179 179 178 178 179 179 174 174 175 175 175 175 174 174 175 175 176 176 177 177 177 177 176 176 177 177 84 84 82 82 83 83 83 83 85 85 85 85 68 70 70 71 71 71 72 72 69 69 69 71 74 74 92 92 74 81 81 74 75 75 75 75 75 75 80 80 74 74 74 81 76 76 77 77 AXL F DO16/3 XC 2F AXL F DO32/1 1F AXL F DO32/1 2H AXL F DO32/1 XC 1F AXL F DO4/3 AC 1F AXL F DO8/2 2A 1H AXL F DO8/2 2A XC 1H AXL F DOR4/2 AC/220DC 1F AXL F IMPULSE2 XC 1H AXL F IOL8 2H AXL F LPSDO8/3 1F AXL F PM EF 1F AXL F PSDI8/4 1F AXL F PSDO8/3 1F AXL F PWM2 1H AXL F PWR 1H AXL F RS UNI 1H AXL F RS UNI XC 1H AXL F RTD4 1H AXL F RTD4 XC 1H AXL F RTD8 1F AXL F RTD8 S 1F AXL F RTD8 XC 1F AXL F SGI2 1H AXL F SSDI8/4 1F AXL F SSDO8/3 1F AXL F SSI1 AO1 1H AXL F UTH4 1H AXL F UTH8 1F AXL F UTH8 XC 1F AXL P BK PN AF AXL P BS 35 AXL P BS 45 AXL P FBPS 28DC/0.5A AXL P FBPS BASE AXL P TERM PAIR AXL SHIELD SET B BAR-ANT-N-N-EX BL FPM 15.6 BL FPM 18.5 BL FPM 21.5 BL RACKMOUNT 2U BL RACKMOUNT 4U BL RM 2U REDUNDANT 350W PS BL2 BPC 1000 BL2 BPC 2000 BL2 BPC 7000 BL2 PPC 1000 BL2 PPC 2000 BL2 PPC 7000 BTP 2043W BTP 2070W BTP 2102W BWP 2043W BWP 2070W BWP 2102W C CAB-USB A/ USB C/1,8M CAB-USB A/MICRO USB B/2,0M CAB-USB C/ USB C/1,8M CABLE- 9/8/250/RSM/LENZE CABLE-15/8/250/RSM/SIMO611D CABLE-25/8/250/RSM/SIMO611D CABLE-USB/MINI-USB-3,0M CF FLASH 256MB CF FLASH 256MB APPLIC A CF FLASH 256MB PDPI BASIC CF FLASH 256MB PDPI PRO CF FLASH 2GB 2701228 2688051 1004925 2701230 2702068 2688381 1035427 2700608 2702655 1027843 2702171 2702671 2701559 2701560 1007352 2688297 2688666 2702006 2688556 1035430 2688077 2702120 2701235 2702911 2702263 2702264 2688433 2688598 2688417 2702464 2316390 2316396 2316397 2316394 2316393 2316402 2700518 2702198 2402980 2402981 2400515 2400063 2400064 2404379 2404777 2404844 1016240 2404845 2404846 1016236 1050387 1046666 1046667 1060549 1060632 1060630 2404677 2701626 1021809 2981826 2981606 2981583 2986135 2988780 2988793 2700549 2700550 2701185 77 77 77 77 78 76 76 79 94 89 269 91 270 271 90 73 88 88 86 86 86 87 86 95 270 271 93 87 87 87 98 99 98 99 99 98 82 393 485 485 485 477 477 477 475 475 475 482 482 482 471 471 471 468 468 468 10 22 10 244 244 244 402 53 55 55 55 53 CF FLASH 2GB APPLIC A CLOUD COUPLER-PRO CLOUD CREDIT-1 CLOUD CREDIT-10 CLOUD CREDIT-2 CLOUD CREDIT-5 CLOUD IOT GATEWAY CLOUD SDK4J 2701189 2402990 2402989 2402986 2402988 2402987 1031235 2404475 CLOUD SERVICE/CALC 2403326 CLOUD SERVICE/SYSTEMCOUPLER 2404449 2403325 CLOUD SERVICE/WEATHER CN-LAMBDA/4-5.9-BB 2838490 CN-LAMBDA/4-5.9-SB CN-UB-70DC-6-BB CN-UB-70DC-6-SB COM CAB MINI DIN CONFIG+ CONFIG+ CPY CONFIG+ DEMO COPYSTATION - IFS CSD-SL 200 GN CSD-SL 200 RD CSD-SL 200 WH CSD-SL 200 YE CSD-SL 200S GN CSD-SL 200S RD CSD-SL 200S WH CSD-SL 300 BU CSD-SL 300 GN CSD-SL 300 GN 30X30 CSD-SL 300 RD CSD-SL 300 RD 30X30 CSD-SL 300 WH CSD-SL 300 WH 30X30 CSD-SL 300 WH 8X8 CSD-SL 300 YE 2800023 2803166 2803153 2400127 2868059 2868062 2868046 2901985 2701782 2701784 2701781 2701783 2404768 2404767 1029564 2402723 2701786 1051088 2701788 1051076 2701785 1051096 1002733 2701787 55 23 21 21 21 21 20 21 23 23 23 392 392 392 392 48 35 35 35 261 511 511 510 511 511 511 510 513 513 513 513 513 512 512 512 513 CSMA-LAMBDA/4-2.0-BS-SET 2800491 415 D D-FB-PS D-UFB-PB DIAG+ DIAG+ CPY DIAG+ DEMO DL PPC15M 7000 DL PPC18.5M 7000 DL PPC21.5M 7000 DT-LAN-CAT.6+ DT-TELE-RJ45 DT-TELE-SHDSL F FB-12SP FB-12SP ISO FB-2SP/24DC FB-2SP/E FB-6SP FB-8SP ISO FB-DIAG/FF/LI FB-DIAG/FF/NC FB-DP-RPTR FB-DP-RPTR/SC FB-ET/E FB-HSA FB-HSB-DP-SC FB-HSB-DP-SC/PA FB-HSB-DP/PA FB-HSC FB-HSP-PLUG/24DC/6A FB-ISO FB-M-BD-M20-EX FB-M-BS-M20-EX 2316226 2880642 2730307 2730404 2730734 2400017 2400015 2400016 2881007 2882925 2801593 2316310 2316312 2316352 2316052 2316307 2316311 2316284 2316297 2316373 2316374 2316050 2316372 2316382 2316381 2316370 2316371 2316383 2316064 2901859 2900209 459 446 35 35 35 484 484 484 349 415 349 456 456 455 455 456 456 457 457 460 460 454 460 460 460 460 460 460 455 453 453

531

Index Alphabetical Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page FB-M-KV-M20-EX FB-MODULAR-PP FB-MUX/HS/AI/PA FB-MUX/HS/AIOTEMP/PA FB-MUX/HS/DAIO/PA FB-MUX/HS/DI24/PA FB-MUX/HS/DIO-NAM/PA FB-PA/SC FB-PS-BASE/EX FB-PS-MB-25DSUB/EX FB-PS-MB-I/EX FB-PS-MB-Y/EX FB-PS-PLUG-24DC/28DC/0.5/EX FB1-S1-6SP-S-0-10-00-0-0 FB1-S1-6SP-T-0-10-00-0-0 FB2-S1-12SP-S-0-16-00-0-0 2900197 2316061 1005331 1005330 1005329 1005332 2316270 2316375 2316145 2316146 2316149 2316148 2316132 2316446 2316420 2316433 FB2-S1-12SP-T-0-16-00-0-0 2316417 1005869 FL BT EPA 2 FL CAT5 TERMINAL BOX 2744610 FL COMSERVER BASIC 232/422/485 2313478 FL COMSERVER UNI 232/422/485 FL DUST CVR BK FL DUST CVR BN FL DUST CVR BU FL DUST CVR GN FL DUST CVR GY FL DUST CVR RD FL DUST CVR VT FL DUST CVR WH FL DUST CVR YE FL EPA 2 FL EPA 2 RSMA FL EPA RMS FL EPA WMS FL FXT FL IF 2FX SC-D FL IF 2FX SC-F FL IF 2FX SM SC-D FL IF 2FX ST-D FL IF 2POF SCRJ-D FL IF 2PSE-F FL IF 2TX VS-RJ-D FL IF 2TX VS-RJ-F FL ISOLATOR 100-M12 FL ISOLATOR 100-RJ/RJ FL ISOLATOR 100-RJ/SC FL ISOLATOR 1000-RJ/RJ FL LCX 50-OHM FL LCX 50-OHM-RSMA FL LCX CABLE 24 E FL LCX CABLE 5 E FL LCX CLAMP E FL LCX CON-N-F E FL LCX PIG-EF142-N-N FL LCX TOOL E FL M32 ADAPTER FL MC 1000 SC FL MC 1000 ST FL MC 2000E LC FL MC 2000E SM40 LC FL MC 2000T SC FL MC 2000T SM20 SC FL MC 2000T SM40 SC FL MC 2000T ST FL MC EF 1300 MM SC FL MC EF 1300 MM ST FL MC EF 1300 SM SC FL MC EF 660 SCRJ FL MC EF WDM-A SC FL MC EF WDM-B SC FL MC EF WDM-SET SC FL MEM PLUG FL MEM PLUG/MRM FL MGUARD CENTERPORT FL MGUARD CORE TX VPN FL MGUARD DELTA TX/TX FL MGUARD DELTA TX/TX VPN FL MGUARD DM UNLIMITED FL MGUARD GT/GT FL MGUARD GT/GT VPN 2313452 2891107 2891301 2891204 2891602 2891505 2891709 2891806 2891903 2891408 1005955 1005957 2701133 2701134 2989307 2832425 2832412 2832205 2884033 2891084 2832904 2832357 2832344 2902985 2313931 2313928 2313915 2884978 2702702 2702553 2702860 2702520 2702518 2700677 2702519 2702544 2891320 2891321 2891056 2891156 2891315 2891317 2891318 2891316 2902853 2902854 2902856 2702944 2902658 2902659 2902660 2891259 2891275 2702547 2702831 2700967 2700968 2981974 2700197 2700198 453 454 461 461 461 461 461 460 459 459 459 459 459 453 453 453 453 375 362 357 357 366 366 366 366 366 366 366 366 366 375 374 374 374 329 330 330 331 330 331 330 330 330 365 365 365 364 394 394 394 394 394 394 391 394 373 352 352 353 353 353 353 353 353 351 351 351 351 350 350 350 331 331 339 341 337 337 342 335 335 FL MGUARD LIC CIM FL MGUARD LIC FW RD FL MGUARD LIC FW/VPN RD FL MGUARD LIC LIFETIME FW FL MGUARD LIC OPC INSP FL MGUARD PCI4000 VPN FL MGUARD PCIE4000 VPN FL MGUARD RS2000 TX/TX VPN FL MGUARD RS2000 TX/TX-B FL MGUARD RS2005 TX VPN FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX VPN 2701083 2701356 2702193 2700184 2702191 2701275 2701278 2700642 2702139 2701875 2700634 2200515 FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX VPN-M 2702465 FL MGUARD RS4000 TX/TX-P 2702259 2701876 FL MGUARD RS4004 TX/DTX 2701877 FL MGUARD RS4004 TX/DTX VPN FL MGUARD SMART2 FL MGUARD SMART2 VPN FL NAT 2008 FL NAT 2208 FL NAT 2304-2GC-2SFP FL NETWORK MANAGER BASIC FL NP PND-4TX IB FL NP PND-4TX IB-LK FL NP PND-4TX PB FL PA SFNT 5-8 FL PATCH CCODE BK FL PATCH CCODE BN FL PATCH CCODE BU FL PATCH CCODE GN FL PATCH CCODE GY FL PATCH CCODE RD FL PATCH CCODE VT FL PATCH CCODE YE FL PATCH GUARD FL PATCH GUARD KEY FL PATCH SAFE CLIP FL PD 1001 T GT FL PLUG GUARD GN FL PLUG GUARD KEY FL PLUG GUARD RD FL PLUG GUARD WH FL PN/PN SDIO-2TX/2TX FL PORT GUARD FL PSE 2TX FL RED 2001E PRP 2LC FL RED 2003E PRP FL RJ45 PROTECT CAP FL RUGGED BOX FL RUGGED BOX DIR-1 FL RUGGED BOX OMNI-1 FL RUGGED BOX OMNI-2 FL RUGGED BOX POLE SET FL SD FLASH/L3/MRM FL SD FLASH/MRM FL SFP FE WDM20-A FL SFP FE WDM20-B FL SFP FE WDM20-SET FL SFP FX FL SFP FX SM FL SFP GT FL SFP LH FL SFP LX FL SFP LX10-B FL SFP SX FL SFP SX2 FL SFP WDM10-A FL SFP WDM10-B FL SFP WDM10-SET FL SNMP OPC SERVER V3 FL SNMP OPC SERVER V3 LIC 100 FL SWITCH 1000T-2POE-GT-2SFP FL SWITCH 1000T-8POE-GT-2SFP FL SWITCH 1001T-4POE FL SWITCH 1001T-4POE-GT FL SWITCH 1001T-4POE-GT-SFP FL SWITCH 1008E FL SWITCH 1605 M12 FL SWITCH 1708 M12 POE FL SWITCH 1824 2700640 2700639 2702881 2702882 2702981 2702889 2985974 2985929 2985071 2891012 2891194 2891495 2891291 2891796 2891699 2891893 2891990 2891592 2891424 2891521 2891246 2891042 2891615 2891327 2891712 2891819 2700651 2891220 2891013 2701864 2701863 2832991 2701204 2701440 2701430 2701439 2701205 2700607 2700270 2702437 2702438 2702439 2891081 2891082 2989420 2989912 2891767 1025401 2891754 2702397 2702440 2702441 2702442 2701139 2701138 1026765 1026929 2891064 1026937 1026932 2891065 2700200 2701883 2891041 335 335 335 334 335 341 341 335 334 336 335 335 338 339 337 337 340 340 328 328 328 342 358 359 359 296 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 344 366 366 366 366 273 366 344 343 343 367 394 394 394 394 394 329 329 333 333 333 332 332 333 333 333 333 332 332 333 333 333 37 37 302 303 302 303 303 301 300 303 300 FL SWITCH 1924 FL SWITCH 2005 FL SWITCH 2008 FL SWITCH 2016 FL SWITCH 2105 FL SWITCH 2108 FL SWITCH 2116 FL SWITCH 2204-2TC-2SFX FL SWITCH 2205 FL SWITCH 2206-2FX FL SWITCH 2206-2FX SM FL SWITCH 2206-2FX SM ST FL SWITCH 2206-2FX ST FL SWITCH 2206-2SFX FL SWITCH 2206-2SFX PN FL SWITCH 2207-FX FL SWITCH 2207-FX SM FL SWITCH 2208 FL SWITCH 2208 PN FL SWITCH 2212-2TC-2SFX FL SWITCH 2214-2FX FL SWITCH 2214-2FX SM FL SWITCH 2214-2SFX FL SWITCH 2214-2SFX PN FL SWITCH 2216 FL SWITCH 2216 PN FL SWITCH 2304-2GC-2SFP FL SWITCH 2306-2SFP FL SWITCH 2306-2SFP PN FL SWITCH 2308 FL SWITCH 2308 PN FL SWITCH 2312-2GC-2SFP FL SWITCH 2314-2SFP FL SWITCH 2314-2SFP PN FL SWITCH 2316 FL SWITCH 2316 PN FL SWITCH 3004T-FX FL SWITCH 3004T-FX ST FL SWITCH 3005 FL SWITCH 3005T FL SWITCH 3006T-2FX FL SWITCH 3006T-2FX SM FL SWITCH 3006T-2FX ST FL SWITCH 3008 FL SWITCH 3008T FL SWITCH 3012E-2FX FL SWITCH 3012E-2FX SM FL SWITCH 3012E-2SFX FL SWITCH 3016 FL SWITCH 3016E FL SWITCH 3016T FL SWITCH 4000T-4POE-SFP FL SWITCH 4000T-8POE-2SFP FL SWITCH 4004T-8POE-4SFP FL SWITCH 4008T-2GT-4FX SM FL SWITCH 4008T-2SFP FL SWITCH 4012T-2GT-2FX FL SWITCH 4800E-24FX SM-4GC FL SWITCH 4800E-24FX-4GC FL SWITCH 4800E-P1 2891057 2702323 2702324 2702903 2702665 2702666 2702908 2702334 2702326 2702330 2702331 2702333 2702332 2702969 1044028 2702328 2702329 2702327 1044024 2702907 2702905 2702906 1006188 1044030 2702904 1044029 2702653 2702970 1009222 2702652 1009220 2702910 1006191 1031683 2702909 1031673 2891033 2891034 2891030 2891032 2891036 2891060 2891037 2891031 2891035 2891120 2891119 2891067 2891058 2891066 2891059 1026924 1026923 1026922 2891061 2891062 2891063 2891104 2891102 2891075 FL SWITCH 4800E-P5 2891076 2891073 FL SWITCH 4808E-16FX LC-4GC FL SWITCH 4808E-16FX SM LC-4GC 2891074 FL SWITCH 4808E-16FX SM-4GC 2891080 FL SWITCH 4808E-16FX-4GC FL SWITCH 4824E-4GC FL SWITCH 7004-2TC-2GC-EIP FL SWITCH 7004-4GC-EIP FL SWITCH 7005/FX-2FXSM-EIP FL SWITCH 7006-2GC-EIP FL SWITCH 7006/2FX-EIP FL SWITCH 7008-EIP FL SWITCH GHS 12G/8 FL SWITCH GHS 12G/8-L3 FL SWITCH GHS 4G/12 FL SWITCH GHS 4G/12-L3 FL SWITCH IRT 2TX 2POF FL SWITCH IRT 4TX FL SWITCH IRT IP TX/3POF FL SWITCH IRT TX 3POF 2891079 2891072 2702175 2701553 2701420 2701554 2701419 2701418 2989200 2700787 2700271 2700786 2700691 2700689 2700697 2700692 300 304 304 305 305 305 305 313 306 309 309 309 309 311 311 308 309 306 306 313 310 310 312 312 307 307 313 311 311 307 307 313 313 313 307 307 315 315 314 314 315 315 315 314 314 317 317 317 314 316 314 319 319 319 318 318 318 321 321 320 320 321 321 321 321 320 327 327 327 327 327 326 329 329 329 329 325 324 325 325 FL SWITCH SF 14TX/2FX FL SWITCH SF 15TX/FX FL SWITCH SF 16TX FL SWITCH SF 4TX/3FX ST FL SWITCH SF 6TX/2FX FL SWITCH SF 6TX/2FX ST FL SWITCH SF 7TX/FX FL SWITCH SF 7TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SF 8TX FL SWITCH SFN 14TX/2FX FL SWITCH SFN 15TX/FX FL SWITCH SFN 16TX FL SWITCH SFN 4TX/FX FL SWITCH SFN 4TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SFN 5GT FL SWITCH SFN 5TX FL SWITCH SFN 5TX-24VAC FL SWITCH SFN 5TX-PN FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2LX FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2LX-20 FL SWITCH SFN 6GT/2SX FL SWITCH SFN 6TX/2FX FL SWITCH SFN 6TX/2FX ST FL SWITCH SFN 6TX/2FX-NF FL SWITCH SFN 7GT/SX FL SWITCH SFN 7TX/FX FL SWITCH SFN 7TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SFN 7TX/FX-NF FL SWITCH SFN 8GT FL SWITCH SFN 8TX FL SWITCH SFN 8TX-24VAC FL SWITCH SFN 8TX-NF FL SWITCH SFN 8TX-PN FL SWITCH SFNB 4TX/FX FL SWITCH SFNB 4TX/FX SM20 FL SWITCH SFNB 4TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SFNB 5TX FL SWITCH SFNB 8TX FL SWITCH SFNT 14TX/2FX FL SWITCH SFNT 16TX FL SWITCH SFNT 4TX/FX FL SWITCH SFNT 4TX/FX-C FL SWITCH SFNT 5GT FL SWITCH SFNT 5GT-C FL SWITCH SFNT 5TX FL SWITCH SFNT 5TX-C FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX ST FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX ST-C FL SWITCH SFNT 6TX/2FX-C FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX ST FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX ST-C FL SWITCH SFNT 7TX/FX-C FL SWITCH SFNT 8TX FL SWITCH SFNT 8TX-C FL SWITCH SMCS 14TX/2FX FL SWITCH SMCS 14TX/2FX-SM FL SWITCH SMCS 16TX FL SWITCH SMCS 6GT/2SFP FL SWITCH SMCS 6TX/2SFP FL SWITCH SMCS 8GT FL SWITCH SMCS 8TX FL SWITCH SMCS 8TX-PN FL WLAN 1100 FL WLAN 1101 FL WLAN 2100 FL WLAN 2101 FL WLAN 5110 FL WLAN 5111 FL-PP-RJ45-LSA FL-PP-RJ45-SC FL-PP-RJ45-SCC FL-PP-RJ45-SCC/SC041 FL-PP-RJ45-SCC/SC045 FL-PP-RJ45/RJ45 FL-PP-RJ45/RJ45-B FLM ADAP M12/M8 FLM AI 4 SF M12 FLM AO 4 SF M12 2832593 2832661 2832849 2832603 2832933 2832674 2832726 2832577 2832771 2891935 2891934 2891933 2891851 2891453 2891444 2891152 2891021 2891151 2891987 2891563 2891398 2891314 2891411 2891024 2891518 2891097 2891110 2891023 2891673 2891929 2891020 2891022 2891018 2891027 2891029 2891028 2891001 2891002 2891954 2891952 2891004 2891044 2891390 2891391 2891003 2891043 2891025 2891026 2891049 2891048 2891006 2891007 2891047 2891046 2891005 2891045 2700997 2701466 2700996 2891479 2989323 2891123 2989226 2989103 2702534 2702538 2702535 2702540 1043193 1043201 2901645 2901643 2901642 2903532 2904577 2901646 2904933 2736961 2736453 2736466 299 299 298 299 299 299 299 299 298 293 293 293 291 291 294 291 292 290 295 295 295 291 291 291 295 291 291 291 294 291 292 291 290 289 289 289 288 289 293 293 297 297 295 295 296 296 297 297 297 297 297 297 297 297 296 296 323 323 323 323 323 322 322 322 373 373 373 373 372 372 363 363 363 363 363 363 363 196 192 193 PHOENIX CONTACT 531

532

Index Alphabetical Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page FLM BK EIP M12 DI 8 M12-2TX FLM BK ETH M12 DI 8 M12-2TX FLM BK IB M12 DI 8 M12 FLM BK PB M12 DI 8 M12-EF FLM BK PN M12 DI 8 M12-2TX FLM DI 16 M12 FLM DI 8 M12 FLM DI 8 M8 FLM DIO 4/4 M12-2A FLM DIO 8/4 M8 FLM DIO 8/8 M12 FLM DO 4 M8-2A FLM DO 8 M12 FLM DO 8 M8 FLM MP 5 FLM MP 7 FLM TEMP 4 RTD M12 FLX ASI 3.0 DIO 4/4 M12-2A FLX ASI DI 4 M12 FLX ASI DI 4 M8 FLX ASI DIO 2/2 M12-2A FLX ASI DIO 4/3 M12-2A FLX ASI DIO 4/4 M8-1A FLX ASI DO 4 M12-2A 2773322 2736916 2736301 2773377 2736741 2736835 2736288 2773348 2736369 2773351 2736848 2736932 2736291 2736893 2736660 2736673 2736819 2773474 2773429 2773403 2773432 2773445 2773416 2773458 189 189 188 189 188 190 190 194 191 195 191 195 191 195 196 196 193 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 FLX ASI MA PB SF 2773597 202 G GMVSTBW 2,5 HV/ 4-ST-7,62 NZIL GW DEVICE SERVER 1E/1DB9 GW DEVICE SERVER 1E/2DB9 GW DEVICE SERVER 2E/2DB9 GW DEVICE SERVER 2E/4DB9 GW EIP/ASCII 1E/1DB9 GW EIP/ASCII 1E/2DB9 GW EIP/ASCII 2E/2DB9 GW EIP/ASCII 2E/4DB9 GW HART USB MODEM GW MODBUS TCP/ASCII 1E/1DB9 GW MODBUS TCP/ASCII 1E/2DB9 GW MODBUS TCP/ASCII 2E/2DB9 GW MODBUS TCP/ASCII 2E/4DB9 GW MODBUS TCP/RTU 1E/1DB9 GW MODBUS TCP/RTU 1E/2DB9 GW MODBUS TCP/RTU 2E/2DB9 GW MODBUS TCP/RTU 2E/4DB9 GW PL DIO4-BUS GW PL DP/HART GW PL DP/MODBUS GW PL ETH/BASIC-BUS GW PL ETH/UNI-BUS GW PL FF/HART GW PL FF/MODBUS GW PL HART4-BUS GW PL HART8+AI-BUS GW PL HART8-BUS GW PL PA/HART GW PL PA/MODBUS GW PN/ASCII 1E/1DB9 GW PN/ASCII 1E/2DB9 GW PN/ASCII 2E/2DB9 GW PN/ASCII 2E/4DB9 1893957 2702758 2702760 2702761 2702763 2702772 2702773 2702774 2702776 1003824 2702768 2702769 2702770 2702771 2702764 2702765 2702766 2702767 2702237 2316362 2316365 2702321 2702233 2316360 2316363 2702234 2702236 2702235 2316361 2316364 1021080 1021058 1021056 1020882 160 354 355 355 355 354 355 355 355 462 354 355 355 355 354 355 355 355 463 462 462 463 463 462 462 463 463 463 462 462 354 355 355 355 532 PHOENIX CONTACT H HMI BATTERY HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 6 HMI SCB MOUNTING KIT 8 HTP10 1000 HTP10 1000 CB HTP10 1000 CC10M HTP10 1000 CC5M HTP10 1000 TP 2701383 2701385 2701387 1047318 1047323 1047373 1047320 1047361 494 469 469 487 487 487 487 487 HTP10 1000 WH 1047367 487 I IB IL 120 DI 1-PAC IB IL 120 PWR IN-PAC IB IL 230 DI 1-PAC IB IL 230 PWR IN-PAC IB IL 230 PWR IN/F-D-PAC IB IL 24 DI 16-ME IB IL 24 DI 16-NPN-PAC IB IL 24 DI 16-PAC IB IL 24 DI 16-XC-PAC IB IL 24 DI 2-NPN-PAC IB IL 24 DI 2-PAC IB IL 24 DI 32/HD-NPN-PAC IB IL 24 DI 32/HD-PAC IB IL 24 DI 4-ME IB IL 24 DI 4-PAC IB IL 24 DI 4-XC-PAC IB IL 24 DI 8-PAC IB IL 24 DI 8/HD-ECO IB IL 24 DI 8/T2-PAC IB IL 24 DI8/HD-PAC IB IL 24 DI8/HD-XC-PAC IB IL 24 DO 16-ME IB IL 24 DO 16-PAC IB IL 24 DO 16-XC-PAC IB IL 24 DO 2-2A-PAC IB IL 24 DO 2-2A-XC-PAC IB IL 24 DO 2-NPN-PAC IB IL 24 DO 2-PAC IB IL 24 DO 32/HD-NPN-PAC IB IL 24 DO 32/HD-PAC IB IL 24 DO 4-ME IB IL 24 DO 4-PAC IB IL 24 DO 4-XC-PAC IB IL 24 DO 4/EF-ECO IB IL 24 DO 8-2A-PAC IB IL 24 DO 8-PAC IB IL 24 DO 8/HD-ECO IB IL 24 DO8/HD-PAC IB IL 24 DO8/HD-XC-PAC IB IL 24 FLM MULTI-PAC IB IL 24 FLM-PAC IB IL 24 LPSDO 8 V2-PAC IB IL 24 LPSDO 8 V3-PAC IB IL 24 LSKIP-PAC IB IL 24 MUX MA-PAC IB IL 24 PSDI 16-PAC IB IL 24 PSDI 8-PAC IB IL 24 PSDI 8-PLSET/CP/R IB IL 24 PSDO 4/4-PAC IB IL 24 PSDO 4/4-PLSET/CP/R IB IL 24 PSDO 8-PAC IB IL 24 PSDO 8-PLSET/CP/R IB IL 24 PSDOR 4-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN-XC-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/2-F-D-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/2-F-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/2-F-XC-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/2F-DF-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/R-PAC 2861917 2861454 2861548 2861535 2878971 2897156 2863520 2861250 2701154 2861483 2861221 2878243 2862835 2863928 2861234 2701152 2861247 2702792 2862204 2700173 2701212 2897253 2861292 2701156 2861263 2702133 2861496 2861470 2878340 2862822 2863931 2861276 2701155 2702825 2861603 2861289 2702793 2700172 2701213 2737009 2736903 2700606 2701625 2897457 2861205 2700994 2985688 2700720 2916493 2700721 2985631 2700722 2985864 2861331 2701161 2862152 2862136 2701162 2863779 2861674 126 111 127 111 111 123 124 123 123 124 122 125 123 122 122 122 123 117 125 123 123 129 129 129 131 131 130 128 131 129 128 128 128 117 131 129 117 129 129 147 147 265 265 147 109 266 267 267 267 267 267 265 268 110 110 111 111 111 111 112 IB IL 24 PWR IN/R-XC-PAC IB IL 24 PWR IN/R/L-0.8A-PAC IB IL 24 SEG-ELF-PAC IB IL 24 SEG-PAC IB IL 24 SEG/F-D-PAC IB IL 24 SEG/F-PAC IB IL 24 SEG/F-XC-PAC IB IL 24 TC-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR1/W-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR1/W-PC-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR4/HC-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR4/W-PAC IB IL 24/230 DOR4/W-PC-PAC IB IL 24/48 DOR 2/W-PAC IB IL 24/48 DOR 2/W-XC-PAC IB IL 400 BR IB IL 400 CN-BRG IB IL 400 CN-PWR-IN IB IL 400 ELR 1-3A IB IL 400 ELR R-3A IB IL 400 MLR 1-8A IB IL AI 2-HART-PAC IB IL AI 2/SF-ME IB IL AI 2/SF-PAC IB IL AI 2/SF-XC-PAC IB IL AI 4/EF-PAC IB IL AI 4/EF-XC-PAC IB IL AI 4/I-PAC IB IL AI 4/I/4-20-ECO IB IL AI 4/U-PAC IB IL AI 4/U/0-10-ECO IB IL AI 8/IS-PAC IB IL AI 8/SF-PAC IB IL AI 8/SF-XC-PAC IB IL AO 1/SF-PAC IB IL AO 1/SF-XC-PAC IB IL AO 2/SF-PAC IB IL AO 2/U/BP-ME IB IL AO 2/U/BP-PAC IB IL AO 2/UI-PAC IB IL AO 4/8/U/BP-PAC IB IL AO 4/8/U/BP-XC-PAC IB IL AO 4/I/4-20-ECO IB IL AO 4/U/0-10-ECO IB IL AO/CNT-PLSET IB IL BK-PLSET/CP IB IL CAN-MA CONF-CAB IB IL CAN-MA-PAC IB IL CAN-MA-XC-PAC IB IL CNT-PAC IB IL CNT-XC-PAC IB IL DALI-PAC IB IL DALI/MM-PAC IB IL DALI/PWR-PAC IB IL DI 8/S0-PAC IB IL DI/DO 8-PLSET IB IL DI16-PLSET/ICP IB IL DO 1 AC-PAC IB IL DO 4 AC-1A-PAC IB IL DOR LV-SET-PAC IB IL EC AR 48/10A-PAC IB IL EX PWR-ISO-PAC IB IL EX-IS AIO 4/EF-PAC IB IL EX-IS DIO 4/NAM-PAC IB IL EX-IS PWR IN-PAC IB IL EX-IS TEMP 4 RTD/TC-PAC IB IL FIELD 2 IB IL FIELD 8 IB IL IFS-MA-PAC IB IL IMPULSE-IN-PAC IB IL INC-IN-PAC IB IL MUX-CAB PSI IB IL PB MA-PAC IB IL PD 24V-PAC IB IL PD GND-PAC IB IL PM 3P/N/EF-PAC IB IL PWM/2-PAC IB IL PWR IN/R-PLSET IB IL RS 232-ECO IB IL RS 485-ECO 2701298 2693020 2861409 2861344 2861904 2861373 2701163 2861360 2861881 2862178 2897716 2861878 2862181 2863119 2701214 2727394 2836081 2836078 2727352 2727378 2727365 2862149 2863944 2861302 2701157 2878447 2701215 2700458 2702495 2700459 2702496 2861661 2861412 2701159 2861315 2701219 2863083 2863957 2861467 2700775 2878036 2701164 2702497 2702498 2732664 2860374 2700620 2700196 2701160 2861852 2702134 2897910 2700605 2897813 2897020 2860950 2860989 2861920 2861658 2861645 2819587 2869909 2869912 2869911 2869910 2869913 2727501 2727515 2692720 2861768 2861755 2878476 2700630 2862987 2862990 2700965 2861632 2860620 2702795 2702141 112 113 115 114 115 115 115 141 133 133 133 133 133 133 133 161 160 160 160 160 161 137 134 134 134 136 136 135 118 135 118 135 135 135 142 142 142 143 143 143 143 143 118 118 142 107 151 151 151 153 153 150 150 150 125 123 123 132 132 111 159 144 145 145 144 145 155 155 149 157 156 109 152 115 115 155 154 112 120 121 IB IL RS UNI-PAC IB IL RTD 4/PT100-ECO IB IL RTD 4/PT1000-ECO IB IL SAFE 2-ECO IB IL SCN 6-SHIELD-TWIN IB IL SCN-12-ICP IB IL SCN-12-OCP IB IL SCN-6 SHIELD IB IL SCN-8 IB IL SCN-8-AC-REL IB IL SCN-8-CP IB IL SCN-PWR IN-CP IB IL SGI 2/F-PAC IB IL SGI 2/P/EF-PAC IB IL SSI-IN-PAC IB IL SSI-PAC IB IL TEMP 2 RTD-PAC IB IL TEMP 2 RTD-XC-PAC IB IL TEMP 2 UTH-PAC IB IL TEMP 2 UTH-XC-PAC IB IL TEMP 4/8 RTD-EF-XC-PAC IB IL TEMP 4/8 RTD-PAC IB IL TEMP 4/8 RTD/EF-PAC IB IL TEMP 8 UTH/RTD-PAC IB IL UTH 4/J-ECO IB IL UTH 4/K-ECO IB IL UTH 4/L-ECO IB ST 24 AI 4/EF IB ST 24 AO 4/EF IB ST 24 BAI 8/EF IB ST 24 DI 16/4 IB ST 24 DI32/2 IB ST 24 DIO 8/8/3-2A IB ST 24 DO16R/S IB ST 24 DO32/2 IB ST 24 TEMP 4 RTD IBS IL 24 BK RB-LK-PAC IBS IL 24 BK-DSUB-PAC IBS IL 24 BK-LK/45-PAC IBS IL 24 BK-T/U-PAC IBS IL 24 BK-T/U-XC-PAC IBS IL 24 RB-LK IBS IL 24 RB-T-PAC IBS IL 24 RB-T-XC-PAC IBS PCI SC/I-T IBS PRG CAB IBS RL 24 BK RB-LK-LK IBS RL 24 BK RB-T-T IBS RL 24 DI 16/8-LK IBS RL 24 DI 16/8-T IBS RL 24 DIO 8/8/8-LK IBS RL 24 DIO 8/8/8-T IBS RL 24 OC-LK IBS ST 24 BK DIO 8/8/3-T IBS ST 24 BK LB-T IBS ST 24 BK RB-T IBS ST 24 BK-T IBS ST 24 BKM-LK-OPC IBS ST 24 BKM-T IFS-CONFSTICK IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER IL BKDIO-PLSET IL CO BK-PAC IL CO BK-XC-PAC IL EC BK-PAC IL EIP BK DI8 DO4 2TX-PAC IL EIP BK DI8 DO4 2TX-XC-PAC IL ETH BK DI8 DO4 2TX-PAC IL ETH BK DI8 DO4 2TX-XC-PAC IL MOD BK DI8 DO4-PAC IL PB BK DI8 DO4/EF-PAC IL PB BK DI8 DO4/EF-XC-PAC IL PB BK DP/V1-PAC IL PN BK DI8 DO4 2SCRJ-PAC IL PN BK DI8 DO4 2TX-PAC IL PN BK-PAC IL S3 BK DI8 DO4 2TX-PAC ILB BT ADIO MUX ILB BT ADIO MUX-OMNI ILB ETH 24 DI16 DIO16-2TX 2700893 2702499 2702501 2702446 2740245 2727611 2727624 2726353 2726337 2740290 2727608 2727637 2878638 2702373 2819574 2861865 2861328 2701217 2861386 2701216 2701218 2863915 2897402 2701000 2702502 2702503 2702504 2700838 2700839 2700842 2754338 2754927 2753708 2721112 2754325 2700843 2861506 2861593 2862165 2861580 2701150 2878117 2861441 2701151 2725260 2806862 2725024 2731063 2724850 2836463 2724847 2836476 2819972 2752411 2753232 2753504 2754341 2728665 2750154 2986122 2811271 2878599 2702230 2702635 2702507 2897758 2702131 2703981 2701388 2878696 2692322 2702132 2862246 2878379 2703994 2403696 2692380 2702875 2884208 2832962 148 119 119 268 134 122 128 141 123 133 103 102 138 139 157 158 141 141 140 140 141 141 141 140 119 119 119 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 165 107 107 107 107 107 147 146 146 54 53 203 203 203 203 203 203 203 165 165 165 165 165 165 149 149 103 106 106 102 103 103 103 103 108 109 109 109 105 105 104 103 386 386 164

533

Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Index Alphabetical ILB IB 24 DI16 DO16 ILB IB 24 DI16 DO16-DSUB ILB IB 24 DI32 ILB IB 24 DO16 ILB IB 24 DO32 ILB PB 24 DI 8 DIO8 ILB PB 24 DI16 DO16 ILB PB 24 DI32 ILB PN 24 DI16 DIO16-EF ILC 130 SBT V2 STARTERKIT ILC 131 ETH ILC 131 ETH/XC ILC 131 STARTERKIT ILC 151 ETH ILC 151 ETH/XC ILC 151 GSM/GPRS ILC 171 ETH 2TX ILC 191 ETH 2TX ILC 191 ME/AN ILC 2050 BI IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81SET IL IFS 2M INJ 1000 INJ 1000-T INJ 1010 INJ 1010-T INJ 1100-T INJ 1110-T INJ 2101-T INJ 2102-T INJ 2103-T INJ 2111-T INJ 2112-T INJ 2113-T IOL MA8 EIP DI8 IOL MA8 PN DI8 IPC 3.5 1TB HDD IPC 3.5 2TB HDD IPC 3.5 4TB HDD ITC 8113 ITC 8113 CARRYING STRAP ITC 8113 CHARGING STATION ITC 8113 HANDLE ITC 8113 PORTREPLICATOR ITC 8113 POWER SUPPLY 2862385 2878625 2862343 2862356 2862369 2863562 2862411 2862398 2702289 2700993 2700973 2701034 2701835 2700974 2701141 2700977 2700975 2700976 2700074 2403160 1784729 2703005 2703006 2703007 2703008 2703009 2703010 2703011 2703012 1004065 2703013 2703014 1004066 1072839 1072838 2403835 2403836 2403837 2403738 2404751 2403081 2403314 2403313 2403083 ITC 8113 PW7 2402961 ITC 8113 RECHARGEABLE BATTERY 2403082 2402957 ITC 8113 SW7 ITC 8113 SWES8 2402959 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 164 265 48 48 57 49 49 51 49 49 50 47 149 345 345 345 345 345 345 346 347 347 346 347 347 163 163 477 477 477 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 486 ITC 8113 TRANSPORT CASE 2404752 486 M NBC-MSD/ 1,0-93E/FSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 1,0-93E/MSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 2,0-93B SCO NBC-MSD/ 2,0-93B/FSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 2,0-93B/MSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 2,0-93E SCO NBC-MSD/ 2,0-93E/FSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 2,0-93E/MSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 5,0-93B SCO NBC-MSD/ 5,0-93B/FSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 5,0-93B/MSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 5,0-93E SCO NBC-MSD/ 5,0-93E/FSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 5,0-93E/MSD SCO NBC-MSD/10,0-93B SCO NBC-MSD/10,0-93B/FSD SCO NBC-MSD/10,0-93B/MSD SCO NBC-MSD/10,0-93E SCO NBC-MSD/10,0-93E/FSD SCO NBC-MSD/10,0-93E/MSD SCO 1407400 1407376 1407496 1407554 1407525 1407357 1407401 1407377 1407497 1407555 1407526 1407358 1407402 1407378 1407498 1407556 1407527 1407359 1407403 1407379 P PC WORX BASIC LIC PC WORX BASIC-PRO LIC PC WORX DEMO PC WORX EXPRESS 2985275 2985259 2985725 2988670 PC WORX PRO LIC 2985385 2700291 PC WORX RT BASIC PC WORX SRT 2701680 PC WORX TARGET FOR SIMULINK 2400041 PC WORX UA SERVER-PLC 10 PC WORX UA SERVER-PLC 40 PC WORX UA SERVER-PLC 80 PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/BM2 PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/EM PLC-V8C/PT-24DC/SAM2 PLCNEXT ENGINEER PLD E 400 W 250 PLD E 400 W 375 PLD E 400 W 500 PLD E 400-DS-3,0/FS/0,6 PLD E 400-DS-MS/1,0-FS/0,6 PLD E 400-ME CM PLD E 400-ME MM PLD E 400-ME SM PLD E 400-PS/1AC/24DC/12W PLD E 400-PS/1AC/24DC/30W PLD E 608 W 265 PLD E 608 W 315/B PLD E 608 W 315/E PLD E 608 W 315/F PLD E 608-CA-3,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-3,0/FS/UL PLD E 608-CA-MS/0,6/FS AM 199 199 198 198 198 199 199 199 198 198 198 199 199 199 198 198 198 199 199 199 29 29 29 29 29 54 54 30 36 36 36 59 59 58 15 499 499 499 499 499 499 499 499 499 499 500 501 501 501 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 503 502 502 503 503 504 504 505 505 507 506 506 507 507 504 PLD M 260 W-85/95 190/D40/SC PLD M 260 W-85/95 365/D40 PLD M 260 W-85/95 365/D40/SC PLD M 260 W-85/95 540/D40 PLD M 260 W-85/95 540/D40/SC PLD M 260 W-85/95 715/D40 PLD M 260 W-85/95 715/D40/SC PLD M 280 W-40 284 PLD M-ME MB/D40 PLD M-ME MB/D70 PLD M-ME MC/D40 PLD M-ME MC/D70 PLD T/1AC/AS/1CON PLD T/1AC/AS/2CON PLD T/1AC/MNT PLD T/1AC/UD/1CON PLD T/1AC/UD/2CON PP-RJ-IDC PP-RJ-IDC-F PP-RJ-RJ PP-RJ-RJ-F PP-RJ-SC PP-RJ-SC-F PP-RJ-SCC PP-RJ-SCC-F PROT-M12 PROT-M12 FS PROT-M8 PROT-MS SCO PSD-S AE BM2-1 85DB PSD-S AE SM2-7 105DB/1 PSD-S AE SM7-4 100DB/3 PSD-S AE SM8-6 102DB/1 PSD-S AE SP1-3 100DB/2 PSD-S AE V15/1 PSD-S AS CABLE GLAND M16X1,5 PSD-S AS END COVER PSD-S AS LABEL BOARD PSD-S CE-SM SCREW PSD-S CE-SM SPRING PSD-S CE-TM SCREW PSD-S CE-TM SPRING PSD-S ME A-SH M18 PSD-S ME B-M PSD-S ME B-P PSD-S ME BR-BM PSD-S ME BR-BM/HCR PSD-S ME BR-SM PSD-S ME BR-SM/1S PSD-S ME BR-SM/2S PSD-S ME BT 110 PSD-S ME FB PSD-S ME OB PSD-S ME OB/MB PSD-S ME T-M 1000 PSD-S ME T-M 250 PSD-S ME T-M 400 PSD-S ME T-P 45 PSD-S OE LED BL BU PSD-S OE LED BL CL PSD-S OE LED BL GN PSD-S OE LED BL RD PSD-S OE LED BL YE PSD-S OE LED BU PSD-S OE LED CL PSD-S OE LED FL BU PSD-S OE LED FL CL PSD-S OE LED FL RD PSD-S OE LED FL YE PSD-S OE LED GN PSD-S OE LED MC PSD-S OE LED RD PSD-S OE LED RFL BU PSD-S OE LED RFL CL PSD-S OE LED RFL RD PSD-S OE LED RFL YE PSD-S OE LED RL RD PSD-S OE LED RL YE PSD-S OE LED YE PSI-CAB-GSM/UMTS- 5M 2702933 2702481 2702934 2702482 2702935 2702483 2702936 2702491 2702527 2702494 2702492 2702493 2402991 2402992 2402993 2403121 2403122 2703019 2703023 2703015 2703020 2703016 2703021 2703018 2703022 1680539 1560251 1682540 1553129 2700136 2702998 2700141 2702997 2700137 2700140 2700145 2700148 2700147 2700093 2700091 2700095 2700092 2700150 2700164 2700163 2700143 2700149 2700144 2700160 2700161 2700156 2700151 2700153 2700155 2700154 2700157 2700158 2700152 2700132 2700128 2700121 2700114 2700123 2700131 2700127 2700134 2700129 2700115 2700124 2700119 2702090 2700107 2700135 2700130 2700118 2700126 2700116 2700125 2700122 2900980 504 504 504 505 505 505 505 505 504 506 504 506 508 509 508 509 509 361 361 360 360 361 361 361 361 197 197 197 197 518 518 519 519 519 519 520 515 515 520 520 520 520 521 521 521 521 521 520 520 520 521 521 520 521 521 521 521 521 516 516 516 516 516 516 516 517 517 517 517 516 515 516 517 517 517 517 517 517 516 402 2900981 PSI-CAB-GSM/UMTS-10M PSI-DATA/BASIC-MODEM/RS232 2313067 PSI-GPRS/GSM-MODEM/RS232-QB 2313106 2313342 PSI-GSM-STUB-ANT PSI-GSM/UMTS-QB-ANT PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/PB PSI-MODEM-SHDSL/SERIAL PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO 660/BM PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO 660/EM PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO 850/BM PSI-MOS-DNET CAN/FO 850/EM PSI-MOS-DNET/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-DNET/FO 850 T PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO 660 E PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO 660 T PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO 850 T PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO1300 E PSI-MOS-PROFIB/FO1300 T PSI-MOS-RS232/FO 660 E PSI-MOS-RS232/FO 660 T PSI-MOS-RS232/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-RS232/FO 850 T PSI-MOS-RS232/FO1300 E PSI-MOS-RS422/FO 660 E PSI-MOS-RS422/FO 660 T PSI-MOS-RS422/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-RS422/FO 850 T PSI-MOS-RS422/FO1300 E PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO 660 E PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO 660 T PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO 850 E PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO 850 T PSI-MOS-RS485W2/FO1300 E PSI-REP-DNET CAN PSI-REP-PROFIBUS/12MB PSI-REP-RS485W2 PSI-TERMINATOR-PB-TBUS PSM PTK PSM PTK-4 PSM-AD-D9-NULLMODEM PSM-CABLE-PROFIB/FC PSM-EG-RS232/RS422-P/4K PSM-ME-RS232/RS232-P PSM-ME-RS232/RS485-P PSM-ME-RS232/TTY-P PSM-ME-RS485/RS485-P PSM-STRIP-FC/PROFIB PSM-STRIP-KNIFEBLOCK PSR-CONF-WIN1.0 PSR-CT-C-ACT PSR-CT-C-SEN-1-8 PSR-CT-F-SEN-1-8 PSR-CT-M-SEN-1-8 PSR-FTB/1.5/11.5 PSR-FTB/20/86 PSR-MC20-3NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC20-3NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-MC30-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC30-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2313371 2313656 2313669 2708054 2708067 2708083 2708096 2313999 2313986 2708290 2708287 2708274 2708261 2708559 2708892 2708368 2708410 2708371 2708423 2708588 2708342 2708384 2708355 2708397 2708575 2708313 2708300 2708339 2708326 2708562 2313423 2708863 2313096 2702636 2760623 2799364 2708753 2744652 2761266 2744461 2744416 2744458 2744429 2744623 2744636 2981554 2702973 2702972 2702976 2702975 2904476 2904477 2700466 2700467 2700498 2700499 PSR-MC32-3NO-1NC-24-230UC-SC 2700524 PSR-MC32-3NO-1NC-24-230UC-SP 2700525 2700540 PSR-MC34-3NO-1DO-24DC-SC 2700548 PSR-MC34-3NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-MC37-3NO-1NC-24DC-SC PSR-MC37-3NO-1NC-24DC-SP PSR-MC38-2NO-1DO-24DC-PI PSR-MC38-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC40-3NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC40-3NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-MC42-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC42-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-MC50-3NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC50-3NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-MC60-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC60-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-MC62-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC62-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-MC70-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC70-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2702411 2702412 1009832 1009831 2700569 2700570 2702901 2702902 2700553 2700564 2700571 2700572 2700574 2700575 2702094 2702095 402 411 414 402 415 429 429 433 433 433 433 433 433 431 431 431 431 431 431 439 439 439 439 439 437 437 437 437 437 435 435 435 435 435 423 422 423 424 443 443 53 442 425 426 425 427 423 442 442 279 213 213 213 213 263 263 220 220 221 221 221 221 222 222 222 222 223 223 223 223 224 224 224 224 225 225 225 225 226 226 PHOENIX CONTACT 533 2402684 2402685 2402686 2907446 2905137 2907443 1046008 2702221 2702222 2702223 2702336 2702337 2702314 2702312 2702313 2702435 2702436 2702224 2702227 2702228 2702226 2702302 2702306 2702303 2702307 2702304 2702305 2702309 2702308 2702310 2702315 2702317 2702316 2702479 2702475 2702476 2702477 2702478 2702938 2702939 2702941 2702942 2702489 2702484 2702485 2702486 2702488 2702480 ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/PP000-3,81 BK ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN 2709561 2890014 2707437 2869728 349 431 357 252 PLD E 608-CA-MS/0,6/FS/UL PLD E 608-CA-MS/1,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CA-MS/4,0/FS AM PLD E 608-CO-FS MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5 2866983 349 N NBC- 1,0-93B/FSD SCO NBC- 1,0-93E/FSD SCO NBC- 2,0-93B/FSD SCO NBC- 2,0-93E/FSD SCO NBC- 5,0-93B/FSD SCO NBC- 5,0-93E/FSD SCO NBC-10,0-93B/FSD SCO NBC-10,0-93E/FSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 1,0-93B SCO NBC-MSD/ 1,0-93B/FSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 1,0-93B/MSD SCO NBC-MSD/ 1,0-93E SCO 1407528 1407380 1407529 1407381 1407530 1407382 1407531 1407383 1407495 1407553 1407524 1407356 198 199 198 199 198 199 198 199 198 198 198 199 PLD E 608-CO-MS PLD E 608-CO-MS/FS/FR PLD E 608-ME MM PLD E 608-ME SFM PLD E 608-ME SM PLD M 160 W-95/105 1176 PLD M 160 W-95/105 196 PLD M 160 W-95/105 336 PLD M 160 W-95/105 616 PLD M 160 W-95/105 896 PLD M 260 W-40/80 190/D40 PLD M 260 W-40/80 365/D40 PLD M 260 W-40/80 540/D40 PLD M 260 W-40/80 715/D40 PLD M 260 W-75/95 1070/D70 PLD M 260 W-75/95 370/D70 PLD M 260 W-75/95 510/D70 PLD M 260 W-75/95 650/D70 PLD M 260 W-75/95 790/D70 PLD M 260 W-85/95 190/D40

534

Index Alphabetical Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page PSR-MC72-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC72-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-MC73-5NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MC73-5NO-1DO-24DC-SP 2702096 2702097 1015533 1015526 PSR-MC82-5NO-1NC-1DO-24DC-SC 2702382 PSR-MC82-5NO-1NC-1DO-24DC-SP 2702383 PSR-MM25-1NO-2DO-24DC-SC 2702355 2702356 PSR-MM25-1NO-2DO-24DC-SP PSR-MM30-2NO-2DO-24DC-SC PSR-MM30-2NO-2DO-24DC-SP PSR-MS20-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MS21-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MS25-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MS30-1NO-24DC-SC PSR-MS35-1NO-24DC-SC PSR-MS40-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MS45-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MS50-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MS55-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-MS60-2NO-24DC-SC 2702357 2702358 2904950 2702192 2904951 2904952 2904953 2904954 2904955 2904956 2904957 2904958 PSR-PC20-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC 2700577 2700578 PSR-PC20-1NO-1NC-24DC-SP PSR-PC32-2NO-1NC-24-230UC-SC 2700581 PSR-PC32-2NO-1NC-24-230UC-SP 2700582 PSR-PC40-2NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-PC40-2NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-PC50-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-PC50-1NO-1DO-24DC-SP PSR-PC51-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC PSR-PC51-1NO-1NC-24DC-SP PSR-PC52-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC PSR-PC52-1NO-1NC-24DC-SP PSR-PIP-24DC/MXF1/4X1/2X2/B PSR-PIP-24DC/MXF2/4X1/2X2/B PSR-PIP-24DC/MXF3/4X1/2X2/B PSR-PIP-24DC/MXF4/4X1/2X2/B PSR-PS20-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC PSR-PS21-1NO-1NC-24DC-SC PSR-PS22-1NO-1NC-24VDC-SC PSR-PS23-1NO-1NC-24VDC-SC PSR-PS40-1NO-1DO-24DC-SC PSR-SACB-4/4-L- 5,0PUR-SD PSR-SACB-4/4-L-10,0PUR-SD PSR-SCF- 24UC/URM/2X21 PSR-SCF- 24UC/URM/4X1/2X2 PSR-SCF-120UC/URM/2X21 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/4X1/30 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 1 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 3 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 5 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/0T 5 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESP4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SCP- 24DC/FSP/1X1/1X2 PSR-SCP- 24DC/FSP/2X1/1X2 PSR-SCP- 24DC/FSP2/2X1/1X2 PSR-SCP- 24DC/MXF1/4X1/2X2/B PSR-SCP- 24DC/RSM4/4X1 PSR-SCP- 24DC/SDC4/2X1/B PSR-SCP- 24DC/SIM4 PSR-SCP- 24DC/TS/M PSR-SCP- 24DC/TS/S PSR-SCP- 24DC/TS/SDI8/SDIO4 PSR-SCP- 24DC/TS/SDOR4/4X1 PSR-SCP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2 PSR-SCP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2/3 PSR-SCP- 24DC/URM4/4X1/2X2/B PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESAM4/2X1/1X2 2700588 2700589 2904664 2904665 2702522 2702523 1017062 1017064 2903253 2903256 2903259 2903262 2700356 2700357 2702524 2702663 2700398 2981871 2981884 2981363 2981444 2981376 2981800 2981143 2981224 2981266 2981101 2981020 2981978 2986960 2986575 2902725 2981538 2981486 2981936 2986012 2986229 2986038 2986096 2981512 2981732 2981677 2963802 2900525 PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B 2900509 2963912 PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESAM4/8X1/1X2 2981059 PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESL4/3X1/1X2/B 2963721 PSR-SCP- 24UC/THC4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM/3X1/3X2 PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM/5X1/1X2 PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM/5X1/2X2 PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2 2981839 2981952 2963747 2963734 PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2/B 2981033 PSR-SCP-120UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B 2901422 PSR-SCP-120UC/URM/5X1/2X2 2981402 PSR-SCP-230AC/ESAM2/3X1/1X2/B 2901430 534 PHOENIX CONTACT 226 226 227 227 228 228 243 243 243 243 215 219 215 216 216 217 217 218 218 219 252 252 252 252 251 251 253 253 253 253 253 253 235 235 235 235 249 249 250 250 251 233 233 247 247 247 230 230 230 230 230 256 254 255 255 234 244 231 233 261 261 262 262 233 233 233 229 229 229 229 231 231 246 246 245 232 232 229 245 229 PSR-SCP-230UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B 2901428 PSR-SCP-24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/300 2981428 2903254 PSR-SCP-24DC/MXF2/4X1/2X2/B 2903257 PSR-SCP-24DC/MXF3/4X1/2X2/B PSR-SCP-24DC/MXF4/4X1/2X2/B 2903260 PSR-SCP-24DC/URML4/3X1/1X2/B 2903583 PSR-SCP-42-230UC/URM4/4NO/2NC 2702924 PSR-SCP-42-48UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2B 2901416 PSR-SPF-24UC/URM/4X1/2X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/4X1/30 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 1 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 3 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 5 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/0T 5 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESP4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/FSP/1X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/FSP/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/FSP2/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/RSM4/4X1 PSR-SPP- 24DC/SDC4/2X1/B PSR-SPP- 24DC/SIM4 PSR-SPP- 24DC/TS/M PSR-SPP- 24DC/TS/S PSR-SPP- 24DC/TS/SDI8/SDIO4 PSR-SPP- 24DC/TS/SDOR4/4X1 PSR-SPP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2/3 PSR-SPP- 24DC/URM4/4X1/2X2/B 2981457 2981813 2981156 2981237 2981279 2981130 2981017 2981981 2986957 2986588 2981541 2981499 2981949 2986025 2986232 2986041 2986106 2981525 2981745 2981680 2963954 PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESAM4/2X1/1X2 2900526 PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B 2900510 PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESL4/3X1/1X2/B 2981062 PSR-SPP- 24UC/THC4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM/3X1/3X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM/5X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM/5X1/2X2 2963983 2981842 2981965 2963970 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2 2964005 2981046 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2/B PSR-SPP-120UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B 2901425 PSR-SPP-230AC/ESAM2/3X1/1X2/B 2901431 PSR-SPP-230UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2/B 2901429 2981431 PSR-SPP-24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/300 2902726 PSR-SPP-24DC/MXF1/4X1/2X2/B PSR-SPP-24DC/MXF2/4X1/2X2/B 2903255 PSR-SPP-24DC/MXF3/4X1/2X2/B PSR-SPP-24DC/MXF4/4X1/2X2/B PSR-SPP-24DC/URML4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP-24UC/ESAM4/8X1/1X2 2903258 2903261 2903584 2963996 PSR-SPP-42-230UC/URM4/4NO/2NC 2702925 PSR-SPP-42-48UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2B 2901417 PSR-TBUS 2890425 2981716 PSR-TBUS-TP 229 230 234 234 234 232 232 229 247 230 230 230 230 230 256 254 255 255 244 231 233 261 261 262 262 233 233 233 229 229 229 231 231 246 246 245 232 232 229 229 229 230 234 234 234 234 232 229 232 229 233 233 PSR-TRISAFE STARTER KIT 2986300 261 Q QUICK WIREFOX 6 1204384 442 RAD-AO4-IFS RAD-CAB-EF393- 3M RAD-CAB-EF393- 5M RAD-CAB-EF393-10M RAD-CAB-EF393-15M RAD-CAB-PFP240-10 RAD-CAB-PFP400-100 RAD-CAB-PFP400-20 RAD-CAB-PFP400-60 RAD-CAB-PFP400-80 RAD-CAB-PFP500-25 RAD-CAB-PFP600-150 RAD-CAB-RG213-40 RAD-CAB-RG213-50 RAD-CABLE-USB RAD-CON-MCX-N-SB RAD-CON-MCX90-N-SS RAD-CON-SMA-N-SS RAD-CONF-RF3 RAD-CONF-RF5 RAD-CONF-RF7 RAD-DAIO6-IFS RAD-DI4-IFS RAD-DI8-IFS 2901538 2867649 2867652 2867665 2885634 5606124 2867238 5606125 2867380 2867393 5606126 2885184 2867377 2867225 2903447 2867717 2885207 2867403 2902814 2902815 2902816 2901533 2901535 2901539 2902811 RAD-DO8-IFS RAD-DOR4-IFS 2901536 RAD-ISM-2400-ANT-OMNI-2-1-RSMA 2701362 2885919 RAD-ISM-2400-ANT-OMNI-6-0 RAD-ISM-2400-ANT-PAR-19-0 2867885 RAD-ISM-2400-ANT-VAN-3-0-RSMA 2701358 RAD-ISM-2459-ANT-FOOD-6-0-N 2702898 2867160 RAD-ISM-900-ANT-OMNI-0-6 RAD-ISM-900-ANT-OMNI-5 RAD-ISM-900-ANT-OMNI-FG-3-N RAD-ISM-900-ANT-OMNI-FG-6-N RAD-ISM-900-ANT-YAGI-10-N RAD-ISM-900-ANT-YAGI-3-N RAD-ISM-900-ANT-YAGI-6.5-N RAD-ISM-900-EN-BD RAD-ISM-900-EN-BD-BUS RAD-ISM-900-EN-BD/B RAD-MEMORY RAD-NAM4-IFS RAD-PIG-EF316-N-RSMA RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-0.5 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-1 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-2 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-3 RAD-PIG-RSMA/N-5 RAD-PT100-4-IFS RAD-RS485-IFS RAD-SPL-2-N/N RAD-TAPE-SV-19-3 RAD-WHA-1/2NPT RAD-WHG/WLAN-XD REL-SR- 24DC/2X21 RESYGATE 3000 RFC 4072S RFC 460R PN 3TX RFC 470 PN 3TX RFC 470S PN 3TX RFC 480S PN 4TX RFC DUAL-FAN RFC FAN MODULE 2867199 2867791 2885579 5606614 2867801 2867814 2900016 2900017 2901205 2902828 2316275 2701402 2903263 2903264 2903265 2903266 2702140 2904035 2702184 2702293 2903182 2900100 2900178 2961574 2400129 1051328 2700784 2916600 2916794 2404577 2730239 2404085 383 391 391 391 391 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 376 396 396 396 376 376 376 380 380 381 381 381 388 389 389 388 388 395 395 395 395 390 395 390 387 387 387 376 461 391 391 391 391 391 391 383 379 393 392 385 384 247 416 11 53 53 30 53 53 11 SAC-2P-MSB/ 2,0-910 SCO SAC-2P-MSB/ 2,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB/ 5,0-910 SCO SAC-2P-MSB/ 5,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB/10,0-910 SCO SAC-2P-MSB/10,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB/15,0-910 SCO SAC-2P-MSB/15,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-3P- 3,0-PUR/M 8SIFS AE SAC-3P-M 8MS/ 0,6-PUR/M 8SIFS SAC-3P-M 8MS/ 1,0-PUR/M 8SIFS SAC-3P-M 8MS/ 3,0-PUR/M 8SIFS SAC-3P-M12Y/2XM12FS PE SAC-4P- 1,0-PUR/M12FRT SAC-4P- 1,0-PUR/M12FST SAC-4P- 2,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P- 2,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P- 2,0-PUR/M 8FR 0,34 SAC-4P- 2,0-PUR/M 8FS 0,34 SAC-4P- 2,0-PUR/M12FRT SAC-4P- 2,0-PUR/M12FST SAC-4P- 5,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P- 5,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P- 5,0-PUR/M 8FR 0,34 SAC-4P- 5,0-PUR/M 8FS 0,34 SAC-4P- 5,0-PUR/M12FRT SAC-4P- 5,0-PUR/M12FST SAC-4P-10,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-10,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-10,0-PUR/M 8FR 0,34 SAC-4P-10,0-PUR/M 8FS 0,34 SAC-4P-10,0-PUR/M12FRT SAC-4P-10,0-PUR/M12FST SAC-4P-20,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-20,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-20,0-PUR/M 8FR 0,34 SAC-4P-20,0-PUR/M 8FS 0,34 SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 0,13-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 0,3-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 0,5-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 1,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 2,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 2,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 5,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MR/ 5,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/10,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MR/10,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MR/20,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MR/20,0-950/M 8FR SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 0,13-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 0,3-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 1,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 2,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 2,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 5,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MS/ 5,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/10,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MS/10,0-950/M 8FS SAC-4P-M 8MS/20,0-950 SAC-4P-M 8MS/20,0-950/M 8FS 1518025 1518135 1518038 1518148 1518041 1518151 1518054 1518164 1417698 1417699 1417700 1417701 1683455 1408827 1408823 1550902 1543294 1553077 1543582 1408828 1408824 1550915 1543304 1553080 1534818 1408829 1408825 1550928 1543317 1553093 1543595 1408830 1408826 1550944 1543333 1553116 1543618 1550957 1550960 1550973 1550986 1550850 1550999 1550863 1551008 1550876 1551011 1550892 1551037 1543346 1543511 1543537 1543249 1543359 1543252 1543362 1543265 1543375 1543281 1543391 1408816 SAC-4P-M12MRT/ 1,0-PUR SAC-4P-M12MRT/ 1,0-PUR/M12FRT 1415196 1408819 SAC-4P-M12MRT/ 2,0-PUR SAC-4P-M12MRT/ 2,0-PUR/M12FRT 1415197 R RAD-2400-IFS RAD-2400-IFS-JP RAD-868-CONF-RF1 RAD-868-IFS RAD-900-ANT-OMNI-2-2-RSMA RAD-900-CONF-RF1 RAD-900-DAIO6 RAD-900-IFS RAD-900-IFS-AU RAD-ADP-N/F-N/F RAD-AI4-IFS RAD-ANT-VAN-MKT 2901541 2702863 2702197 2904909 2904801 2702122 2702877 2901540 2702878 2867843 2901537 2885870 376 376 377 377 395 377 377 377 377 392 382 388 RL PN 24-2 DI 16 2TX RL PN 24-2 DIO 16/8 2TX RL PN 24-2 DIO 8/8 2SCRJ 2773665 2773652 2773513 203 203 203 SAC-4P-M12MRT/ 5,0-PUR 1408820 SAC-4P-M12MRT/ 5,0-PUR/M12FRT 1415198 SAC-4P-M12MRT/10,0-PUR 1408822 SAC-4P-M12MRT/10,0-PUR/M12FRT 1415199 S SAC-2P- 2,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P- 5,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-10,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-15,0-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB-FSB SCO/910/... SAC-2P-MSB/ 0,3-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB/ 0,5-910/FSB SCO SAC-2P-MSB/ 1,0-910/FSB SCO 1518067 1518070 1518083 1518096 1538092 1518106 1518119 1518122 198 198 198 198 444 198 198 198 SAC-4P-M12MSD/ 0,3-933/M12MSD 1524349 SAC-4P-M12MSD/ 0,5-931/M12MSD 1569443 SAC-4P-M12MSD/ 0,5-933/M12MSD 1524352 1569427 SAC-4P-M12MSD/15,0-931 SAC-4P-M12MSD/15,0-933 1524336 SAC-4P-M12MSD/15,0-933/M12MSD 1524404 SAC-4P-M12MST/ 1,0-PUR 1408812 SAC-4P-M12MST/ 1,0-PUR/M12FST 1408808 SAC-4P-M12MST/ 2,0-PUR 1408813 SAC-4P-M12MST/ 2,0-PUR/M12FST 1408809 SAC-4P-M12MST/ 5,0-PUR 1408814 SAC-4P-M12MST/ 5,0-PUR/M12FST 1408810 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 499 499 499 499 197 185 185 200 200 200 200 185 185 200 200 200 200 185 185 200 200 200 200 185 185 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 198 199 198 199 198 198 185 185 185 185 185 185

535

Index Alphabetical Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page Type Order No. Page SAC-4P-M12MST/10,0-PUR 1408815 SAC-4P-M12MST/10,0-PUR/M12FST 1408811 1410632 SAC-4PY-MT/2XFT VP 1518368 SAC-5P- 2,0-186/FS SCO SAC-5P- 2,0-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P- 5,0-186/FS SCO SAC-5P- 5,0-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P-10,0-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-10,0-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P-15,0-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-15,0-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P-M12FS CAN TR SAC-5P-M12FS PB TR SAC-5P-M12MS BK BR 1-2-4 SAC-5P-M12MS CAN TR SAC-5P-M12MS PB TR SAC-5P-MS-FS SCO/920/... SAC-5P-MS/ 0,13-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS/ 0,3-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS/ 0,5-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS/ 1,0-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS/ 1,0-920/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS/ 2,0-186 SCO SAC-5P-MS/ 2,0-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS/ 5,0-186 SCO SAC-5P-MS/ 5,0-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS/10,0-186 SCO SAC-5P-MS/10,0-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-MS/15,0-186 SCO SAC-5P-MS/15,0-186/FS SCO SAC-5P-MSB/ 0,3-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P-MSB/ 0,5-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P-MSB/ 1,0-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P-MSB/ 2,0-900 SCO SAC-5P-MSB/ 2,0-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P-MSB/ 5,0-900 SCO 1517916 1518371 1517929 1518384 1517932 1518397 1517945 1529344 1403911 1054366 1507816 1507803 1538157 1518481 1518407 1518410 1518423 1518274 1518326 1518436 1518339 1518449 1518342 1518452 1518355 1518465 1517958 1517961 1517974 1517877 1517987 1517880 1517990 SAC-5P-MSB/ 5,0-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P-MSB/0,13-PUR/FSB SCO SH 1518478 1517893 SAC-5P-MSB/10,0-900 SCO 1518009 SAC-5P-MSB/10,0-900/FSB SCO SAC-5P-MSB/15,0-900 SCO SAC-5P-MSB/15,0-900/FSB SCO SAC-8PY-M/2XF BK 1-PSR SAC-8PY-M/2XF BK 2-PSR SAC-8PY-M/2XF BK 3-PSR SACC-FS-4QO-0,34-M SCO SACC-FS-4QO-0,75-M SCO SACC-FS-5QO-0,75 SH SCO SACC-FSB-2QO SH PB SCO SACC-FSD-4QO SH ETH SCO SACC-FSD-4QO SH PN SCO SACC-M 8FS-4CON-M-0,34-SH SACC-M 8FS-4QO-0,5-M SACC-M 8MS-3QO-0,5-M SACC-M 8MS-4CON-M-0,34-SH SACC-M12FRT-4CON-PG11-M SACC-M12FS-5PL M SACC-M12FSB-5PL SH IB SACC-M12FST-3PECON-PG11-M SACC-M12MRT-4CON-PG11-M SACC-M12MSB-5PL SH IB SACC-M12MST-3PECON-PG11-M SACC-MS-4QO-0,34-M SCO SACC-MS-4QO-0,75-M SCO SACC-MS-5QO-0,75 SH SCO SACC-MSB-2QO SH PB SCO SACC-MSD-4QO SH ETH SCO SACC-MSD-4QO SH PN SCO SAFE AI SAFECONF SAFETYPROG ADVANCED SAFETYPROG BASIC SAFETYPROG PROFESSIONAL SD FLASH 2GB SD FLASH 2GB 61850 SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A 1517903 1518012 1054338 1054339 1054341 1521588 1521601 1413992 1413932 1411069 1411071 1542910 1441079 1441024 1542897 1408989 1424652 1424676 1404644 1408988 1424674 1404643 1521575 1521591 1413991 1413931 1411066 1411068 2400057 2986119 2700441 2700443 2700442 2988162 2400435 2701190 SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A 61850 2400436 2400089 SD FLASH 2GB APPLIC A ATVISE SD FLASH 2GB ATVISE 2400088 SD FLASH 2GB AXC EASY SAFE PRO2403730 185 185 184 199 198 199 198 199 198 199 198 444 444 213 444 197 444 199 199 199 199 444 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 198 198 198 198 198 198 198 199 198 198 198 198 213 213 213 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 184 201 201 184 184 201 184 201 201 201 201 201 201 281 279 280 280 280 22 46 55 46 55 55 55 SD FLASH 2GB EASY SAFE BASIC 2403297 SD FLASH 2GB EASY SAFE PRO 2403298 2403484 SD FLASH 2GB EMLOG SD FLASH 2GB PLCNEXT MEMORY 1043501 SD FLASH 512MB 2988146 2701799 SD FLASH 512MB APPLIC A SD FLASH 512MB MODULAR MUX 2701872 SD FLASH 512MB PDPI BASIC 2701800 2701801 SD FLASH 512MB PDPI PRO SD FLASH 8GB PLCNEXT MEMORY 1061701 3062786 SKS 8-SNS35 2868635 STEP-PS/ 1AC/24DC/0.75 SUBCON 9/M-SH SUBCON 15/F-SH SUBCON 15/M-SH SUBCON 25/F-SH SUBCON 25/M-SH SUBCON 9/F-SH SUBCON-PLUS 9/F SUBCON-PLUS 9/M SUBCON-PLUS F1 SUBCON-PLUS F2 SUBCON-PLUS M1 SUBCON-PLUS M2 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/35/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/35/PG/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/90/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/90/PG/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/90X/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/90X/PG/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/AX SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/AX/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/PG SUBCON-PLUS-CAN/SC2 SUBCON-PLUS-F/AX 9 SUBCON-PLUS-M/AX 9 SUBCON-PLUS-MODBUS/IL/BK SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/35/M12 2761509 2761596 2761606 2761619 2761622 2761499 2744241 2744018 2744267 2799490 2761826 2761839 2744694 2902325 2902324 2902323 2902322 2902731 2902730 2306566 2902326 2708119 2708999 2311797 2904467 2310808 2744348 2902320 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/35/PG/M12 2902319 2313672 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/IDC 2902318 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/PG/IDC 2313685 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/PG/M12 2902317 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/PG/SC 2313708 2313698 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90/SC 2902729 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90X/M12 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/90X/PG/M12 2902728 2744377 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/AX SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/AX/M12 2902321 2744380 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/AX/SC SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/PG/SC2 SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/SC2 SUBCON-SHORT-SCREW SZS 0,4X2,5 VDE 2708245 2708232 2799694 1205037 T TC ANT MOBILE CABINET 10M TC ANT MOBILE WALL 5M TC CLOUD CLIENT 1002-4G TC CLOUD CLIENT 1002-4G ATT TC CLOUD CLIENT 1002-4G VZW TC CLOUD CLIENT 1002-TX/TX TC DSL ROUTER X400 A/B TC DSL ROUTER X500 A/B TC EXTENDER 2001 ETH-2S TC EXTENDER 4001 ETH-1S TC EXTENDER 6004 ETH-2S TC EXTENDER PT-IQ-1S TC EXTENDER PT-IQ-2S TC MGUARD RS2000 3G VPN TC MGUARD RS2000 4G ATT VPN TC MGUARD RS2000 4G VPN 1046361 2702273 2702886 2702888 2702887 2702885 2902709 2902710 2702409 2702253 2702255 2702257 2702258 2903441 1010464 2903588 TC MGUARD RS2000 4G VZW VPN 1010462 TC MGUARD RS4000 3G VPN 2903440 1010463 TC MGUARD RS4000 4G ATT VPN TC MGUARD RS4000 4G VPN 2903586 55 55 55 10 22 55 55 55 55 10 379 402 451 451 451 451 451 451 450 450 450 450 450 450 449 445 445 445 445 444 444 449 445 448 448 450 450 108 109 445 445 447 445 447 445 447 447 444 444 447 445 447 446 446 450 443 415 415 407 407 407 406 411 411 349 349 349 349 349 405 405 405 405 404 405 404 TC MGUARD RS4000 4G VZW VPN 1010461 TC MOBILE I/O X200 2903805 2903806 TC MOBILE I/O X200 AC 1038567 TC MOBILE I/O X200-4G TC MOBILE I/O X200-4G AC TC MOBILE I/O X300 TC MOBILE I/O X300 AC TC ROUTER 2002T-3G TC ROUTER 2002T-4G TC ROUTER 3002T-3G TC ROUTER 3002T-4G TC ROUTER 3002T-4G ATT TC ROUTER 3002T-4G VZW TC-2D37SUB-DO16-ESD-AR-UNI TC-2D37SUB-DO16-F&G-AR-UNI TC-C-PCX3-SC-A100V+A20000 TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A20000 TC-C-PSR3-SC-A10000A23132 TC-C-PTSM-50-00000000J1J1 TOUCH PEN TP 3043W TP 3043W/WT TP 3057Q TP 3057V TP 3057V/WT TP 3057V/WT-65 TP 3070W TP 3070W/P TP 3070W/WT TP 3070W/WT-65 TP 3090W TP 3090W/P TP 3105S TP 3120W TP 3120W/P TP 3120W/WT TP 3120W/WT-65 TP 3121S TP 3121S/WT TP 3121S/WT-65 TP 3150S TP 3150S/WT TP 3150S/WT-65 TP 3154W TP 3156W/P TP 3185W/P TPM 3043 TPM 3057 TPM 3070 TPM 3090 TPM 3105 TPM 3120 TPM 3121 TPM 3150 TPM 3154 TRIO-PS-2G/1AC/24DC/3/C2LPS 1038568 2903807 2903808 2702531 2702530 2702529 2702528 2702533 2702532 2902913 2902914 2906003 2903389 2903390 2903388 2701379 2402629 2404286 2400452 2400453 2403464 1044278 2400454 2403459 2403465 1044266 2402630 2403460 2400455 2400457 2403461 1029308 1029352 2400456 2403466 1029343 2400458 1029281 1029309 2402631 2403462 2403862 2404516 2404517 2404518 2404519 2404520 2404522 2404521 2404524 2404525 2903147 405 402 402 403 403 403 403 413 413 413 413 413 413 257 257 257 257 257 257 494 472 489 472 472 489 489 472 473 489 489 472 473 472 472 473 489 489 472 489 489 472 489 489 472 473 473 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 494 406 TVFKC 1,5/ 3-ST 1713842 379 U USB FLASH DRIVE 2402809 53 V VISU+ 2 VISU+ 2 EXPRESS VL BPC 2000 VL BPC 3000 VL KVM EXTENDER VL PORTICO SERVER 1 CLIENT VL PORTICO SERVER 16 CLIENT VL PORTICO SERVER 4 CLIENT 2988544 2402774 2402759 2400183 2404770 2701453 2701456 2701455 33 33 476 476 478 38 38 38 VL PPC 2000 VL PPC 3000 VL2 BPC 1000 VL2 BPC 1000 EX VL2 BPC 2000 VL2 BPC 2000 EX VL2 BPC 3000 VL2 BPC 3000 EX VL2 BPC 7000 VL2 BPC 7000 EX VL2 BPC 9000 VL2 BPC 9000 EX VL2 PPC 1000 VL2 PPC 1000 EX VL2 PPC 2000 VL2 PPC 2000 EX VL2 PPC 3000 VL2 PPC 3000 EX VL2 PPC 7000 VL2 PPC 7000 EX VL2 PPC 9000 VL2 PPC 9000 EX VL2 PPC12 1000 VL2 PPC12 1000 EX VL2 PPC7 1000 VL2 PPC7 1000 EX VL2 PPC9 1000 VL2 PPC9 1000 EX 2402760 2400184 2403046 1054028 2400332 1054027 2400492 1054025 2400333 1054024 2400499 1054023 2403047 1050366 2400334 1050367 2400498 1050368 2400346 1050365 2400500 1050364 2403710 1054094 2403708 1054096 2403709 1054095 483 483 474 491 474 491 474 491 474 491 474 491 480 493 481 493 481 493 481 493 481 493 480 492 480 492 480 492 VMT 9000 1084510 490 W WEBVISIT 6 BASIC WEBVISIT 6 BASIC-PRO WEBVISIT 6 EXPRESS WEBVISIT 6 PRO WP 04T WP 06T WP 06T/WT WP 07T/WS WP 07T/WT WP 09T/WS WP 10T WP 15T WP 4000 Z ZBF 12 CUS ZBF 12:UNBEDRUCKT ZBF 8 CUS ZBF 8:UNBEDRUCKT ZEC 1,0/ 6-LPV-3,5 C1 ZEC 1,5/ 4-LPV-5,0 C2,4 BK 2700948 2700950 2700954 2700949 2913632 2913645 2400163 2700307 2400164 2700309 2700934 2700935 31 31 31 31 470 470 488 470 488 470 470 470 1065546 469 0825018 0809735 0825030 0808781 1915699 1793260 197 197 197 197 459 459 PHOENIX CONTACT 535

538

Iceland Finland Norway Sweden Denmark Ireland Netherlands United Kingdom Belgium Estonia Latvia Lithuania Belarus Poland Blomberg, Germany Russia Luxembourg Czech Republic France Austria Slovakia Ukraine Kazakhstan Mongolia Switzerland Slovenia Croatia Bosnia and Herzegovina Hungary Moldova Romania Spain Portugal Morocco Algeria Italy Tunisia Serbia Kosovo Montenegro Macedonia Greece Cyprus Egypt Bulgaria Georgia Uzbekistan Turkey Armenia Azerbaijan Lebanon Iraq Israel Kuwait Jordan Bahrain Qatar Saudi Arabia UAE Oman Ghana Nigeria Cameroon Uganda Kenya Tanzania Zambia Mozambique Mauritius Namibia Zimbabwe Botswana South Africa South Korea Japan China Pakistan Bangladesh Taiwan, China India Sri Lanka Myanmar Thailand Philippines Malaysia Vietnam Singapore Indonesia Australia New Zealand Canada USA Mexico Dominican Republic Guatemala Honduras Nicaragua Costa Rica Panama Colombia Ecuador Peru Trinidad and Tobago Venezuela Brazil Bolivia Paraguay Chile Uruguay Argentina